initial commit of ebook 22511HEADmain

265 files changed, 15964 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/22511-8.txt b/22511-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..540bcdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5243 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, Rollo on the Rhine, by Jacob Abbott
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: Rollo on the Rhine
+
+
+Author: Jacob Abbott
+
+
+
+Release Date: September 5, 2007  [eBook #22511]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROLLO ON THE RHINE***
+
+
+E-text prepared by D. Alexander, Janet Blenkinship, and the Project
+Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team (https://www.pgdp.net) from
+digital material generously made available by Internet Archive/American
+Libraries (http://www.archive.org/details/americana)
+
+
+
+Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
+      file which includes the original illustrations.
+      See 22511-h.htm or 22511-h.zip:
+      (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/2/5/1/22511/22511-h/22511-h.htm)
+      or
+      (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/2/5/1/22511/22511-h.zip)
+
+
+      Images of the original pages are available through
+      Internet Archive/American Libraries. See
+      http://www.archive.org/details/rollorhine00abborich
+
+
+
+
+
+ROLLO ON THE RHINE,
+
+by
+
+JACOB ABBOTT.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Boston:
+Published By Taggard And Thompson
+M DCCC LXIV.
+
+Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1855, by
+Jacob Abbott,
+in the Clerk's Office of the District Court
+of the District of Massachusetts
+
+Stereotyped at the
+Boston Stereotype Foundry
+
+Riverside, Cambridge: Printed by H. O. Houghton
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: ROLANDSECK AND DRACHENFELS.--See chap. 5]
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+ROLLO'S TOUR IN EUROPE.
+
+
+ORDER OF THE VOLUMES
+
+  ROLLO ON THE ATLANTIC.
+  ROLLO IN PARIS.
+  ROLLO IN SWITZERLAND.
+  ROLLO IN LONDON.
+  ROLLO ON THE RHINE.
+  ROLLO IN SCOTLAND.
+  ROLLO IN GENEVA.
+  ROLLO IN HOLLAND.
+  ROLLO IN NAPLES.
+  ROLLO IN ROME.
+
+
+PRINCIPAL PERSONS OF THE STORY.
+
+  ROLLO; twelve years of age.
+
+  MR. and MRS. HOLIDAY; Rollo's father and mother, travelling in
+  Europe.
+
+  THANNY; Rollo's younger brother.
+
+  JANE; Rollo's cousin, adopted by Mr. and Mrs. Holiday.
+
+  MR. GEORGE; a young gentleman, Rollo's uncle.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+  CHAPTER                                            PAGE
+
+     I.--THE APPROACH TO COLOGNE,                      13
+
+    II.--THE UNFINISHED CATHEDRAL,                     28
+
+   III.--THE GALLERIES,                                44
+
+    IV.--TRAVELLING ON THE RHINE,                      60
+
+     V.--THE SIEBEN GEBIRGEN,                          77
+
+    VI.--ROLAND'S TOWER,                               95
+
+   VII.--ROLLO'S LIST,                                107
+
+  VIII.--A SABBATH ON THE RHINE,                      117
+
+    IX.--EHRENBREITSTEIN,                             135
+
+     X.--ROLLO'S LETTER,                              141
+
+    XI.--THE RAFT,                                    146
+
+   XII.--DINNER,                                      168
+
+  XIII.--BINGEN,                                      185
+
+  XIV.--THE RUIN IN THE GARDEN,                       194
+
+  XV.--RHEINSTEIN,                                    202
+
+  CONCLUSION.                                         219
+
+
+ENGRAVINGS.
+
+  PAGE
+
+  ROLANDSECK AND DRACHENFELS.               FRONTISPIECE.
+
+  THE RIDE,                                            12
+
+  COLOGNE IN SIGHT,                                    19
+
+  THE BEGGAR,                                          31
+
+  MINNIE'S ROGUERY,                                    51
+
+  TOWING,                                              63
+
+  DONKEY RIDING,                                       75
+
+  THE STUDENTS,                                       114
+
+  THE NUN,                                            122
+
+  THE EMIGRANTS,                                      132
+
+  ROLLO ON THE RAFT,                                  163
+
+  DINNER ON THE RHINE,                                173
+
+  MINNIE,                                             190
+
+  THE NIGHT JOURNEY,                                  218
+
+
+[Illustration: RIDE.--See chap. 15.]
+
+
+
+
+ROLLO ON THE RHINE.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+THE APPROACH TO COLOGNE.
+
+
+If a man were to be raised in a balloon high enough above the continent
+of Europe to survey the whole of it at one view, he would see the land
+gradually rising from the borders of the sea on every side, towards a
+portion near the centre, where he would behold a vast region of
+mountainous country, with torrents of water running down the slopes and
+through the valleys of it, while the summits were tipped with perpetual
+snow. The central part of this mass of mountains forms what is called
+Switzerland, the eastern part is the Tyrol, and the western Savoy. But
+though the men who live on these mountains have thus made three
+countries out of them, the whole region is in nature one. It constitutes
+one mighty mass of mountainous land, which is lifted up so high into the
+air that all the summits rise into the regions of intense and perpetual
+cold, and so condense continually, from the atmosphere, inexhaustible
+quantities of rain and snow.
+
+The water which falls upon this mountainous region must of course find
+its way to the sea. In doing so the thousands of smaller torrents unite
+with each other into larger and larger streams, until at length they
+make four mighty rivers--the largest and most celebrated in Europe. All
+the streams of the southern slopes of the mountains form one great
+river, which flows east into the Adriatic. This river is the Po. On the
+western side the thousands of mountain torrents combine and form the
+Rhone, which, making a great bend, turns to the southward, and flows
+into the Mediterranean. On the eastern side the water can find no escape
+till it has traversed the whole continent to the eastward, and reached
+the Black Sea. This stream is the Danube. And finally, on the north the
+immense number of cascades and torrents which come out from the
+glaciers, or pour down the ravines, or meander through the valleys, or
+issue from the lakes, of the northern slope of the mountains, combine at
+Basle, and flow north across the whole continent, nearly six hundred
+miles, to the North Sea. This river is the Rhine.
+
+All this, which I have thus been explaining, may be seen very clearly
+if you turn to any map of Europe, and find the mountainous region in the
+centre, and then trace the courses of the four great rivers, as I have
+described them.
+
+It would seem that the country through which the River Rhine now flows
+was at first very uneven, presenting valleys and broad depressions,
+which the waters of the river filled, thus forming great shallow lakes,
+that extended over very considerable tracts of country. In process of
+time, however, these lakes became filled with the sediment which was
+brought down by the river, and thus great flat plains of very rich and
+level land were formed. At every inundation of the river, of course,
+these plains, or intervals, as they are sometimes called, would be
+overflowed, and fresh deposits would be laid upon them; so that in the
+course of ages the surface of them would rise several feet above the
+ordinary level of the river. In fact they would continue to rise in this
+way until they were out of the reach of the highest inundations.
+
+Immense plains of the most fertile land, which seem to have been formed
+in this way, exist at the present time along the banks of the Rhine at
+various places. These plains are all very highly cultivated, and are
+rich and beautiful beyond description. To see them, however, it is
+necessary to travel over them in a diligence, or post chaise, or by
+railway trains; for in sailing up and down the river, along the margin
+of them, in a steam-boat, you are not high enough to overlook them. You
+see nothing all the way, in these places, but a low, green bank on each
+side of the river, with a fringe of trees and shrubbery along the margin
+of it.
+
+For about one hundred miles of its course, however, near the central
+portion of it, the river flows through a very wild and mountainous
+district of country, or rather through a district which was once wild,
+though now, even in the steepest slopes and declivities, it is
+cultivated like a garden. The reason why these mountainous regions are
+so highly cultivated is because the soil and climate are such that they
+produce the best and most delicious grapes in the world. They have
+consequently, from time immemorial, been inhabited by a dense
+population. Every foot of ground where there is room for a vine to grow
+is valuable, and where the slope was originally steep and rocky, the
+peasants of former ages have gathered out the rocks and stones, and
+built walls of them to terrace up the land. The villages of these
+peasants, too, are seen every where nestling in the valleys, and
+clinging to the sides of the hills, while the summits of almost all the
+elevations are crowned with the ruins of old feudal castles built by
+barons, or chiefs, or kings, or military bishops of ancient times,
+famous in history. This picturesque portion of the river, which extends
+from Bonn, a little above Cologne, to Mayence,--which towns you will
+readily find on almost any map of Europe,--was the part which Mr. George
+and Rollo particularly desired to see. When they left Switzerland they
+intended to come down the river, and see the scenery in descending. But
+Mr. George met some friends of his on the frontier, who persuaded him to
+make a short tour with them in Germany, and so come to the Rhine at
+Cologne.
+
+"We can then," said he to Rollo, "go _up_ the river, and see it in
+ascending, which I think is the best way. When we get through all the
+fine scenery,--which we shall do at Mayence,-we can then go up to
+Strasbourg, and take the railroad there for Paris--the same way that we
+came."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I shall like that."
+
+Rollo liked it simply because it would make the journey longer.
+
+When at length, at the end of the tour in Germany, our travellers were
+approaching Cologne on the Rhine, Rollo began to look out, some miles
+before they reached it, to watch for the first appearance of the town.
+He had been riding in the coupé of the diligence[1] with his uncle; but
+now, in order that he might see better, he had changed his place, and
+taken a seat on the banquette. The banquette is a seat on the top of the
+coach, and though it is covered above, it is open in front, and so it
+affords an excellent view. Mr. George remained in the coupé, being very
+much interested in reading his guide book.
+
+[Footnote 1: The stage coaches on the continent of Europe are called
+_diligences_.]
+
+At length Rollo called out to tell his uncle that the city was in view.
+The windows of the coupé were open, so that by leaning over and looking
+down he could speak to his uncle without any difficulty.
+
+Mr. George was so busy reading his guide book that he paid little
+attention to what Rollo said.
+
+"Uncle George," said Rollo, calling louder, "I can see the city; and in
+the midst of it is a church with a great square tower, and something
+very singular on the top of it."
+
+Mr. George still continued his reading.
+
+"There is a spire on the top of the church," continued Rollo, "but it is
+bent down on one side entirely, as if it had half blown over."
+
+"O, no," said Mr. George, still continuing to read.
+
+"It really is," said Rollo. "I wish you would look, uncle George. It is
+something very singular indeed."
+
+[Illustration: COLOGNE IN SIGHT.]
+
+Mr. George yielded at length to these importunities, and looked out. The
+country around in every direction was one vast plain, covered with
+fields of grain, luxuriant and beautiful beyond description. It was
+without any fences or other divisions except such as were produced by
+different kinds of cultivation, so that the view extended interminably
+in almost every direction. There were rows and copses of trees here and
+there, giving variety and life to the view, and from among them were
+sometimes to be seen the spires of distant villages. In the distance,
+too, in the direction in which Rollo pointed, lay the town of Cologne.
+The roofs of the houses extended over a very wide area, and among them
+there was seen a dark square tower, very high, and crowned, as Rollo had
+said, with what seemed to be a spire, only it was bent over half way;
+and there it lay at an angle at which no spire could possibly stand.
+
+"What can it mean?" asked Rollo.
+
+"I am sure I do not know," said Mr. George.
+
+Next to Rollo, on the banquette, was seated a young man, who had mounted
+up there about an hour before, though Rollo had not yet spoken to him.
+Rollo now, however, turned to him, and asked him, in English, if he
+spoke English.
+
+The young man smiled and shook his head, implying that he did not
+understand.
+
+Rollo then asked him, in French, if he spoke French.
+
+The young man said, "_Nein_."[2]
+
+[Footnote 2: Pronounced _nine_.]
+
+Rollo knew that _nein_ was the German word for _no_, and he presumed
+that the language of his fellow-traveller was German. So he pointed to
+the steeple, and asked,--
+
+"_Was ist das?_"
+
+This phrase, _Was[3] ist das?_ is the German of What is that? Rollo knew
+very little of German, but he had learned this question long before,
+having had occasion to ask it a great many times. It is true he seldom
+or never could understand the answers he got to it, but that did not
+prevent him from asking it continually whenever there was occasion. He
+said it was some satisfaction to find that the people could understand
+his question, even if he could not understand what they said in reply to
+it.
+
+[Footnote 3: The _w_ is pronounced like _v_.]
+
+The man immediately commenced an earnest explanation; but Rollo could
+not understand one word of it, from beginning to end.
+
+The truth of the case was, that the supposed leaning spire, which Rollo
+saw, was in reality a monstrous _crane_ that was mounted on one of the
+towers of the celebrated unfinished cathedral at Cologne. This cathedral
+was commenced about six hundred years ago, and was meant to be the
+grandest edifice of the kind in the world. They laid out the plan of it
+five hundred feet long, and two hundred and fifty feet wide, and
+designed to carry up the towers and spires five hundred feet high. You
+can see now how long this church was to be by going out into the road,
+or to any other smooth and level place, and there measuring off two
+hundred and fifty paces by walking. The pace--that is, the _long
+step_--of a boy of ten or twelve years old is probably about two feet.
+That of a full grown man is reckoned at three feet. So that by walking
+off, _by long steps_, till you have counted two hundred and fifty of
+them, you can see how long this church was to be; and then by turning a
+corner and measuring one hundred and twenty-five paces in a line at
+right angles to the first, you will see how wide it was to be. To walk
+entirely round such an area as this would be nearly a third of a mile.
+
+The church was laid out and begun, and during the whole generation of
+the workmen that began it, the building was prosecuted with all the
+means and money that could be procured; and when that generation passed
+away, the next continued the work, until, at length, in about a hundred
+years it was so far advanced that a portion of it could have a roof put
+over it, and be consecrated as a church. They still went on, for one or
+two centuries more, until they had carried up the walls to a
+considerable height in many parts, and had raised one of the towers to
+an elevation of about a hundred and fifty feet. When the work had
+advanced thus far the government of Holland, in the course of some of
+the wars in which they were engaged, closed the mouth of the Rhine, so
+that the ships of Cologne could no more go up and down to get out to
+sea. This they could easily do, for the country of Holland is situated
+at the mouth of the Rhine, and the Dutch government was at that time
+extremely powerful. They had strong fleets and great fortresses at the
+mouth of the river, and thus they could easily control the navigation of
+it. Thus the merchants of Cologne could no more import goods from
+foreign lands for other people to come there and buy, but the
+inhabitants were obliged to send to Holland to purchase what they
+required for themselves. The town, therefore, declined greatly in wealth
+and prosperity, and no more money could be raised for carrying on the
+work of the cathedral.
+
+At the time when the work was interrupted the builders were engaged
+chiefly on one of the towers, which they had carried up about one
+hundred and fifty feet. The stones which were used for this tower were
+very large, and in order to hoist them up the workmen used a monstrous
+crane, which was reared on the summit of it. This crane was made of
+timbers rising obliquely from a revolving platform in the centre, and
+meeting in a point which projected beyond the wall in such a manner that
+a chain from the end of it, hanging freely, would descend to the ground.
+The stones which were to go up were then fastened to this chain, and
+hoisted up by machinery. When they were raised high enough, that is,
+just above the edge of the wall, the whole crane was turned round upon
+its platform, in such a manner as to bring the stone in over the wall;
+and then it was let down into the place which had been prepared to
+receive it.
+
+When the work on the cathedral was suspended on account of the want of
+funds, the men left this crane on the top of the tower, because they
+hoped to be able to resume the work again before long. But years and
+generations passed, and the prospect did not mend; and at last the old
+crane, which in its lofty position was exposed to all the storms and
+tempests of the sky, of course began gradually to decay. It is true it
+was protected as much as possible by a sort of casing made around it, to
+shelter it from the weather; but notwithstanding this, in the course of
+several centuries it became so unsound that there began to be danger
+that it might fall. The authorities of the town, therefore, decided to
+take it down, intending to postpone putting up a new one until the work
+of finishing the cathedral should be resumed, if indeed it ever should
+be resumed.
+
+The people of the town were very sorry to see the crane taken down. It
+had stood there, like a leaning spire, upon the top of the cathedral,
+from their earliest childhood, and from the earliest childhood, in fact,
+of their fathers and grandfathers before them. Besides, the taking down
+of the crane seemed to be, in some sense, an indication that the thought
+of ever finishing the cathedral was abandoned. This made them still more
+uneasy, and a short time afterwards a tremendous thunder storm occurred,
+and this the people considered as an expression of the displeasure of
+Heaven at the impiety of forsaking such a work, and as a warning to them
+to put up the crane again. So a new crane was made, and mounted on the
+tower as before, and being encased and enclosed like the other, it had
+at a distance the appearance of a leaning spire, and it was this which
+had attracted Rollo's attention in his approach to Cologne.
+
+Within a few years, on account of the opening again of the navigation of
+the Rhine, and other causes, the city of Cologne, with all the
+surrounding country, has been returning to its former prosperity, and
+the plan of finishing the cathedral has been resumed. The government of
+Prussia takes a great interest in the undertaking, and the kings and
+princes of other countries in Germany make contributions to it. A
+society has been organized, too, to collect funds for this purpose all
+over Europe. More than a million of dollars have already been raised,
+and the work of completing the cathedral has been resumed in good
+earnest, and is now rapidly going on.
+
+All this Rollo's fellow-traveller attempted to explain to him; but as he
+spoke in German, Rollo did not understand him.
+
+When Mr. George and Rollo reached their hotel, and had got fairly
+established in their room, Mr. George took his cane and prepared to "go
+exploring," as he called it.
+
+"Well, Rollo," said he, "what shall we go to see first?"
+
+"I want to go and see the cathedral," replied Rollo.
+
+"The cathedral?" said Mr. George. "I am surprised at that. You don't
+usually care much about churches."
+
+"But this does not look much like a church," said Rollo. "I saw the end
+of it as we came into the town. It looks like a range of cliffs rising
+high into the air, with grass and bushes growing on the top of them,
+and wolves and bears reaching out their heads and looking down."
+
+Mr. George complied with Rollo's request, and went to see the cathedral
+first. The adventures which the travellers met with on the excursion
+will be described in the next chapter.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+THE UNFINISHED CATHEDRAL.
+
+
+As soon as Mr. George and Rollo issued from the door of their hotel into
+the street, which was very narrow and without sidewalks, so that they
+were obliged to walk in the middle of it, a young man, plainly but
+neatly dressed, came up to them from behind, and said something to them
+in German. He was what is called a commissioner, and he was coming to
+offer to act as their guide in seeing the town.
+
+Nearly all the travelling on the Rhine is _pleasure_ travelling. The
+strangers consequently, who arrive at any town or city by the steamboats
+and by railway, come, almost all of them, for the purpose of seeing the
+churches and castles, and other wonders of the place, and not to
+transact business; and in every town there is a great number of persons
+whose employment it is to act as guides in showing these things. These
+men hover about the doors of the hotels, and gather in front of all the
+celebrated churches, and in all public places where travellers are
+expected to go; and as soon as they see a gentleman, or a party of
+gentlemen and ladies, coming out of their hotel, or approaching any
+place of public interest, they immediately come up to them, and offer
+their services. Sometimes their services are valuable, and the traveller
+is very ready to avail himself of them, especially when in any
+particular town there is a great deal to see, and he has but little time
+to see it. At other times, however, it is much pleasanter to go alone to
+the remarkable places, as a map of the city will enable any one to find
+them very easily, and the guide book explains them in a much more
+satisfactory manner than any of these commissioners can do it.
+
+The commissioners generally speak French, English, and German, and after
+trying one of these tongues upon the strangers whom they accost, and
+finding that they are not understood, they try another and another until
+they succeed.
+
+The commissioner in this case addressed Mr. George first in German. Mr.
+George said, "_Nein_," meaning no, and walked on.
+
+The commissioner followed by his side, and began to talk in French,
+enumerating the various churches and other objects of interest in
+Cologne, and offering to go and show them.
+
+"No," said Mr. George, "I am acquainted with the town, and I have no
+need of a guide."
+
+Mr. George had studied the map and the guide book, until he knew the
+town quite well enough for all his purposes.
+
+"You speak English, perhaps," said the commissioner, and then proceeded
+to repeat what he had said before, in broken English. He supposed that
+Mr. George and Rollo were English people, and that they would be more
+likely to engage him as a guide, if they found that he could explain the
+wonders to them in their own language.
+
+Mr. George said, "No, no, I do not wish for a guide."
+
+"Dere is die churts of St. Ursula," said the commissioner, persisting,
+"and die grand towers of die gross St. Martin, which is vare bu'ful."
+
+Mr. George finding that refusals did no good, determined to take no
+further notice of the commissioner, and so began to talk to Rollo,
+walking on all the time. The commissioner continued for some time to
+enumerate the churches and other public buildings, which he could show
+the strangers if they would but put themselves under his guidance; but
+when at length he found that they would not listen to him, he went away.
+
+[Illustration: THE BEGGAR.]
+
+Very soon an old beggar man came limping along on a crutch, with a
+countenance haggard and miserable, and, advancing to them, held out his
+cap for alms. Mr. George, who thought it was not best to give to beggars
+in the streets, was going on without regarding him; but the man hobbled
+on by the side of the strangers, and seemed about to be as pertinacious
+as the commissioner. They went on so for a little distance, when at
+length, just as the man was about giving up in despair, Rollo put his
+hand in his pocket, and feeling among the money there, happened to bring
+up a small copper coin, which he at once and instinctively dropped into
+the beggar's cap. He performed the movement a little slyly, so that Mr.
+George did not see him. This he was able to do from the fact that the
+beggar was on _his_ side, and not on Mr. George's, and, moreover, a
+little behind.
+
+As soon as the man received the coin, he took it, put the cap on his
+head, and fell back out of view.
+
+"I am glad he is gone," said Mr. George; "I was afraid he would follow
+us half through the town."
+
+Rollo laughed.
+
+"What is it?" said Mr. George. "What makes you laugh?"
+
+"Why, the fact is," said Rollo, "I gave him a batz."
+
+"Ah!" said Mr. George.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "or something like a batz, that I had in my pocket."
+
+A batz is a small Swiss coin, of the value of a fifth of a cent. Rollo
+had become familiar with this money in the course of his travels in
+Switzerland, but he did not yet know the names of the Prussian coins.
+The money which he gave the beggar was really what they called a
+_pfennige_.[4]
+
+[Footnote 4: Pronounced _fenniger_.]
+
+Rollo supposed that his uncle would not quite approve of his giving the
+beggar this money; but as he never liked to have any secrecy or
+concealment in what he did, he preferred to tell him. This is always the
+best way.
+
+As soon as the beggar had gone, another commissioner came to offer his
+services. This time, however, Mr. George, after once telling the man
+that he did not wish for his services, took no further notice of him;
+and so he soon went away.
+
+The streets of Cologne are exceedingly narrow, and there are no
+sidewalks--or scarcely any. In one place Mr. George and Rollo passed
+through a street which was so narrow, that, standing in the middle and
+extending his hands, Mr. George could touch the buildings at the same
+time on each side. And yet it seemed that carriages were accustomed to
+pass through this street, as it was paved regularly, like the rest, and
+had smooth stones laid on each side of it for wheels to run in, with
+grooves, which seemed to have been worn in them by the wheels that had
+passed there.
+
+The reason why the streets are so narrow in these old towns is, that in
+the ancient times, when they were laid out, there were no wheeled
+carriages in use, and the streets were only intended for foot
+passengers. When, at length, carriages came into use, the houses were
+all built, and so the streets could not easily be widened.
+
+Our travellers at length reached a large, open square, on the farther
+side of which the immense mass of the cathedral was seen rising, like a
+gray and venerable ruin. The wall which formed the front of it, and
+which terminated above in the unfinished mason work of the towers, was
+very irregular in its outline on the top, having remained just as it was
+left when the builders stopped their work upon it, five hundred years
+ago. The whole front of this wall, having been formed apparently of
+clusters of Gothic columns, which had become darkened, and corroded, and
+moss-covered by time, appeared very much, as Rollo had said, like a
+range of cliffs--the resemblance being greatly increased by the green
+fringe of foliage with which the irregular outline of the top was
+adorned. It may seem strange that such a vegetation as this could arise
+and be sustained at such a vast elevation. But ancient ruins are almost
+always found to be thus covered with plants which grow upon them, even
+at a very great height above the ground, with a luxuriance which is
+very surprising to those who witness this phenomenon for the first time.
+The process is this: Mosses and lichens begin to grow first on the
+stones and in the mortar. The roots of these plants strike in, and
+assisted by the sun and rain, they gradually disintegrate a portion of
+the masonry, which, in process of time, forms a soil sufficient for the
+seeds of other plants, brought by the wind, or dropped by birds, to take
+root in. At first these plants do not always come to maturity; but when
+they die and decay, they help to increase the soil, and to make a better
+bed for the seeds that are to come afterwards. Thus, in the course of
+centuries, the upper surfaces of old walls and towers become quite
+fertile in grass and weeds, and sometimes in shrubbery. I once gathered
+sprigs from quite a large rosebush which I found growing several hundred
+feet above the ground, on one of the towers of the cathedral of
+Strasbourg. It was as flourishing a rosebush as I should wish to see in
+any gentleman's garden.
+
+What Rollo meant by the bears and wolves which he said he saw looking
+down from these cliff-like towers, were great stone figures of these
+animals, that projected from various angles and cornices here and there,
+to serve as waterspouts.
+
+There was an immense door of entrance to the church, at the end of a
+very deep, arched recess in the middle of the wall, and Mr. George and
+Rollo went up to it to go in. They were met at the door by another
+commissioner, who offered his services to show them the church. Mr.
+George declined this offer, and went in.
+
+The feeling of amazement and awe which the aspect of the interior of the
+cathedral first awakened in the minds of our travellers was for a moment
+interrupted by a man in a quaint costume, who came up to them, holding a
+large silver salver in his hand, with money in it. He said something to
+Mr. George and Rollo in German. They did not understand what he said;
+but his action showed that he was taking up a contribution, for
+something or other, from the visitors who came to see the church. Mr.
+George paid no attention to him, but walked on.
+
+On looking above and around them, our travellers found themselves in the
+midst of a sort of forest of monstrous stone columns, which towered to a
+vast height above their heads, and there were lost in vaults and arches
+of the most stupendous magnificence and grandeur. The floor was of
+stone, being formed of square flags, all cracked and corroded by time.
+Along the sides of the church were various chapels, all adorned with
+great paintings, and containing altars richly furnished with silver
+lamps, and glittering paraphernalia of all kinds. Parties of ladies and
+gentlemen, strangers from all lands, were walking to and fro at leisure
+about the floor, looking at the paintings, or gazing up into the vaulted
+roofs, or studying out the inscriptions on the monuments and sculptures
+which meet the eye on every hand.
+
+All this was in the body of the church, or the _nave_, as it is called,
+which is in fact only the vestibule to the more imposing magnificence of
+what is beyond, in the ambulatory and in the choir. Mr. George and Rollo
+advanced in this direction, and at length they came to a vast screen
+made of a very lofty palisade of iron. They approached a door in the
+centre of the screen, and looking through between the iron bars, they
+beheld a scene of grandeur and magnificence wholly indescribable. The
+carved oak stalls, the gorgeously decorated altar, the immense
+candlesticks with candles twenty feet high, and the lofty ceiling with
+its splendid frescoes, formed a spectacle so imposing that they both
+gazed at it for some moments in silent wonder.
+
+"I wish we could get in," said Rollo.
+
+"I wish so too," said Mr. George; "but I suppose that this is a sort of
+sacred place."
+
+A moment after this, while Mr. George and Rollo were looking through
+this grating, a sudden sound of music burst upon their ears. It was
+produced evidently by an organ and a choir of singers, and it seemed to
+come from far above their heads. The sound was at once deepened in
+volume by the reverberation of the vaults and arches of the cathedral,
+and at the same time softened in tone, so that the effect was
+inconceivably solemn.
+
+"Hark!" said Mr. George.
+
+"Where does that music come from?" said Rollo.
+
+"Hark!" repeated Mr. George.
+
+So Mr. George and Rollo stood still and listened almost breathlessly to
+the music, until it ceased.
+
+"That was good music," said Rollo.
+
+Mr. George made a sort of inarticulate exclamation, which seemed to
+imply that he had no words to express the emotion which the music
+awakened in his mind, and walked slowly away.
+
+Presently they came to a place on one side, where there was a great iron
+gate or door in the screen, which seemed to be ajar.
+
+"Here's a door open," said Mr. George; "let us go in here."
+
+Rollo shrank back a little. "I'm afraid they will not let us go in
+here," said he. "It looks like a private place."
+
+Rollo was always very particular, in all his travels, to avoid every
+thing like intrusion. He would never go where it seemed to him doubtful
+whether it was proper to go. By this means he saved himself from a great
+many awkward predicaments that persons who act on a contrary principle
+often get themselves into while travelling. Mr. George was not quite so
+particular.
+
+"It looks rather private," said Mr. George; "but if they do not wish us
+to go in, they must keep the door shut."
+
+So he pushed the great iron gate open, and walked in. Rollo followed
+him, though somewhat timidly.
+
+They passed between a row of chapels[5] on one side, and a high, carved
+partition on the other, which seemed to separate them from the choir,
+until, at length, they came to the end of the partition, where there was
+a gate that led directly into the choir. Mr. George _turned in_,
+followed by Rollo, and they found themselves standing in the midst of a
+scene of gorgeous magnificence which it is utterly impossible to
+describe.
+
+[Footnote 5: These chapels are recesses or alcoves along the side of the
+church, fitted up and furnished with altars, crucifixes, confessionals,
+paintings, images, and other sacred emblems connected with the ritual of
+the Catholic worship. They are usually raised a step or two above the
+floor of the church, and are separated from it by an ornamented railing,
+with a gate in the middle of it.]
+
+"That is where the music came from that we heard," said Rollo, pointing
+upward.
+
+Mr. George looked up where Rollo had pointed, and there he saw a gallery
+at a great elevation above them, with a choir of singers in front, and
+an enormous organ towering to a great height towards the vaulted roof
+behind. The choir was separated from the body of the church by ranges of
+columns above, and by richly-carved and ornamental screens and railings
+below. The ceilings were beautifully painted in fresco, and here and
+there were to be seen lofty windows of stained glass, antique and
+venerable in form, and indescribably rich and gorgeous in coloring.
+
+After gazing about upon this scene for a few minutes with great
+admiration and awe, Rollo called his uncle's attention to a discovery
+which he suddenly made.
+
+"See," said he; "uncle George, there is a congregation."
+
+So saying, Rollo pointed across the choir to a sort of gateway, which
+was opposite to the side on which they came in, and where, through the
+spaces which opened between the great columns that intervened, a
+congregation were seen assembled. They were in a chapel which was
+situated in that part of the church. The chapel itself was full, and a
+great many persons were seated in the various spaces rear. Mr. George
+and Rollo walked across the choir, and joined this congregation by
+taking a position near a pillar, where they could see what was going on.
+
+At a corner near a little gateway in a railing, where the people
+appeared to come in, there was a woman sitting with a brush in her hand.
+The brush was wet with holy water. The people, as they came in,--for a
+few came in after Rollo and Mr. George arrived at the place,--touched
+their fingers to this brush, to wet them, and then crossed themselves
+with the holy water.
+
+At the altar was a priest dressed in splendid pontificals. He was
+standing with his back to the people. There was a great number of
+immensely tall candlesticks on each side of him, and a great many other
+glittering emblems. The priest was dressed in garments richly
+embroidered with gold. There was a boy behind him dressed also in a very
+singular manner. The priest and the boy went through with a great
+variety of performances before the altar, none of which Rollo could at
+all understand. From time to time the boy would ring a little bell, and
+the organ and the choir of singers in the lofty gallery would begin to
+play and sing; and then, after a short time, the music would cease, and
+the priest and the boy would go on with their performances as before.
+
+Presently Rollo heard a sound of marching along the paved floor, and
+looking into the choir whence the sounds proceeded, he saw a procession
+formed of boys, with a priest, bearing some glittering sacred utensils
+of silver in his hands, at the head of them. The boys were all dressed
+alike. The dress consisted of a long crimson robe with a white frock
+over it, which came down below the waist, and a crimson cape over the
+frock, which covered the shoulders. Thus they were red above and below,
+and white in the middle.
+
+One of these boys had a censer in his hands, and another had a little
+bell; and as they came along you could see the censer swinging in the
+air, and the volumes of fragrant smoke rising from it, and you could
+hear the tinkling of the little bell. The priest advanced to the altar
+before which the audience were sitting, and there, while the censer was
+waving and the smoke was ascending, he performed various ceremonies
+which Rollo could not at all understand, but which seemed to interest
+the congregation very much, for they bowed continually, and crossed
+themselves, and seemed impressed with a very deep solemnity.
+
+Presently, when the ceremony was completed, the procession returned into
+the choir, the priest at the head of it, just as it came.
+
+When the procession had passed away, Mr. George made a sign for Rollo to
+follow him, and then walked along out through the gate where the woman
+was sitting with the holy water. She held out the brush to Mr. George
+and Rollo as they passed, but they did not take it.
+
+"What ridiculous mummeries!" said Rollo, in a low tone, as soon as they
+had got out of the hearing of the congregation.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "they seem so to us; but I have a certain
+respect for all those ceremonies, since they are meant to be the worship
+of God."
+
+"I thought it was the worship of images," said Rollo. "Did not you see
+the images?"
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "I saw them; and perhaps we can make it out that
+those rites are, in reality, the worship of images; but they are not
+_meant_ for that. They are _meant_ for the worship of God."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+THE GALLERIES.
+
+
+"I want to get up upon the towers," said Rollo, "if we can."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "but I want first to go and see the tomb of the
+three kings."
+
+"What is that?" asked Rollo.
+
+"I will show you," said Mr. George. So saying, Mr. George led the way,
+and Rollo followed, along what is called the _ambulatory_, which is a
+broad space that extends all around the head of the cross in the
+cathedral churches of Europe, between the screen of the choir on one
+side and the ranges of chapels on the other. The ambulatory is usually
+very grand and imposing in the effect which it produces on the mind of
+the visitor, on account of the immense columns which border it, the
+loftiness of the vaulted roof, which forms a sort of sky over it above,
+and by the elaborate carvings and sculptures of the screen on one side,
+and the gorgeous decorations of the chapels on the other. Then all along
+the floor there are sculptured monuments of ancient warriors armed to
+the teeth in marble representations of iron and steel, while the walls
+are adorned with rich paintings of immense magnitude, representing
+scenes in the life of the Savior. There seemed to Mr. George some
+incongruity between the reverence evinced for the teachings and example
+of Jesus, in the pictures above, and the honor paid to the barbarous
+valor of the fighting old barons, in the monuments and effigies which
+occupied the pavement below.
+
+At length, at the head of the cross, exactly opposite to the centre of
+the high altar, which faced the choir, in the place which seemed to be
+the special place of honor, Mr. George pointed to a small, square
+enclosure, or sort of projecting closet, which was richly carved and
+gilded, and adorned with a variety of ancient inscriptions.
+
+"There," said Mr. George, "that must be the tomb of the three kings.
+That is the sepulchre which contains, as they pretend, the skulls of the
+three wise men of the east, who came to Bethlehem to worship Jesus the
+night on which he was born."
+
+"How came they here?" asked Rollo.
+
+"They were at Milan about six or eight hundred years ago," said Mr.
+George, "and they were plundered from the church there by a great
+general, and given to the Archbishop of Cologne, and he put them in this
+church. They have been here ever since, and they are prized very highly
+indeed. They are set round with gold and precious stones, and have the
+names of the men marked on them in letters formed of rubies."
+
+"Can we see them?" asked Rollo. As he said this he climbed up upon a
+little step, and attempted to look through a gilded grating in the front
+of the coffer which contained the rubies.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "but we must pay the sacristan for showing them
+to us. We can ask him about them when we come down from the galleries."
+
+"And besides," continued Mr. George, "the guide book says that under the
+floor of the church, just in front of the tomb of the three kings, the
+heart of Mary de Medicis is buried. That must be the place."
+
+So saying, Mr. George pointed to a large, square flagstone, which looked
+somewhat different from the others around it. Rollo gazed a moment at
+the stone, and then said,--
+
+"I suppose so; but I don't care much about these things, uncle George.
+Let us go up into the towers."
+
+"Very well," said Mr. George, "we will go and see if we can find the
+way."
+
+So our travellers went on along the ambulatory, and thence into the
+aisles and nave of the church, stopping, however, every few minutes to
+gaze at some gorgeously decorated altar, or large and beautiful
+painting, or quaint old effigy, or at some monument, or inscription, or
+antique and time-worn sculpture. There were a great many other parties
+of visitors, consisting of ladies and gentlemen, and sometimes children,
+rambling about the church at the same time. Rollo observed, as he passed
+these groups, that some were talking French, some German, and some
+English. Here and there, too, Rollo passed plain-looking people, dressed
+like peasants, who were kneeling before some altar or crucifix, saying
+their prayers or counting their beads, and wearing a very devout and
+solemn air. Some of these persons took no notice of Mr. George and Rollo
+as they passed them; but others would follow them with their eyes,
+scrutinizing their dress and appearance very closely until they got by,
+though they continued all the time to move their lips and utter
+inarticulate murmurings.
+
+"I don't think those girls are attending much to their prayers," said
+Rollo.
+
+"I'm afraid the girls in the Protestant churches in America do not
+attend to them much better," said Mr. George. "There is a great deal of
+time spent in seeing how people are dressed by worshippers in other
+churches than the Roman Catholic."
+
+At length Rollo caught a view of the man who had held the plate for a
+contribution, at the time when he and Mr. George came in at the church
+door. He was walking to and fro, with his plate in his hand, in a
+distant portion of the church. Rollo immediately offered to go to him,
+and ask how he and Mr. George were to get to the towers. So he left Mr.
+George looking at a great painting, and walked off in that direction.
+
+Just before Rollo came to the man, his attention was attracted by a girl
+of about twelve or thirteen years of age, who was strolling about the
+church at a little distance before him, swinging her bonnet in her hand.
+She was very pretty, and her dark eyes shone with a very brilliant, but
+somewhat roguish expression. She stopped when she saw Rollo coming, and
+eyed him with a mingled look of curiosity and pleasure.
+
+Rollo, observing that this young lady appeared not to be particularly
+afraid of him, thought he would accost her.
+
+"Do you speak French?" said he in French, as he was walking slowly by
+her. He supposed from her appearance that she was a French girl, and so
+he spoke to her in that language.
+
+The girl replied, not in French, but in English,--
+
+"Yes, and English too."
+
+"How did you know that I spoke English?" said Rollo, speaking now in
+English himself.
+
+"By your looks," said the girl.
+
+"What is your name?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Tell me your name first," said the girl.
+
+"My name is Rollo," said Rollo.
+
+"And mine," replied the stranger, "is Minnie."
+
+"Do you see that man out there," said Minnie, immediately after telling
+her name, "who is gathering the donations? Come and see what a play I
+will play him."
+
+Minnie was a French girl, and so, though she had learned English, she
+did not speak it quite according to the established usage.
+
+So she walked along towards the contribution man, wearing a very grave
+and demure expression of countenance as she went. Rollo kept by her
+side. As soon as they came near, the man held out his plate, hoping to
+receive a contribution from them. But as the plate already contained
+money which had been put in by former contributors, the action was
+precisely as if the man were offering money to the children, instead of
+asking it of them. So Minnie put forth her hand, and making a courtesy,
+took one of the pieces of money that were in the plate, pretending to
+suppose that the man meant to give it to her, and said at the same time,
+in French,--
+
+"I am very much obliged to you, sir. It is just what I wanted."
+
+The man immediately exclaimed, "_Nein nein!_" which is the German for
+No! no! and then went on saying something in a very earnest tone, and
+holding out his hand for Minnie to give him back the money. Minnie did
+so, and then, looking up at Rollo with a very arch and roguish
+expression of countenance, she turned round and skipped away over the
+stone pavement, until she was lost from view behind an enormous column.
+Rollo saw her afterwards walking about with a gentleman and lady, the
+party to which she belonged.
+
+Rollo then asked the man who held the plate what he should do to get up
+into the towers. He asked this question in French, and the man replied
+in French that he must go "to the Swiss, and the Swiss would give him a
+ticket.
+
+"Where shall I find the Swiss?" asked Rollo.
+
+The man pointed to a distant part of the church, where a number of
+people were going in through a great iron gateway.
+
+"You will find him there somewhere," said the man, "and you will know
+him by his red dress."
+
+[Illustration: MINNIE'S ROGUERY.]
+
+So Rollo went and reported to his uncle George, and they together went
+in pursuit of the Swiss. They soon came to the great gate; and just
+inside of it they saw a man dressed in a long red gown which came down
+to his ankles. This proved to be what they called the Swiss. On making
+known to him what they wanted, this man gave them a ticket,--they paying
+him the usual fee for it,--and then went and found a guide who was to
+show them up into the galleries.
+
+The guide, taking them under his charge, led them outside the church,
+and then conducted them to a door leading into a small round tower,
+which was built at an angle of the wall. This tower, though small in
+size, was as high as the church, and it contained a spiral staircase of
+stone, which conducted up into the upper parts of the edifice. Mr.
+George and Rollo, however, found that they could not go up to the towers
+but only to what were called the galleries. But it proved in the end
+that they had quite enough of climbing and of walking along upon dizzy
+heights, in visiting these galleries, and Rollo was very willing to come
+down again when he had walked round the upper one of them, without
+ascending to the towers.
+
+There were three of these galleries. The first was an inner one; that
+is, it was inside the church. The two others were outside. The party was
+obliged to ascend to a vast height before they reached the first
+gallery. This gallery was a very narrow passage, barely wide enough for
+one person to walk in, which extended all around the choir, with a solid
+wall on one side, and arches through which they could look down into the
+church below on the other. After walking along for several hundred feet,
+listening to the swelling sounds of the music, which, coming from the
+organ and choir below, echoed grandly and solemnly among the vaults and
+arches above them, until they reached the centre of the curve at the
+head of the cross, Mr. George and Rollo stopped, and leaned over the
+stone parapet, and looked down. The parapet was very high and very
+thick, and Rollo had to climb up a little upon it before he could see
+over.
+
+They gazed for a few minutes in silence, completely overwhelmed with the
+dizzy grandeur of the view. It is always impossible to convey by words
+any idea of the impression produced upon the mind by looking down from
+any great height upon scenes of magnificence or of beauty; but it would
+be doubly impossible in such a case as this. Far below them in front,
+they could see the choir of singers in the singing gallery, with the
+organ behind them. The distance was, however, so great that they could
+not distinguish the faces of the singers, or even their persons. Then at
+a vast distance, lower still, was the floor of the choir, paved
+beautifully in mosaic, and with little dots of men and women, slowly
+creeping, like insects, over the surface of it. At a distance, through
+the spaces between the columns, a part of the congregation could be
+seen, with the women and children at the margin of it, kneeling on the
+praying chairs, and a little red spot near a gate, which Rollo thought
+must be the Swiss. The whole of the interior of the choir, which they
+looked down into as you would look down into a valley from the summit of
+a mountain, was so magnificently decorated with paintings, mosaics, and
+frescoes, and enriched with columns, monuments, sculptures, and
+carvings, and there were, moreover, so many railings, and screens, and
+stalls, and canopies, and altars, to serve as furnishing for the vast
+interior, that the whole view presented the appearance of a scene of
+enchantment.
+
+Mr. George said it was the most imposing spectacle that he ever saw.
+
+After this, the guide led our two travellers up about a hundred feet
+higher still, till they came to the first outer gallery; and the scene
+which presented itself to view here would be still more difficult to
+describe than the other. The gallery was very narrow, like the one
+within, and it led through a perfect maze of columns, pinnacles,
+arches, turrets, flying buttresses, and other constructions pertaining
+to the exterior architecture of the church. It was like walking on a
+mountain in the midst of a forest of stone. The analogy was increased by
+the monstrous forms of bears, lions, tigers, boars, and other wild and
+ferocious beasts, which projected from the eaves every where to convey
+the water that came down from rains, out to a distance from the walls of
+the building. These images had deep grooves cut along their backs for
+the water to flow in. These grooves led to the mouths of the animals,
+and they were invisible to persons looking up from below, so that to
+observers on the ground each animal appeared perfect in his form, and
+was seen stretching out the whole length of his body from the cornices
+of the building, and pouring out the water from his mouth.
+
+From these outer galleries Rollo could not only see the pinnacles, and
+turrets, and flying buttresses, of the part of the church which was
+finished, but he could also observe the immense works of scaffolding and
+machinery erected around the part which was now in progress. Men were at
+work hoisting up immense stones, and moving them along by a railway to
+the places on the walls where they were destined to go. The yard, too,
+on one side, far, far down, was covered with blocks, some rough, and
+others already carved and sculptured, and ready to go up. The towers
+were in view too, with the monstrous crane leaning over from the summit
+of one of them; but there seemed to be no way of getting to them but by
+crossing long scaffoldings where the masons were now at work. This Rollo
+would have had no wish to do, even if the guide had proposed to conduct
+him.
+
+So, after spending half an hour in surveying the magnificent prospect
+which opened every where around them over the surrounding country, and
+in scrutinizing the details of the architecture near, the sculptures,
+the masonry, the painted windows, the massive piers, and the buttresses
+hanging by magic, as it were, in the air, and all the other wonders of
+the maze of architectural constructions which surrounded them, the party
+began their descent.
+
+"I am glad they are going to finish it," said Rollo to Mr. George, as
+they were walking round and round, and round and round, in the little
+turret, going down the stairs. "The next time we come here, perhaps, it
+will be done."
+
+"They expect it will take twenty years to finish it," said Mr. George.
+
+"Twenty years!" repeated Rollo, surprised.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "and about four millions of dollars. Why, when
+they first determined that they would attempt to finish it, it took
+fifteen years to make the repairs which were necessary in the old work,
+before they could begin any of the new. And now, at the rate that they
+are going on, it will take twenty years to finish it. For my part, I do
+not know whether we ought to be glad to have it finished or not, on
+account of the immense cost. It seems as if that money could be better
+expended."
+
+"Perhaps it could," said Rollo. "But every body that comes here to see
+it gets a great deal of pleasure; and as an immense number of people
+will come, I think the amount of the pleasure will be very great in
+all."
+
+"That is true," said Mr. George, "and that is the right way to consider
+it; but let us make the calculation in the same way that we made the
+calculation about the gold chain that you were going to buy in London.
+If we suppose that the church was half done when they left off the work,
+and that it will now cost four millions of dollars to finish it, that
+will make eight millions of dollars in all. Now, what is the interest of
+eight millions of dollars, say at three per cent.?"
+
+Rollo began to calculate it in his mind; but before he had got through,
+Mr. George said that it was two hundred and forty thousand dollars a
+year.
+
+"That," said Mr. George, "is equal, with a proper allowance for repairs,
+to, say a thousand dollars per day. Now, do you think that the people
+who will come here to see it will get pleasure enough from it to amount
+in all to a thousand dollars a day?"
+
+"I don't know," said Rollo, doubtfully. "I'd give one dollar, I know, to
+see it."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "so would I; and I do not know but that there
+would be three hundred thousand to come in a year, including all the
+great occasions that would bring out immense assemblages from all the
+surrounding country."
+
+"At any rate, I hope they will finish it," said Rollo.
+
+"So do I," said Mr. George.
+
+"And I mean to put a little in the man's plate when I go down," said
+Rollo, "and then I shall have a share in it."
+
+"I will too," said Mr. George.
+
+Accordingly, as they passed by the man when they were leaving the
+church, Mr. George put a franc into his plate, and Rollo half a franc.
+Just at the time that they put their money in, the party that Minnie
+belonged to came by, and the gentleman put in a silver coin called a
+thaler, which is worth about seventy-five cents; so that Rollo had the
+satisfaction of seeing that one of the four millions of dollars was
+raised on the spot.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+TRAVELLING ON THE RHINE.
+
+
+The steamboats and hotels, and all the arrangements made for the
+accommodation of travellers on the Rhine, are entirely different from
+those of any American river, partly for the reason that so very large a
+portion of the travelling there is pleasure travelling. The boats are
+smaller, and they go more frequently. The company is more select. They
+sit upon the deck, under the awnings, all the day, looking at their
+guide books, and maps, and panoramas of the river, and studying out the
+names and history of the villages, and castles, and ruined towers, which
+they pass on the way. The hotels are large and very elegant. They are
+built on the banks of the river, or wherever there is the finest view,
+and the dining room is always placed in the best part of the house, the
+windows from it commanding views of the mountains, or overlooking the
+water, so that in sitting at table to eat your breakfast, or your
+dinner, you have before you all the time some charming view. Then there
+is usually connected with the dining room, and opening from it, some
+garden or terrace, raised above the road and the river, with seats and
+little tables there, shaded by trees, or sheltered by bowers, where
+ladies and gentlemen can sit, when the weather is pleasant, and read, or
+drink their tea or coffee, or explore, with an opera glass, or a spy
+glass, the scenery around. They can see the towers and castles across
+the river, and follow the little paths leading in zigzag lines up among
+the vineyards to the watchtowers, and pavilions, and belvideres, that
+are built on the pinnacles of the rocks, or on the summits of the lower
+mountains.
+
+The hotels and inns, even in the smallest villages, are very nice and
+elegant in all their interior arrangements. These small villages consist
+usually of a crowded collection of the most quaint and queer-looking
+houses, or rather huts, of stone, with an antique and venerable-looking
+church in the midst of them, looking still more quaint and queer than
+the houses. The hotels, however, in these villages, or rather on the
+borders of them,--for the hotels are often built on the open ground
+beyond the town, where there is room for gardens and walks, and raised
+terraces around them,--are palaces in comparison with the dwellings of
+the inhabitants. And well they may be, for the villagers are almost all
+laborers of a very humble class--boatmen, who get their living by plying
+boats up and down the river; vinedressers, who cultivate the vineyards
+of the neighboring hills; or hostlers and coachmen, who take care of the
+carriages and of the horses employed in the traffic of the river. A
+great number of horses are employed; for not only are the carriages of
+such persons as choose to travel on the Rhine by land, or to make
+excursions on the banks of the river, drawn by them, but almost all the
+boats, except the steamboats that go up the river, are _towed_ up by
+these animals. To enable them to do this, a regular tow path has been
+formed all the way up the river, on the left bank, and boats of all
+shapes and sizes are continually to be seen going up, drawn, like canal
+boats in America, by horses--and sometimes even by men. Once I saw some
+boys drawing up a small boat in this way. It seems they had been going
+down the stream to take a sail, or perhaps to convey a traveller down;
+and now they were coming up again, drawing their boat by walking along
+the bank, the current being so rapid that it is much easier to draw a
+boat up than it is to row it. The boys had a long line attached to the
+mast of their boat, and both of them were drawing upon this line by
+means of broad bands, forming a sort of harness, which were passed
+over their shoulders.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Now, the small villages that I was speaking of are formed almost
+exclusively of the dwellings of the various classes which I have
+described, while the hotels or inns that are built on the margins of
+them are intended, not as they would be in America, for the
+accommodation of the people of the same class, but for travellers of
+wealth, and rank, and distinction, who come from all quarters of the
+world to explore the beauties and study the antiquities of the Rhine.
+Thus the inns, however small and secluded they may be, and however
+retired and solitary the places in which they stand, are always very
+nice, and even elegant, in their interior arrangements. The chambers are
+furnished and arranged in the prettiest possible manner. Handsome open
+carriages and pretty boats are ready to convey visitors on any excursion
+which they may desire to make in the neighborhood, and the table is
+provided with almost as many delicacies and niceties as you can have in
+Paris.
+
+The roads along the banks of the Rhine, too, are absolutely perfect.
+Well they may be so in fact, for workmen have been constantly employed
+in making and perfecting them for nearly two thousand years. Julius
+Cæsar worked upon them. Charlemagne worked upon them. Frederic the
+Great worked upon them. Napoleon worked upon them. They are walled up
+wherever necessary on the side towards the river; the rock is cut away
+on the side towards the land; valleys have been filled up; hill sides
+have been terraced, and ravines bridged over; until the road, though
+passing along the margin of a very mountainous region, is almost as
+level as a railway throughout the whole of its course. And as it is
+macadamized throughout, and is kept in the most perfect condition, it is
+always, in wet weather as well as dry, as firm, and hard, and smooth as
+a floor.
+
+With such roads and such carriages on the land, and such pretty
+steamboats as they have upon the water, it would be very pleasant going
+up through the highlands of the Rhine, if there were nothing but the
+natural scenery to attract the eye of the traveller. But besides the
+quaint and ancient villages, and the curious old churches which adorn
+them,--villages which sometimes line the margin of the water, and
+sometimes cling to the slopes of the hills, or nestle in the higher
+valleys,--there are other still stronger attractions, in the castles,
+towers, and palaces, which are seen scattered every where on the river
+banks, adorning every prominent and commanding position along the
+shores, and crowning, in many cases, the summits of the hills. Many of
+these castles and towers, though built originally hundreds of years ago,
+are still kept in repair and inhabited, some being used as the summer
+residences of princes, or of private men of fortune, and others, being
+armed with cannon and garrisoned with soldiers, are held as strongholds
+by the kings, or dukes, or electors, in whose dominions they lie. There
+are a great many of them, however, that have been allowed to go to
+decay; and the ruins of these still stand, presenting to the eye of the
+traveller who gazes up to them from the deck of the steamer, or from his
+seat in his carriage, or who climbs up to visit them more closely, by
+means of the zigzag paths which lead to them, very interesting relics
+and memorials of ancient times. The ruins are generally on very lofty
+summits, and they usually occupy the most commanding positions, so that
+the view from them up and down the river is almost always very grand.
+The castles were built by the dukes, and barons, and other feudal
+chieftains of the middle ages, and they are placed in these commanding
+positions in order that the chieftains who lived in them might watch the
+river, and the roads leading along the banks of it, and come down with a
+troop of their followers to exact what they called tribute, but what
+those who had to pay it called plunder, from the merchants or travellers
+whom they saw from the windows of their watchtowers, passing up and
+down.
+
+In fact these men were really robbers; being just like any other
+robbers, excepting that they restricted themselves to some rule and
+system in their plunderings, such as an enlightened regard for their own
+interest required. If, when they found a vessel laden with merchandise,
+or a company of travellers coming down the river, they had robbed them
+of every thing they possessed, the river and the roads would soon have
+been entirely abandoned, and their occupation would have been gone. In
+order to avoid this result, they were accustomed to content themselves
+with a certain portion of the value which the traveller was carrying;
+and they called the money which they exacted a tribute, or tax, paid for
+the privilege of passing through their dominions. They kept continual
+watch in their lofty castles, both up and down the river, to see who
+came by, and then, descending with a sufficient force to render
+resistance useless, they would take what they pretended to consider
+their due, and retreat with it to their almost inaccessible fastnesses,
+where they were safe from all pursuers.
+
+They often had wars with one another; and in the progress of these wars
+the weaker chieftains became, in the course of time, subjected to the
+stronger, and thus two or more small dominions would often become united
+into one. These amalgamations went on continually; and as they advanced,
+the condition of the cultivator of the ground, and of the peaceful
+merchant or traveller, was improved, for the rules and regulations for
+the collection of the tribute became more fixed and settled, and men
+knew more and more what they could calculate upon, and could regulate
+their business accordingly. Arrangements were made, too, to collect a
+regular tax from the cultivators of the ground; and just so far as these
+arrangements were matured, and the produce of the plunder, or the
+tribute, or the tax, or whatever we call it, increased, just so far it
+became for the interest of the chieftains that the cultivation of the
+land and the traffic on the river should be increased, and should be
+protected from all depredations but their own. Thus a system of law grew
+up, and arrangements for preserving public order, for promoting the
+general industry, and rules and regulations for the collection of the
+tribute, until at length, when all these arrangements were matured, and
+the multitude of petty chieftains became combined under one great
+chieftain ruling over the whole, and collecting the revenue for his
+subordinates, we find a great kingdom as the result, in which the
+descendants of the ancient marauders that lived in castles on the hills,
+under the name of princes and nobles, collect the means of enabling
+themselves to live in idleness and luxury out of the avails of the labor
+of the agriculturists, the merchants, and the manufacturers, by a
+combined and concerted arrangement, and a regular system of rents,
+taxes, and tolls, instead of by irregular forrays and depredations, as
+in former years.
+
+When any one of these nobles is questioned as to the nature of his claim
+to the enjoyment of so large a portion of the produce of the land,
+without doing any thing to earn or deserve it, he says that it is a
+_vested right_; that is, that he has a right to claim and take a certain
+portion of the proceeds of the toil of the _present_ generation of
+laborers, because his forefathers claimed and took a similar portion
+from theirs. And the one monarch, whose ancestors succeeded in
+overpowering or crowding out the others, claims his right to rule on the
+same ground. Thus, in the progress of ages, by a strange commutation,
+robbery and plunder, when systematized, and extended, and established on
+a permanent basis, become legitimacy, and the divine right of kings.
+
+In America there is no such division of the fruits of industry between
+those who do the work and a class of idle nobles, and soldiers, and
+priests, who do nothing but consume the proceeds of it. There every man
+possesses the full fruit of his labor, except so far as he himself joins
+with his fellow-citizens in setting apart a portion for the purposes of
+public and general utility. This is the reason why such immense numbers
+of laboring men are every year leaving Germany and emigrating to
+America.
+
+But to return to the Rhine. Of course, just so fast and so far as the
+smaller chieftains were conquered and dispossessed, and the country came
+into the hands of a smaller number of greater princes, the old castles
+became useless. Besides, when rules and laws, instead of surprises and
+violence, became the means by which contributions were levied, it was no
+longer necessary to have strongholds on high hills to come down from,
+when a vessel or a traveller was coming by, and to retreat to with the
+booty when the plunder had been taken. A great number of these old
+castles have, therefore, gone to decay; for they were generally built
+too high on the hills and rocks to be convenient as dwellings for
+peaceable men. A few of the largest and strongest of them were retained
+as fortresses; and those that were retained have been greatly enlarged
+and strengthened in their defences in modern times, so that some of them
+are now the greatest and strongest fortresses in the world. Others, that
+were built in tolerably accessible situations, or which commanded an
+unusually beautiful view, were retained and kept in repair, and are used
+now as the summer residences of wealthy men. The rest were suffered
+gradually to go to decay, and the ruins and remains of them are seen
+crowning almost every remarkable height all along the river. Some of
+these ruins are still in a very good state of preservation, so that in
+going up to explore them you can make out very easily the whole original
+plan of the edifice. You can find the turret, with the remains of the
+stairs which led up to the watchtower, and the kitchen, and the hall,
+and the armory, and the stables. In others, there is nothing to be seen
+but a confused mass of unintelligible ruins; and in others still, every
+thing is gone, except, perhaps, some single arch or gateway, which
+stands among a mass of shapeless mounds, the last remaining relic of the
+edifice it once adorned, and itself tottering, perhaps, on the brink of
+its precipitous foundation, as if just ready to fall.
+
+[Illustration: DONKEY RIDING.]
+
+These old ruins are visited every year by thousands of persons who come
+from every part of the world to see them. These visitors arrive every
+year in such numbers that the steamboats, both going up and coming down,
+and all the hotels, and thousands of carriages, which are perpetually
+plying to and fro along the shores on both sides of the river, are
+constantly filled with them. A great many people merely pass up or down
+the river in a steamer, in a day and a night, and only see the ruins and
+the other scenery by gazing at them from the deck of the vessel. But in
+this case they get no idea whatever of the Rhine. It is necessary to
+travel slowly, to stop frequently at the towns on the bank, to make
+excursions along the shores and into the interior, and to ascend to the
+sites of the ruins, and to other elevated points, so as to view the
+valley and the stream meandering through it from above, or you obtain no
+correct idea whatever of travelling on the Rhine.
+
+The work of ascending to the old ruins would be a very arduous and
+difficult one for all but the young and robust, were it not for the
+assistance that is afforded by the donkeys that are kept at the foot of
+every remarkable hill that travellers might be supposed desirous to
+ascend. These donkeys have a sort of chair fitted upon them, that is, a
+saddle, flat upon the top, and guarded all around one side by a sort of
+back, like the back of a chair. The trappings are covered with some
+kind of scarlet cloth, so that the troop of donkeys standing together
+under the shade of the trees, at the foot of the hill which they are to
+ascend, make a very gay appearance. The donkeys look very small to bear
+so heavy a load as a full grown person; but they are very strong, and
+they carry their burden quite easily, especially as the distance is not
+very great. For these mountains of the Rhine, celebrated as they are for
+the romantic grandeur which they impart to the scenery, are, after all,
+seldom more than a few hundred feet high. There is also, almost always,
+an excellent path leading up to them. It winds usually by zigzags
+through the groves of trees, or between gardens and vineyards, in a very
+delightful manner, so that the ascent in going up any of these hills
+would make a very pleasant excursion even without the ruins on the top.
+
+Such, in its general features, is the mountainous region of the Rhine,
+as it appears to the travellers who go to visit it at the present day;
+and it was this region that Rollo and Mr. George were now going to
+explore.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+THE SIEBEN GEBIRGEN.
+
+
+The word _Sieben_ means _seven_, and _Gebirgen_ means _mountains_.[6]
+Thus the _Sieben Gebirgen_ is the Seven Mountains. It is the name given
+to a mountainous mass of land which rises into seven or more principal
+peaks, just at the entrance of the romantic part of the Rhine. The
+highest of these mountains is the celebrated Drachenfels, which has a
+ruined castle on the top of it, and an inn for the accommodation of
+travellers just below. The Seven Mountains and Drachenfels are on the
+east bank of the river. Opposite to them on the left bank are some other
+remarkable mountains, crowned also with celebrated ruins. The river
+flows between these highlands as through a gateway. They form, in fact,
+the commencement of the mountainous region of the Rhine, in ascending
+the river from Cologne.[7]
+
+[Footnote 6: The words are pronounced as they are spelled, except that
+the _g_ in _Gebirgen_ is hard.]
+
+[Footnote 7: The reader must be very careful to get the idea right in
+his mind in respect to which way is _up_ on the Rhine. The river flows
+north. Of course, in looking on the map, what is _down_ on the page is
+_up_ in respect to the flow of the river.]
+
+The large town next below where these mountains commence is Bonn, which
+is, perhaps, thirty or forty miles above Cologne. The country up as far
+as Bonn from Cologne is pretty level, and a railroad has been made
+there. At Bonn the mountains begin, and the railroad has accordingly not
+been yet carried any farther. Mr. George and Rollo went up to Bonn by
+the railroad.
+
+Mr. George wished to stop at Bonn for half a day to visit a celebrated
+university that is there. The buildings of this university were formerly
+a palace; but they were afterwards given up to the use of the
+university, which subsequently became one of the most distinguished
+seminaries of learning in Europe. Mr. George wished to visit this
+university. He had letters of introduction to some of the professors. He
+wished also to see the library and the cabinets of natural history that
+were there. He invited Rollo to go with him, but Rollo concluded not to
+go. He would have liked to have seen the library very well, and the
+cabinets, but he was rather afraid of the professors.
+
+So, while Mr. George went to visit the literary institution, Rollo
+amused himself by rambling about the town, and looking at the quaint
+old churches, and the houses, and the fortifications, and in strolling
+along the quay, by the shore of the river, to see the steamers and tow
+boats go up and down.
+
+At length he went to the hotel. The hotel was just without the gates,
+near the river. There was a garden between the hotel and the river, with
+a terrace at the margin of it, overlooking the water, where there were
+tables and chairs ready for any person who might choose to take coffee
+or any other refreshments there. Mr. George's room was on this side of
+the hotel, and being pretty high it overlooked the gardens, and the
+terrace, and the river, and afforded a charming view. Up the river, on
+the other side, about three or four miles off, the Sieben Gebirgen were
+plainly to be seen, the summits of them tipped with ancient ruins.
+
+After Rollo had been sitting there about half an hour, Mr. George came
+home. It was then about one o'clock.
+
+"Well, Rollo," said he, "we are going up the river. I have engaged the
+landlord to send us up in a carriage to some pleasant place on the bank
+of the river among the mountains, where we can spend the Sabbath."
+
+"Why, what day is it?" asked Rollo.
+
+"It is Saturday," replied Mr. George.
+
+Rollo was quite surprised to find that it was Saturday. In fact, in
+travelling on the Rhine, as there is so little to mark or distinguish
+one day from another, we almost always soon lose our reckoning.
+
+"What is the name of the place where we are going?" asked Rollo.
+
+"I don't know," replied Mr. George. "I cannot understand very well. He
+is going to send us somewhere. How it will turn out I cannot tell. We
+must trust to the fortune of war."
+
+Mr. George often called the luck that befell him in travelling the
+fortune of war. "If we were contented," he would say, "to travel over
+and over again in places that we know, then we could make some
+calculations, and could know beforehand, in most cases, where we were
+going and how we should come out. But in travelling in new and strange
+places we cannot tell at all, especially when there is no language that
+we can communicate well with the people in. So we have to trust to the
+fortune of war."
+
+Mr. George, however, determined to make one more effort to find out
+where he was going; and so, when the carriage came to the door, and he
+and Rollo were about to get into it, he asked the porter of the
+house--who was the man that "spoke English"--what the name of the place
+was where they were going to stop.
+
+"Yes, sare," replied the man. "You will stop. You will go to Poppensdorf
+and to Kreitzberg, and then you will go to Gottesberg, and then you will
+go to Rolandseck, where there is a boat that will take you to
+Drachenfels, or to Koenigswinter."
+
+He said all this with so strong a German accent, and pronounced the
+barbarous words with so foreign an intonation, that no trace or
+impression whatever was left by them on Mr. George's ear.
+
+"But which is the place," asked Mr. George, speaking very deliberately
+and plainly,--"which is the place where we are to be left by the
+carriage to stay on Sunday? Is it Rolandseck or Koenigswinter?"
+
+"Yes, sare," said the porter, making a very polite bow. "Yes, sare, you
+will go to Rolandseck, and to Kreitzberg, and to Gottesberg, and if you
+please you can stop at Poppensdorf."
+
+"Very well," said Mr. George. "Tell him to drive on."
+
+This is a tolerably fair specimen of the success to which travellers,
+and the porters, and waiters, who "speak English," attain to, in their
+attempts to understand one another. In fact, the attempts of these
+domestic linguists to _speak_ English are sometimes still more
+unfortunate than their attempts to understand it. One of them, in
+talking to Mr. George, said "No, yes," for no, sir. Another told Rollo
+that the dinner would be ready in _fiveteen_ minutes, and a very worthy
+landlord, in commenting on the pleasant weather, said that the time was
+very _agregable_. So a waiter said one day that the _bifstek_ was just
+coming up out of the _kriken_. He meant kitchen.
+
+The place where the porter, who engaged the carriage for Mr. George,
+intended to leave him, was really Rolandseck. Rolandseck is the name of
+a ruined arch, the remains of an ancient tower which may be seen in the
+engraving a little farther on, upon the height of land on the left side
+of the view. The lofty ruin on the right, farther in the distance, is
+Drachenfels. At the foot of Drachenfels, a little farther down the
+river,--and we are looking down the river in the engraving,--is a town
+called Koenigswinter, which is the place that people usually set out
+from to ascend the mountain, a great number of donkeys being kept there
+for that purpose. Beneath the tower of Rolandseck, near the margin of
+the water, is a row of three or four houses, two of which are hotels.
+The land rises so suddenly from the river here, that there is barely
+room for the road and the houses between the water and the hill. In
+fact, the road itself is terraced up with a wall ten or fifteen feet
+high towards the water, and the houses in the same manner from the road.
+You enter them, indeed, from the level of the road; but you are
+immediately obliged to ascend a staircase to reach the principal floor
+of the house, which is ten or fifteen feet above the road, and the
+gardens of the house are on terraces raised to that height by a wall.
+Thus from the gardens and terraces you look down fifteen feet over a
+wall to the road, and from the road you look down fifteen feet over a
+wall to the water. Along the outer margin of the road is a broad stone
+wall or parapet, flat at the top and about three feet high. All this you
+can see represented in the engraving.
+
+In the middle of the river, opposite to the hotels, is a very beautiful
+island with a nunnery upon it. This island is called Nonnenwerth. Now,
+in regard to all these castles and churches, and other sacred edifices
+on the Rhine, there is almost always some old legend or romantic tale,
+which has come down through succeeding generations from ancient times,
+and which adds very much to the interest of the locality where the
+incidents occurred. The tale in respect to Rolandseck and Nonnenwerth is
+this: Roland was the nephew of the great monarch and conqueror,
+Charlemagne. He became engaged to the daughter of the chieftain who
+lived in Drachenfels, the ruins of which you see in the engraving
+crowning the hill on the right bank of the river, some little distance
+down the stream. In a battle in which he was engaged, he killed his
+intended father-in-law by accident, being deceived by the darkness of
+the night, and thinking that he was striking an enemy instead of a
+friend. After this, he could not be married to his intended bride, the
+etiquette of those days forbidding that a warrior should marry one whose
+father he had slain. The maiden, in her grief and despair, betook
+herself to the nunnery on the island near her father's castle, and
+Roland, since he could not be permitted to visit her there, built a
+tower on the nearest pinnacle of the opposite shore, in order that he
+might live there, and at least comfort himself with a sight of the
+building where his beloved was confined. The story is, however, that the
+unhappy nun lived but a short time. Roland himself, however, continued
+to live in his tower, a lonely hermit, for many years.
+
+Another version of this legend is, that the maiden was led to go to the
+convent and consecrate herself as a nun, on account of a false report
+which she had heard, that Roland himself was killed in the battle, and
+that when she learned that he was still alive, it was too late for her
+to be released from her vows. However this may be, Roland retired to
+this lofty tower, in order to be as near her as possible, and to be able
+to look down upon the dwelling where she lived. How well he could do
+this you can easily see by observing how finely the ruined tower on the
+top of the hill commands a view of the river and of the island, as well
+as of the nunnery itself, imbosomed in the trees.
+
+A little below the ruin of Roland's Tower you see a pavilion on a point
+of the rock, which, though somewhat lower in respect to elevation,
+projects farther towards the stream, and consequently commands a finer
+view. This pavilion has been erected very lately by a gentleman who
+lives in one of the houses at the margin of the road, and who owns the
+vineyards that cover the slope of the hill. The road to it leads up
+among these vineyards through the gentleman's grounds, but he leaves it
+open in order that visitors who ascend up to Roland's Tower may go to
+the pavilion on the way, and enjoy the view.
+
+It was to one of these hotels at Rolandseck that the porter at Bonn had
+arranged to send Mr. George, as the pleasantest place that was near to
+spend the Sabbath in. He could not have made a better selection.
+
+The ride, too, in the carriage from Bonn up to Rolandseck, was
+delightful. Nothing could be more enchanting than the scenery which was
+presented to view on every hand. The carriage, like all the other
+private carriages used for travellers on the Rhine, was an open
+barouche, and when the top was down it afforded an entirely unobstructed
+view. The day was pleasant, and yet the sun was so obscured with clouds
+that it was not warm, and Rollo stood up in the carriage nearly all the
+way, supporting himself there by taking hold of the back of the driver's
+seat, and looking about him on every side, uttering continual
+exclamations of wonder and delight. He attempted once or twice to talk
+with the driver, trying him in French and English; but the driver
+understood nothing but German, and so the conversation soon settled down
+to an occasional _Was ist das?_ from Rollo, and a long reply to the
+question from the driver, not a word of which Rollo was able to
+understand.
+
+They passed out of Bonn by means of a most singular avenue. It was
+formed of a very broad space in the centre, which seemed, by its place,
+to have been intended for the road way; but instead of being a road way,
+it was covered with a rich growth of grass, like a mowing field. On
+each side of this green were two rows of trees, which bordered a sort of
+wide sidewalk, of which there were two, one on each side of the road.
+These side passages were the carriage ways.
+
+"See, uncle George," said Rollo. "The road has all grown up to grass,
+and we are riding on the sidewalk."
+
+The carriage passed on, and when it reached the end of the avenue, it
+came to a beautiful and extensive edifice, standing in the midst of
+groves and gardens, which was formerly a chateau, but is now used for a
+museum of natural history. Here were arranged the cabinets which Mr.
+George had been to see that morning. Passing this place, the carriage
+gradually ascended a long hill, on the summit of which, half concealed
+by groves of trees, was an ancient-looking church. Mr. George had seen
+this hill before from the windows of the hotel, and knew it must be the
+Kreitzberg.
+
+"He is taking us to the Kreitzberg," said Mr. George.
+
+"What is that famous for?" asked Rollo.
+
+"It is an ancient church, on the top of a high hill," said Mr. George,
+"where there is a flight of stairs made to imitate those that Jesus
+ascended at Jerusalem, when he went to Pilate's judgment hall. Nobody
+is allowed to go up or down these stairs except on their knees.
+
+"Then, besides," continued Mr. George, looking along the page of his
+guide book as he spoke, "the air is so dry up at the top of this high
+hill, that the bodies of the old monks, who were buried there hundreds
+of years ago, did not corrupt, but they dried up and turned into a sort
+of natural mummies; and there they lie now under the church, in open
+coffins, in full view."
+
+"Let us go down and see them," said Rollo.
+
+What Mr. George said was true; and these things are but a specimen of
+the strange and curious legends and tales that are told to the
+traveller, and of the extraordinary relics and wonders that are
+exhibited to his view, in the old churches and monasteries, which are
+almost as numerous as the castles, on the Rhine. The carriage, after
+ascending a long time, stopped at a gate by the way side, whence a long,
+straight road led up to the church, which stood on the very summit of
+the hill. Mr. George and Rollo got out and walked up. When they drew
+near to the church, they turned round to admire the splendor of the
+landscape, and to see if the carriage was still waiting for them below.
+They saw that the carriage still stood there, and that there was another
+one there too, and that a party of ladies and gentlemen were descending
+from it to come up and see the church. There was a little girl in this
+party.
+
+"I should not wonder if that was Minnie," said Rollo.
+
+In a short time this party, with a commissioner at the head of them,
+came up the walk. The girl proved to be really Minnie. She seemed very
+glad to see Rollo, and she stopped to speak with him while the rest of
+the party went on.
+
+Rollo and Minnie followed closely behind. The commissioner led the way
+round to the side of the church, where there were some other ancient
+buildings, which were formerly a nunnery. Here they found a man who had
+the care of the place. He was a sacristan.[8] He brought a great key,
+and unlocked the church door, and let the party in.
+
+[Footnote 8: A sacristan is an officer who has charge of the sacred
+utensils and other property of the church, and who shows them to
+visitors.]
+
+The interior of the church was very quaint and queer,--as in truth the
+interiors of all the old churches are on the banks of the Rhine,--and
+was adorned with a great many curious old effigies and paintings. After
+waiting a few minutes for the company to look at these, the sacristan
+went to a place in the middle of the church before the altar, and
+lifted up a great trap door in the floor. When the door was lifted up, a
+flight of steps was seen leading down under ground.
+
+"Where are they going now?" said Minnie.
+
+"I suppose they are going down to see the monks," said Rollo.
+
+The party went down the stairs, Rollo and Minnie following them. The
+sacristan had two candles in his hands. As soon as he got to the bottom
+of the stairs, he passed along a narrow passage way between two rows of
+open coffins, placed close together side by side, and in each coffin was
+a dead man, his flesh dried to a mummy, his clothes all in tatters, and
+his face, though shrivelled and dried up, still preserving enough of the
+human expression to make the spectacle perfectly horrid. When Rollo and
+Minnie reached the place near enough to see what was there, the
+sacristan was moving his candles about over the coffins, one in each
+hand, so as to show the bodies plainly. At the first glance which Minnie
+obtained of this shocking sight, she uttered a scream, and ran up the
+stairs again as fast as she could go.
+
+Rollo followed her, but somewhat more slowly. When he came out into the
+church, he caught a glimpse of Minnie's dress, as she was just making
+her escape from the door. Rollo would have followed her, but he was
+afraid of losing his uncle George.
+
+When the party, at length, came up from their visit to the dead monks,
+they went to see the sacred staircase. Rollo went with them. The
+staircase seemed to be at the main entrance to the church: the party had
+gone round to a door in the side where they came in.
+
+The sacred stairs occupied the centre of the hall in which they were
+placed. There were on the sides two plain and common flights of stairs,
+for people to go up and down in the usual way. The sacred stairs in the
+centre could only be ascended and descended on the knees.
+
+The side stairs were separated from the central flight by a solid
+balustrade or wall, not very high, so that people who came to see the
+sacred steps could stand on the side steps and look over. The flight of
+sacred steps was very wide, and was built of a richly variegated marble,
+of brown, red, and yellow colors, intermingled together in the stone;
+and some of the stains were said to have been produced by the blood of
+Christ. Here and there, too, on the different steps of the staircase,
+were to be seen little brass plates let into the stone, beneath which
+were small caskets containing sacred relics of various kinds, such as
+small pieces of wood of the true cross, and fragments of the bones of
+saints and apostles. Neither Mr. George nor Rollo took much interest in
+this exhibition; and so, giving the sacristan a small piece of money,
+they went back to their carriage. As Rollo got into the carriage that he
+had come in, he saw that Minnie was seated in hers, and she nodded her
+head when Rollo's carriage moved away, to bid him good by.
+
+Mr. George and Rollo passed one or two other very picturesque and
+venerable looking ruins on the way up the river, but they did not stop
+to go and explore any of them. In one place, too, they rode along a sort
+of terrace, where the view over the river, and over the fields and
+vineyards beyond, was perfectly enchanting. Mr. George said he had never
+before seen so beautiful a view. It was at a place where the road had
+been walled up high along the side of a hill, at some distance from the
+river, so that the view from the carriage, as it moved rapidly along,
+extended over the whole valley. The fields and vineyards, the groves and
+orchards, the broad river, the zigzag paths leading up the mountain
+sides, the steamers and canal boats gliding up and down over the surface
+of the water, and the mountains beyond, with the rocky summit of
+Drachenfels, crowned with its castle, towering among them, combined to
+make the whole picture appear like a scene of enchantment.
+
+The poet Byron described this view in three stanzas, which have been
+read and admired wherever the English language is spoken, and have made
+the name of Drachenfels more familiar to English and American ears than
+the name of almost any other castle on the Rhine.
+
+
+DRACHENFELS.
+
+    The castled crag of Drachenfels
+      Frowns o'er the wide and winding Rhine,
+    Whose breast of waters broadly swells
+      Between the banks which bear the vine;
+    And hills all rich with blossomed trees,
+      And fields which promise corn and wine,
+    And scattered cities crowning these,
+      Whose far white walls along them shine,
+    Have strewed a scene which I should see
+    With double joy wert _thou_ with me.
+
+    And peasant girls with deep blue eyes,
+      And hands which offer early flowers,
+    Walk smiling o'er this paradise;
+      Above, the frequent feudal towers
+    Through green fields lift their walls of gray;
+      And many a rock which steeply lowers,
+    And noble arch in proud decay,
+      Look o'er this vale of vintage bowers;
+    But one thing want these banks of Rhine--
+    Thy gentle hand to clasp in mine!
+
+    The river nobly foams and flows,
+      The charm of this enchanted ground,
+    And all its thousand turns disclose
+      Some fresher beauty varying round:
+    The haughtiest breast its wish might bound
+      Through life to dwell delighted here;
+    Nor could on earth a spot be found
+      To nature and to me so dear,
+    Could thy dear eyes in following mine
+    Still sweeten more these banks of Rhine.
+
+In due time, Mr. George and Rollo arrived at Rolandseck, where they were
+received very politely by the landlord of the inn, and introduced to a
+very pleasant room, the windows of which commanded a fine view both of
+Drachenfels and of the river.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+ROLAND'S TOWER.
+
+
+"And now," said Mr. George, as soon as the porter had put down his trunk
+and gone out of the room, "the first thing to be thought of is dinner."
+
+Rollo was also ready for a dinner, especially for such excellent little
+dinners of beefsteaks, fried potatoes, nice bread and butter, and
+coffee, as his uncle usually ordered. So, after refreshing themselves a
+few minutes in their room, Mr. George and Rollo went down stairs in
+order to go into the dining room to call for a dinner. As they passed
+through the hall, they saw a door there which opened out upon
+beautifully ornamented grounds behind the house. The land ascended very
+suddenly, it is true, but there were broad gravel paths of easy grade to
+go up by; and there were groves, and copses of shrubbery, and blooming
+flowers, in great abundance, on every hand. On looking up, too, Rollo
+saw several seats, at different elevations, where he supposed there must
+be good views.
+
+While they were standing at this door, looking out upon the grounds, a
+waiter came by, and they told him what they wished to have for dinner.
+
+"Very well," said the waiter; "and where will you have it? You can have
+it in your room, or in the dining room, or in the garden, just as you
+please."
+
+"Let us have it in the garden," said Rollo.
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, "in the garden."
+
+So the young gentlemen went out into the garden to choose a table and a
+place, while the waiter went to make arrangements for their dinner.
+
+The part of the garden where the seats and the tables were placed was a
+level terrace, not behind the house, but in a line with it, at the end,
+so that it fronted the road, and commanded a very fine view both of the
+road and of the river, as well as of all the people, and carriages, and
+boats that were passing up and down. This terrace was high up above the
+road, being walled up on that side, as I have already described; and
+there was a parapet in front, to prevent people from falling down. This
+parapet was, however, not so high but that Rollo could look over it very
+conveniently, and see all that was passing in the road and on the river
+below. There was a sort of roof, like an awning, over this place, to
+shelter it from the sun and the rain; and there were trees and trellises
+behind, and at the ends, to enclose it, and give it an air of seclusion.
+The trellises were covered with grapevines, on which many clusters of
+grapes were seen, that had already grown quite large. Numerous flower
+pots, containing a great many brilliant flowers all in bloom, were
+placed in various positions, to enliven and adorn the scene. Some were
+on the tables, some on benches behind them, and there were six of the
+finest of them placed at regular intervals upon the parapet, on the side
+towards the street. These last gave the gardens a very attractive
+appearance as seen outside, by people going by in carriages along the
+road, or in boats on the river.
+
+Rollo and Mr. George chose a table that stood near the parapet, in the
+middle of the space between two of the flower pots, and sitting down
+they amused themselves by looking over the wall until the waiter brought
+them their dinner.[9] The dinner came at length, and the travellers
+immediately, with excellent appetites, commenced eating it.
+
+[Footnote 9: For a view of this part of the river see frontispiece.]
+
+"Uncle George," said Rollo, in the middle of the dinner, "my feet are
+getting pretty lame."
+
+"Are they?" said Mr. George.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I have walked a great deal lately."
+
+"Then," said Mr. George, "you must let them rest. You must go down to
+the river and bathe them in the cool water after dinner, and not walk
+any more to-night."
+
+"But I want to go up to Roland's Tower," said Rollo.
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, "perhaps you might do that. You can ride up on
+one of the donkeys."
+
+This plan was accordingly agreed to, and as soon as the dinner was ended
+it was put in execution.
+
+The donkeys that were used for the ascent of the hill to Roland's Tower
+were kept standing, all caparisoned, at the foot of the hill, at the
+entrance to a little lane where the pathway commenced. Mr. George and
+Rollo had seen them standing there when they came along the road. The
+place was very near where they were sitting; so that, after finishing
+their dinner, they had only to walk a few steps through the garden, and
+thence out through a back gate, when they found themselves in the lane,
+and the donkeys and the donkey boys all before them.
+
+Mr. George thought that he should prefer to _walk_ up the mountain; but
+Rollo chose a donkey, and with a little assistance from Mr. George he
+mounted into the seat. At first he was afraid that he might fall; for
+the seat, though there was a sort of back to it, as has already been
+described, to keep persons in, seemed rather unsteady, especially when
+the donkey began to move.
+
+"It will not do much harm if I do fall," said Rollo, "for the donkey is
+not much bigger than a calf."
+
+Mr. George, who was accustomed to leave Rollo a great deal to himself on
+all occasions, did not stop in this instance to see him set off, but as
+soon as he had got him installed in his seat, began to walk himself up
+the pathway, with long strides, and was soon hid from view among the
+grapevines, at a turn of the road, leaving Rollo to his own resources
+with the donkey and the donkey boy. At first the donkey would not go;
+but the boy soon compelled him to set out, by whipping him with the
+stick, and away they then went, all three together, scrambling up the
+steep path with a rapidity that made it quite difficult for Rollo to
+keep his seat.
+
+The paths leading up these hill sides on the banks of the Rhine are
+entirely different from any mountain paths, or any country roads, of
+any sort, to be seen in America. In the first place, there is no waste
+land at the margin of them. Just width enough is allowed for two donkeys
+or mules to pass each other, and then the walls which keep up the
+vineyard terrace on the upper side, and enclose the vine plantings on
+the other, come close to the margin of it, on both sides, leaving not a
+foot to spare. The path is made and finished in the most perfect manner.
+It is gravelled hard, so that the rains may not wash it; and it mounts
+by regular zigzags, with seats or resting-places at the turnings, where
+the traveller can stop and enjoy the view. In fact, the paths are as
+complete and perfect as in the nature of the case it is possible for
+them to be made; and well they may be so, for it is perhaps fifteen
+hundred years since they were laid out; and during this long interval,
+fifty generations of vinedressers have worked upon them to improve them
+and to keep them in order. In fact, it is probable that the roads and
+the mountain paths, both in Switzerland and on the Rhine, are more
+ancient than any thing else we see there, except the brooks and
+cascades, or the hills and mountains themselves.
+
+When Rollo had got up about two thirds the height of the hill, he came
+to the pavilion, which you see in the engraving standing on a
+projecting pinnacle of the rock, a little below the ruin. There was a
+gateway which led to the pavilion, by a sort of private path; but the
+gate was set open, that people might go in. Rollo dismounted from his
+donkey, and went in. His uncle was already there.
+
+It is wholly impossible to describe the view which presented itself from
+this commanding point, both up and down the river, or to give any idea
+of the impression produced upon the minds of our travellers when they
+stood leaning over the balcony, and gazed down to the water below from
+the dizzy height. The pavilion is built of stone, and is secured in the
+most solid and substantial manner, being very far more perfect in its
+construction than the old towers and castles were, whose remains have
+stood upon these mountains so long. It will probably last, therefore,
+longer than they have, and perhaps to the very end of time.
+
+It stands on a pinnacle of basaltic rock, which here projects so as
+actually to overhang its foundations.
+
+The view both up and down the river is inconceivably beautiful and
+grand.
+
+There was no seat in the pavilion, but there was one against the rocks,
+and under the shades of the trees just behind it; and here Mr. George
+and Rollo sat down to rest a while, after they had looked out from the
+pavilion itself as long as they desired.
+
+"I believe I'll walk up the rest of the way," said Rollo, "and let the
+donkey stay where he is."
+
+"Why, don't you like riding on the donkey?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I like to ride, but he don't seem to like to carry
+me very well. Besides, it is not far now to the top."
+
+The path immediately above the pavilion passed out of the region of the
+vineyards, and entered a little thicket of evergreen trees, through
+which it ascended by short zigzags, very steep, until at length it came
+out upon a smooth, grassy mound, which crowned the summit of the
+elevation; and here suddenly the ruin came into view. It was a single
+ruined arch, standing alone on the brink of the hill. The arch was
+evidently, when first built, of the plainest and rudest construction.
+The stones were of basalt, which is a volcanic rock, very permanent and
+durable in character, and as hard almost as iron. The mortar between the
+stones had crumbled away a good deal, but the stones themselves seemed
+unchanged. Mr. George struck his cane against them, and they returned a
+ringing sound, as if they had been made of metal.
+
+Around this arch were the remains of the ancient wall of the building,
+by means of which it was easy to see that the whole edifice must have
+been of very small dimensions, and that it must have been originally
+constructed in a very rude manner. The arch seems to have been intended
+for a door or a window. Probably they took more pains with the
+construction of the arch than they did with the rest of the edifice,
+using larger and better stones for it, and stronger mortar; and this may
+be the reason why this part has stood so long, while the rest has fallen
+down and gone to decay. In fact, it is generally found that the arches
+of ancient edifices are the parts of the masonry which are the last to
+fall.
+
+The opening in the arch looked down the river. Mr. George took his stand
+upon the line of the wall opposite the Island of Nonnenwerth, and said
+that he supposed there must have been another window there.
+
+"Here is where the old knight must have stood," said he, "to look down
+on the island, and the convent where his lost lady was imprisoned."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "he could look right down upon it from here. I wonder
+whether the nun knew that he was up here."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "there is not the least doubt that she did.
+They found out some way to have an understanding together, you may
+depend."
+
+After lingering about the old ruin as long as they wished, our
+travellers came down the hill again as they went up, except that Rollo
+walked all the way. He was afraid to ride on the donkey going down, for
+fear that he should fall.
+
+Rollo went down to the river side, and taking off his stockings and
+shoes, bathed his feet in the stream. While he was there a great boat
+came by, towed by two horses that walked along the bank. The rope,
+however, by which the horses drew the boat was fastened, not to the side
+of the boat, as is common with us on canals, but to the top of the mast,
+so that it was carried high in the air, and it passed over Rollo's head
+without disturbing him at all. They always have the tow ropes fastened
+to the top of the mast on the Rhine, because the banks are in some
+places so high that a rope lying low would not draw.
+
+Rollo remained on the bank of the river some time, and then he put on
+his shoes and stockings and went up into his room. He found that his
+uncle George was seated at the table, with pen, ink, and paper out, and
+was busy writing letters.
+
+"Uncle George," said Rollo, "what shall I do now?"
+
+"Let me think," said Mr. George. Then after a moment's reflection, he
+added, "I should like to have you take a sheet of paper, and draw this
+little table up to the window, and take your seat there, and look out,
+and whenever you see any thing remarkable, write down what it is on the
+paper."
+
+"What shall you do with it when I have got it done?" said Rollo.
+
+"I'll tell you that when it _is_ done," replied Mr. George.
+
+"But perhaps I shall not see any thing remarkable," said Rollo.
+
+"Then," said Mr. George, "you will not have any thing to write. You will
+in that case only sit and look out of the window."
+
+"Very well," said Rollo, "I will do it. But will it do just as well for
+me to go down to the terrace, and do it there?"
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "just as well."
+
+So Rollo took out his portfolio and his pocket pen and inkstand, and
+went down to the terrace, and there he sat for nearly two hours watching
+what was going by, and making out his catalogue of the remarkable
+things. At the end of about two hours, Mr. George, having finished his
+letters came down to see how Rollo was getting along. Rollo showed him
+his list, and Mr. George was quite pleased with it. In the course of the
+evening Rollo made several additions to it; and when at length it was
+completed, it read as follows.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+ROLLO'S LIST.
+
+
+_Remarkable Things seen from the Terrace of the Hotel at Rolandseck, by
+Rollo H., Saturday Evening, August 29._
+
+1. An elegant steamer, painted green. Her name is the _Schiller_. She is
+going up the river.
+
+2. Another steamer, the _Koenig_. Ladies and gentlemen on the deck,
+under an awning.
+
+3. I can see the ruins of Drachenfels with my spy glass, and the inn
+near the top of the mountain, painted white. I have been trying to find
+the path, to see if I could see any donkeys going up; but I cannot find
+it.
+
+4. A boat with some men and women in it putting off from the landing
+just above here. They are going down the stream. The current carries
+them down very fast. I think they are going over to the island.
+
+No, they are going away down the river.
+
+5. A great steamer coming _down_, with flags and banners flying.
+
+Now she has gone by, only I can see the smoke from her smoke pipe behind
+the point of land.
+
+6. The nuns are taking a walk under the trees on the island. Some of the
+girls of the school are going with them. The nuns are dressed in black,
+with bonnets partly black and partly white. The girls are dressed in
+pink, all alike. They are laughing and frolicking on the grass, as they
+go along. The nuns walk along quietly. The girls are having an excellent
+good time.
+
+They are walking away down to the end of the island. The walk that they
+are going in is bordered by a row of poplar trees.
+
+7. A procession of pilgrims going up to Remagen. At least, the waiter
+says they are pilgrims. They are in two rows, one on each side of the
+road, so that there is room for the carriages to pass along between
+them. They are dressed very queerly, like peasants. The girls and women
+go first, and the men come afterwards. The women have baskets, with
+something to eat in them, I suppose. The men have nothing. There is one
+man at the head, who carries a crucifix, with a wreath of flowers over
+it, on the top of the pole. They sing as they go along, and keep step to
+the music. First, the women sing a few words, and then the men sing in
+response. It is a very strange sight.
+
+8. A very swift steamer, with a great many gentlemen and ladies on
+board. It has gone down on the other side of the island.
+
+9. I hear guns firing down the river.
+
+10. A man is going by with a very long and queer-shaped wheelbarrow, and
+there is a dog harnessed to it before to draw, while he pushes it
+behind.
+
+11. More guns firing down the river. A steamer is coming into view, with
+a great many flags and banners flying. The guns that I heard are on
+board that steamer.
+
+The waiter says it is a company of students, from the university at
+Bonn, coming up on a frolic.
+
+12. The steamer with the students is going by. There is a band of music
+on board, playing beautifully.
+
+13. The steamer has stopped just above here, and all the students are
+going on shore.
+
+14. The students have formed into a company on the beach, and they are
+marching up, with banners flying and music playing, to the terrace of a
+hotel, just above here.
+
+15. The steamer has gone away up the river, and left them. There are
+five or six small boats on the shore at the landing, with boatmen
+standing by them, waiting to be hired. I mean to ask uncle George to let
+me go and take a sail in one of them on Monday.
+
+16. I can see the students by leaning over the parapet and looking
+through my spy glass. They are sitting at the tables under the trees on
+the terrace, smoking pipes and drinking something. They have very funny
+looking caps on.
+
+17. A tow boat coming up the river. It is drawn by two horses, that walk
+along the road. The boat has a roof over it instead of a deck, and it
+looks like a floating house with a family in it.
+
+18. A steamer coming up--the _Wilhelm_. She came up the other side of
+the island.
+
+19. A small boat going away from the landing. It is rowed by one man,
+with one oar, which he works near the bow on the starboard side. He has
+set the helm hard a-port, and tied it there, and that keeps his boat
+from being pulled round. I never thought of that way before.
+
+There is a woman and a child in the stern of the boat.
+
+20. There is a man eating his supper on the parapet below me, in front
+of the road. A girl has brought it to him in a basket. The man seems to
+be a boatman, and I think the girl is his daughter. She has a tin tea
+kettle with something to drink in it, and she pours it out into a mug as
+fast as the man wants it to drink. There is also some bread, which she
+breaks and gives him as fast as he wants it. There is a little child
+standing by, and the man stops now and then to play with her.
+
+Now there is another man that has come and sat down by the side of him;
+and a woman has brought him his supper in a basket. I think it is his
+wife.
+
+21. A long raft is coming down the river. It is very long indeed. It is
+made of logs and boards. There are twenty-two men on it, thirteen at the
+front end, and nine at the back end. They have got two monstrous great
+oars out; one of these oars runs out at the front end of the raft, and
+the other at the back end, and the men are rowing. There are six men
+taking hold of each of these oars and working them, trying to row the
+raft more into the middle of the river.
+
+There is a small house on the middle of the raft, and a fire in a large
+flat box near the door of it. I should think it would set the raft on
+fire. This fire is for cooking, I suppose, for there is a kettle hanging
+over it.
+
+22. Now the students are singing a song.
+
+23. There is a great fleet of large boats coming up the river, with a
+steamboat at the head of them. They come very slowly.
+
+24. The students have finished their drinking and smoking, and are
+beginning to come out into the road. They are walking about there and
+frolicking.
+
+25. The great fleet of boats have come up so that I can see them. They
+are great canal boats, towed by a steamer. There are seven of them in
+all. The steamer has hard work to get them along against the current. It
+is just as much as she can do.
+
+26. Four of the students are getting into a small boat. One of them has
+a flag. Now they are putting off from the shore. They are going out to
+take a sail.
+
+27. The fleet of boats is now just opposite to the window.
+
+28. A large open carriage, with a family in it, is riding by. There is a
+trunk on behind; so I suppose they are travellers, going to see the
+Rhine.
+
+29. Three of the students are walking by here. One of them--the middle
+one--is so tipsy that he cannot walk straight, and the others are taking
+hold of his arms and holding him up. I suppose they are going to see if
+they cannot walk him sober.
+
+They have gone off away down the road.
+
+30. Here comes an elegant carriage and two outriders. The outriders are
+dressed in a sort of uniform, and they are riding on horseback a little
+way before the carriage. They go very fast. There is a gentleman and a
+lady in the carriage.
+
+Now they have gone by.
+
+31. Several parties of students have gone by, to take a walk down the
+road. Some of them are walking along very steadily, but there are
+several that look pretty tipsy.
+
+Here are three or four of them coming back, riding the donkeys. They are
+singing and laughing, and making a great deal of fun.
+
+32. Here is a family of poor peasants coming down the river. They look
+very poor. The woman has a very queer cap on. She has one child strapped
+across her back, and she is leading another. There is a man and a large
+boy. They have packs on their backs. I wonder if they are not emigrants
+going to America.
+
+33. One of the students has got hurt. I can see him down the road
+limping. There are two other students with him, helping him.
+
+They are going to bring him home. They have taken a cane, and are
+holding it across between them, and he is sitting on it and putting his
+arms about their necks. Each student holds one end of the cane, and so
+they are bringing him along.
+
+[Illustration: THE STUDENTS.]
+
+The cane has broken, and let the lame student fall down.
+
+They have got another cane, stronger, and now they are carrying him
+again.
+
+Now they are stopping to rest right opposite to this house. They have
+changed hands, and are now carrying him again.
+
+34. Here is a woman coming along up the river drawing a small boat. She
+has a band over her shoulders, and a long line attached to it, and the
+other end of the line is fastened to the mast of the small boat. There
+is a man in the boat steering. I think the man ought to come to the
+shore and draw, and let the woman stay in the boat and steer, for it
+seems very hard work to pull the boat along.
+
+35. A boat with two women in it, and a man to row, is going across the
+river to the Nuns' Island. Now they are landing. The women are walking
+up towards the nunnery, under the trees, and the man is fastening his
+boat.
+
+36. The students are gathering on the landing. I think that, perhaps,
+they are going back to Bonn in small boats. It is beginning to be dark,
+and time for them to go home.[10] Yes, they are crowding into two or
+three boats. The boats are getting very full. If they are not careful
+they will upset.
+
+[Footnote 10: This Rollo wrote in the latter part of the evening, in his
+room.]
+
+The boats are pushing off from the shore. There are three boats, with
+two flags flying in each. They are drifting out into the current. The
+students have got one or two oars out, but they are not rowing much. The
+current carries them down fast enough without rowing.
+
+37. I can hear the bells ringing or tolling, away down the river, the
+air is so still. I think it must be the bells of Bonn.
+
+38. The students' boats are all drifting down just opposite our windows.
+They are going sidewise, and backwards, and every way, and are all
+entangled together. The students on board are calling out to one
+another, and laughing, and having a great time. Some of them are trying
+to sing, but the rest will not listen. If they are not very careful they
+will upset some of those boats before they get to Bonn.
+
+39. Here comes a carriage driving slowly down the road, with four
+students in it. Two of them are hanging down their heads and holding
+them with their hands, as if they had dreadful headaches. They look very
+sick. The other two students seem pretty well. I suppose they are going
+in the carriage with the sick ones to take care of them.
+
+It is getting too dark for me to see any more
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+A SABBATH ON THE RHINE.
+
+
+About eight o'clock the next morning, Mr. George and Rollo went up among
+the gardens behind the hotel, and after ascending for some time, they
+came at length to a seat in a bower which commanded a very fine view,
+and here they sat down.
+
+Mr. George took a small Bible out of his pocket, and opened it at the
+book of the Acts, and began to read. He continued to read for half an
+hour or more, and to explain to Rollo what he read about. Rollo was very
+much interested in the stories of what the apostles did in their first
+efforts for planting Christianity, and of the toils and dangers which
+they encountered, and the sufferings which they endured.
+
+At length, after finishing the reading, Mr. George proposed that they
+should go down to breakfast.
+
+So they went down the winding walks again which led to the inn. There
+they found, on the front side of the house, a very pleasant dining
+room, with tables set in it, some large and some small. Mr. George and
+Rollo took their seats at a small front table near a window, where they
+could look out over the water. Here a waiter came to them, and they told
+him what they would have for breakfast.
+
+"I will have a beefsteak," said Mr. George, "and my nephew will have an
+omelet. We should like some fried potatoes too, and some coffee."
+
+"_Ja_,[11] monsieur," said the waiter. "Let us see. You will have one
+bifstek, one omelet, two fried potatoes, and two caffys."
+
+[Footnote 11: Pronounced _yah_.]
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George.
+
+"Varry well," said the waiter. "It shall be ready in fiveteen minutes."
+
+So the waiter went away.
+
+"We shall want more than two fried potatoes," said Rollo, looking very
+serious.
+
+"O, he means two portions," replied Mr. George; "that is to say, enough
+for two people. He will bring us plenty, you may depend."
+
+Rollo and Mr. George sat by the window in the dining room until the
+breakfast was brought in. Besides the things which they had called for,
+the waiter brought them some rolls of very nice and tender bread, and
+some delicious butter. He also brought a large plate full of fried
+potatoes, and the beefsteak which came for Mr. George was very juicy and
+rich. The omelet which Rollo had chosen for his principal dish was
+excellent too. He made an exchange with Mr. George, giving him a piece
+of his omelet, and taking a part of the steak. Thus they ate their
+breakfast very happily together, looking out the window from time to
+time to see the steamboats and the carriages go by, and to view the
+magnificent scenery of the opposite shores.
+
+"I'll tell you what it is, Rollo," said Mr. George; "people may say what
+they please about the castles and the ruins on the Rhine--I think that
+the inns and breakfasts on the Rhine are by no means to be despised."
+
+"I think so too," said Rollo.
+
+When they had nearly finished their breakfast, Mr. George asked the
+waiter what churches there were in the neighborhood. The waiter said
+there was a church on the Island of Nonnenwerth, belonging to the
+convent, and that there was another up the river a few miles, at the
+village of Remagen.
+
+"We might go over to the island this morning, and up to Remagen this
+afternoon," said Mr. George, "only you are too lame to walk so far."
+
+"No, sir," said Rollo, decidedly; "my feet are well to-day. I can walk
+as well as not."
+
+A few minutes after this, the waiter came to tell Mr. George that the
+master of the hotel was himself going over to the convent to attend
+church, and that he and Rollo could go in the same boat if they pleased.
+The boat would go at about a quarter before ten.
+
+Mr. George said that he should like this arrangement very much; and
+accordingly, at the appointed time, he and Rollo set out from the inn in
+company with the landlord. They walked along the road a short distance,
+and then went down a flight of steps that led to the landing. Here there
+was a number of boats drawn up upon the beach. One of them had a boatman
+in attendance upon it, waiting for the company that he was to take over
+to the island.
+
+Besides the landlord and his two guests, there were two or three girls
+waiting on the beach, who seemed to be going over too. All these people
+got into the boat, and then the boatman, after embarking himself, pushed
+it off from the shore.
+
+It was a very pleasant summer morning, and Rollo had a delightful sail
+in going over to the island. Mr. George and the landlord talked together
+nearly all the way; but Rollo did not listen much to their
+conversation, as he could not understand the landlord very well,
+notwithstanding that the language which he used was English. He was
+seated next to the girls; but he did not speak to them, as he felt sure
+that they did not know any language but German. So he amused himself
+with looking at the hills on the shore, and at the gardens and vineyards
+which adorned them, and in tracing out the zigzag paths which led up to
+the arbors and summer houses, and to the ancient ruins. He attempted at
+one time to look down into the water by the side of the boat, to see if
+he could see any fishes; but the water of the Rhine is very turbid, and
+he could not see down into it at all.
+
+At length the boat came to the land in a little cove on the side of the
+island, where there was a sandy beach, under the shade of some ancient
+trees. There was a path leading from this place up towards the convent.
+The party in the boat landed, and began to walk up this path. Mr. George
+and the landlord were first, and Rollo came next.
+
+[Illustration: THE NUN.]
+
+The little path that they were walking in came out into another which
+led along among the fields that extended down the island. There was a
+nun coming up this path, leading one of the schoolgirls. It seems they
+had been to take a walk. The nun had her face shaded by a large cap, or
+bonnet, with, a veil over it; and though she looked pale, her
+countenance had a very gentle expression, and was very beautiful. She
+bowed to the party that was coming up from the boat, and went on before
+them to the church.
+
+"I wonder whether she is happy," thought Rollo to himself, "in living on
+this island, a nun. I wish I knew where her father and mother live, and
+how she came to be here, such a beautiful young lady."
+
+This nun was indeed very beautiful, though she was an exception to the
+general rule, for nuns are often very plain.
+
+The church formed a part of the convent building. It was, in fact, only
+a small chapel, built in a wing of the convent, with a little cupola and
+a bell over it. The bell was ringing when the party from the boat went
+up towards the edifice. On entering Rollo found that the room was very
+small. At the upper end was a platform, with an altar and a crucifix at
+the farther end of it. The altar had very tall candles upon it, and
+several bouquets of flowers. The candles were lighted.
+
+Below the platform, in the place where the congregation would usually
+be, there were two rows of seats, like pews, with small benches before
+each seat to kneel upon, and also a support to lean upon in time of
+prayer. These seats were very few, and there were but few people sitting
+on them. The people that were there seemed to be the servants of the
+convent. Mr. George and Rollo, and the people that came with them, were
+the only strangers. Rollo looked around for the nuns and for the girls
+of the school, but they were nowhere to be seen.
+
+As soon as Rollo had taken his seat, he observed that, though there was
+no minister or priest at the altar, the service was going on. He could
+hear a female voice, which appeared to issue from some place in a
+gallery behind him, out of view, reading what seemed to be verses from
+the Bible, in a very sweet and plaintive tone, and at the close of each
+verse all the people in the congregation below would say something in a
+responding voice together.
+
+"Do you suppose that that is one of the nuns?" whispered Rollo to his
+uncle.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "probably it is."
+
+"This is a Catholic church, is it not?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "almost all the churches on the Rhine are
+Catholic churches; and nunneries are _always_ Catholic."
+
+Rollo said no more, but attended to the service.
+
+There was nothing that was said or done that Rollo could at all
+understand; and yet the scene itself was invested with a certain
+solemnity which produced a strong and quite salutary impression on his
+mind. By and by a priest, dressed in his pontifical robes, came in by a
+side door, and taking his place before the altar, with an attendant
+kneeling behind him, or by his side, went through a great number of
+ceremonies, of which Rollo understood nothing from beginning to end. Mr.
+George, however, explained the general nature of the performance to him
+that afternoon when they were walking up the river to Remagen, in a
+conversation which I shall relate in due time.
+
+The service was concluded in about an hour, and then the congregation
+was dismissed. All but the party that came in the boat went out by a
+side door which led into the other apartments of the convent. The boat
+party went down to the shore, and getting into the boat were rowed back
+across the water.
+
+After dinner, Mr. George and Rollo set out to walk up the river to
+Remagen, in order to attend church there. It was during this walk that
+they had the conversation I have referred to on the subject of the
+service which they had witnessed in the little chapel at the nunnery.
+
+"You must understand," said Mr. George, "that the nature and design of
+the ceremonies of public worship in a Protestant and in a Catholic
+church are essentially and totally distinct. The Protestants meet to
+offer up their common prayers and supplications to God, and to listen to
+the instructions which the minister gives them in respect to their
+duties. The Catholics, on the other hand, meet to have a sacrifice
+performed, as an atonement for their sins. The Protestants think that
+all the atonement which is necessary for the sins of the whole world has
+already been made by the sufferings and death of Christ. The Catholics
+think that a new sacrifice must be made for them from time to time by
+the priest; and they come together to kneel before the altar while he
+makes it, in order that they may have a share in the benefits of it.
+Thus the Protestant comes to church to hear something said; the Catholic
+to witness something done. This is one reason, in fact, why the Catholic
+churches may very properly be enormously large. The people who assemble
+in them do not come to hear, so much as to see, or rather to be present
+and know what is going on, and to take part in it in heart.
+
+"The great thing that is done," continued Mr. George, "is the receiving
+of the communion, that is, of the bread and wine of the Lord's supper,
+which they suppose is renewing the sacrifice of Christ, for the benefit
+of those who are present at the ceremony. Did you see the man who was
+kneeling at the foot of the steps of the altar while the priest was
+performing, and who brought two little silver vessels, out of which he
+poured something into the priest's cup?"
+
+"Yes," said Rollo. "The silver vessels were on a little shelf at first,
+at the side of the altar, and he went at the proper time and kneeled
+with them by the side of the priest, until the priest was ready to take
+them."
+
+"One of these vessels," continued Mr. George, "contained wine, the other
+water. When the priest held his large silver cup out to him, the man
+poured some of the wine into it."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo. "And I saw the priest wiping out the cup very
+carefully, with a large white napkin, before he held it out for the
+wine."
+
+"True," said Mr. George. "When he took the wine in his cup, it was
+common wine, in its natural state; but afterwards, by being consecrated
+to the service of the mass, it was changed, they all believe, into the
+blood of Christ. It looked, they knew, just as it did before; but though
+it thus still retained all the appearance of wine, they believe that it
+became really and truly the blood of Christ, and that the priest in
+drinking it would make a sacrifice of Christ anew for the salvation of
+the souls of those who should witness and join in the ceremony.
+
+"In the same manner a small round piece of bread, shaped like a large
+wafer, when consecrated by the priest's prayers, becomes, they think,
+really and truly the body of Christ; and the priest by eating it
+performs a sacrifice, just as he does by drinking the wine. When he has
+consecrated this wafer, he holds it up for a moment, that the people may
+look upon it; and they, in looking upon it, think they see a portion of
+the true body of Christ, which is about to be offered up by the priest
+as a sacrifice for their sins."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I remember when he held up the wafer. I did not know
+what it was."
+
+"Did you not see that all the people bowed their heads just then,"
+rejoined Mr. George, "and said something to themselves in a very
+reverent manner."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "but I did not understand what it meant."
+
+"Thus you see," continued Mr. George, "that the essential thing at a
+Catholic service like this, as they regard it, is the eating of the body
+and the drinking of the blood of Jesus Christ, as a new sacrifice for
+the sins of the people who are present and consenting in heart to the
+ceremony. There are a great many subordinate operations and rites. The
+assistant goes back and forth a great many times from one side of the
+altar to the other, stopping to bow and kneel every time he passes the
+crucifix. The priest makes a great deal of ceremony of wiping out the
+cup before he receives the wine. Then there is a long service, which he
+reads in a low voice, and there are many prayers which he offers, and he
+turns to various passages of the Scriptures, and reads portions here and
+there. The people do not hear any thing that he says and does, nor is it
+necessary, according to their ideas of the service, that they should do
+so; for they know very well that the priest is consecrating the bread or
+the wine, and changing it into the body and the blood of Christ, in
+order that it may be ready for the sacrifice. Then, when the wine is
+changed, the priest drinks it in a very solemn manner, raising it to his
+lips three several times, so as to take it in three portions. Then he
+holds the cup out to his assistant again, who pours a little water into
+it from his other vessel; and the priest then, after moving the cup
+round and round, to be sure that the water mixes itself well with the
+wine which was left on the inner service of the cup, drinks that too. He
+does this in order to make sure that no portion of the precious blood
+remains in the cup. He then wipes it out carefully with his napkin, and
+puts it away."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I saw all those things. And after he had got
+through, he covered the cup with a cloth, embroidered with gold, and
+carried it away."
+
+"And after that," continued Rollo, "the assistant, with an extinguisher
+on the top of a tall pole, put out the candles, and then _he_ went
+away."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, and so the service was concluded.
+
+"Thus you see," continued Mr. George, "that for all that the people come
+for, to such a service as that, it was not necessary that they should
+hear at all. There was not any thing to be _said to_ them. There was
+only something to be _done for_ them; and so long as it was done, and
+done properly, they standing by and consenting, it was not of much
+consequence whether they could see and hear or not. So the priest turned
+his face away from them towards the altar; and when he had any thing to
+say, he spoke the words in a very low and inaudible voice."
+
+"It is impossible," said Rollo, after a short pause, "that the wine
+should become blood, and the wafer flesh, while they yet look just as
+they did before."
+
+[Illustration: THE EMIGRANTS.]
+
+"True," said Mr. George, "it seems impossible to us, who hear of it for
+the first time, after we have grown up to years of discretion; but that
+does not prevent its being honestly believed by people that have been
+taught to consider it true from their earliest infancy."
+
+"Do you suppose the priests themselves believe it?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "a great many of them undoubtedly do. We find,
+it is true, every where, that the most intelligent and well educated men
+will continue, all their lives, to believe very strange things, provided
+they were taught to believe them when they were very young; and
+provided, also, that their worldly interests are in any way concerned in
+their continuing to believe them."
+
+Just at this time, Rollo's attention was attracted to what seemed to be
+an encampment on the roadside at a little distance before them. It was a
+family of emigrants that were going down the river, and had stopped to
+rest. The horses had been unharnessed, and were eating, and the wagon
+was surrounded with a family consisting of men, women, and children, who
+were sitting on the bank taking their suppers. Rollo wished very much
+that he understood German, so as to go and talk with them. But he did
+not, and so he contented himself with wishing them _guten abend_, which
+means good evening, as he went by.
+
+He went on after this, without any farther adventure, to the village,
+and after attending church there, he returned with his uncle down along
+the bank of the river to the hotel.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+EHRENBREITSTEIN.
+
+
+The people of the Rhine have not allowed all the old castles to go to
+ruin. Some have been carefully preserved from age to age, and never
+allowed to go out of repair. Others that had gone to decay, or had been
+destroyed in the wars, have been repaired and rebuilt in modern times,
+and are now in better condition than ever.
+
+Some of the strongholds that have thus been restored are now great
+fortresses, held by the governors of the states and kingdoms that border
+on the river; others of them are fitted up as summer residences for the
+persons, whether princes or private people, that happen to own them.
+About midway between the beginning and the end of the mountainous region
+of the Rhine is a place where there are two very important works of this
+kind. One of them is far the largest and most important of all on the
+river. This is the Castle of Ehrenbreitstein. Ehrenbreitstein is not
+only a very strong and important fortification, but it guards a very
+important point.
+
+This point is the place where the River Moselle, one of the principal
+branches of the Rhine, comes in. The valley of the Moselle is a very
+rich and fertile one, and in proportion to its extent is almost as
+valuable as that of the Rhine. The junction of the two rivers is the
+place for defending both of these valleys, and has consequently, in all
+ages of the world, been a very important post. The Romans built a town
+here, in the days of Julius Cæsar, and the town has continued to the
+present day. It is called Coblenz. The Romans named it originally
+_Confluentes_, which means the _confluence_; and this name, in the
+course of ages, has gradually become changed to Coblenz.
+
+Coblenz is built on a three-cornered piece of flat land, exactly on the
+point where the two rivers come together. There is a bridge over the
+mouth of the Moselle where it comes into the Rhine, and another over the
+Rhine itself. The bridge over the Moselle is of stone, and was built a
+great many hundred years ago. That over the Rhine is what is called a
+bridge of boats.
+
+A row of large and solid boats is anchored in the river, side by side,
+with their heads up the stream, and then the bridge is made by a
+platform which extends across from boat to boat, across the whole
+breadth of the stream.
+
+Near the Coblenz side of the bridge there are two or three lengths of it
+which can be taken out when necessary, in order to let the steamers, or
+rafts, or tow boats, that may be coming up or down the river, pass
+through. Rollo was very much interested, while he remained at Coblenz,
+in looking out from the windows of his hotel, which faced the river, and
+seeing them open this bridge, to let the steamers and vessels pass
+through. A length of the bridge, consisting sometimes of _two_ boats
+with the platform over it, and sometimes of _three_, would separate from
+the others, and float down the stream until it cleared itself from the
+rest of the bridge, and then would move by some mysterious means to one
+side, and so make an opening. Then, when the steamer, or whatever else
+it was, had passed through, the detached portion of the bridge would
+come back again slowly and carefully to its place.
+
+Of course all the travel on the bridge would be interrupted during this
+operation; but as soon as the connection was again restored, the streams
+of people would immediately begin to move again over the bridge, as
+before.
+
+Across the bridge, on the heights upon the other side, Rollo could see
+the great Castle of Ehrenbreitstein, together with an innumerable
+multitude of walls, parapets, bastions, towers, battlements, and other
+constructions pertaining to such a work.
+
+One day Mr. George and Rollo went over to see this fortress. They were
+stopped a few minutes at the bridge, by a steamer going through. There
+was a large company of soldiers stopped too, part of the garrison of
+Ehrenbreitstein that had been over to attend a parade on the public
+square at Coblenz, and were now going home, so that Rollo was not sorry
+for the detention, as it gave him a fine opportunity to see the
+soldiers, and to examine the Prussian uniform. It consisted of a blue
+frock coat and white trousers, with an elegant brass-mounted helmet for
+a cap.
+
+The way up to the castle was by a long and winding road, built up
+artificially on arches of solid masonry. This road was every where
+overlooked by walls, with portholes and embrasures for cannon, and all
+along it, at short distances, were immense gateways exceedingly massive
+and strong, which could all be shut in time of siege. When Mr. George
+and Rollo reached the top of the castle, they found a great esplanade
+there, surrounded with buildings for barracks, and for the storing of
+arms and provisions. The view from this esplanade was magnificent
+beyond description. You could see far up and down the River Rhine, and
+far _up_ the Moselle, while all Coblenz, and the two bridges, and the
+town below the castle, and three other immense forts that stood on the
+other side of the river, were directly beneath.
+
+Rollo went into some of the barracks, and also up to the top of the
+buildings. The buildings were all arched over above, and covered with
+earth ten feet deep, with grass growing on the top. The men were mowing
+this grass when Mr. George and Rollo were there. The object of this
+earth on the roofs of the buildings is to prevent the bombshells of the
+enemy from breaking down through the roofs and killing the men.
+
+On the afternoon of the same day that Mr. George and Rollo visited
+Ehrenbreitstein, they went up the river a few miles in a boat to see a
+smaller castle, which has been repaired and changed into a private
+residence. The name of it is Stoltzenfels. They rode up the mountain
+that this castle was built upon on donkeys. The road was very good, but
+the place was so steep that it was necessary to make it twist and turn,
+in winding its way up, in the most extraordinary manner. In one place it
+actually went over itself by an arched bridge thrown across the ravine.
+In fact, this path was just like a corkscrew.
+
+Rollo was exceedingly delighted with the castle of Stoltzenfels. A man
+who was there conducted him and his uncle, together with a small company
+of other visitors who arrived at the same time, all over it. It would be
+impossible to describe it, there were so many curious courts, and
+towers, and winding passage ways, and little gardens, and terraces, all
+built in a sort of nest among the rocks, of the most irregular and
+wildest character.
+
+The rooms were all beautifully finished and furnished, and they were
+full of old relics of feudal times. The floors were of polished oak, and
+the visitors, when walking over them, wore over their boots and shoes
+great slippers made of felt, which were provided there for the purpose.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+ROLLO'S LETTER.
+
+
+At one place where Mr. George and Rollo stopped to spend a night, Rollo
+wrote a letter to Jenny. It was as follows:--
+
+                                           ST. GOAR ON THE RHINE.}
+                                                _Friday Evening._}
+
+DEAR JENNY: We have got into a very lonely place. I did not know there
+was such a lonely place on the Rhine. The name of it is St. Goar; but
+they pronounce it St. _Gwar_. The river is shut in closely by the
+mountains on both sides, and also above and below; so that it seems as
+if we were in a very deep valley, with a pond of water in the bottom of
+it.
+
+Away across the river is a long row of white houses, crowded in between
+the edge of the water and the mountain. On the mountain above is an old
+ruined castle, called the Cat. There is another old ruin a few miles
+below, called the Mouse. I can see both of these ruins from my windows.
+
+There is a little town on this side of the village too. We went out this
+morning to see it. It is very small, and the streets are very narrow. We
+came to the queerest old church you ever saw. It was all entangled up
+with other buildings, and there were so many arches, and flights of
+steps, and various courts all around it, that it was a long time before
+we could find out where the door was.
+
+While we were looking about, a little girl came up and asked us
+something. We supposed she asked us whether we wished to see the church;
+so we said _Ja_, and then she ran away. Presently we saw a boy coming
+along, and he asked us something, and we said _Ja_; and then _he_ ran
+away. We did not know what they meant by going away; but the fact was,
+they went to find some men who kept the keys. It seems there are two men
+who keep keys, and the girl went for one and the boy for the other; and
+so, after we had waited about five minutes under an arch which led to an
+old door, _two_ men came with keys to let us in. Uncle George paid them
+both, because he said the second man that came looked disappointed. He
+paid the girl and the boy too; so he had four persons to pay; and when
+we got in, we found that it was nothing but a Protestant church, after
+all. I like the Catholic churches the best. They are a great deal the
+funniest.
+
+We went to see the Catholic church afterwards. There was a monstrous old
+gallery all on one side of the church, and none on the other. Then there
+was an organ away up in a loft, and all sorts of old images and statues.
+I never saw such an old looking place.
+
+As we walked along the streets, or rather the pathways between the
+houses, we could see the rocks and mountains away up over our heads,
+almost hanging over the town. They are very pretty rocks, being all
+green, with grapevines and bushes.
+
+Close by the town too, up a long and very steep path, is a monstrous old
+ruin. The name of it is Rheinfels. I can see it from the balcony of my
+windows. Besides, uncle George and I went up to it this afternoon. It is
+nothing but old walls, and arches, and dark dungeons, all tumbling down.
+There was a little fence and a gate across the entrance, and the gate
+was locked. But there was a man who asked us something in German; but we
+could see it all just as well without going in; so we said _Nein_, which
+means no.
+
+They say that a great many years ago the French took this castle, and
+then, to prevent its doing the enemy any good forever afterwards, they
+put a great deal of gunpowder into the cellars, and blew it up. I did
+not care much about the old ruins, but I should have liked very well to
+have seen them blow it up.
+
+The waiter has just come to call us to go out and hear the echo, and so
+I must go. I will tell you about it afterwards.
+
+The man played on a trumpet down on the bank of the river, and we could
+hear the echo from the rocks and mountains on the other side. He also
+fired a gun two or three times. After the gun was fired, for a few
+minutes all was still; but then there came back a sharp crack from the
+other shore, and then a long, rumbling sound from up the river and down
+the river, like a peal of distant thunder.
+
+It is a gloomy place here after all, and I shall be glad when I get out
+of it; for the river is down in the bottom of such a deep gorge, that we
+cannot see out any where. There are some old castles about on the hills,
+and they look pretty enough at a distance; but when you get near them
+they are nothing but old walls all tumbling down. The vineyards are not
+pretty either. They are all on terraces kept up by long stone walls; and
+when you are down on the river, and look up to them, you cannot see any
+thing but the walls, with the edge of the vineyards, like a little
+green fringe, along on the top. But there is no great loss in this, for
+the vineyards are not pretty when you can see them. They look just like
+fields full of beans growing on short poles.
+
+I shall be glad when we get out of this place; but uncle George says he
+is going to stay here all day to-morrow, to write letters and to bring
+up his journal. But never mind; I can have a pretty good time sitting on
+the steps that go down to the water, and seeing the vessels, and
+steamboats, and rafts go by.
+
+                           Your affectionate cousin,
+                                                 ROLLO.
+
+P.S. The Cat and the Mouse used to fight each other in old times, and
+the Mouse used to beat. Was not that funny?
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+THE RAFT.
+
+
+The morning after Rollo had finished the letter to Jenny, as recorded in
+the last chapter, his uncle George told him at breakfast time that he
+might amuse himself that day in any way he pleased.
+
+"I shall be busy writing," said Mr. George, "nearly all the morning. It
+is such a still and quiet place here that I think I had better stay and
+finish up my writing. Besides, it must be an economical place, I think,
+and we can stay here a day cheaper than we can farther up the river, at
+the large towns."
+
+"Shall we come to the large towns soon?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Yes," replied his uncle. "This deep gorge only continues fifteen or
+twenty miles farther, and then we come out into open country, and to the
+region of large towns. You see there is no occasion for any other towns
+in this part of the Rhine than villages of vinedressers, except here
+and there a little city where a branch river comes in."
+
+"Well," said Rollo, "I shall be glad when we get out. But I will go down
+to the shore, and play about there for a while."
+
+Accordingly, as soon as Rollo had finished his breakfast, he went down
+to the shore.
+
+The hotel faced the river, though there was a road outside of it,
+between it and the water. From the outer edge of the road there was a
+steep slope, leading down to the water's edge. This slope was paved with
+stones, to prevent the earth from being washed away by the water in
+times of flood. Here and there along this slope were steps leading down
+to the water. At the foot of these steps were boats, and opposite to
+them, in the road, there were boatmen standing in groups here and there,
+ready to take any body across the river that wished to go.
+
+Rollo went down to the shore, and took his seat on the upper step of one
+of the stairways, and began to look about him over the water. There were
+two other boys sitting near by; but Rollo could not talk to them, for
+they knew only German.
+
+Presently one of the boatmen came up to him, and pointing to a boat,
+asked him a question. Rollo did not understand what the man said, but
+he supposed that he was asking him if he did not wish for a boat. So
+Rollo said _Nein_, and the man went away.
+
+There was a village across the river, in full view from where Rollo sat.
+This village consisted of a row of white stone houses facing the river,
+and extending along the margin of it, at the foot of the mountains.
+There seemed to be just room for them between the mountains and the
+shore. Among the houses was to be seen, here and there, the spire of an
+antique church, or an old tower, or a ruined wall. After sitting quietly
+on the steps until he had seen two steamers go down, and a fleet of
+canal boats from Holland towed up, Rollo took it into his head that it
+might be a good plan for him to go across the river. So he went in to
+ask his uncle George if he thought it would be safe for him to go.
+
+"You will take a boatman?" said Mr. George.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo.
+
+"And how long shall you wish to be gone?"
+
+"About an hour," said Rollo.
+
+"Very well," said Mr. George, "you may go."
+
+So Rollo went down to the shore again, and as he now began to look at
+the boats as if he wished to get into one of them, a man came to him
+again, and asked him the same question. Rollo said _Ja_. So the man went
+down to his boat, and drew it up to the lowest step of the stairs where
+Rollo was standing. Rollo got in, and taking his seat, pointed over to
+the other side of the river. The man then pushed off. The current was,
+however, very swift, and so the boatman poled the boat far up the stream
+before he would venture to put out into it; and then he was carried down
+a great way in going across.
+
+When they reached the landing on the opposite shore, Rollo asked the
+man, "How much?" He knew what the German was for how much. The man said,
+"Two groschen." So Rollo took the two groschen from his pocket and paid
+him. Two groschen are about five cents.
+
+Rollo walked about in the village where he had landed for nearly half an
+hour; and then, taking another boat on that side, he returned as he had
+come. On his way back he saw a great raft coming down. He immediately
+conceived the idea of taking a little sail on that raft, down the river.
+He wanted to see "how it would seem" to be on such an immense raft, and
+how the men managed it. So he went in to propose the plan to his uncle
+George. He said that he should like to go down the river a little way on
+the raft, and then walk back.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "or you might come up in the next steamer."
+
+"So I might," said Rollo.
+
+"I have no objection," said Mr. George.
+
+"How far down may I go?" said Rollo.
+
+"Why, you had better not go more than ten or fifteen miles," said Mr.
+George, "for the raft goes slowly,--probably not more than two or three
+miles an hour,--and it would take you four or five hours, perhaps, to go
+down ten miles. You would, however, come back quick in the steamer. Go
+down stairs and consider the subject carefully, and form your plan
+complete. Consider how you will manage to get on board the raft, and to
+get off again; and where you will stop to take the steamer, and when you
+will get home; and when you have planned it all completely, come to me
+again."
+
+So Rollo went down, and after making various inquiries and calculations,
+he returned in about ten minutes to Mr. George, with the following plan.
+
+"The waiter tells me," said he, "that the captain of the raft will take
+me down as far as I want to go, and set me ashore any where, in his
+boat, for two or three groschen, and that one of the boatmen here will
+take me out to the raft, when she comes by, for two groschen. A good
+place for me to stop would be Boppard, which is about ten or twelve
+miles below here. The raft will get there about two o'clock. Then there
+will be a steamer coming along by there at three, which will bring up
+here at four, just about dinner time. The waiter says that he will go
+out with me to the raft, and explain it all to the captain, because the
+captain would not understand me, as he only knows German."
+
+"Very well," said Mr. George. "That's a very good plan. Only I advise
+you to make a bargain with the captain to put you ashore any where you
+like. Because you know you may get tired before you have gone so far as
+ten miles.
+
+"In fact," continued Mr. George, "I would not say any thing about the
+distance that you wish to go to the captain. Just make a bargain with
+him to let you go aboard his raft for a little while, and to send you
+ashore whenever you wish to go."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I will; that will be the best plan. But I am sure
+that I shall want to go as far as ten miles."
+
+So Rollo went to his trunk, and began to unlock it in a hurried manner;
+and when he had opened it, he put his hand down into it at the left hand
+corner, on the front side, which was the place where he always kept his
+fishing line.
+
+"What are you looking for?" said Mr. George.
+
+"My fishing line," replied Rollo; "is not that a good plan?"
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "an excellent plan."
+
+Rollo had no very definite idea of being able to fish while on the raft,
+but there was a sort of instinct which prompted him always to take his
+fishing line whenever he went on any excursion whatever that was
+connected with the water. Mr. George had a pretty definite idea that he
+would _not_ be able to fish; but still he thought it a good plan for
+Rollo to take the line, for he observed that to have a fishing line in
+his pocket, on such occasions, was always a source of pleasure to a boy,
+even if he did not use it at all.
+
+Rollo, having found his fishing line, shut and locked his trunk, and ran
+down stairs.
+
+As soon as he had gone, Mr. George rose and rang the bell.
+
+Very soon the waiter came to the door.
+
+"This young gentleman who is with me," said Mr. George, "wishes to go on
+board this raft, and sail down the river a little way."
+
+"Yes, sir," said the waiter. "Rudolf is arranging it for him."
+
+"Very well," said Mr. George. "And now I wish to have you send a
+commissioner secretly to accompany him. The commissioner is to remain on
+the raft as long as Rollo does, and leave it when he leaves it, and
+keep in sight of him all the time till he gets home, so as to see that
+he does not get into any difficulty."
+
+"Yes, sir," said the waiter.
+
+"But let the commissioner understand that he is not to let Rollo know
+any thing about his having any charge over him, nor to communicate with
+him in any way, unless some emergency should arise requiring him to
+interpose."
+
+"Yes, sir," said the waiter, "I will explain it to him."
+
+"And choose a good-natured and careful man to send," continued Mr.
+George; "one that speaks French."
+
+"Yes, sir," replied the waiter; and so saying, he disappeared, leaving
+Mr. George to go on with his writing.
+
+In the mean time Rollo had gone down to the shore with the waiter
+Rudolf, and was standing there near a boat which was drawn up at the
+foot of the landing stairs, watching the raft, which was now getting
+pretty near. There was a great company of men at each end of the raft.
+Rollo could see those at the lowest end the plainest. They were standing
+in rows near the end of the raft, and every six of them had an oar.
+There were eight or ten of these oars, all projecting forward, from the
+front end of the raft, and the raftsmen, by working them, seemed to be
+endeavoring to row that end of the raft out farther into the stream. It
+was the same at the farther end of the raft. There was a similar number
+of oarsmen there, and of oars, only those projected behind, just as the
+others did before. There were no oars at all along the sides of the
+raft.
+
+The fact is, that these monstrous rafts are always allowed to float down
+by the current, the men not attempting to hasten them on their way by
+rowing. All that they attempt to do by their labor is to keep the
+immense and unwieldy mass in the middle of the stream. Thus they only
+need oars at the two ends, and the working of them only tends to row the
+raft sidewise, as it were. Sometimes they have to row the ends from left
+to right, and sometimes from right to left, according as the current
+tends to drift the raft towards the left or the right bank of the river.
+
+Rollo did not understand this at first, and accordingly, when he first
+saw these rafts coming with a dense crowd of men at each end, rowing
+vigorously, while there was not a single oar to be seen, nor even any
+place for an oar along the sides, he was very much surprised at the
+spectacle. He thought that the men at the back end of the raft were
+sculling; but what those at the forward end were doing he could not
+imagine. When, however, he came to consider the case, he saw what the
+explanation must be, and so he understood the subject perfectly.
+
+At length, when Rollo saw that the forward end of the raft, in its
+progress down the river, had come nearly opposite to the place where he
+was standing, he got into the boat, and the boatman rowed him out to the
+raft. As soon as they reached the raft Rollo stepped out upon the boards
+and logs. The top of the raft made a very good and smooth floor, being
+covered with boards, and it was high and dry above the water. Rollo
+looked down into the interstices, and saw that that part of the raft
+which was under water was formed of logs and timbers of very large size,
+placed close together side by side, with a layer above crossing the
+layer below. The whole was then covered with a flooring of boards, so
+close and continuous that Rollo had to look for some time before he
+could find any openings where he could look down and see how the raft
+was constructed.
+
+In the middle of the raft were several houses. The houses were made of
+boards, and were of the plainest and simplest construction. Around the
+doors of these houses several women were sitting wherever they could
+find shady places. Some were knitting and some were sewing. There were
+several children there too, amusing themselves in various ways. One was
+skipping a rope. Rudolf conducted Rollo up to one of these families, and
+told the women that he was an American boy, who was travelling with his
+uncle on the Rhine, and seeing this raft going by, had a curiosity to
+come on board of it. The women looked very much pleased when they heard
+this. Some of them had friends in America, and others were thinking of
+going themselves with their husbands; and they immediately began to talk
+very volubly to Rollo, and to ask him questions. But as they spoke
+German, Rollo could not understand what they said.
+
+In the mean time the waiter had gone away to speak to the captain of the
+raft, and to make arrangements for having Rollo put ashore when he had
+sailed long enough upon it. The captain was walking to and fro, upon a
+raised platform, near the middle of the raft. This platform I will
+describe presently. In a few minutes the man returned.
+
+"The captain gives you a good welcome," said he, "and says he wishes he
+could talk English, for he wants to ask you a great many questions about
+America. He says you may stay on the raft as long as you please, and
+when you wish to go ashore, you have only to go and get on board one of
+the boats, and that will be a signal. He will soon see you there, and
+will send a man to row you to the shore."
+
+Rollo liked this plan very much. So Rudolf, having arranged every thing,
+wished Rollo a "good voyage," and went off in the boat as he came.
+
+Thus Rollo was left alone, as it were, upon the raft; and for a moment
+he felt a little appalled at the idea of going down through such a dark
+and gloomy gorge as the bed of the river here presented to view, on such
+a strange conveyance, and surrounded with so wild and savage a horde of
+men as the raftsmen were,--especially since, as he supposed, there was
+not a human being on board with whom he could exchange a word of
+conversation. It is true the commissioner whom his uncle George had sent
+was on the raft. He had come out in the same boat with Rollo, and had
+remained when the boat went back to the shore. But Rollo had not noticed
+him particularly. He observed, it is true, that two men came with him to
+the raft, and that only one returned; but he thought it probable that
+the other might be going down the river a little way, or perhaps that he
+belonged to the raft. He had not the least idea that the man had come to
+take charge of _him_, and so he felt as if he were entirely alone in
+the new and strange scene to which he found himself so suddenly
+transferred.
+
+There were, however, so many things to attract his attention that at
+first he had no time to think much of his loneliness. There was a fire
+burning at a certain part of the raft, not far from the door of one of
+the houses, and he went to see it. As soon as he reached it, the mystery
+in respect to the means of having a fire on such a structure, without
+setting the boards and timbers on fire, was at once solved. Rollo found
+that the fire was built upon a hearth of _sand_. There was a large box,
+about four feet square and a foot deep, which box was filled with sand,
+and the fire was built in the middle of it. It seemed to Rollo that this
+was a very easy way to make a fireplace, especially as the sand seemed
+to be of a very common kind, such as the raftsmen had probably shovelled
+up somewhere on the shore of the river.
+
+"The very next time I build a raft," said Rollo, "I will have a fire on
+it in exactly that way."
+
+There was a sort of barricade or screen built up on two sides of this
+fire, to keep the wind from blowing the flame and the heat away from the
+kettle that was hung over it. This screen was made of short boards,
+nailed to three posts, that were placed in such a manner as to make,
+when the boards were nailed to them, two short fences, at right angles
+to each other, or like two sides of a high box. The corner of this
+screen was turned towards the wind, and thus the fire was sheltered. A
+pole passed across from one of the posts to the other, and the kettle
+was hung upon the pole.
+
+After examining this fireplace Rollo went to look at the platform where
+the captain had his station. This platform was about six feet high and
+ten feet long; and it was just wide enough for the captain to walk to
+and fro upon it. There was a flight of steps leading up to this platform
+from the floor of the raft, and a little railing on each side of it, to
+keep the captain from falling off while he was walking there.
+
+The object of having this platform raised in this way, was to give the
+captain a more commanding position, so as not only to enable him to
+survey the whole of the raft, and observe how every thing was going on
+upon it, but also to give him a good view of the river below, so that he
+might watch the currents, and see how the raft was drifting, and give
+the necessary orders for working it one way or the other, as might be
+required in order to keep it in the middle of the stream.
+
+Then Rollo went to the forward end of the raft to see the raftsmen row.
+The oars were of monstrous size, as you might well suppose to be the
+case from the fact that each of them required six men to work it. These
+six men all stood in a row along the handle of the oar, which seemed to
+be as large as a small mast. They all pressed down upon the handle of
+the oar so as to raise the blade out of the water, and then walked along
+over the floor of the raft quite a considerable distance. At last they
+stopped, and lifting up their hands, they allowed the blade of the oar
+to go down into the water. Then they turned, and began to push the oar
+with their hands the other way. The outside men had to reach up very
+high, for as the oar was very long, and the blade was now necessarily in
+the water, the end of the handle was raised quite high in the air. The
+men, accordingly, that were nearest the end of the oar, were obliged to
+hold their hands up high, in order to reach it; and they all walked
+along very deliberately, like a platoon of soldiers, pushing the oar
+before them as they advanced. And as each of the other six oars had a
+similar platoon marching with it to and fro, and as all acted in
+concert, and kept time with each other in their motions, the whole
+operation had quite the appearance of a military manoeuvre. Rollo
+watched it for some time with great satisfaction.
+
+After this Rollo walked up and down the raft two or three times, and
+then his attention was attracted by a steamer going by. The steamer cut
+her way through the water with great speed, and the waves made by her
+paddle wheels dashed up against the margin of the raft as if it had been
+along shore.
+
+There was a great number of tourists on board the steamer. Rollo could
+see them very distinctly sitting under the awning on the deck. Some were
+standing by the railing and examining the raft by means of their spy
+glasses or opera glasses. Others were seated at tables, eating late
+breakfasts, in little parties by themselves. The boat glided by very
+swiftly, however, and soon Rollo could see nothing of her but the stern,
+and the foaming wake which her paddle wheels left behind them in the
+water.
+
+As soon as the steamboat had gone by, Rollo began to feel a slight sense
+of loneliness on the raft, which feeling was increased by the sombre
+aspect of the scenery around him. The river was closely shut in by
+mountains on both sides, and between them the raft seemed to be drifting
+slowly down into a dark and gloomy gorge, which, though it might have
+seemed simply sublime to a pleasant party viewing it together from the
+cheerful deck of a steamer, or from a comfortable carriage on the banks,
+was well fitted to awaken an emotion of awe and terror in the mind of a
+boy like Rollo, floating down into it helplessly on an enormous raft,
+with a hundred men, looking more like brigands than any thing else,
+marching solemnly to and fro at either end of it, working prodigious
+oars, with incessant toil, to prevent its being carried upon the rocks
+and dashed to pieces. In fact, Rollo began soon to wish that he was safe
+on shore again.
+
+"I am very thankful," said he to himself, "that I made a bargain with
+the captain to put me ashore whenever I wished to go. I don't believe
+that I shall wish to go more than half way to Boppard."
+
+So saying, Rollo looked anxiously down the river. The mountains looked
+more and more dark and gloomy, and they appeared to shut in before him
+in such a manner that he could not see how it could be possible for such
+an immense raft to twist its way through between them.
+
+"I don't believe I shall wish to go more than a quarter of the way to
+Boppard," said he.
+
+Two or three minutes afterwards, on looking back, he saw the town of St.
+Goar, where he had embarked, gradually disappearing behind a wooded
+promontory which was slowly coming in the way, and cutting it off from
+view.
+
+[Illustration: ROLLO ON THE RAFT.]
+
+"In fact," said Rollo to himself, "since I am not going all the way to
+Boppard, I had better not go much farther; for I shall have to walk
+back, as the steamer does not stop this side of Boppard. Besides, I have
+seen all that there is on the raft already, and there is no use in
+staying on it any longer."
+
+So he concluded to go at once to the boat, according to the arrangement
+which he had made with the captain. He was afraid that he might have to
+wait some time before the captain would see him; but he did not. The
+captain saw him immediately, and sent a man to row him ashore. _Two_ men
+came, in fact, the commissioner being one of them. But Rollo did not pay
+any particular attention to this circumstance. He did not even observe
+that it was the same man that had come on board with him. Rollo could
+not talk to the oarsman on the way, but on landing he gave him a little
+money,--about what he thought was proper,--and then went up into the
+road with a view to go home. The commissioner, in order not to awaken
+any suspicions in Rollo's mind that he was following him, turned away as
+soon as he landed, and walked along the tow path down the stream.
+
+Rollo went slowly home. He had not been more than half an hour on the
+raft, and had not gone down the stream more than a mile; so that in
+three quarters of an hour after he had left his uncle at the hotel he
+found himself drawing near to it again, on his return.
+
+He felt a little ashamed to get back so soon. So he thought that he
+would not go in at once and report himself to his uncle, but would go
+down on the bank of the river, and see if he could find a place to fish
+a little while, until some little time should have elapsed, so as to
+give to the period of his absence a tolerably respectable duration.
+"Uncle George will laugh at me," said he to himself, "if he sees me come
+home so soon."
+
+So Rollo went down to the quay, and taking out his fishing line, he
+began to make arrangements for fishing. He did not, however, feel quite
+at his ease. There seemed to be something a little like artifice in thus
+prolonging his absence in order to make his uncle think that he had gone
+farther down the river than he had been. It was not being quite honest,
+he thought.
+
+"After all," said he to himself, "I'll go and tell uncle George now. I
+shall have a better time fishing if I do. If he chooses to laugh at me,
+he may. If he is going to do it, I should like to have it over."
+
+So he went into the hotel, and advanced somewhat timidly to the door of
+the room where he had left his uncle writing. He opened the door, and
+looking in, said,--
+
+"Uncle George! I've got back."
+
+Mr. George did not seem at all surprised, but looking up a moment from
+his writing, he smiled, and said,--
+
+"Ah! I'm glad to see you safe back again. It is rather lonesome here
+without you. Did you have a pleasant voyage?"
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "very pleasant. Only I did not go very far. I got
+them to put me ashore about a mile below here."
+
+"That was right," said Mr. George. "You did exactly as I should have
+done myself. In fact you can see all you wish to see on such a raft in
+half an hour."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I found that I could."
+
+"And I am very glad that you came to tell me," said Mr. George, "as soon
+as you came home."
+
+So Rollo, quite relieved in mind, went down stairs again, and returning
+to the quay, he resumed his fishing.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+DINNER.
+
+
+About half past three o'clock Rollo went up to his uncle's room.
+
+"Uncle George," said he, "have not you got almost through with your
+writing?"
+
+"Why," said Mr. George, "are you tired of staying here?"
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I am tired of being down in the bottom of such a
+deep valley. I wish you would put away your writing and go on up the
+river till we get out where we can see, and then you may write as much
+as you please."
+
+"Do you wish to go up the river to-night?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "very much."
+
+Mr. George took out his watch.
+
+"Go down and ask the waiter when the next steamer comes along."
+
+Rollo went down, and presently returned with the report that the next
+steamer came by at five o'clock.
+
+"There is a place up the river about two hours' sail, called Bingen,"
+said Mr. George, "where the mountains end. Above that the country is
+open and level, and the river wide. We might go up there, I suppose; but
+what should we do for dinner?"
+
+"We might have dinner on board the steamer," said Rollo.
+
+"Very well," said Mr. George; "that's what we will do. You may go and
+tell the waiter to bring me the bill, and then be ready at half past
+four. That will give me an hour more to write."
+
+At half past four Rollo came to tell Mr. George that the steamer was
+coming. The trunk had been previously carried down and put on board a
+small boat, for this was one of the places where the steamers were not
+accustomed to come up to a pier, but received and landed passengers by
+means of small boats that went out to meet them in the middle of the
+river. Such a boat was now ready at the foot of the landing stairs, and
+Mr. George and Rollo got into it.
+
+The boatman waited until the steamer came pretty near, and then he rowed
+out to meet it. He stopped rowing when the boat was opposite to the
+paddle wheel of the steamer, and the steamer stopped her engine at the
+same time. A man who stood on the paddle box threw a rope to the boat,
+and the boatman made this rope fast to a belaying pin that was set for
+the purpose near the bow of the boat. By means of this rope the boat was
+then drawn rapidly up alongside the steamer, at a place directly aft the
+paddle wheel, where there was a little stairway above, and a small
+platform below, both of which, when not in use, were drawn up out of the
+way, but which were always let down when passengers were to come on
+board. As soon as the boat came alongside this apparatus, Rollo and Mr.
+George stepped out upon the platform, and went up the little stairway,
+the hands on board the steamer standing there to help them. In a moment
+more the trunk was passed up, the boat was pushed off, and the paddle
+wheels of the steamer were put in motion; and thus, almost before Rollo
+had time to think what was going on, he found himself comfortably seated
+on a camp stool under the awning, by the side of Mr. George, on the
+quarter deck of the steamer, and sailing swiftly along on his voyage up
+the river.
+
+"What sudden transitions we pass through," said, Mr. George, "in
+travelling on the Rhine!"
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "it seems scarcely five minutes ago that I was
+sitting, all by myself, on the bank of a lonesome river, fishing; and
+now I am on board a steamer, with all this company, and dashing away
+through the water at a great rate."
+
+"True," said Mr. George; "and how quickly we came on board! One minute
+we are creeping along slowly over the water in a little boat, and the
+next, as if by some sort of magic, we find ourselves on the deck of the
+steamer, with the boat drifting away astern."
+
+"How high the mountains are," said Rollo, "along the shores here! Do the
+mountains end at Bingen?"
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "at Bingen, or soon after that. There the
+country opens, and the banks of the river become level and flat. The
+river widens, and there are a great many islands in it. There we come to
+railroads again too, for where the land is level they can make railroads
+very easily. It would be very difficult to make a railroad here, though
+I believe they are going to do it."
+
+"I should think it would be difficult," said Rollo. "But now, uncle
+George, about our dinner."
+
+"Very well," said Mr. George, "about the dinner." So the two travellers
+held a consultation on this subject, and concluded what to have. A few
+minutes afterwards a waiter came by, carrying a large salver, with some
+coffee and bread and butter upon it, for a gentleman on the deck. Mr.
+George beckoned to this waiter, and when he came to him, he ordered the
+dinner that he and Rollo had agreed upon. It consisted of sausages for
+Rollo, a beefsteak for Mr. George, and fried potatoes for both. After
+that they were to have an omelet and some coffee. The coffee on board
+the Rhine steamers, being made with very rich and pure milk, is
+delicious.
+
+The waiter brought up a small square table to the part of the deck where
+Mr. George and Rollo were sitting, which was under the shady side of the
+awning, and set it for their dinner. In about twenty minutes the dinner
+was ready. The table itself was as neat and nice as possible, and the
+dishes which had been ordered were prepared in the most perfect manner.
+I need not add, I suppose, that Mr. George and Rollo--it being now so
+late--were provided with excellent appetites. So they had a very good
+time eating their dinner. While they were eating it they could watch the
+changes in the scenery of the banks, as they glided swiftly along, and
+observe the steamers, tow boats, and other river craft, that passed them
+from time to time.
+
+While they were at dinner, Rollo asked Mr. George about the rafts, and
+where the timber that they were made of came from.
+
+[Illustration: DINNER ON THE RHINE.]
+
+"Why, you see," said Mr. George, "the River Rhine, in the upper portions
+of it, has a great many branches which come down from among the
+mountains, where nothing will grow well but timber. So they reserve
+these places for forests, and as fast as the timber gets grown, they cut
+it down, and slide it down the slopes to the nearest stream, and then
+float it along till they come to great streams; and there they form it
+into rafts, and send it down the river to Holland and Belgium, where
+timber does not grow."
+
+"Would not timber grow in Belgium and Holland?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "it would grow very well, but the land is too
+valuable to appropriate it to such a purpose. The whole country below
+Cologne, where we came to the river, is smooth and level, and free from
+stones, so that it is easily ploughed and tilled; and thus grain, and
+flax, and other very valuable crops can be raised upon it. They raise a
+few trees in that part of the country, but not many."
+
+"I never heard of raising trees before," said Rollo, "except apple
+trees, or something like that."
+
+"True," said Mr. George, "because in America, as that is a new country,
+there is an abundance of native forests, where the trees grow wild. But
+you must remember that every foot of land in Europe has been in the
+possession of man, and occupied by him, for two thousand years. There
+is not a field or a hill, or even a rocky steep on the mountain side,
+which has not had sixty or seventy generations of owners, who have all
+been watching it, and taking care of it, and improving it more or less
+all that time; each one carefully considering what his land can produce
+most profitably, and taking care of it and managing it especially with
+reference to that production. If his land is smooth and level, he
+ploughs it, and cultivates it for grass, or grain, or other plants
+requiring special tillage. If it is in steep slopes, with a warm
+exposure, he terraces it up, and makes vineyards of it. If it is in
+steep slopes, with a cold exposure, then it will do for timber, provided
+there are streams near it, so that he can float the timber away. If
+there are no streams near it, he can use it as pasture ground for sheep
+or cattle; for the wool, or the butter and cheese, which he obtains from
+this kind of farming, can be transported without streams; or, at least,
+such commodities will bear transporting farther before coming to a
+stream than wood or timber. Thus, you see, whatever the land is fit for,
+it has been appropriated to for a great many centuries; and it has all
+been cropped over and over again, even where the crop is a forest of
+trees. If we allow the trees even a hundred years to grow, before they
+are large enough to cut, that would give, in two thousand years, time
+to cut them off and let them grow up again twenty times."
+
+"Here comes a steamer," said Rollo.
+
+Just then the bow of a steamer came shooting into view, down the river.
+On the forward part of the deck were several soldiers and laborers, with
+women and children that looked like emigrants, and also a huge pile of
+trunks and merchandise covered with a tarpauling. Then came the paddle
+wheels, and then the quarter deck, with a large company of tourists,
+most of whom were looking about very eagerly at the scenery, with guide
+books and glasses in their hands. These were tourists that had been
+travelling in Switzerland, and were coming home by way of the Rhine; and
+as they were now just entering the part of the river where the grand and
+imposing scenery was to be seen,--though Mr. George and Rollo were just
+leaving it,--they were full of wonder and admiration at the various
+objects which appeared around them on every side. Rollo had but a very
+brief opportunity to look at these strangers, for the steamer which
+conveyed them passed by very swiftly, and in a moment they were gone.
+
+"How swift!" said Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "they go down the stream much faster than they
+go up; for in going down they have the current to help them, but we have
+it to hinder us in going up."
+
+"And does it help just as much as it hinders?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "for any given time. If the current flows two
+miles an hour, it will carry forward a boat that is going _with_ it just
+two miles faster than it would go in still water. And if the boat is
+going _against_ it, it will go just two miles an hour slower.
+
+"Thus, you see," continued Mr. George, "if a steamer had an engine
+capable of driving her twelve miles an hour through the water, in
+navigating a stream that flows _two_ miles an hour, she would go
+_fourteen_ miles an hour in going down, and _ten_ miles an hour in going
+up."
+
+"Then," said Rollo, "it seems that the _help_ of a current is just as
+much as the _hinderance_ of it, and that a river running fast is just as
+good for navigation as if the water were still. Because, you see," he
+added, "that though they lose some headway in going up, they gain it
+just the same in coming down."
+
+"That reasoning seems plausible," replied Mr. George, "but it is not
+sound."
+
+"What do you mean by _plausible_?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Why, it _appears_ to be good, when it really is not so. Reasoning very
+often appears to be good, while there is all the time some latent flaw
+in it which makes the conclusion wrong. Very often something is left out
+of the account which ought to be taken in and calculated for, and that
+is the case here. The truth is, that the current helps the steamer in
+going down just as much as it retards her in coming up _for any given
+time_; as for instance, for an hour, or for six hours. But we are to
+consider that in accomplishing any given _distance_, the steamer is
+longer in coming up than she is in going down, and so is exposed to the
+retarding effect of the current longer than she has the benefit of its
+coöperation.
+
+"For example," continued Mr. George, "suppose the distance from one
+place to another, on a river flowing two miles an hour, is such that it
+takes a steamer three hours to go down and four hours to come up. In
+going down she would be aided how much?"
+
+"Two miles an hour," said Rollo.
+
+"And that makes how much for the whole time going down?" asked Mr.
+George.
+
+"Six miles," said Rollo.
+
+"Now, it takes her _four_ hours to go up," said Mr. George. "How much
+would she be kept back then by the current?"
+
+"Why, two miles an hour for _four_ hours," said Rollo, "which would make
+eight miles."
+
+"Thus in the double voyage," said Mr. George, "the boat would be helped
+_six_ miles and hindered _eight_, so that the current would on the whole
+be a serious disadvantage. For a steamer, therefore, which is to be
+navigated equally both ways, the current is an evil.
+
+"But for that sort of navigation which goes only one way, it is a great
+advantage. For instance, the rafts have to come down, but they never
+have to go back again; and so they have the whole advantage of the
+current in bringing them down, without any disadvantage to balance it.
+
+"On the whole," said Mr. George, "I do not see but that the currents of
+great rivers are an advantage, for there is always a much greater
+quantity to come down than to go up. The heavy products that grow on the
+borders of the rivers are to come down, while comparatively little in
+quantity goes up. So the benefit, on the whole, which is produced by the
+flow of the water, may be greater than the injury."
+
+"What do they do with the rafts," said Rollo, "when they get them down
+the river?"
+
+"They break them up," said Mr. George, "and sell the timber in the
+countries near the mouth of the river, where but little timber grows."
+
+By this time, Mr. George and Rollo had finished eating the meats which
+they had ordered for their dinner, and so the waiter came and took away
+the plates, and brought the omelet and the coffee. With the coffee the
+waiter brought two small plates and knives, and some very nice rolls and
+butter. He also brought a plate containing several slices of a kind of
+cake, _toasted_. This cake was very nice.
+
+While Rollo was eating it he asked his uncle George whether, in case he
+had gone down the river to Boppard, and had not got back until dark, he
+should not have been anxious about him.
+
+"No," said Mr. George, "not much. I took precautions against that."
+
+"What precautions?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Why, I sent a man with you to take care of you," said Mr. George.
+
+"You sent a man with me?" repeated Rollo, very much surprised.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, quietly. "As soon as you had gone out of my
+room, to go on board the raft, I called the waiter, and asked him to
+send a commissioner with you, to see that you did not get into any
+difficulty, and to take care of you in case there should be any
+occasion."
+
+"Now, uncle George," said Rollo, in a mournful and complaining tone,
+"that was not fair."
+
+"Why not?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"Because," said Rollo, "I wanted to take care of myself."
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, "you _did_ take care of yourself--didn't you?
+My plan did not interfere with yours at all--did it?"
+
+Rollo did not answer, but he looked as if he were not convinced.
+
+"I gave the man special charge," said Mr. George, "not to interfere with
+you in any way, and not even to let you know that I had said any thing
+about you to him, so that you should be left entirely to your own
+resources. And you _were_ so left. You acted in the whole affair just as
+you thought proper, and took care of yourself admirably well. I think
+especially that you were very wise in leaving the raft when you did,
+instead of remaining on board three or four hours longer. But however
+this may be, you acted for yourself throughout. I did not interfere with
+you at all."
+
+"Well," said Rollo, after a moment's pause, "what you say is very true.
+But it seems to me it was a little artful in you to do that; and you
+always tell me that I must not be artful, but must be perfectly honest
+and open in all that I do. Don't you think you deceived me a little?"
+
+"I do not see that I did," said Mr. George. "When we deceive a person,
+we do it by saying or doing something to give him a false impression, or
+to make him suppose that something is true which is not true. Now, what
+did I do or say to give you any false impression?"
+
+"Why, nothing, I suppose," said Rollo, "except sending that man to take
+care of me without letting me know it."
+
+"That was _concealing_ something from you," said Mr. George, "not
+deceiving you. There are a thousand occasions when it is right to
+conceal things from the people around us. That is very different from
+deceiving them. This was a case in which I thought it best to conceal
+what I did, for a time, though I intended to tell you in the end. You
+see, I should not have done my duty, as a guardian intrusted with the
+care of a boy by his father, if I had allowed you to go away from me on
+such a doubtful expedition without some precautions. So I thought it
+best to send the commissioner; but I knew you wished to take care of
+yourself, and so I charged the commissioner to allow you to do so, and
+on no account to interpose, unless some accident, or unforeseen
+emergency, should occur. I told him not even to let you know that he
+was there, so that you might not be embarrassed or restricted at all by
+his presence, or even relieved of any portion of your solicitude. But I
+determined to tell you all about it as soon as it was over, and I was
+fondly imagining that you would praise me for my sagacity in managing
+the business as I did, and also especially for my openness and honesty
+in explaining all to you at last. But instead of that, it seems you
+think I did wrong; so that where I expected compliments and praise, I
+get only censure and condemnation; and I do not know what I shall do."
+
+Mr. George said this with a perfectly grave face, and with such a tone
+of mock meekness and despondency, that Rollo burst into a loud laugh.
+
+"If you could think of any suitable punishment for me," continued Mr.
+George, in the same penitent tone, "I would submit to it very
+contentedly; though I do not see myself any suitable way by which I can
+be punished, except perhaps by a fine."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "a fine; you shall be fined, uncle George. There is a
+woman out here that has got some raspberries, in little paper baskets.
+You shall be fined a paper of raspberries."
+
+Mr. George acceded to this proposal. The raspberries were two groschen a
+basket. Mr. George gave Rollo the money, and Rollo, going forward with
+it, bought the raspberries, and he and Mr. George ate them up together.
+They served the double purpose of a punishment for the offence, and of a
+dessert for the dinner.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+BINGEN.
+
+
+At some places on the Rhine the passengers go on board the steamers and
+land from them in a small boat, as Mr. George and Rollo did at St. Goar.
+At others there is a regular pier for a landing. At all the large towns
+there is a pier,--in some there are two or three,--which belong
+severally to the different companies which own the lines of steamers.
+These piers are constructed in a very peculiar manner. They are made by
+means of a large and heavy boat, which is anchored at a short distance
+from the shore, and then a massive platform is built, extending from the
+quay to this boat. The boat, being afloat, rises and falls with the
+river; and thus the end of the platform which rests upon it is kept
+always at the proper level for the landing of the passengers, so that,
+whatever may be the state of the water, they go over on a level plank.
+This is a very convenient arrangement for such a river as the Rhine,
+which rises and falls considerably at different seasons, on account of
+the variation in the quantity of rain, and in the melting of the snows,
+on the mountains in Switzerland.
+
+Bingen is one of the towns where there is a floating pier of this kind,
+and Mr. George and Rollo were safely landed upon it about eight o'clock.
+It was a very pleasant evening. As they approached the town, before they
+landed, they both walked forward towards the bows of the vessel, to see
+what sort of a place it was where they were going to spend the night.
+
+"It is just like Coblenz," said Mr. George, "only on a small scale."
+
+It was indeed very much like Coblenz in its situation, for it was built
+on a point of land formed between the Rhine and the Nahe, a branch which
+came in here from the westward, just as Coblenz was at the junction of
+the Rhine and the Moselle. There was a bridge across the Moselle, you
+recollect, just at the mouth of it, on the lower side of the town, which
+bridge was made to accommodate the travellers going up and down the
+Rhine on that side. There was just such a bridge across the mouth of the
+Nahe. So that the situation of the town was in all respects very similar
+to that of Coblenz.
+
+Just below the town there was a small green island covered with
+shrubbery, and on the upper end of the island was a high, square tower,
+standing alone.
+
+"That's must be Bishop Hatto's Tower," said Mr. George.
+
+"Who was he?" asked Rollo.
+
+"He was a man that was eaten up by the rats," said Mr. George, "because
+he called the poor people rats, and burned up a great many of them in
+his barn. The story is in the guide book. I will read it to you when we
+get to the hotel."
+
+By this time the boat had glided by the island, and the tower was out of
+view; and very soon afterwards Mr. George and Rollo were landed on the
+floating pier, as I have already said. There were very few people to
+land, and the boat seemed merely to touch the pier and then to glide
+away again.
+
+There were several porters standing by, and they immediately took up the
+passengers' baggage, and carried it away to the hotels, which were all
+very near the river. Rollo and Mr. George were soon comfortably
+established in a room with two beds in it, one in each corner, and a
+large round table near one of the windows. Outside of the other window
+was a balcony, and Rollo immediately went out there, to look at the
+view.
+
+"We have not got quite _out_ yet, uncle George," said he.
+
+Rollo was right, for the bank of the river opposite Bingen was very
+steep and high, and was terraced from top to bottom for vineyards. In
+fact, this part of the river is more celebrated, perhaps, than any other
+for the excellent quality of the grapes which it produces. It is here
+that are situated the famous vineyards of Rudesheim and Johannisberg. In
+fact, the whole country, for miles in extent, is one vast vineyard. The
+separate fields are divided from one another by the terrace walls, which
+run parallel to the river, and by paths formed sometimes by steps, and
+sometimes by zigzags, which ascend and descend from the crest of the
+hills above to the line of the shore. The only buildings to be seen
+among all this vast expanse of walls and terraces are the little
+watchtowers that are erected here and there at commanding points to
+enable the vinegrowers to watch the fruit, when it comes to the time
+of ripening. The laborers who till the fields, and dress the vines, and
+gather the grapes in the season, live all of them in compact villages,
+built at intervals along the shore.
+
+While Rollo was looking at this scene, and wondering how such an immense
+number of walls and terraces could ever have been built, his attention
+was suddenly arrested by hearing a sweet and silvery voice, like that of
+a girl, calling out,--
+
+"Rollo."
+
+Rollo turned in the direction of the sound, and found that it was Minnie
+speaking to him. She was standing on another balcony, one which opened
+from the chamber next to his. Rollo was very much pleased to see her. He
+thought it very remarkable that he should meet her thus so many times;
+but it was not. Travellers on the Rhine going in the same direction, and
+stopping to see the same things, often meet each other in this way again
+and again.
+
+After talking with Minnie some little time from the balcony, Rollo asked
+her if her mother was there.
+
+"Yes," said Minnie.
+
+"Ask her then," said Rollo, "if you may come down and take a walk with
+me in the garden."
+
+Minnie went in from the balcony, and in a moment returning, she said,
+"Yes," and immediately disappeared again. So Rollo went down, and Minnie
+presently came and met him in the garden.
+
+[Illustration: MINNIE.]
+
+The garden was a small piece of ground in front of the hotel, between
+the hotel and the river. There was a large gate opening from it towards
+the hotel, and another towards the river. The garden was full of shade
+trees, with pleasant walks winding about among them, and here and there
+a border, or a bed of flowers. There were several carved images placed
+here and there, one of which amused Rollo and Minnie very much, for it
+represented a monkey sitting on a pole and looking at himself in a hand
+looking glass which he held before his face. In the other hand he had a
+parasol.
+
+In the front part of the garden, towards the river, were several tables
+under the trees, where people might take coffee or ices, or they might
+take their dinner there if they chose. In the front of the garden too,
+at the corners, were two summer houses, with tables and chairs in them.
+The sides of these houses that were turned towards the river, and also
+those that were towards the gardens, were open. The other two sides of
+each summer house had walls, on which were painted views of castles and
+other scenery of the Rhine. Over one of the summer houses was a little
+room for a lookout, where there was a very fine prospect up and down the
+river.
+
+Rollo and Minnie rambled about here for some time, examining every thing
+with great attention. They chose one of the pleasantest tables, and sat
+down before it.
+
+"This is a nice place," said Minnie. "I propose that you and I come out
+here to-morrow morning and have breakfast, all by ourselves."
+
+"O, we can't do that very well," said Rollo.
+
+"Yes we can," replied Minnie, "just as well as not. I'll plan it all."
+
+Minnie then jumped up and led the way, Rollo following, through the open
+gate towards the river. There was a sort of street outside, and Rollo
+and Minnie stood here for a few minutes to see a steamer go by. Minnie
+then proposed that they should get into a boat that was lying there, and
+take a sail.
+
+"You can row--can't you?" said she to Rollo.
+
+"No," said Rollo, "not on such a river as this. See how swift the
+current flows."
+
+"Never mind," said Minnie, "I can. Let us jump into this boat, and have
+a sail."
+
+"No," said Rollo, "not for the world. We should be carried off down the
+stream in spite of every thing."
+
+"Never mind," said Minnie; "we should land somewhere, and they would
+send down for us. We should have a great deal of fun."
+
+How far Minnie would have persevered in urging her plan for a venture in
+the boat on the river I do not know; but the conversation was here
+interrupted by the appearance of Mr. George, who had come down through
+the garden, and just at this instant joined the children on the quay.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+THE RUIN IN THE GARDEN.
+
+
+Mr. George said that he had come to ask Rollo to go and take a walk to
+see an old ruin in the town, and he told Minnie that he should be very
+glad to have her go too, if her mother would be willing.
+
+"O, yes," said Minnie, "she will be willing. I'll go."
+
+"You must go and ask her first," said Mr. George.
+
+So, while Mr. George and Rollo walked slowly up towards the hotel,
+Minnie ran before them to ask her mother.
+
+Mr. George explained to Rollo in walking through the garden, that there
+were two ruins that he wished to see while he was at Bingen. One was the
+famous castle of Rheinstein, which stood on the bank of the river, a few
+miles below the town.
+
+"But it is too late to go there to-night," said Mr. George. "We will
+take that for to-morrow. But there is an old ruin back here in the
+village, which I think we can see to-night."
+
+When they reached the door of the hotel, Minnie met them, and said that
+she could go; and so they walked along together.
+
+Mr. George groped about a long time among the narrow streets and passage
+ways of the town, to find some way of access to the ruin, but in vain.
+He obtained frequent views of it, and of the rocky hill that it stood
+upon, which was seen here and there, by chance glimpses, rising in
+massive grandeur above the houses of the town; but he could not find any
+way to get to it.
+
+"It is in a private garden," said Mr. George, "I know; but how to find
+the way to it I cannot imagine."
+
+"Perhaps it is here," said Minnie.
+
+So saying, Minnie ran up to a gate by the side of the street, which led
+into a very pretty yard, all shaded with trees and shrubbery, and having
+a large and handsome house by the side of it. The gate was shut and
+fastened, but Minnie could look through the bars.
+
+There was a woman standing near one of the doors of the house, and
+Minnie beckoned to her. The woman came immediately down towards the
+gate. Minnie pointed in towards a walk which seemed to lead back among
+the trees, and said to the woman,--
+
+"_Schloss?_"
+
+_Schloss_ is the German word for _castle_. Minnie could not speak
+German; but she knew some words of that language, and the words that she
+did know she was always perfectly ready to use, whenever an occasion
+presented.
+
+"_Ja_, _Ja_," said the woman; and immediately she opened the gate. By
+this time Minnie had beckoned Mr. George and Rollo to come up from the
+road, and they all three went in through the gate.
+
+The woman called to a man who was then just coming down out of the
+garden, and said something to him in German. None of our party could
+understand what she said; but they knew from the circumstances of the
+case, and from her actions, that she was saying to him that the
+strangers wished to see the ruins. So, the man leading the way, and the
+three visitors following him, they all went on along a broad gravel walk
+which led up into the garden.
+
+Mr. George asked the guide if he could speak English, and he said,
+"_Nein._" Then he asked him if he could speak French, and he said,
+"_Nein._" He said he could only speak German.
+
+"He can't explain any thing to us, children," said Mr. George; "we
+shall have to judge for ourselves."
+
+The walk was very shady that led along the garden, and as it was now
+long past eight o'clock, it was nearly dark walking there, though it was
+still pretty light under the open sky. The walk gradually ascended, and
+it soon brought the party to a place where they could see, rising up
+among the trees, fragments of ancient walls of stupendous height. Rollo
+looked up to them with wonder. He even felt a degree of awe, as well as
+wonder, for the strange and uncouth forms of windows and doors, which
+were seen here and there; the embrasures, and the yawning arches which
+appeared below, leading apparently to subterranean dungeons, being all
+dimly seen in the obscurity of the night, suggested to his mind ideas of
+prisoners confined there in ancient times, and wearing out their lives
+in a dreadful and hopeless captivity, or being put to death by horrid
+tortures.
+
+Minnie was still more afraid of these gloomy remains than Rollo. She was
+afraid to look up at them.
+
+"Look up there, Minnie," said Rollo. "See that old broken window with
+iron gratings in the walls."
+
+"No," replied Minnie, "I do not want to see it at all."
+
+So saying she looked straight down upon the path before her, and walked
+on as fast as possible.
+
+"If I should look up there, I should see some dreadful thing mowing and
+chowing at me," she added.
+
+Rollo laughed, and they all walked on.
+
+Presently the path began to ascend more rapidly, and soon it brought the
+whole party out into the light, on the slope of an elevation which was
+covered with the main body of the ruined castle. The man led the way up
+a steep path, and then up a flight of ancient stone steps built against
+a wall, until he came to an iron gateway. This he unlocked, and the
+whole party went in, or rather went through, for as the roofs were gone
+from the ruins, they were almost as much out of doors after passing
+through the gateway as they were before.
+
+Mr. George and the children gazed around upon the confused mass of
+ruined bastions, towers, battlements, and archways, that lay before
+them, with a feeling of awe which it is impossible to describe. The
+grass waved and flowers bloomed on the tops of the walls, on the sills
+of the windows, and on every projecting cornice, or angle, where a seed
+could have lodged. In many places thick clusters of herbage were seen
+growing luxuriantly from crumbling interstices of the stones in the
+perpendicular face of the masonry, fifty feet from the ground. Large
+trees were growing on what had formerly been the floors of the halls, or
+of the chambers, and tall grass waved there, ready for the scythe.
+
+There was one tower which still had a roof upon it. A steep flight of
+stone steps led up to a door in this tower. The door was under a deep
+archway. The guide led the way up this stairway, and unlocking the door,
+admitted his party into the tower.
+
+They found themselves, when they had entered, in a small, square room.
+It occupied the whole extent of the tower on that story, and yet it was
+very small. This room was in good condition, having been carefully
+preserved, and was now the only remaining room of the whole castle which
+was not dismantled and in ruins. But this room, though still shut in
+from the weather, and protected in a measure from further decay,
+presented an appearance of age wholly indescribable. The door where the
+party had come in was on one side of it, and there was a window on the
+opposite side, leading out to a little stone balcony. On the other two
+sides were two antique cabinets of carved oak, most aged and venerable
+in appearance, and of the most quaint construction. The walls and the
+floor were of stone. In the middle of the floor, however, was a heavy
+trap door. The guide lifted up this door by means of a ponderous ring of
+rusty iron, and let Mr. George and the children look down. It was a dark
+and dismal dungeon.
+
+"_Prison,_" said the guide.
+
+This, it seemed, was the only English word that he could speak.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, speaking to Rollo and Minnie. "He means that
+this was the prison of the castle."
+
+The guide shut down the trap door, and the children, after gazing around
+upon the room a few minutes longer, were glad to go away.
+
+Just before reaching the hotel on their way home, Rollo told Minnie that
+he and Mr. George were going down the next day to see Rheinstein, a
+beautiful castle down the river, and he asked her if she would not like
+to go too.
+
+Mr. George was walking on before them at this time, and he did not hear
+this conversation.
+
+"No," said Minnie, "I believe not. It makes me afraid to go and see
+these old ruins."
+
+"But this one that we are going to see is not an old ruin," said Rollo.
+"It has been all made over again as good as new, and is full of
+beautiful rooms and beautiful furniture. Besides, it stands out in a
+good clear place on the bank of the river, and you will not be afraid at
+all. I mean to ask uncle George if I may ask you to go."
+
+That evening, in reflecting on the adventures of the day, Rollo wondered
+that Minnie, who seemed to have so much courage about going out in a
+boat on the water, and in clambering about into all sorts of dangerous
+places, should be so afraid of old ruins; but the fact is, that people
+are in nothing more inconsistent than in their fears.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+RHEINSTEIN.
+
+
+Rollo determined to ask his uncle George at breakfast if he might invite
+Minnie to accompany them on their visit to the castle of Rheinstein. He
+was sorry, however, when he came to reflect a little, that he had not
+first asked his uncle George, before mentioning the subject to Minnie at
+all.
+
+"For," said he to himself, "if there _should_ be any difficulty or
+objection to prevent her going with us, then I shall have to go and tell
+her that I can't invite her, after all; and that would be worse than not
+to have said any thing about it."
+
+When, at length, Rollo and Mr. George were seated at table at breakfast,
+Rollo asked his uncle if he was willing that Minnie should go with them
+to the castle.
+
+"I told her," said he, "last night, that we were going, and I said I
+intended to ask you if she might go with us. But I thought afterwards
+that it would have been better to have spoken about it to you first."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "that would be much the best mode generally,
+though in this case it makes no difference, for I shall be very glad to
+have Minnie go."
+
+So Rollo immediately after breakfast went to renew his invitation to
+Minnie, and about an hour afterwards the party set out on their
+excursion. They went in a fine open barouche with two horses, which Mr.
+George selected from several that were standing near the hotel, waiting
+to be hired. Mr. George took the back seat, and Rollo and Minnie sat
+together on the front seat. Thus they rode through the streets of the
+town, and over the old stone bridge which led across the Nahe near its
+junction with the Rhine.
+
+From the bridge Rollo could see the little green island on which stood
+Bishop Hatto's Tower.
+
+"There is Bishop Hatto's Tower," said Rollo, "and you promised, uncle
+George, to tell me the story of it."
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, "I will tell it to you now."
+
+So Mr. George began to relate the story as follows:--
+
+"There was a famine coming on at one time during Bishop Hatto's life,
+and the people were becoming very destitute, though the bishop's
+granaries were well supplied with corn. The poor flocked and crowded
+around his door. At last the bishop appointed a time when, he told them,
+they should have food for the winter, if they would repair to his great
+barn. Young and old, from far and near, did so, and when the barn could
+hold no more, he made fast the door, and set fire to it, and burned them
+all. He then returned to his palace, congratulating himself that the
+country was rid of the 'rats,' as he called them. He ate a good supper,
+went to bed, and slept like an innocent man; but he never slept again.
+In the morning, when he entered a room where hung his picture, he found
+it entirely eaten by rats. Presently a man came and told him that the
+rats had entirely consumed his corn; and while the man was telling him
+this, another man came running, pale as death, to tell him that ten
+thousand rats were coming. 'I'll go to my tower on the Rhine,' said the
+bishop; ''tis the safest place in Germany.' He immediately hastened to
+the shore, and crossed to his tower, and very carefully barred all the
+doors and windows. After he had retired for the night, he had hardly
+closed his eyes, when he heard a fearful scream. He started up, and saw
+the cat sitting by his pillow, screaming with fear of the army of rats
+that were approaching. They had swum over the river, climbed the shore,
+and were scaling the walls of his tower by thousands. The bishop, half
+dead with fright, fell on his knees, and began counting his beads. The
+rats soon gained the room, fell upon the bishop, and in a short time
+nothing was left of him but his bones.
+
+"There is an account of it in poetry too, in my book," said Mr. George.
+
+"Read it to us," said Minnie.
+
+So Mr. George opened his book, and read the account in poetry, as
+follows:--
+
+BISHOP HATTO.
+
+    The summer and autumn had been so wet,
+    That in winter the corn was growing yet;
+    'Twas a piteous sight to see all around
+    The grain lie rotting on the ground.
+
+    Every day the starving poor
+    Crowded around Bishop Hatto's door,
+    For he had a plentiful last year's store;
+    And all the neighborhood could tell
+    His granaries were furnished well.
+
+    At last Bishop Hatto appointed a day
+    To quiet the poor without delay:
+    He bade them to his great barn repair,
+    And they should have food for the winter there.
+
+    Rejoiced at such tidings good to hear,
+    The poor folk flocked from far and near;
+    The great barn was full as it could hold
+    Of women and children, and young and old.
+
+    Then, when they saw it could hold no more,
+    Bishop Hatto he made fast the door;
+    And while for mercy on Christ they call,
+    He set fire to the barn, and burned them all.
+
+    "I' faith 'tis an excellent bonfire!" quoth he,
+    "And the country is greatly obliged to me
+    For ridding it, in these times forlorn,
+    Of rats that only consume the corn."
+
+    So then to his palace returned he,
+    And he sat down to supper merrily,
+    And he slept that night like an innocent man;
+    But Bishop Hatto never slept again.
+
+    In the morning, as he entered the hall
+    Where his picture hung against the wall,
+    A sweat like death all o'er him came,
+    For the rats had eaten it out of the frame.
+
+    As he looked there came a man from his farm;
+    He had a countenance white with alarm.
+    "My lord, I opened your granaries this morn,
+    And the rats had eaten all your corn."
+
+    Another came running presently,
+    And he was pale as pale could be:
+    "Fly, my lord bishop, fly," quoth he;
+    "Ten thousand rats are coming this way;
+    The Lord forgive you for yesterday."
+
+    "I'll go to my tower on the Rhine," replied he,
+    "'Tis the safest place in Germany;
+    The walls are high, and the shores are steep,
+    And the stream is strong, and the water deep."
+
+    Bishop Hatto fearfully hastened away,
+    And he crossed the Rhine without delay,
+    And reached his tower, and barred with care
+    All the windows, doors, and loopholes there.
+
+    He laid him down and closed his eyes;
+    But soon a scream made him arise.
+    He started, and saw two eyes of flame
+    On his pillow, from whence the screaming came.
+
+    He listened and looked: it was only the cat:
+    But the bishop he grew more fearful for that;
+    For she sat screaming, mad with fear
+    At the army of rats that were drawing near.
+
+    For they have swum over the river so deep,
+    And they have climbed the shores so steep,
+    And now by thousands up they crawl
+    To the holes and windows in the wall.
+
+    Down on his knees the bishop fell,
+    And faster and faster his beads did he tell,
+    As louder and louder, drawing near,
+    The saw of their teeth without he could hear.
+
+    And in at the windows, and in at the door,
+    And through the walls by thousands they pour,
+    And down through the ceiling and up through the floor,
+    From the right and the left, from behind and before,
+    From within and without, from above and below;
+    And all at once at the bishop they go.
+
+    They have whetted their teeth against the stones,
+    And now they pick the bishop's bones;
+    They gnawed the flesh from every limb,
+    For they were sent to do judgment on him.
+
+"I'm glad they ate him up," said Minnie, as soon as Mr. George had
+finished reading the poetry. "I am very glad indeed."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "so am I."
+
+"What a pleasant ride this is!" said Rollo, after a little pause. It
+was, indeed, a delightful ride. The road was carried along the bank of
+the river a short distance above the level of the water. It was very
+hard, and smooth, and level; and on the side of it opposite to the
+water, the land rose abruptly in a steep ascent, which was covered with
+forest trees. At the distance of about a mile before them, down the
+river, they could see the towers and battlements of the castle which
+they were going to visit, rising among the tops of the trees, on a
+projecting promontory.
+
+"I like the ride very much," said Rollo; "but I don't care much about
+the castle. I'm tired of castles."
+
+"So am I," said Mr. George; "but this is different from the rest. This
+is a castle restored."
+
+"What do you mean by that?" said Rollo.
+
+"Why, nearly all the old castles on the Rhine," replied Mr. George,
+"have been abandoned, and have gone to decay; or else, if they have been
+repaired or rebuilt, they have been finished and furnished in the
+fashion of modern times. But this castle of Rheinstein, which we are now
+going to see, has been restored, as nearly as possible, to its ancient
+condition. The rooms, and the courts, and the towers, and battlements
+are all arranged as they used to be in former ages; and the furniture
+contained within is of the ancient fashion. The chairs, and tables, and
+cabinets, and all the other articles, are such as the barons used when
+the castles on the Rhine were inhabited."
+
+"Where do they get such things nowadays?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Some of the furniture which they have in this castle," said Mr. George,
+"originally belonged there, and has been kept there all the time, for
+hundreds of years. When they repaired and rebuilt the castle, they
+repaired this furniture too, and put it in perfect order. Some other
+furniture they bought from other old castles which the owners did not
+intend to repair, and some they had made new, after the ancient
+patterns. But here we are, close under the castle."
+
+A few minutes after this, the carriage stopped in the road at the
+entrance to a broad, gravelled pathway, which diverged from the road
+directly under the castle walls, and began to ascend at once through the
+woods in zigzags. Mr. George and his party got out, and began to go up.
+The carriage, in the mean time, went on a few steps farther, to a smooth
+and level place by the roadside, under the shade of some trees, there to
+await the return of the party from their visit to the castle above.
+
+"Now, children," said Mr. George, "we will see how you can stand hard
+climbing."
+
+Rollo and Minnie looked up, and they could see the walls and battlements
+of the castle, resting upon and crowning the crags and precipices of the
+rock, far above their heads.
+
+The road, or rather the pathway,--for it was not wide enough for a
+carriage, and was besides too steep, and turned too many sharp corners
+for wheels,--was very smooth and hard, and the children ascended it
+without any difficulty. They stopped frequently to look up, for at every
+turn there was some new view of the walls or battlements, or towers
+above, or of the crags and precipices of the rock on which the various
+constructions of masonry rested. The cliffs and precipices in many
+places overhung the path, and seemed ready to fall. In fact, in one
+place, an immense mass had cracked off, and was all ready to come down,
+but was retained in its place by a heavy iron chain, which passed around
+it, and was secured by clamps and staples to the more solid portion of
+the rock behind it. Rollo and Minnie looked up to this cliff, as they
+passed beneath it, with something like a feeling of terror.
+
+"I should not like to have that rock come down upon our heads," said
+Minnie.
+
+"No," said Rollo, "nor I; but I should like to see it come down if we
+were out of the way."
+
+At length the road, after many winding zigzags and convolutions, came
+out upon a gravelled area in front of a great iron gate at an angle
+between two towers.
+
+A man came from a courtyard within, and opened a small gate, which
+formed a part of the great one. He seemed to be a servant. Mr. George
+asked him in French if they could come in and see the castle. The man
+smiled and shook his head, but at the same time opened the door wide,
+and stood on one side, as if to make way for them to come in.
+
+"He says no," whispered Rollo.
+
+"No," replied Mr. George, "his _no_ means that he does not understand
+us; but he wishes us to come in."
+
+As Mr. George said these words, he passed through the gate, leading
+Minnie by the hand, and followed by Rollo.
+
+The man shut the gate after them, and then began to say something to
+them, very fluently and earnestly, pointing at the same time to a door
+which opened upon a gallery that extended along the wall of a tower near
+by. As soon as he had finished what seemed to be some sort of
+explanation, he left the party standing in the court, and returned to
+his work.
+
+"He says," remarked Mr. George, "that there is a man coming to show us
+the castle."
+
+"How do you know?" asked Rollo.
+
+"I know by the signs that he made," replied Mr. George. "Besides, I
+heard him say _schloss-vogt_."
+
+"What is _schloss-vogt_?" asked Rollo.
+
+"That was the ancient name for the officer who kept the keys of a
+castle," replied Mr. George, "and in restoring this castle they thought
+they would reëstablish the old office. So they call the man who keeps
+the keys the _schloss-vogt_."
+
+In a few minutes the _schloss-vogt_ came. He was dressed in the ancient
+costume. He wore a black velvet frock coat, and green velvet cap, both
+made in a very antique and curious fashion, after the pattern of those
+worn, in ancient days, by the officers who had the custody of the keys
+in the baronial castles.
+
+The _schloss-vogt_ conducted his visitors all over the edifice that was
+under his charge. It would be impossible to describe the variety of
+halls, corridors, courts, towers, ramparts, and battlements which Rollo
+and Minnie were led to see. They went from one to another, until they
+were at length completely bewildered with the intricacy, as well as
+dazzled by the magnificence, of the place. There were suites of most
+beautiful apartments, with polished floors, and painted walls, and
+furniture of the most curious and antique description. The chairs, the
+tables, the cabinets, and the beds of these rooms were all of the
+strangest forms; and though they were of very elaborate and splendid
+workmanship, being richly carved and inlaid with mosaic work, and often
+ornamented with mountings of silver, they all wore a very antique and
+venerable air, which was extremely imposing. The rooms were of all
+shapes and sizes, and were arranged and connected with each other in the
+most odd and singular fashion, as the external walls which enclosed them
+were extremely irregular in plan, being conformed in a great measure to
+the shape of the rocks on which the castle was founded. The
+_schloss-vogt_ was continually leading his party, as he guided them
+through the rooms, into some unexpected and curious place--a little
+cabinet, built on an angle of the wall; a winding staircase, opening
+suddenly in a corner, and leading up to a watchtower, or down to a
+court; a balcony overhanging a precipice, and commanding a most
+magnificent view up and down the river; or some other curious nook or
+corner, which in the snugness and coziness of its seclusion, and the
+beauty of its adornments, filled the hearts of Rollo and Minnie with
+delight.
+
+There were a great many specimens of ancient arms and armor, hung up in
+various halls in the castle, all of the most quaint and curious forms,
+but yet of the most elaborate and beautiful workmanship. There were
+swords, and daggers, and bows and arrows, and spurs, and shields, and
+coats of mail, and every other species of weapons, offensive and
+defensive, that the warriors of the middle ages were accustomed to use.
+Rollo was most interested in the bows and arrows. They were of great
+size, and were made in a style of workmanship, and ornamented with
+mountings and decorations, which Rollo had never dreamed of seeing in
+bows and arrows. Among the other articles of armor, the _schloss-vogt_
+showed the party a _gauntlet_, as it is called; that is, an iron glove,
+which was worn in ancient times to defend the hand from the cuts of
+swords and sabres. The inside of the glove--I mean the part which
+covered the inside of the hand--was of leather; but the back was formed
+of iron scales made to slide over each other, so as to allow the hand to
+open and shut freely, without making any opening in the iron. Mr. George
+tried this glove on, and so, in fact, did Rollo and Minnie. They were
+all surprised to find how well it fitted to the hand, and how freely
+the fingers could be moved while it was on. The _schloss-vogt_ said that
+a man could write with it; and Mr. George placed his hand, with the
+glove upon it, in the proper position for writing, and then moved his
+fingers to and fro, as if there had been a pen between them.
+
+"Yes," said he, "I think I could write with it very well."
+
+All the furniture of the rooms was of a very quaint and curious
+description, while yet it was very rich and magnificent. There were
+elegant bedsteads of carved ebony surmounted with silken curtains and
+canopies of the most gorgeous description. There were cabinets inlaid
+with silver and pearl, and elegant cameos and mosaics, and a profusion
+of other such articles, all of which Rollo had very little time to
+examine, as the _schloss-vogt_ led the party forward from one room to
+another without much delay.
+
+The rooms themselves, in respect to form and arrangement, were almost as
+curious as the articles which they contained. Every one seemed different
+from the rest. You were constantly coming into the strangest and most
+unexpected places. There were cabinets, and wide halls, and intricate
+winding corridors, and open courts, and vaulted passages, and balconies,
+paved below and arched over above. At one place there was a light iron
+staircase built on the outside of a round tower, and as the tower itself
+was built on the pinnacle of an overhanging rock, you seemed, in
+ascending the staircase, to be poised in the air, with the rocks that
+lined the shore of the river beneath your feet, hundreds of feet below.
+
+After rambling about the castle for half an hour, the party returned to
+the gate where they had come in, and the _schloss-vogt_ bade them good
+by. He gave Minnie a little bouquet of flowers as she came away. They
+were flowers which he had gathered for her, one by one, from the plants
+growing in the various balconies, and in little parterres in the
+courtyards, which they passed in going about the castle. Minnie was very
+much pleased with this bouquet.
+
+"I mean to press some of the flowers," said she, "and keep them for a
+souvenir."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I'll help you press them. I've got a pressing
+apparatus at home."
+
+"Well," said Minnie, in a tone of great satisfaction. "And then, when
+they are pressed, I'll give you one of them."
+
+So the party went down the zigzag path till they came to the main road
+at the bank of the river, and there getting into their carriage again,
+they rode home to the hotel.
+
+
+
+
+CONCLUSION.
+
+
+Our travellers had now passed through all that portion of the Rhine
+which contains the castles and the romantic scenery. Above Bingen the
+valley of the Rhine widens; that is, the mountains, instead of crowding
+in close to the river, recede from it many miles, enclosing a broad and
+level, but very fertile plain, through the midst of which the river
+flows between low banks, and with endless meanderings. The level country
+through which the river thus flows is inexpressibly beautiful, being
+divided into magnificent fields, and cultivated every where like a
+garden. It presents to the view a broad expanse of the richest verdure
+and beauty, but it cannot be seen from the steamboats on the river.
+Travellers are, accordingly, accustomed to leave the river at Mayence, a
+short distance above Bingen, and to go on up to Strasbourg by the
+railway. This was the plan which Mr. George and Rollo pursued.
+
+From Strasbourg, Mr. George took passage for Paris by a railway train
+which left Strasbourg in the afternoon, so that they travelled all
+night. This was Rollo's plan. He wished to see how "it would seem," he
+said, to be travelling in the cars at midnight.
+
+[Illustration: THE NIGHT JOURNEY.]
+
+He, however, fell asleep soon after dark, and slept soundly all the
+way.
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+TAGGARD & THOMPSON PUBLISH THE FOLLOWING POPULAR JUVENILE BOOKS.
+
+ROLLO'S TOUR IN EUROPE.
+
+Ten volumes, 16mo, cloth. Being a new series of Rollo Books. By REV.
+JACOB ABBOTT. Beautifully illustrated. Rollo on the Atlantic--Rollo in
+Paris--Rollo in Switzerland--Rollo on the Rhine--Rollo in London--Rollo
+in Scotland--Rollo in Geneva--Rollo in Holland--Rollo in Naples--Rollo
+in Rome. Price per vol. 50 cts.
+
+
+MY UNCLE TOBY'S LIBRARY.
+
+By FRANCIS FORRESTER, ESQ., consisting of twelve volumes, elegantly
+bound, and illustrated with upwards of SIXTY beautiful engravings. Each
+book is printed in large and splendid type, upon superior paper. Price
+per vol. 25 cts.
+
+
+THE SUMMER HOUSE STORIES.
+
+By the author of "Daisy," "Violet," &c. Elegantly illustrated by
+Billings. Six volumes. Price per vol. 63 cts.
+
+This series is designed to sketch attractively and simply the wonders of
+reptile and insect existences, the changes of trees, rocks, rivers,
+clouds, and winds. This is done by a family of children writing letters,
+both playful and serious, which are addressed to all children whom the
+books may reach.
+
+
+THE MARTIN AND NELLIE STORIES.
+
+By JOSEPHINE FRANKLIN. Twelve volumes, 16mo, cloth. Illustrated by
+Billings and others. Price per vol. 50 cts.
+
+The object of these stories is the inculcation, in a quiet, simple way,
+of the principles of good nature, kindness, and integrity among
+children. They consist of the usual pathetic and mirthful incidents that
+constitute boy and girl life.
+
+
+THE GLEN MORRIS STORIES.
+
+By FRANCIS FORRESTER, author of "My Uncle Toby's Library." Five vols.
+16mo, cloth. Beautifully illustrated. Price per vol. 63 cts.
+
+The purpose of the "Glen Morris Stories" is to sow the seed of pure,
+noble, manly character in the mind of our great nation's childhood. They
+exhibit the virtues and vices of childhood, not in prosy, unreadable
+precepts, but in a series of characters which move before the
+imagination, as living beings do before the senses.
+
+
+PICTURES FROM THE HISTORY OF THE SWISS.
+
+One volume, 16mo. Price 67 cts.
+
+A very instructive and entertaining Juvenile, designed for children from
+ten to fifteen years of age.
+
+
+PICTURES FROM THE HISTORY OF SPAIN.
+
+By the author of "Pictures from the History of the Swiss." A new volume
+just published. Price 67 cts.
+
+
+LIFE AND ADVENTURES OF WHITENOSE WOODCHUCK.
+
+One volume, 16mo. Price 38 cts.
+
+Intended especially for younger children, and illustrated with numerous
+engravings, by Billings.
+
+In addition to the above, B. & T. publish a great variety of Toy and
+Juvenile Books, suited to the wants of children of all ages.
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+AN INTERESTING BOOK FOR SCHOLARS.
+
+The Boys have long desired such a Book.
+
+THE UNIVERSAL SPEAKER:
+CONTAINING A COLLECTION OF
+SPEECHES, DIALOGUES, AND RECITATIONS,
+ADAPTED TO THE USE OF SCHOOLS, ACADEMIES, AND
+SOCIAL CIRCLES.
+
+Edited by N. A. Calkins and W. T. Adams.
+
+The excellences of this work consist, in part, of its entire
+originality, of its more than usual adaptation to the wants of our High
+Schools and Academies, and of the systematic arrangement of its
+selections for declamation and for elocutionary practice. Those in Part
+Second were prepared by Prof. WM. RUSSELL, the eminent elocutionist,
+expressly for this work. The publishers feel assured that in presenting
+this work to Teachers and Scholars, they are offering them no revision
+of old matter with which they have long been familiar, but an original
+work, full of new, interesting, and instructive pieces, for the varied
+purposes for which it is designed.
+
+In 1 vol. 12mo. Price $1.
+
+The instructions in declamation are so complete and accompanied by such
+ample illustrations relative to position and gestures of the student,
+that the "Universal Speaker" needs only to be seen to become what its
+name indicates--universal.--Rochester Repository.
+
+The pieces are judiciously selected, and the book is very attractive in
+its appearance--Connecticut School Journal.
+
+We find, upon close inspection, that the work contains much fresh
+matter, which will be acceptable to schools and students, particularly
+in the department of dialogues of which there is a great dearth of
+really good and FIT matter in most speakers.--United States Journal.
+
+They are all school-like, the dialogues being illustrative of scenes in
+common life, including some first-rate conversations pertinent to
+school-room duties and trials. The speeches are brief and energetic. It
+will meet with favor.--R. I. Schoolmaster.
+
+The selection has been made with a great deal of foresight and taste, by
+men who are highly esteemed as elocutionists, writers, or teachers. The
+notation, the directions and cuts appended to the pieces, will be found
+useful to those who use them.--Mass. Teacher.
+
+Looking it over hastily, we notice many admirable selections from the
+best authors, and as the book is entirely fresh, the matter never having
+appeared in previous readers or speakers, it cannot fail to be a welcome
+addition to the books of its class.--Springfield Republican.
+
+In this they have succeeded, and have also been fortunate in the
+selection. The book contains a larger number of dialogues than any we
+have seen, and they are mostly relative to school children and school
+affairs.--Penn. School Journal.
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+INSTRUCTION AND AMUSEMENT.
+
+PICTURES
+
+FROM THE
+
+HISTORY OF THE SWISS.
+
+In 1 vol. 16mo. 262 pages. Price 75 cents.
+
+WITH CHARACTERISTIC ILLUSTRATIONS,
+
+DESIGNED BY HAMMETT BILLINGS.
+
+It is not generally known that the early history of the Swiss abounds in
+the most thrilling and interesting stories, of which that of Wm. Tell
+shooting the apple from the head of his son, by order of the tyrant
+Gessler, so familiar to every child, is but a specimen. The present
+volume, while it introduces the youthful reader to many of the scenes
+through which the brave Swiss passed in recovering their liberty, also
+narrates many stories of peculiar interest and romance, every way equal
+to that of Tell. Among these we may name,
+
+The Thievish Raven, and the Mischief he caused.
+
+How the Wives and Daughters of Zurich saved the City.
+
+How the City of Lucerne was saved by a Boy.
+
+The Baker's Apprentice.
+
+How a Wooden Figure raised Troops in the Valois.
+
+Little Roza's Offering.
+
+A Little Theft, and what happened in consequence.
+
+The Angel of the Camp.
+
+With twenty-one other similar stories.
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+A NEW SERIES OF JUVENILES.
+
+THE SUMMER-HOUSE SERIES.
+
+BY THE AUTHOR OF "VIOLET," "DAISY," ETC.
+
+The first volume of what the publishers sincerely believe will be the
+most popular series of Juvenile Books yet issued, is now ready, entitled
+
+OUR SUMMER-HOUSE, AND WHAT WAS SAID AND DONE IN IT.
+
+In 1 vol. 16mo. Price 62 cents.
+
+Handsomely Illustrated by HAMMETT BILLINGS.
+
+From the author's Preface:--
+
+"The Summer-House Series of children's books, of which the present
+volume is the first, is an attempt to sketch attractively and simply the
+wonders of reptile and insect existence, the changes of trees, rocks,
+rivers, clouds and winds.
+
+"To this end a family of intelligent children, of various ages, collected
+in a garden summer-house, are supposed to write letters and stories,
+sometimes playful, sometimes serious, addressing them to all children
+whom the books may reach.
+
+"The author has hoped, by thus awakening the quick imagination and ready
+sympathies of the young, to lead them to use their own eyes, and hearts,
+and hands, in that plentiful harvest-field of life, where 'the reapers
+indeed are few.'"
+
+Among the stories in the present volume are the following:--
+
+
+Bessie's Garden.
+
+One of the most touching and affecting stories we have read for many a
+day.
+
+
+The Lancers.
+
+A most humorous story, with a never-to-be-forgotten moral, inculcating
+contentment.
+
+
+The Working Fairies.
+
+In this story Industry is held up for attainment, and Idleness receives
+a severe rebuke. The style and language, though perfectly intelligible
+to children, are worthy of a Beecher.
+
+
+The Princess.
+
+A story of wrong and suffering.
+
+
+Little Red-Head.
+
+A true story of a bird.
+
+
+The Little Preacher.
+
+A sweet story, introducing bird and insect life, and conveying more
+truth and instruction to children, than can be found in a dozen ordinary
+sermons.
+
+TAGGARD & THOMPSON, Publishers,
+
+29 CORNHILL, BOSTON.
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROLLO ON THE RHINE***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 22511-8.txt or 22511-8.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/2/5/1/22511
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/22511-8.zip b/22511-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5ec562
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-8.zip
diff --git a/22511-h.zip b/22511-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a0669f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h.zip
diff --git a/22511-h/22511-h.htm b/22511-h/22511-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6675e52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/22511-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,5462 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" />
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Rollo on the Rhine, by Jacob Abbott</title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[  XML blockout */
+<!--
+    p {  margin-top: .75em;
+         text-align: justify;
+         margin-bottom: .75em;
+         }
+    h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+         text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+         clear: both;
+         }
+    hr { width: 33%;
+	 margin-top: 2em;
+	 margin-bottom: 2em;
+         margin-left: auto;
+         margin-right: auto;
+         clear: both;
+       }
+
+    div.centered {text-align: center;} /* work around for IE centering with CSS problem part 1 */
+    div.centered table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: left;} /* work around for IE centering with CSS problem part 2 */
+
+
+    body{margin-left: 10%;
+         margin-right: 10%;
+        }
+
+    .pagenum  { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+            /*  visibility: hidden;  */
+                position: absolute;
+                left: 92%;
+                font-size: smaller;
+                text-align: right;
+              } /* page numbers */
+
+    .linenum  {position: absolute; top: auto; left: 4%;} /* poetry number */
+    .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;}
+
+
+    .bbox     {border: solid 2px;}
+
+    .center   {text-align: center;}
+    .smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+    .caption  {font-weight: bold; font-size: 80%;}
+
+    .figcenter   {margin: auto; text-align: center; margin-top: 3em;}
+
+    img { /* the default inline image has */
+	border: 3px solid; color: #F8F8F8; /* a thin black line border.. */
+	padding: 1px; /* ..spaced a bit out from the graphic */ }
+
+    .footnotes        {border: dashed 1px;}
+    .footnote         {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;}
+    .footnote .label  {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}
+    .fnanchor         {vertical-align: super; font-size: .8em; text-decoration: none;}
+
+    .poem             {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;}
+    .poem br          {display: none;}
+    .poem .stanza     {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;}
+    .poem span.i0     {display: block; margin-left: 0em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+    .poem span.i2     {display: block; margin-left: 2em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+    .poem span.i4     {display: block; margin-left: 4em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+
+    .centerbox { width: 40%;         /* heading box */
+                 margin: 0 auto;
+                 text-align: center;
+                 padding: 1em;
+                 }
+
+    ul.none {list-style-type: none;}
+
+    .author {text-align: right; margin-right: 5%;}
+
+    hr.full { width: 100%;
+              margin-top: 3em;
+              margin-bottom: 0em;
+              margin-left: auto;
+              margin-right: auto;
+              height: 4px;
+              border-width: 4px 0 0 0; /* remove all borders except the top one */
+              border-style: solid;
+              border-color: #000000;
+              clear: both; }
+    pre      {font-size: 75%;}
+    // -->
+    /* XML end  ]]>*/
+    </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, Rollo on the Rhine, by Jacob Abbott</h1>
+<pre>
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at <a href = "http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></pre>
+<p>Title: Rollo on the Rhine</p>
+<p>Author: Jacob Abbott</p>
+<p>Release Date: September 5, 2007  [eBook #22511]</p>
+<p>Language: English</p>
+<p>Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1</p>
+<p>***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROLLO ON THE RHINE***</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<h4>E-text prepared by D. Alexander, Janet Blenkinship,<br />
+    and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team<br />
+    (<a href="http://www.pgdp.net/c/">http://www.pgdp.net</a>)<br />
+    from digital material generously made available by<br />
+    Internet Archive/American Libraries<br />
+    (<a href="http://www.archive.org/details/americana">http://www.archive.org/details/americana</a>)</h4>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<table border="0" style="background-color: #ccccff;" cellpadding="10">
+  <tr>
+    <td valign="top">
+      Note:
+    </td>
+    <td>
+      Images of the original pages are available through
+      Internet Archive/American Libraries. See
+      <a href="http://www.archive.org/details/rollorhine00abborich">
+      http://www.archive.org/details/rollorhine00abborich</a>
+	</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr class="full" />
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<h1>ROLLO ON THE RHINE,<br /><br /></h1>
+
+<h4>BY<br /><br /></h4>
+
+<h2>JACOB ABBOTT.<br /><br /></h2>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p class="center">BOSTON:<br />
+PUBLISHED BY TAGGARD AND THOMPSON<br />
+M DCCC LXIV.<br /><br />
+Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1855, by<br />
+<span class="smcap">Jacob Abbott</span>,<br />
+<br />
+in the Clerk's Office of the District Court<br />
+of the District of Massachusetts<br />
+<br />
+STEREOTYPED AT THE<br />
+BOSTON STEREOTYPE FOUNDRY<br />
+<br />
+RIVERSIDE, CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BY H. O. HOUGHTON<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><a name="frontis" id="frontis"></a></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/i003.jpg" width="600" height="341" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption">ROLANDSECK AND DRACHENFELS.&mdash;See <a href='#Page_77'><b>chap. 5</b></a></span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 359px;">
+<img src="images/i004.jpg" width="359" height="600" alt="" title="ROLLO&#39;S TOUR IN EUROPE." />
+</div>
+
+<p><br /><br /></p>
+<div class="centerbox bbox">
+
+<h4>ROLLO'S TOUR IN EUROPE.</h4>
+<p class="center">
+ORDER OF THE VOLUMES.<br />
+<br />
+ROLLO ON THE ATLANTIC.<br />
+ROLLO IN PARIS.<br />
+ROLLO IN SWITZERLAND.<br />
+ROLLO IN LONDON.<br />
+ROLLO ON THE RHINE.<br />
+ROLLO IN SCOTLAND.<br />
+ROLLO IN GENEVA.<br />
+ROLLO IN HOLLAND.
+</p></div>
+
+
+
+<h3>PRINCIPAL PERSONS OF THE STORY.</h3>
+
+
+<div class='centered'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" summary="PRINCIPAL PERSONS OF THE STORY.">
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Rollo</span>; twelve years of age.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Mr.</span> and <span class="smcap">Mrs. Holiday</span>; Rollo's father and mother, travelling in Europe.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Thanny</span>; Rollo's younger brother.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Jane</span>; Rollo's cousin, adopted by Mr. and Mrs. Holiday.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Mr. George</span>; a young gentleman, Rollo's uncle.</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<h2>CONTENTS.</h2>
+
+
+
+
+<div class='centered'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="2" width="75%" cellspacing="0" summary="CONTENTS">
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 1em;"><span class="smcap">Chapter</span></span></td><td align='right'><span class="smcap">Page</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>I.</td><td align='left'>&mdash;<span class="smcap">The Approach to Cologne</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_13'><b>13</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>II.</td><td align='left'>&mdash;<span class="smcap">The Unfinished Cathedral</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_28'><b>28</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>III.</td><td align='left'>&mdash;<span class="smcap">The Galleries</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_44'><b>44</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>IV.</td><td align='left'>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Travelling on the Rhine</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_60'><b>60</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>V.</td><td align='left'>&mdash;<span class="smcap">The Sieben Gebirgen</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_77'><b>77</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>VI.</td><td align='left'>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Roland's Tower</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_95'><b>95</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>VII.</td><td align='left'>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Rollo's List</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_107'><b>107</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>VIII.</td><td align='left'>&mdash;<span class="smcap">A Sabbath on the Rhine</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_117'><b>117</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>IX.</td><td align='left'>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Ehrenbreitstein</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_135'><b>135</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>X.</td><td align='left'>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Rollo's Letter</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_141'><b>141</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XI.</td><td align='left'>&mdash;<span class="smcap">The Raft</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_146'><b>146</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XII.</td><td align='left'>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Dinner</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_168'><b>168</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XIII.</td><td align='left'>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Bingen</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_185'><b>185</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XIV.</td><td align='left'>&mdash;<span class="smcap">The Ruin in the Garden</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_194'><b>194</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'>XV.</td><td align='left'>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Rheinstein</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_202'><b>202</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>&nbsp;</td><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 1em;"><span class="smcap">Conclusion</span></span>.</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_219'><b>219</b></a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+
+<h2>ENGRAVINGS.</h2>
+
+
+<div class='centered'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="2" width="75%" cellspacing="0" summary="ENGRAVINGS.">
+<tr><td align='left'>&nbsp;</td><td align='right'>PAGE</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Rolandseck and Drachenfels.</span>.</td><td align='right'><a href='#frontis'><b>Frontispiece</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Ride</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_12'><b>12</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Cologne in Sight</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_19'><b>19</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Beggar</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_31'><b>31</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Minnie's Roguery</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_51'><b>51</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Towing</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_63'><b>63</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Donkey Riding</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_75'><b>75</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Students</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_114'><b>114</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Nun</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_122'><b>122</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Emigrants</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_132'><b>132</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Rollo on the Raft</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_163'><b>163</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Dinner on the Rhine</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_173'><b>173</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Minnie</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_190'><b>190</b></a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Night Journey</span>,</td><td align='right'><a href='#Page_218'><b>218</b></a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/i011.jpg" width="600" height="355" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Ride</span>.&mdash;See chap. <a href='#Page_202'><b>15</b></a>.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><br /><br /><a name="ROLLO_ON_THE_RHINE" id="ROLLO_ON_THE_RHINE"></a>ROLLO ON THE RHINE.<br /><br /></h2>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="Chapter_I" id="Chapter_I"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter I.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Approach To Cologne.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>If a man were to be raised in a balloon high enough above the continent
+of Europe to survey the whole of it at one view, he would see the land
+gradually rising from the borders of the sea on every side, towards a
+portion near the centre, where he would behold a vast region of
+mountainous country, with torrents of water running down the slopes and
+through the valleys of it, while the summits were tipped with perpetual
+snow. The central part of this mass of mountains forms what is called
+Switzerland, the eastern part is the Tyrol, and the western Savoy. But
+though the men who live on these mountains have thus made three
+countries out of them, the whole region is in nature one. It constitutes
+one mighty mass of mountainous land, which is lifted up so high into the
+air that all the summits rise into<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span> the regions of intense and perpetual
+cold, and so condense continually, from the atmosphere, inexhaustible
+quantities of rain and snow.</p>
+
+<p>The water which falls upon this mountainous region must of course find
+its way to the sea. In doing so the thousands of smaller torrents unite
+with each other into larger and larger streams, until at length they
+make four mighty rivers&mdash;the largest and most celebrated in Europe. All
+the streams of the southern slopes of the mountains form one great
+river, which flows east into the Adriatic. This river is the Po. On the
+western side the thousands of mountain torrents combine and form the
+Rhone, which, making a great bend, turns to the southward, and flows
+into the Mediterranean. On the eastern side the water can find no escape
+till it has traversed the whole continent to the eastward, and reached
+the Black Sea. This stream is the Danube. And finally, on the north the
+immense number of cascades and torrents which come out from the
+glaciers, or pour down the ravines, or meander through the valleys, or
+issue from the lakes, of the northern slope of the mountains, combine at
+Basle, and flow north across the whole continent, nearly six hundred
+miles, to the North Sea. This river is the Rhine.</p>
+
+<p>All this, which I have thus been explaining,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span> may be seen very clearly
+if you turn to any map of Europe, and find the mountainous region in the
+centre, and then trace the courses of the four great rivers, as I have
+described them.</p>
+
+<p>It would seem that the country through which the River Rhine now flows
+was at first very uneven, presenting valleys and broad depressions,
+which the waters of the river filled, thus forming great shallow lakes,
+that extended over very considerable tracts of country. In process of
+time, however, these lakes became filled with the sediment which was
+brought down by the river, and thus great flat plains of very rich and
+level land were formed. At every inundation of the river, of course,
+these plains, or intervals, as they are sometimes called, would be
+overflowed, and fresh deposits would be laid upon them; so that in the
+course of ages the surface of them would rise several feet above the
+ordinary level of the river. In fact they would continue to rise in this
+way until they were out of the reach of the highest inundations.</p>
+
+<p>Immense plains of the most fertile land, which seem to have been formed
+in this way, exist at the present time along the banks of the Rhine at
+various places. These plains are all very highly cultivated, and are
+rich and beautiful beyond description. To see them, however, it is
+necessary<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span> to travel over them in a diligence, or post chaise, or by
+railway trains; for in sailing up and down the river, along the margin
+of them, in a steam-boat, you are not high enough to overlook them. You
+see nothing all the way, in these places, but a low, green bank on each
+side of the river, with a fringe of trees and shrubbery along the margin
+of it.</p>
+
+<p>For about one hundred miles of its course, however, near the central
+portion of it, the river flows through a very wild and mountainous
+district of country, or rather through a district which was once wild,
+though now, even in the steepest slopes and declivities, it is
+cultivated like a garden. The reason why these mountainous regions are
+so highly cultivated is because the soil and climate are such that they
+produce the best and most delicious grapes in the world. They have
+consequently, from time immemorial, been inhabited by a dense
+population. Every foot of ground where there is room for a vine to grow
+is valuable, and where the slope was originally steep and rocky, the
+peasants of former ages have gathered out the rocks and stones, and
+built walls of them to terrace up the land. The villages of these
+peasants, too, are seen every where nestling in the valleys, and
+clinging to the sides of the hills, while the summits of almost all<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span> the
+elevations are crowned with the ruins of old feudal castles built by
+barons, or chiefs, or kings, or military bishops of ancient times,
+famous in history. This picturesque portion of the river, which extends
+from Bonn, a little above Cologne, to Mayence,&mdash;which towns you will
+readily find on almost any map of Europe,&mdash;was the part which Mr. George
+and Rollo particularly desired to see. When they left Switzerland they
+intended to come down the river, and see the scenery in descending. But
+Mr. George met some friends of his on the frontier, who persuaded him to
+make a short tour with them in Germany, and so come to the Rhine at
+Cologne.</p>
+
+<p>"We can then," said he to Rollo, "go <i>up</i> the river, and see it in
+ascending, which I think is the best way. When we get through all the
+fine scenery,&mdash;which we shall do at Mayence,-we can then go up to
+Strasbourg, and take the railroad there for Paris&mdash;the same way that we
+came."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "I shall like that."</p>
+
+<p>Rollo liked it simply because it would make the journey longer.</p>
+
+<p>When at length, at the end of the tour in Germany, our travellers were
+approaching Cologne on the Rhine, Rollo began to look out, some miles
+before they reached it, to watch for the first appearance of the town.
+He had been riding in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span> the coup&eacute; of the diligence<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> with his uncle; but
+now, in order that he might see better, he had changed his place, and
+taken a seat on the banquette. The banquette is a seat on the top of the
+coach, and though it is covered above, it is open in front, and so it
+affords an excellent view. Mr. George remained in the coup&eacute;, being very
+much interested in reading his guide book.</p>
+
+
+
+<p>At length Rollo called out to tell his uncle that the city was in view.
+The windows of the coup&eacute; were open, so that by leaning over and looking
+down he could speak to his uncle without any difficulty.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George was so busy reading his guide book that he paid little
+attention to what Rollo said.</p>
+
+<p>"Uncle George," said Rollo, calling louder, "I can see the city; and in
+the midst of it is a church with a great square tower, and something
+very singular on the top of it."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George still continued his reading.</p>
+
+<p>"There is a spire on the top of the church," continued Rollo, "but it is
+bent down on one side entirely, as if it had half blown over."</p>
+
+<p>"O, no," said Mr. George, still continuing to read.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"It really is," said Rollo. "I wish you would look, uncle George. It is
+something very singular indeed."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/i018.jpg" width="600" height="568" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption">COLOGNE IN SIGHT.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Mr. George yielded at length to these importunities, and looked out. The
+country around in every direction was one vast plain, covered with
+fields of grain, luxuriant and beautiful beyond<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span> description. It was
+without any fences or other divisions except such as were produced by
+different kinds of cultivation, so that the view extended interminably
+in almost every direction. There were rows and copses of trees here and
+there, giving variety and life to the view, and from among them were
+sometimes to be seen the spires of distant villages. In the distance,
+too, in the direction in which Rollo pointed, lay the town of Cologne.
+The roofs of the houses extended over a very wide area, and among them
+there was seen a dark square tower, very high, and crowned, as Rollo had
+said, with what seemed to be a spire, only it was bent over half way;
+and there it lay at an angle at which no spire could possibly stand.</p>
+
+<p>"What can it mean?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"I am sure I do not know," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>Next to Rollo, on the banquette, was seated a young man, who had mounted
+up there about an hour before, though Rollo had not yet spoken to him.
+Rollo now, however, turned to him, and asked him, in English, if he
+spoke English.</p>
+
+<p>The young man smiled and shook his head, implying that he did not
+understand.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo then asked him, in French, if he spoke French.</p>
+
+<p>The young man said, "<i>Nein</i>."<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></p>
+
+
+<p>Rollo knew that <i>nein</i> was the German word for <i>no</i>, and he presumed
+that the language of his fellow-traveller was German. So he pointed to
+the steeple, and asked,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Was ist das?</i>"</p>
+
+<p>This phrase, <i>Was<a name="FNanchor_3_3" id="FNanchor_3_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> ist das?</i> is the German of What is that? Rollo knew
+very little of German, but he had learned this question long before,
+having had occasion to ask it a great many times. It is true he seldom
+or never could understand the answers he got to it, but that did not
+prevent him from asking it continually whenever there was occasion. He
+said it was some satisfaction to find that the people could understand
+his question, even if he could not understand what they said in reply to
+it.</p>
+
+
+<p>The man immediately commenced an earnest explanation; but Rollo could
+not understand one word of it, from beginning to end.</p>
+
+<p>The truth of the case was, that the supposed leaning spire, which Rollo
+saw, was in reality a monstrous <i>crane</i> that was mounted on one of the
+towers of the celebrated unfinished cathedral at Cologne. This cathedral
+was commenced about six hundred years ago, and was meant to be the
+grandest edifice of the kind in the world. They laid out the plan of it
+five hundred feet long, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span> two hundred and fifty feet wide, and
+designed to carry up the towers and spires five hundred feet high. You
+can see now how long this church was to be by going out into the road,
+or to any other smooth and level place, and there measuring off two
+hundred and fifty paces by walking. The pace&mdash;that is, the <i>long
+step</i>&mdash;of a boy of ten or twelve years old is probably about two feet.
+That of a full grown man is reckoned at three feet. So that by walking
+off, <i>by long steps</i>, till you have counted two hundred and fifty of
+them, you can see how long this church was to be; and then by turning a
+corner and measuring one hundred and twenty-five paces in a line at
+right angles to the first, you will see how wide it was to be. To walk
+entirely round such an area as this would be nearly a third of a mile.</p>
+
+<p>The church was laid out and begun, and during the whole generation of
+the workmen that began it, the building was prosecuted with all the
+means and money that could be procured; and when that generation passed
+away, the next continued the work, until, at length, in about a hundred
+years it was so far advanced that a portion of it could have a roof put
+over it, and be consecrated as a church. They still went on, for one or
+two centuries more, until they had carried up the walls to a
+considerable height in many parts, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span> had raised one of the towers to
+an elevation of about a hundred and fifty feet. When the work had
+advanced thus far the government of Holland, in the course of some of
+the wars in which they were engaged, closed the mouth of the Rhine, so
+that the ships of Cologne could no more go up and down to get out to
+sea. This they could easily do, for the country of Holland is situated
+at the mouth of the Rhine, and the Dutch government was at that time
+extremely powerful. They had strong fleets and great fortresses at the
+mouth of the river, and thus they could easily control the navigation of
+it. Thus the merchants of Cologne could no more import goods from
+foreign lands for other people to come there and buy, but the
+inhabitants were obliged to send to Holland to purchase what they
+required for themselves. The town, therefore, declined greatly in wealth
+and prosperity, and no more money could be raised for carrying on the
+work of the cathedral.</p>
+
+<p>At the time when the work was interrupted the builders were engaged
+chiefly on one of the towers, which they had carried up about one
+hundred and fifty feet. The stones which were used for this tower were
+very large, and in order to hoist them up the workmen used a monstrous
+crane, which was reared on the summit of it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span> This crane was made of
+timbers rising obliquely from a revolving platform in the centre, and
+meeting in a point which projected beyond the wall in such a manner that
+a chain from the end of it, hanging freely, would descend to the ground.
+The stones which were to go up were then fastened to this chain, and
+hoisted up by machinery. When they were raised high enough, that is,
+just above the edge of the wall, the whole crane was turned round upon
+its platform, in such a manner as to bring the stone in over the wall;
+and then it was let down into the place which had been prepared to
+receive it.</p>
+
+<p>When the work on the cathedral was suspended on account of the want of
+funds, the men left this crane on the top of the tower, because they
+hoped to be able to resume the work again before long. But years and
+generations passed, and the prospect did not mend; and at last the old
+crane, which in its lofty position was exposed to all the storms and
+tempests of the sky, of course began gradually to decay. It is true it
+was protected as much as possible by a sort of casing made around it, to
+shelter it from the weather; but notwithstanding this, in the course of
+several centuries it became so unsound that there began to be danger
+that it might fall. The authorities of the town, therefore, decided to
+take<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span> it down, intending to postpone putting up a new one until the work
+of finishing the cathedral should be resumed, if indeed it ever should
+be resumed.</p>
+
+<p>The people of the town were very sorry to see the crane taken down. It
+had stood there, like a leaning spire, upon the top of the cathedral,
+from their earliest childhood, and from the earliest childhood, in fact,
+of their fathers and grandfathers before them. Besides, the taking down
+of the crane seemed to be, in some sense, an indication that the thought
+of ever finishing the cathedral was abandoned. This made them still more
+uneasy, and a short time afterwards a tremendous thunder storm occurred,
+and this the people considered as an expression of the displeasure of
+Heaven at the impiety of forsaking such a work, and as a warning to them
+to put up the crane again. So a new crane was made, and mounted on the
+tower as before, and being encased and enclosed like the other, it had
+at a distance the appearance of a leaning spire, and it was this which
+had attracted Rollo's attention in his approach to Cologne.</p>
+
+<p>Within a few years, on account of the opening again of the navigation of
+the Rhine, and other causes, the city of Cologne, with all the
+surrounding country, has been returning to its former<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span> prosperity, and
+the plan of finishing the cathedral has been resumed. The government of
+Prussia takes a great interest in the undertaking, and the kings and
+princes of other countries in Germany make contributions to it. A
+society has been organized, too, to collect funds for this purpose all
+over Europe. More than a million of dollars have already been raised,
+and the work of completing the cathedral has been resumed in good
+earnest, and is now rapidly going on.</p>
+
+<p>All this Rollo's fellow-traveller attempted to explain to him; but as he
+spoke in German, Rollo did not understand him.</p>
+
+<p>When Mr. George and Rollo reached their hotel, and had got fairly
+established in their room, Mr. George took his cane and prepared to "go
+exploring," as he called it.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, Rollo," said he, "what shall we go to see first?"</p>
+
+<p>"I want to go and see the cathedral," replied Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"The cathedral?" said Mr. George. "I am surprised at that. You don't
+usually care much about churches."</p>
+
+<p>"But this does not look much like a church," said Rollo. "I saw the end
+of it as we came into the town. It looks like a range of cliffs rising
+high into the air, with grass and bushes<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span> growing on the top of them,
+and wolves and bears reaching out their heads and looking down."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George complied with Rollo's request, and went to see the cathedral
+first. The adventures which the travellers met with on the excursion
+will be described in the next chapter.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="Chapter_II" id="Chapter_II"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter II.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Unfinished Cathedral.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>As soon as Mr. George and Rollo issued from the door of their hotel into
+the street, which was very narrow and without sidewalks, so that they
+were obliged to walk in the middle of it, a young man, plainly but
+neatly dressed, came up to them from behind, and said something to them
+in German. He was what is called a commissioner, and he was coming to
+offer to act as their guide in seeing the town.</p>
+
+<p>Nearly all the travelling on the Rhine is <i>pleasure</i> travelling. The
+strangers consequently, who arrive at any town or city by the steamboats
+and by railway, come, almost all of them, for the purpose of seeing the
+churches and castles, and other wonders of the place, and not to
+transact business; and in every town there is a great number of persons
+whose employment it is to act as guides in showing these things. These
+men hover about the doors of the hotels, and gather in front of all the
+celebrated churches, and in all public places<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span> where travellers are
+expected to go; and as soon as they see a gentleman, or a party of
+gentlemen and ladies, coming out of their hotel, or approaching any
+place of public interest, they immediately come up to them, and offer
+their services. Sometimes their services are valuable, and the traveller
+is very ready to avail himself of them, especially when in any
+particular town there is a great deal to see, and he has but little time
+to see it. At other times, however, it is much pleasanter to go alone to
+the remarkable places, as a map of the city will enable any one to find
+them very easily, and the guide book explains them in a much more
+satisfactory manner than any of these commissioners can do it.</p>
+
+<p>The commissioners generally speak French, English, and German, and after
+trying one of these tongues upon the strangers whom they accost, and
+finding that they are not understood, they try another and another until
+they succeed.</p>
+
+<p>The commissioner in this case addressed Mr. George first in German. Mr.
+George said, "<i>Nein</i>," meaning no, and walked on.</p>
+
+<p>The commissioner followed by his side, and began to talk in French,
+enumerating the various churches and other objects of interest in
+Cologne, and offering to go and show them.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"No," said Mr. George, "I am acquainted with the town, and I have no
+need of a guide."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George had studied the map and the guide book, until he knew the
+town quite well enough for all his purposes.</p>
+
+<p>"You speak English, perhaps," said the commissioner, and then proceeded
+to repeat what he had said before, in broken English. He supposed that
+Mr. George and Rollo were English people, and that they would be more
+likely to engage him as a guide, if they found that he could explain the
+wonders to them in their own language.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George said, "No, no, I do not wish for a guide."</p>
+
+<p>"Dere is die churts of St. Ursula," said the commissioner, persisting,
+"and die grand towers of die gross St. Martin, which is vare bu'ful."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George finding that refusals did no good, determined to take no
+further notice of the commissioner, and so began to talk to Rollo,
+walking on all the time. The commissioner continued for some time to
+enumerate the churches and other public buildings, which he could show
+the strangers if they would but put themselves under his guidance; but
+when at length he found that they would not listen to him, he went away.</p>
+
+<p>Very soon an old beggar man came limping along on a crutch, with a
+countenance haggard<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span> and miserable, and, advancing to them, held out his
+cap for alms. Mr. George, who thought it was not best to give to beggars
+in the streets, was going on without regarding him; but the
+man hobbled on by the side of the strangers, and seemed about to be as
+pertinacious as the commissioner. They went on so for a little distance,
+when at length, just as the man was about giving<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span> up in despair, Rollo
+put his hand in his pocket, and feeling among the money there, happened
+to bring up a small copper coin, which he at once and instinctively
+dropped into the beggar's cap. He performed the movement a little slyly,
+so that Mr. George did not see him. This he was able to do from the fact
+that the beggar was on <i>his</i> side, and not on Mr. George's, and,
+moreover, a little behind.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/i030.jpg" width="600" height="561" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE BEGGAR.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>As soon as the man received the coin, he took it, put the cap on his
+head, and fell back out of view.</p>
+
+<p>"I am glad he is gone," said Mr. George; "I was afraid he would follow
+us half through the town."</p>
+
+<p>Rollo laughed.</p>
+
+<p>"What is it?" said Mr. George. "What makes you laugh?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, the fact is," said Rollo, "I gave him a batz."</p>
+
+<p>"Ah!" said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "or something like a batz, that I had in my pocket."</p>
+
+<p>A batz is a small Swiss coin, of the value of a fifth of a cent. Rollo
+had become familiar with this money in the course of his travels in
+Switzerland, but he did not yet know the names of the Prussian coins.
+The money which he gave<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span> the beggar was really what they called a
+<i>pfennige</i>.<a name="FNanchor_4_4" id="FNanchor_4_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a></p>
+
+
+<p>Rollo supposed that his uncle would not quite approve of his giving the
+beggar this money; but as he never liked to have any secrecy or
+concealment in what he did, he preferred to tell him. This is always the
+best way.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as the beggar had gone, another commissioner came to offer his
+services. This time, however, Mr. George, after once telling the man
+that he did not wish for his services, took no further notice of him;
+and so he soon went away.</p>
+
+<p>The streets of Cologne are exceedingly narrow, and there are no
+sidewalks&mdash;or scarcely any. In one place Mr. George and Rollo passed
+through a street which was so narrow, that, standing in the middle and
+extending his hands, Mr. George could touch the buildings at the same
+time on each side. And yet it seemed that carriages were accustomed to
+pass through this street, as it was paved regularly, like the rest, and
+had smooth stones laid on each side of it for wheels to run in, with
+grooves, which seemed to have been worn in them by the wheels that had
+passed there.</p>
+
+<p>The reason why the streets are so narrow in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span> these old towns is, that in
+the ancient times, when they were laid out, there were no wheeled
+carriages in use, and the streets were only intended for foot
+passengers. When, at length, carriages came into use, the houses were
+all built, and so the streets could not easily be widened.</p>
+
+<p>Our travellers at length reached a large, open square, on the farther
+side of which the immense mass of the cathedral was seen rising, like a
+gray and venerable ruin. The wall which formed the front of it, and
+which terminated above in the unfinished mason work of the towers, was
+very irregular in its outline on the top, having remained just as it was
+left when the builders stopped their work upon it, five hundred years
+ago. The whole front of this wall, having been formed apparently of
+clusters of Gothic columns, which had become darkened, and corroded, and
+moss-covered by time, appeared very much, as Rollo had said, like a
+range of cliffs&mdash;the resemblance being greatly increased by the green
+fringe of foliage with which the irregular outline of the top was
+adorned. It may seem strange that such a vegetation as this could arise
+and be sustained at such a vast elevation. But ancient ruins are almost
+always found to be thus covered with plants which grow upon them, even
+at a very great height above the ground, with a luxuriance<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span> which is
+very surprising to those who witness this phenomenon for the first time.
+The process is this: Mosses and lichens begin to grow first on the
+stones and in the mortar. The roots of these plants strike in, and
+assisted by the sun and rain, they gradually disintegrate a portion of
+the masonry, which, in process of time, forms a soil sufficient for the
+seeds of other plants, brought by the wind, or dropped by birds, to take
+root in. At first these plants do not always come to maturity; but when
+they die and decay, they help to increase the soil, and to make a better
+bed for the seeds that are to come afterwards. Thus, in the course of
+centuries, the upper surfaces of old walls and towers become quite
+fertile in grass and weeds, and sometimes in shrubbery. I once gathered
+sprigs from quite a large rosebush which I found growing several hundred
+feet above the ground, on one of the towers of the cathedral of
+Strasbourg. It was as flourishing a rosebush as I should wish to see in
+any gentleman's garden.</p>
+
+<p>What Rollo meant by the bears and wolves which he said he saw looking
+down from these cliff-like towers, were great stone figures of these
+animals, that projected from various angles and cornices here and there,
+to serve as waterspouts.</p>
+
+<p>There was an immense door of entrance to the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span> church, at the end of a
+very deep, arched recess in the middle of the wall, and Mr. George and
+Rollo went up to it to go in. They were met at the door by another
+commissioner, who offered his services to show them the church. Mr.
+George declined this offer, and went in.</p>
+
+<p>The feeling of amazement and awe which the aspect of the interior of the
+cathedral first awakened in the minds of our travellers was for a moment
+interrupted by a man in a quaint costume, who came up to them, holding a
+large silver salver in his hand, with money in it. He said something to
+Mr. George and Rollo in German. They did not understand what he said;
+but his action showed that he was taking up a contribution, for
+something or other, from the visitors who came to see the church. Mr.
+George paid no attention to him, but walked on.</p>
+
+<p>On looking above and around them, our travellers found themselves in the
+midst of a sort of forest of monstrous stone columns, which towered to a
+vast height above their heads, and there were lost in vaults and arches
+of the most stupendous magnificence and grandeur. The floor was of
+stone, being formed of square flags, all cracked and corroded by time.
+Along the sides of the church were various chapels, all adorned with
+great paintings, and containing altars richly furnished<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span> with silver
+lamps, and glittering paraphernalia of all kinds. Parties of ladies and
+gentlemen, strangers from all lands, were walking to and fro at leisure
+about the floor, looking at the paintings, or gazing up into the vaulted
+roofs, or studying out the inscriptions on the monuments and sculptures
+which meet the eye on every hand.</p>
+
+<p>All this was in the body of the church, or the <i>nave</i>, as it is called,
+which is in fact only the vestibule to the more imposing magnificence of
+what is beyond, in the ambulatory and in the choir. Mr. George and Rollo
+advanced in this direction, and at length they came to a vast screen
+made of a very lofty palisade of iron. They approached a door in the
+centre of the screen, and looking through between the iron bars, they
+beheld a scene of grandeur and magnificence wholly indescribable. The
+carved oak stalls, the gorgeously decorated altar, the immense
+candlesticks with candles twenty feet high, and the lofty ceiling with
+its splendid frescoes, formed a spectacle so imposing that they both
+gazed at it for some moments in silent wonder.</p>
+
+<p>"I wish we could get in," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"I wish so too," said Mr. George; "but I suppose that this is a sort of
+sacred place."</p>
+
+<p>A moment after this, while Mr. George and Rollo were looking through
+this grating, a sudden<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span> sound of music burst upon their ears. It was
+produced evidently by an organ and a choir of singers, and it seemed to
+come from far above their heads. The sound was at once deepened in
+volume by the reverberation of the vaults and arches of the cathedral,
+and at the same time softened in tone, so that the effect was
+inconceivably solemn.</p>
+
+<p>"Hark!" said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Where does that music come from?" said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Hark!" repeated Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>So Mr. George and Rollo stood still and listened almost breathlessly to
+the music, until it ceased.</p>
+
+<p>"That was good music," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George made a sort of inarticulate exclamation, which seemed to
+imply that he had no words to express the emotion which the music
+awakened in his mind, and walked slowly away.</p>
+
+<p>Presently they came to a place on one side, where there was a great iron
+gate or door in the screen, which seemed to be ajar.</p>
+
+<p>"Here's a door open," said Mr. George; "let us go in here."</p>
+
+<p>Rollo shrank back a little. "I'm afraid they will not let us go in
+here," said he. "It looks like a private place."</p>
+
+<p>Rollo was always very particular, in all his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span> travels, to avoid every
+thing like intrusion. He would never go where it seemed to him doubtful
+whether it was proper to go. By this means he saved himself from a great
+many awkward predicaments that persons who act on a contrary principle
+often get themselves into while travelling. Mr. George was not quite so
+particular.</p>
+
+<p>"It looks rather private," said Mr. George; "but if they do not wish us
+to go in, they must keep the door shut."</p>
+
+<p>So he pushed the great iron gate open, and walked in. Rollo followed
+him, though somewhat timidly.</p>
+
+<p>They passed between a row of chapels<a name="FNanchor_5_5" id="FNanchor_5_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> on one side, and a high, carved
+partition on the other, which seemed to separate them from the choir,
+until, at length, they came to the end of the partition, where there was
+a gate that led directly into the choir. Mr. George <i>turned in</i>,
+followed by Rollo, and they found themselves standing in the midst of a
+scene of gorgeous magnificence which it is utterly impossible to
+describe.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"That is where the music came from that we heard," said Rollo, pointing
+upward.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George looked up where Rollo had pointed, and there he saw a gallery
+at a great elevation above them, with a choir of singers in front, and
+an enormous organ towering to a great height towards the vaulted roof
+behind. The choir was separated from the body of the church by ranges of
+columns above, and by richly-carved and ornamental screens and railings
+below. The ceilings were beautifully painted in fresco, and here and
+there were to be seen lofty windows of stained glass, antique and
+venerable in form, and indescribably rich and gorgeous in coloring.</p>
+
+<p>After gazing about upon this scene for a few minutes with great
+admiration and awe, Rollo called his uncle's attention to a discovery
+which he suddenly made.</p>
+
+<p>"See," said he; "uncle George, there is a congregation."</p>
+
+<p>So saying, Rollo pointed across the choir to a sort of gateway, which
+was opposite to the side on which they came in, and where, through the
+spaces which opened between the great columns that intervened, a
+congregation were seen assembled. They were in a chapel which was
+situated in that part of the church. The chapel itself was full, and a
+great many persons were seated<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span> in the various spaces rear. Mr. George
+and Rollo walked across the choir, and joined this congregation by
+taking a position near a pillar, where they could see what was going on.</p>
+
+<p>At a corner near a little gateway in a railing, where the people
+appeared to come in, there was a woman sitting with a brush in her hand.
+The brush was wet with holy water. The people, as they came in,&mdash;for a
+few came in after Rollo and Mr. George arrived at the place,&mdash;touched
+their fingers to this brush, to wet them, and then crossed themselves
+with the holy water.</p>
+
+<p>At the altar was a priest dressed in splendid pontificals. He was
+standing with his back to the people. There was a great number of
+immensely tall candlesticks on each side of him, and a great many other
+glittering emblems. The priest was dressed in garments richly
+embroidered with gold. There was a boy behind him dressed also in a very
+singular manner. The priest and the boy went through with a great
+variety of performances before the altar, none of which Rollo could at
+all understand. From time to time the boy would ring a little bell, and
+the organ and the choir of singers in the lofty gallery would begin to
+play and sing; and then, after a short time, the music would cease, and
+the priest and the boy would go on with their performances as before.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Presently Rollo heard a sound of marching along the paved floor, and
+looking into the choir whence the sounds proceeded, he saw a procession
+formed of boys, with a priest, bearing some glittering sacred utensils
+of silver in his hands, at the head of them. The boys were all dressed
+alike. The dress consisted of a long crimson robe with a white frock
+over it, which came down below the waist, and a crimson cape over the
+frock, which covered the shoulders. Thus they were red above and below,
+and white in the middle.</p>
+
+<p>One of these boys had a censer in his hands, and another had a little
+bell; and as they came along you could see the censer swinging in the
+air, and the volumes of fragrant smoke rising from it, and you could
+hear the tinkling of the little bell. The priest advanced to the altar
+before which the audience were sitting, and there, while the censer was
+waving and the smoke was ascending, he performed various ceremonies
+which Rollo could not at all understand, but which seemed to interest
+the congregation very much, for they bowed continually, and crossed
+themselves, and seemed impressed with a very deep solemnity.</p>
+
+<p>Presently, when the ceremony was completed, the procession returned into
+the choir, the priest at the head of it, just as it came.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>When the procession had passed away, Mr. George made a sign for Rollo to
+follow him, and then walked along out through the gate where the woman
+was sitting with the holy water. She held out the brush to Mr. George
+and Rollo as they passed, but they did not take it.</p>
+
+<p>"What ridiculous mummeries!" said Rollo, in a low tone, as soon as they
+had got out of the hearing of the congregation.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "they seem so to us; but I have a certain
+respect for all those ceremonies, since they are meant to be the worship
+of God."</p>
+
+<p>"I thought it was the worship of images," said Rollo. "Did not you see
+the images?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "I saw them; and perhaps we can make it out that
+those rites are, in reality, the worship of images; but they are not
+<i>meant</i> for that. They are <i>meant</i> for the worship of God."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="Chapter_III" id="Chapter_III"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter III.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Galleries.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>"I want to get up upon the towers," said Rollo, "if we can."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "but I want first to go and see the tomb of the
+three kings."</p>
+
+<p>"What is that?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"I will show you," said Mr. George. So saying, Mr. George led the way,
+and Rollo followed, along what is called the <i>ambulatory</i>, which is a
+broad space that extends all around the head of the cross in the
+cathedral churches of Europe, between the screen of the choir on one
+side and the ranges of chapels on the other. The ambulatory is usually
+very grand and imposing in the effect which it produces on the mind of
+the visitor, on account of the immense columns which border it, the
+loftiness of the vaulted roof, which forms a sort of sky over it above,
+and by the elaborate carvings and sculptures of the screen on one side,
+and the gorgeous decorations of the chapels on the other. Then all along
+the floor<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span> there are sculptured monuments of ancient warriors armed to
+the teeth in marble representations of iron and steel, while the walls
+are adorned with rich paintings of immense magnitude, representing
+scenes in the life of the Savior. There seemed to Mr. George some
+incongruity between the reverence evinced for the teachings and example
+of Jesus, in the pictures above, and the honor paid to the barbarous
+valor of the fighting old barons, in the monuments and effigies which
+occupied the pavement below.</p>
+
+<p>At length, at the head of the cross, exactly opposite to the centre of
+the high altar, which faced the choir, in the place which seemed to be
+the special place of honor, Mr. George pointed to a small, square
+enclosure, or sort of projecting closet, which was richly carved and
+gilded, and adorned with a variety of ancient inscriptions.</p>
+
+<p>"There," said Mr. George, "that must be the tomb of the three kings.
+That is the sepulchre which contains, as they pretend, the skulls of the
+three wise men of the east, who came to Bethlehem to worship Jesus the
+night on which he was born."</p>
+
+<p>"How came they here?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"They were at Milan about six or eight hundred years ago," said Mr.
+George, "and they were plundered from the church there by a great<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>
+general, and given to the Archbishop of Cologne, and he put them in this
+church. They have been here ever since, and they are prized very highly
+indeed. They are set round with gold and precious stones, and have the
+names of the men marked on them in letters formed of rubies."</p>
+
+<p>"Can we see them?" asked Rollo. As he said this he climbed up upon a
+little step, and attempted to look through a gilded grating in the front
+of the coffer which contained the rubies.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "but we must pay the sacristan for showing them
+to us. We can ask him about them when we come down from the galleries."</p>
+
+<p>"And besides," continued Mr. George, "the guide book says that under the
+floor of the church, just in front of the tomb of the three kings, the
+heart of Mary de Medicis is buried. That must be the place."</p>
+
+<p>So saying, Mr. George pointed to a large, square flagstone, which looked
+somewhat different from the others around it. Rollo gazed a moment at
+the stone, and then said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose so; but I don't care much about these things, uncle George.
+Let us go up into the towers."</p>
+
+<p>"Very well," said Mr. George, "we will go and see if we can find the
+way."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>So our travellers went on along the ambulatory, and thence into the
+aisles and nave of the church, stopping, however, every few minutes to
+gaze at some gorgeously decorated altar, or large and beautiful
+painting, or quaint old effigy, or at some monument, or inscription, or
+antique and time-worn sculpture. There were a great many other parties
+of visitors, consisting of ladies and gentlemen, and sometimes children,
+rambling about the church at the same time. Rollo observed, as he passed
+these groups, that some were talking French, some German, and some
+English. Here and there, too, Rollo passed plain-looking people, dressed
+like peasants, who were kneeling before some altar or crucifix, saying
+their prayers or counting their beads, and wearing a very devout and
+solemn air. Some of these persons took no notice of Mr. George and Rollo
+as they passed them; but others would follow them with their eyes,
+scrutinizing their dress and appearance very closely until they got by,
+though they continued all the time to move their lips and utter
+inarticulate murmurings.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think those girls are attending much to their prayers," said
+Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm afraid the girls in the Protestant churches in America do not
+attend to them much better," said Mr. George. "There is a great deal of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span>
+time spent in seeing how people are dressed by worshippers in other
+churches than the Roman Catholic."</p>
+
+<p>At length Rollo caught a view of the man who had held the plate for a
+contribution, at the time when he and Mr. George came in at the church
+door. He was walking to and fro, with his plate in his hand, in a
+distant portion of the church. Rollo immediately offered to go to him,
+and ask how he and Mr. George were to get to the towers. So he left Mr.
+George looking at a great painting, and walked off in that direction.</p>
+
+<p>Just before Rollo came to the man, his attention was attracted by a girl
+of about twelve or thirteen years of age, who was strolling about the
+church at a little distance before him, swinging her bonnet in her hand.
+She was very pretty, and her dark eyes shone with a very brilliant, but
+somewhat roguish expression. She stopped when she saw Rollo coming, and
+eyed him with a mingled look of curiosity and pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo, observing that this young lady appeared not to be particularly
+afraid of him, thought he would accost her.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you speak French?" said he in French, as he was walking slowly by
+her. He supposed from her appearance that she was a French girl, and so
+he spoke to her in that language.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The girl replied, not in French, but in English,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and English too."</p>
+
+<p>"How did you know that I spoke English?" said Rollo, speaking now in
+English himself.</p>
+
+<p>"By your looks," said the girl.</p>
+
+<p>"What is your name?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Tell me your name first," said the girl.</p>
+
+<p>"My name is Rollo," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"And mine," replied the stranger, "is Minnie."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you see that man out there," said Minnie, immediately after telling
+her name, "who is gathering the donations? Come and see what a play I
+will play him."</p>
+
+<p>Minnie was a French girl, and so, though she had learned English, she
+did not speak it quite according to the established usage.</p>
+
+<p>So she walked along towards the contribution man, wearing a very grave
+and demure expression of countenance as she went. Rollo kept by her
+side. As soon as they came near, the man held out his plate, hoping to
+receive a contribution from them. But as the plate already contained
+money which had been put in by former contributors, the action was
+precisely as if the man were offering money to the children, instead of
+asking it of them. So Minnie put forth her hand, and making a courtesy,
+took one of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span> pieces of money that were in the plate, pretending to
+suppose that the man meant to give it to her, and said at the same time,
+in French,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"I am very much obliged to you, sir. It is just what I wanted."</p>
+
+<p>The man immediately exclaimed, "<i>Nein nein!</i>" which is the German for
+No! no! and then went on saying something in a very earnest tone, and
+holding out his hand for Minnie to give him back the money. Minnie did
+so, and then, looking up at Rollo with a very arch and roguish
+expression of countenance, she turned round and skipped away over the
+stone pavement, until she was lost from view behind an enormous column.
+Rollo saw her afterwards walking about with a gentleman and lady, the
+party to which she belonged.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo then asked the man who held the plate what he should do to get up
+into the towers. He asked this question in French, and the man replied
+in French that he must go "to the Swiss, and the Swiss would give him a
+ticket.</p>
+
+<p>"Where shall I find the Swiss?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>The man pointed to a distant part of the church, where a number of
+people were going in through a great iron gateway.</p>
+
+<p>"You will find him there somewhere," said the man, "and you will know
+him by his red dress."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 462px;">
+<img src="images/i050.jpg" width="462" height="600" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption">MINNIE&#39;S ROGUERY.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<p>So Rollo went and reported to his uncle George, and they together went
+in pursuit of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span> Swiss. They soon came to the great gate; and just
+inside of it they saw a man dressed in a long red gown which came down
+to his ankles. This proved to be what they called the Swiss. On making
+known to him what they wanted, this man gave them a ticket,&mdash;they paying
+him the usual fee for it,&mdash;and then went and found a guide who was to
+show them up into the galleries.</p>
+
+<p>The guide, taking them under his charge, led them outside the church,
+and then conducted them to a door leading into a small round tower,
+which was built at an angle of the wall. This tower, though small in
+size, was as high as the church, and it contained a spiral staircase of
+stone, which conducted up into the upper parts of the edifice. Mr.
+George and Rollo, however, found that they could not go up to the towers
+but only to what were called the galleries. But it proved in the end
+that they had quite enough of climbing and of walking along upon dizzy
+heights, in visiting these galleries, and Rollo was very willing to come
+down again when he had walked round the upper one of them, without
+ascending to the towers.</p>
+
+<p>There were three of these galleries. The first was an inner one; that
+is, it was inside the church. The two others were outside. The party was
+obliged to ascend to a vast height be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span>fore they reached the first
+gallery. This gallery was a very narrow passage, barely wide enough for
+one person to walk in, which extended all around the choir, with a solid
+wall on one side, and arches through which they could look down into the
+church below on the other. After walking along for several hundred feet,
+listening to the swelling sounds of the music, which, coming from the
+organ and choir below, echoed grandly and solemnly among the vaults and
+arches above them, until they reached the centre of the curve at the
+head of the cross, Mr. George and Rollo stopped, and leaned over the
+stone parapet, and looked down. The parapet was very high and very
+thick, and Rollo had to climb up a little upon it before he could see
+over.</p>
+
+<p>They gazed for a few minutes in silence, completely overwhelmed with the
+dizzy grandeur of the view. It is always impossible to convey by words
+any idea of the impression produced upon the mind by looking down from
+any great height upon scenes of magnificence or of beauty; but it would
+be doubly impossible in such a case as this. Far below them in front,
+they could see the choir of singers in the singing gallery, with the
+organ behind them. The distance was, however, so great that they could
+not distinguish the faces of the singers, or even their persons. Then at
+a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span> vast distance, lower still, was the floor of the choir, paved
+beautifully in mosaic, and with little dots of men and women, slowly
+creeping, like insects, over the surface of it. At a distance, through
+the spaces between the columns, a part of the congregation could be
+seen, with the women and children at the margin of it, kneeling on the
+praying chairs, and a little red spot near a gate, which Rollo thought
+must be the Swiss. The whole of the interior of the choir, which they
+looked down into as you would look down into a valley from the summit of
+a mountain, was so magnificently decorated with paintings, mosaics, and
+frescoes, and enriched with columns, monuments, sculptures, and
+carvings, and there were, moreover, so many railings, and screens, and
+stalls, and canopies, and altars, to serve as furnishing for the vast
+interior, that the whole view presented the appearance of a scene of
+enchantment.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George said it was the most imposing spectacle that he ever saw.</p>
+
+<p>After this, the guide led our two travellers up about a hundred feet
+higher still, till they came to the first outer gallery; and the scene
+which presented itself to view here would be still more difficult to
+describe than the other. The gallery was very narrow, like the one
+within, and it led<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span> through a perfect maze of columns, pinnacles,
+arches, turrets, flying buttresses, and other constructions pertaining
+to the exterior architecture of the church. It was like walking on a
+mountain in the midst of a forest of stone. The analogy was increased by
+the monstrous forms of bears, lions, tigers, boars, and other wild and
+ferocious beasts, which projected from the eaves every where to convey
+the water that came down from rains, out to a distance from the walls of
+the building. These images had deep grooves cut along their backs for
+the water to flow in. These grooves led to the mouths of the animals,
+and they were invisible to persons looking up from below, so that to
+observers on the ground each animal appeared perfect in his form, and
+was seen stretching out the whole length of his body from the cornices
+of the building, and pouring out the water from his mouth.</p>
+
+<p>From these outer galleries Rollo could not only see the pinnacles, and
+turrets, and flying buttresses, of the part of the church which was
+finished, but he could also observe the immense works of scaffolding and
+machinery erected around the part which was now in progress. Men were at
+work hoisting up immense stones, and moving them along by a railway to
+the places on the walls where they were destined to go.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span> The yard, too,
+on one side, far, far down, was covered with blocks, some rough, and
+others already carved and sculptured, and ready to go up. The towers
+were in view too, with the monstrous crane leaning over from the summit
+of one of them; but there seemed to be no way of getting to them but by
+crossing long scaffoldings where the masons were now at work. This Rollo
+would have had no wish to do, even if the guide had proposed to conduct
+him.</p>
+
+<p>So, after spending half an hour in surveying the magnificent prospect
+which opened every where around them over the surrounding country, and
+in scrutinizing the details of the architecture near, the sculptures,
+the masonry, the painted windows, the massive piers, and the buttresses
+hanging by magic, as it were, in the air, and all the other wonders of
+the maze of architectural constructions which surrounded them, the party
+began their descent.</p>
+
+<p>"I am glad they are going to finish it," said Rollo to Mr. George, as
+they were walking round and round, and round and round, in the little
+turret, going down the stairs. "The next time we come here, perhaps, it
+will be done."</p>
+
+<p>"They expect it will take twenty years to finish it," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Twenty years!" repeated Rollo, surprised.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "and about four millions of dollars. Why, when
+they first determined that they would attempt to finish it, it took
+fifteen years to make the repairs which were necessary in the old work,
+before they could begin any of the new. And now, at the rate that they
+are going on, it will take twenty years to finish it. For my part, I do
+not know whether we ought to be glad to have it finished or not, on
+account of the immense cost. It seems as if that money could be better
+expended."</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps it could," said Rollo. "But every body that comes here to see
+it gets a great deal of pleasure; and as an immense number of people
+will come, I think the amount of the pleasure will be very great in
+all."</p>
+
+<p>"That is true," said Mr. George, "and that is the right way to consider
+it; but let us make the calculation in the same way that we made the
+calculation about the gold chain that you were going to buy in London.
+If we suppose that the church was half done when they left off the work,
+and that it will now cost four millions of dollars to finish it, that
+will make eight millions of dollars in all. Now, what is the interest of
+eight millions of dollars, say at three per cent.?"</p>
+
+<p>Rollo began to calculate it in his mind; but<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span> before he had got through,
+Mr. George said that it was two hundred and forty thousand dollars a
+year.</p>
+
+<p>"That," said Mr. George, "is equal, with a proper allowance for repairs,
+to, say a thousand dollars per day. Now, do you think that the people
+who will come here to see it will get pleasure enough from it to amount
+in all to a thousand dollars a day?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," said Rollo, doubtfully. "I'd give one dollar, I know, to
+see it."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "so would I; and I do not know but that there
+would be three hundred thousand to come in a year, including all the
+great occasions that would bring out immense assemblages from all the
+surrounding country."</p>
+
+<p>"At any rate, I hope they will finish it," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"So do I," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"And I mean to put a little in the man's plate when I go down," said
+Rollo, "and then I shall have a share in it."</p>
+
+<p>"I will too," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly, as they passed by the man when they were leaving the
+church, Mr. George put a franc into his plate, and Rollo half a franc.
+Just at the time that they put their money in,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span> the party that Minnie
+belonged to came by, and the gentleman put in a silver coin called a
+thaler, which is worth about seventy-five cents; so that Rollo had the
+satisfaction of seeing that one of the four millions of dollars was
+raised on the spot.</p>
+
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 423px;">
+<img src="images/i058.jpg" width="423" height="600" alt="" title="RAILWAY ARCHES" />
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="Chapter_IV" id="Chapter_IV"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter IV.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Travelling on the Rhine.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>The steamboats and hotels, and all the arrangements made for the
+accommodation of travellers on the Rhine, are entirely different from
+those of any American river, partly for the reason that so very large a
+portion of the travelling there is pleasure travelling. The boats are
+smaller, and they go more frequently. The company is more select. They
+sit upon the deck, under the awnings, all the day, looking at their
+guide books, and maps, and panoramas of the river, and studying out the
+names and history of the villages, and castles, and ruined towers, which
+they pass on the way. The hotels are large and very elegant. They are
+built on the banks of the river, or wherever there is the finest view,
+and the dining room is always placed in the best part of the house, the
+windows from it commanding views of the mountains, or overlooking the
+water, so that in sitting at table to eat your breakfast, or your
+dinner, you have before you all the time<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span> some charming view. Then there
+is usually connected with the dining room, and opening from it, some
+garden or terrace, raised above the road and the river, with seats and
+little tables there, shaded by trees, or sheltered by bowers, where
+ladies and gentlemen can sit, when the weather is pleasant, and read, or
+drink their tea or coffee, or explore, with an opera glass, or a spy
+glass, the scenery around. They can see the towers and castles across
+the river, and follow the little paths leading in zigzag lines up among
+the vineyards to the watchtowers, and pavilions, and belvideres, that
+are built on the pinnacles of the rocks, or on the summits of the lower
+mountains.</p>
+
+<p>The hotels and inns, even in the smallest villages, are very nice and
+elegant in all their interior arrangements. These small villages consist
+usually of a crowded collection of the most quaint and queer-looking
+houses, or rather huts, of stone, with an antique and venerable-looking
+church in the midst of them, looking still more quaint and queer than
+the houses. The hotels, however, in these villages, or rather on the
+borders of them,&mdash;for the hotels are often built on the open ground
+beyond the town, where there is room for gardens and walks, and raised
+terraces around them,&mdash;are palaces in comparison with the dwellings of
+the inhabitants. And well<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span> they may be, for the villagers are almost all
+laborers of a very humble class&mdash;boatmen, who get their living by plying
+boats up and down the river; vinedressers, who cultivate the vineyards
+of the neighboring hills; or hostlers and coachmen, who take care of the
+carriages and of the horses employed in the traffic of the river. A
+great number of horses are employed; for not only are the carriages of
+such persons as choose to travel on the Rhine by land, or to make
+excursions on the banks of the river, drawn by them, but almost all the
+boats, except the steamboats that go up the river, are <i>towed</i> up by
+these animals. To enable them to do this, a regular tow path has been
+formed all the way up the river, on the left bank, and boats of all
+shapes and sizes are continually to be seen going up, drawn, like canal
+boats in America, by horses&mdash;and sometimes even by men. Once I saw some
+boys drawing up a small boat in this way. It seems they had been going
+down the stream to take a sail, or perhaps to convey a traveller down;
+and now they were coming up again, drawing their boat by walking along
+the bank, the current being so rapid that it is much easier to draw a
+boat up than it is to row it. The boys had a long line attached to the
+mast of their boat, and both of them were drawing upon this line by
+means<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span> of broad bands, forming a sort of harness, which were passed
+over their shoulders.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/i062.jpg" width="600" height="348" alt="" title="HARBOUR SCENE" />
+</div>
+
+
+<p>Now, the small villages that I was speaking of are formed almost
+exclusively of the dwellings of the various classes which I have
+described, while the hotels or inns that are built on the margins of
+them are intended, not as they would be in America, for the
+accommodation of the people of the same class, but for travellers of
+wealth, and rank, and distinction, who come from all quarters of the
+world to explore the beauties and study the antiquities of the Rhine.
+Thus the inns, however small and secluded they may be, and however
+retired and solitary the places in which they stand, are always very
+nice, and even elegant, in their interior arrangements. The chambers are
+furnished and arranged in the prettiest possible manner. Handsome open
+carriages and pretty boats are ready to convey visitors on any excursion
+which they may desire to make in the neighborhood, and the table is
+provided with almost as many delicacies and niceties as you can have in
+Paris.</p>
+
+<p>The roads along the banks of the Rhine, too, are absolutely perfect.
+Well they may be so in fact, for workmen have been constantly employed
+in making and perfecting them for nearly two thousand years. Julius
+C&aelig;sar worked upon<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span> them. Charlemagne worked upon them. Frederic the
+Great worked upon them. Napoleon worked upon them. They are walled up
+wherever necessary on the side towards the river; the rock is cut away
+on the side towards the land; valleys have been filled up; hill sides
+have been terraced, and ravines bridged over; until the road, though
+passing along the margin of a very mountainous region, is almost as
+level as a railway throughout the whole of its course. And as it is
+macadamized throughout, and is kept in the most perfect condition, it is
+always, in wet weather as well as dry, as firm, and hard, and smooth as
+a floor.</p>
+
+<p>With such roads and such carriages on the land, and such pretty
+steamboats as they have upon the water, it would be very pleasant going
+up through the highlands of the Rhine, if there were nothing but the
+natural scenery to attract the eye of the traveller. But besides the
+quaint and ancient villages, and the curious old churches which adorn
+them,&mdash;villages which sometimes line the margin of the water, and
+sometimes cling to the slopes of the hills, or nestle in the higher
+valleys,&mdash;there are other still stronger attractions, in the castles,
+towers, and palaces, which are seen scattered every where on the river
+banks, adorning every prominent and commanding posi<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span>tion along the
+shores, and crowning, in many cases, the summits of the hills. Many of
+these castles and towers, though built originally hundreds of years ago,
+are still kept in repair and inhabited, some being used as the summer
+residences of princes, or of private men of fortune, and others, being
+armed with cannon and garrisoned with soldiers, are held as strongholds
+by the kings, or dukes, or electors, in whose dominions they lie. There
+are a great many of them, however, that have been allowed to go to
+decay; and the ruins of these still stand, presenting to the eye of the
+traveller who gazes up to them from the deck of the steamer, or from his
+seat in his carriage, or who climbs up to visit them more closely, by
+means of the zigzag paths which lead to them, very interesting relics
+and memorials of ancient times. The ruins are generally on very lofty
+summits, and they usually occupy the most commanding positions, so that
+the view from them up and down the river is almost always very grand.
+The castles were built by the dukes, and barons, and other feudal
+chieftains of the middle ages, and they are placed in these commanding
+positions in order that the chieftains who lived in them might watch the
+river, and the roads leading along the banks of it, and come down with a
+troop of their followers to exact what they called<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span> tribute, but what
+those who had to pay it called plunder, from the merchants or travellers
+whom they saw from the windows of their watchtowers, passing up and
+down.</p>
+
+<p>In fact these men were really robbers; being just like any other
+robbers, excepting that they restricted themselves to some rule and
+system in their plunderings, such as an enlightened regard for their own
+interest required. If, when they found a vessel laden with merchandise,
+or a company of travellers coming down the river, they had robbed them
+of every thing they possessed, the river and the roads would soon have
+been entirely abandoned, and their occupation would have been gone. In
+order to avoid this result, they were accustomed to content themselves
+with a certain portion of the value which the traveller was carrying;
+and they called the money which they exacted a tribute, or tax, paid for
+the privilege of passing through their dominions. They kept continual
+watch in their lofty castles, both up and down the river, to see who
+came by, and then, descending with a sufficient force to render
+resistance useless, they would take what they pretended to consider
+their due, and retreat with it to their almost inaccessible fastnesses,
+where they were safe from all pursuers.</p>
+
+<p>They often had wars with one another; and in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span> the progress of these wars
+the weaker chieftains became, in the course of time, subjected to the
+stronger, and thus two or more small dominions would often become united
+into one. These amalgamations went on continually; and as they advanced,
+the condition of the cultivator of the ground, and of the peaceful
+merchant or traveller, was improved, for the rules and regulations for
+the collection of the tribute became more fixed and settled, and men
+knew more and more what they could calculate upon, and could regulate
+their business accordingly. Arrangements were made, too, to collect a
+regular tax from the cultivators of the ground; and just so far as these
+arrangements were matured, and the produce of the plunder, or the
+tribute, or the tax, or whatever we call it, increased, just so far it
+became for the interest of the chieftains that the cultivation of the
+land and the traffic on the river should be increased, and should be
+protected from all depredations but their own. Thus a system of law grew
+up, and arrangements for preserving public order, for promoting the
+general industry, and rules and regulations for the collection of the
+tribute, until at length, when all these arrangements were matured, and
+the multitude of petty chieftains became combined under one great
+chieftain ruling over the whole, and collecting the revenue for his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span>
+subordinates, we find a great kingdom as the result, in which the
+descendants of the ancient marauders that lived in castles on the hills,
+under the name of princes and nobles, collect the means of enabling
+themselves to live in idleness and luxury out of the avails of the labor
+of the agriculturists, the merchants, and the manufacturers, by a
+combined and concerted arrangement, and a regular system of rents,
+taxes, and tolls, instead of by irregular forrays and depredations, as
+in former years.</p>
+
+<p>When any one of these nobles is questioned as to the nature of his claim
+to the enjoyment of so large a portion of the produce of the land,
+without doing any thing to earn or deserve it, he says that it is a
+<i>vested right</i>; that is, that he has a right to claim and take a certain
+portion of the proceeds of the toil of the <i>present</i> generation of
+laborers, because his forefathers claimed and took a similar portion
+from theirs. And the one monarch, whose ancestors succeeded in
+overpowering or crowding out the others, claims his right to rule on the
+same ground. Thus, in the progress of ages, by a strange commutation,
+robbery and plunder, when systematized, and extended, and established on
+a permanent basis, become legitimacy, and the divine right of kings.</p>
+
+<p>In America there is no such division of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span> fruits of industry between
+those who do the work and a class of idle nobles, and soldiers, and
+priests, who do nothing but consume the proceeds of it. There every man
+possesses the full fruit of his labor, except so far as he himself joins
+with his fellow-citizens in setting apart a portion for the purposes of
+public and general utility. This is the reason why such immense numbers
+of laboring men are every year leaving Germany and emigrating to
+America.</p>
+
+<p>But to return to the Rhine. Of course, just so fast and so far as the
+smaller chieftains were conquered and dispossessed, and the country came
+into the hands of a smaller number of greater princes, the old castles
+became useless. Besides, when rules and laws, instead of surprises and
+violence, became the means by which contributions were levied, it was no
+longer necessary to have strongholds on high hills to come down from,
+when a vessel or a traveller was coming by, and to retreat to with the
+booty when the plunder had been taken. A great number of these old
+castles have, therefore, gone to decay; for they were generally built
+too high on the hills and rocks to be convenient as dwellings for
+peaceable men. A few of the largest and strongest of them were retained
+as fortresses; and those that were retained have been greatly enlarged<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span>
+and strengthened in their defences in modern times, so that some of them
+are now the greatest and strongest fortresses in the world. Others, that
+were built in tolerably accessible situations, or which commanded an
+unusually beautiful view, were retained and kept in repair, and are used
+now as the summer residences of wealthy men. The rest were suffered
+gradually to go to decay, and the ruins and remains of them are seen
+crowning almost every remarkable height all along the river. Some of
+these ruins are still in a very good state of preservation, so that in
+going up to explore them you can make out very easily the whole original
+plan of the edifice. You can find the turret, with the remains of the
+stairs which led up to the watchtower, and the kitchen, and the hall,
+and the armory, and the stables. In others, there is nothing to be seen
+but a confused mass of unintelligible ruins; and in others still, every
+thing is gone, except, perhaps, some single arch or gateway, which
+stands among a mass of shapeless mounds, the last remaining relic of the
+edifice it once adorned, and itself tottering, perhaps, on the brink of
+its precipitous foundation, as if just ready to fall.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span></p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span><br /></p>
+
+
+
+<p>These old ruins are visited every year by thousands of persons who come
+from every part of the world to see them. These visitors arrive<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span> every
+year in such numbers that the steamboats, both going up and coming down,
+and all the hotels, and thousands of carriages, which are perpetually
+plying to and fro along the shores on both sides of the river, are
+constantly filled with them. A great many people merely pass up or down
+the river in a steamer, in a day and a night, and only see the ruins and
+the other scenery by gazing at them from the deck of the vessel. But in
+this case they get no idea whatever of the Rhine. It is necessary to
+travel slowly, to stop frequently at the towns on the bank, to make
+excursions along the shores and into the interior, and to ascend to the
+sites of the ruins, and to other elevated points, so as to view the
+valley and the stream meandering through it from above, or you obtain no
+correct idea whatever of travelling on the Rhine.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 396px;">
+<img src="images/i072.jpg" width="396" height="600" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption">DONKEY RIDING.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The work of ascending to the old ruins would be a very arduous and
+difficult one for all but the young and robust, were it not for the
+assistance that is afforded by the donkeys that are kept at the foot of
+every remarkable hill that travellers might be supposed desirous to
+ascend. These donkeys have a sort of chair fitted upon them, that is, a
+saddle, flat upon the top, and guarded all around one side by a sort of
+back, like the back of a chair. The trappings are covered with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span> some
+kind of scarlet cloth, so that the troop of donkeys standing together
+under the shade of the trees, at the foot of the hill which they are to
+ascend, make a very gay appearance. The donkeys look very small to bear
+so heavy a load as a full grown person; but they are very strong, and
+they carry their burden quite easily, especially as the distance is not
+very great. For these mountains of the Rhine, celebrated as they are for
+the romantic grandeur which they impart to the scenery, are, after all,
+seldom more than a few hundred feet high. There is also, almost always,
+an excellent path leading up to them. It winds usually by zigzags
+through the groves of trees, or between gardens and vineyards, in a very
+delightful manner, so that the ascent in going up any of these hills
+would make a very pleasant excursion even without the ruins on the top.</p>
+
+<p>Such, in its general features, is the mountainous region of the Rhine,
+as it appears to the travellers who go to visit it at the present day;
+and it was this region that Rollo and Mr. George were now going to
+explore.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="Chapter_V" id="Chapter_V"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter V.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Sieben Gebirgen.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>The word <i>Sieben</i> means <i>seven</i>, and <i>Gebirgen</i> means <i>mountains</i>.<a name="FNanchor_6_6" id="FNanchor_6_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a>
+Thus the <i>Sieben Gebirgen</i> is the Seven Mountains. It is the name given
+to a mountainous mass of land which rises into seven or more principal
+peaks, just at the entrance of the romantic part of the Rhine. The
+highest of these mountains is the celebrated Drachenfels, which has a
+ruined castle on the top of it, and an inn for the accommodation of
+travellers just below. The Seven Mountains and Drachenfels are on the
+east bank of the river. Opposite to them on the left bank are some other
+remarkable mountains, crowned also with celebrated ruins. The river
+flows between these highlands as through a gateway. They form, in fact,
+the commencement of the mountainous region of the Rhine, in ascending
+the river from Cologne.<a name="FNanchor_7_7" id="FNanchor_7_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a></p>
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The large town next below where these mountains commence is Bonn, which
+is, perhaps, thirty or forty miles above Cologne. The country up as far
+as Bonn from Cologne is pretty level, and a railroad has been made
+there. At Bonn the mountains begin, and the railroad has accordingly not
+been yet carried any farther. Mr. George and Rollo went up to Bonn by
+the railroad.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George wished to stop at Bonn for half a day to visit a celebrated
+university that is there. The buildings of this university were formerly
+a palace; but they were afterwards given up to the use of the
+university, which subsequently became one of the most distinguished
+seminaries of learning in Europe. Mr. George wished to visit this
+university. He had letters of introduction to some of the professors. He
+wished also to see the library and the cabinets of natural history that
+were there. He invited Rollo to go with him, but Rollo concluded not to
+go. He would have liked to have seen the library very well, and the
+cabinets, but he was rather afraid of the professors.</p>
+
+<p>So, while Mr. George went to visit the literary institution, Rollo
+amused himself by rambling<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span> about the town, and looking at the quaint
+old churches, and the houses, and the fortifications, and in strolling
+along the quay, by the shore of the river, to see the steamers and tow
+boats go up and down.</p>
+
+<p>At length he went to the hotel. The hotel was just without the gates,
+near the river. There was a garden between the hotel and the river, with
+a terrace at the margin of it, overlooking the water, where there were
+tables and chairs ready for any person who might choose to take coffee
+or any other refreshments there. Mr. George's room was on this side of
+the hotel, and being pretty high it overlooked the gardens, and the
+terrace, and the river, and afforded a charming view. Up the river, on
+the other side, about three or four miles off, the Sieben Gebirgen were
+plainly to be seen, the summits of them tipped with ancient ruins.</p>
+
+<p>After Rollo had been sitting there about half an hour, Mr. George came
+home. It was then about one o'clock.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, Rollo," said he, "we are going up the river. I have engaged the
+landlord to send us up in a carriage to some pleasant place on the bank
+of the river among the mountains, where we can spend the Sabbath."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, what day is it?" asked Rollo.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"It is Saturday," replied Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo was quite surprised to find that it was Saturday. In fact, in
+travelling on the Rhine, as there is so little to mark or distinguish
+one day from another, we almost always soon lose our reckoning.</p>
+
+<p>"What is the name of the place where we are going?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," replied Mr. George. "I cannot understand very well. He
+is going to send us somewhere. How it will turn out I cannot tell. We
+must trust to the fortune of war."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George often called the luck that befell him in travelling the
+fortune of war. "If we were contented," he would say, "to travel over
+and over again in places that we know, then we could make some
+calculations, and could know beforehand, in most cases, where we were
+going and how we should come out. But in travelling in new and strange
+places we cannot tell at all, especially when there is no language that
+we can communicate well with the people in. So we have to trust to the
+fortune of war."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George, however, determined to make one more effort to find out
+where he was going; and so, when the carriage came to the door, and he
+and Rollo were about to get into it, he asked the porter of the
+house&mdash;who was the man that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span> "spoke English"&mdash;what the name of the place
+was where they were going to stop.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sare," replied the man. "You will stop. You will go to Poppensdorf
+and to Kreitzberg, and then you will go to Gottesberg, and then you will
+go to Rolandseck, where there is a boat that will take you to
+Drachenfels, or to K&oelig;nigswinter."</p>
+
+<p>He said all this with so strong a German accent, and pronounced the
+barbarous words with so foreign an intonation, that no trace or
+impression whatever was left by them on Mr. George's ear.</p>
+
+<p>"But which is the place," asked Mr. George, speaking very deliberately
+and plainly,&mdash;"which is the place where we are to be left by the
+carriage to stay on Sunday? Is it Rolandseck or K&oelig;nigswinter?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sare," said the porter, making a very polite bow. "Yes, sare, you
+will go to Rolandseck, and to Kreitzberg, and to Gottesberg, and if you
+please you can stop at Poppensdorf."</p>
+
+<p>"Very well," said Mr. George. "Tell him to drive on."</p>
+
+<p>This is a tolerably fair specimen of the success to which travellers,
+and the porters, and waiters, who "speak English," attain to, in their
+attempts to understand one another. In fact, the attempts<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span> of these
+domestic linguists to <i>speak</i> English are sometimes still more
+unfortunate than their attempts to understand it. One of them, in
+talking to Mr. George, said "No, yes," for no, sir. Another told Rollo
+that the dinner would be ready in <i>fiveteen</i> minutes, and a very worthy
+landlord, in commenting on the pleasant weather, said that the time was
+very <i>agregable</i>. So a waiter said one day that the <i>bifstek</i> was just
+coming up out of the <i>kriken</i>. He meant kitchen.</p>
+
+<p>The place where the porter, who engaged the carriage for Mr. George,
+intended to leave him, was really Rolandseck. Rolandseck is the name of
+a ruined arch, the remains of an ancient tower which may be seen in the
+engraving a little farther on, upon the height of land on the left side
+of the view. The lofty ruin on the right, farther in the distance, is
+Drachenfels. At the foot of Drachenfels, a little farther down the
+river,&mdash;and we are looking down the river in the engraving,&mdash;is a town
+called K&oelig;nigswinter, which is the place that people usually set out
+from to ascend the mountain, a great number of donkeys being kept there
+for that purpose. Beneath the tower of Rolandseck, near the margin of
+the water, is a row of three or four houses, two of which are hotels.
+The land rises so suddenly from the river here, that there is barely
+room for<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span> the road and the houses between the water and the hill. In
+fact, the road itself is terraced up with a wall ten or fifteen feet
+high towards the water, and the houses in the same manner from the road.
+You enter them, indeed, from the level of the road; but you are
+immediately obliged to ascend a staircase to reach the principal floor
+of the house, which is ten or fifteen feet above the road, and the
+gardens of the house are on terraces raised to that height by a wall.
+Thus from the gardens and terraces you look down fifteen feet over a
+wall to the road, and from the road you look down fifteen feet over a
+wall to the water. Along the outer margin of the road is a broad stone
+wall or parapet, flat at the top and about three feet high. All this you
+can see represented in the engraving.</p>
+
+<p>In the middle of the river, opposite to the hotels, is a very beautiful
+island with a nunnery upon it. This island is called Nonnenwerth. Now,
+in regard to all these castles and churches, and other sacred edifices
+on the Rhine, there is almost always some old legend or romantic tale,
+which has come down through succeeding generations from ancient times,
+and which adds very much to the interest of the locality where the
+incidents occurred. The tale in respect to Rolandseck and Nonnenwerth is
+this: Roland was the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span> nephew of the great monarch and conqueror,
+Charlemagne. He became engaged to the daughter of the chieftain who
+lived in Drachenfels, the ruins of which you see in the engraving
+crowning the hill on the right bank of the river, some little distance
+down the stream. In a battle in which he was engaged, he killed his
+intended father-in-law by accident, being deceived by the darkness of
+the night, and thinking that he was striking an enemy instead of a
+friend. After this, he could not be married to his intended bride, the
+etiquette of those days forbidding that a warrior should marry one whose
+father he had slain. The maiden, in her grief and despair, betook
+herself to the nunnery on the island near her father's castle, and
+Roland, since he could not be permitted to visit her there, built a
+tower on the nearest pinnacle of the opposite shore, in order that he
+might live there, and at least comfort himself with a sight of the
+building where his beloved was confined. The story is, however, that the
+unhappy nun lived but a short time. Roland himself, however, continued
+to live in his tower, a lonely hermit, for many years.</p>
+
+<p>Another version of this legend is, that the maiden was led to go to the
+convent and consecrate herself as a nun, on account of a false<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span> report
+which she had heard, that Roland himself was killed in the battle, and
+that when she learned that he was still alive, it was too late for her
+to be released from her vows. However this may be, Roland retired to
+this lofty tower, in order to be as near her as possible, and to be able
+to look down upon the dwelling where she lived. How well he could do
+this you can easily see by observing how finely the ruined tower on the
+top of the hill commands a view of the river and of the island, as well
+as of the nunnery itself, imbosomed in the trees.</p>
+
+<p>A little below the ruin of Roland's Tower you see a pavilion on a point
+of the rock, which, though somewhat lower in respect to elevation,
+projects farther towards the stream, and consequently commands a finer
+view. This pavilion has been erected very lately by a gentleman who
+lives in one of the houses at the margin of the road, and who owns the
+vineyards that cover the slope of the hill. The road to it leads up
+among these vineyards through the gentleman's grounds, but he leaves it
+open in order that visitors who ascend up to Roland's Tower may go to
+the pavilion on the way, and enjoy the view.</p>
+
+<p>It was to one of these hotels at Rolandseck that the porter at Bonn had
+arranged to send Mr. George, as the pleasantest place that was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span> near to
+spend the Sabbath in. He could not have made a better selection.</p>
+
+<p>The ride, too, in the carriage from Bonn up to Rolandseck, was
+delightful. Nothing could be more enchanting than the scenery which was
+presented to view on every hand. The carriage, like all the other
+private carriages used for travellers on the Rhine, was an open
+barouche, and when the top was down it afforded an entirely unobstructed
+view. The day was pleasant, and yet the sun was so obscured with clouds
+that it was not warm, and Rollo stood up in the carriage nearly all the
+way, supporting himself there by taking hold of the back of the driver's
+seat, and looking about him on every side, uttering continual
+exclamations of wonder and delight. He attempted once or twice to talk
+with the driver, trying him in French and English; but the driver
+understood nothing but German, and so the conversation soon settled down
+to an occasional <i>Was ist das?</i> from Rollo, and a long reply to the
+question from the driver, not a word of which Rollo was able to
+understand.</p>
+
+<p>They passed out of Bonn by means of a most singular avenue. It was
+formed of a very broad space in the centre, which seemed, by its place,
+to have been intended for the road way; but instead of being a road way,
+it was covered with a rich<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span> growth of grass, like a mowing field. On
+each side of this green were two rows of trees, which bordered a sort of
+wide sidewalk, of which there were two, one on each side of the road.
+These side passages were the carriage ways.</p>
+
+<p>"See, uncle George," said Rollo. "The road has all grown up to grass,
+and we are riding on the sidewalk."</p>
+
+<p>The carriage passed on, and when it reached the end of the avenue, it
+came to a beautiful and extensive edifice, standing in the midst of
+groves and gardens, which was formerly a chateau, but is now used for a
+museum of natural history. Here were arranged the cabinets which Mr.
+George had been to see that morning. Passing this place, the carriage
+gradually ascended a long hill, on the summit of which, half concealed
+by groves of trees, was an ancient-looking church. Mr. George had seen
+this hill before from the windows of the hotel, and knew it must be the
+Kreitzberg.</p>
+
+<p>"He is taking us to the Kreitzberg," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"What is that famous for?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"It is an ancient church, on the top of a high hill," said Mr. George,
+"where there is a flight of stairs made to imitate those that Jesus
+ascended at Jerusalem, when he went to Pilate's<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span> judgment hall. Nobody
+is allowed to go up or down these stairs except on their knees.</p>
+
+<p>"Then, besides," continued Mr. George, looking along the page of his
+guide book as he spoke, "the air is so dry up at the top of this high
+hill, that the bodies of the old monks, who were buried there hundreds
+of years ago, did not corrupt, but they dried up and turned into a sort
+of natural mummies; and there they lie now under the church, in open
+coffins, in full view."</p>
+
+<p>"Let us go down and see them," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>What Mr. George said was true; and these things are but a specimen of
+the strange and curious legends and tales that are told to the
+traveller, and of the extraordinary relics and wonders that are
+exhibited to his view, in the old churches and monasteries, which are
+almost as numerous as the castles, on the Rhine. The carriage, after
+ascending a long time, stopped at a gate by the way side, whence a long,
+straight road led up to the church, which stood on the very summit of
+the hill. Mr. George and Rollo got out and walked up. When they drew
+near to the church, they turned round to admire the splendor of the
+landscape, and to see if the carriage was still waiting for them below.
+They saw that the carriage still stood there, and that there was another
+one there too, and that a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span> party of ladies and gentlemen were descending
+from it to come up and see the church. There was a little girl in this
+party.</p>
+
+<p>"I should not wonder if that was Minnie," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>In a short time this party, with a commissioner at the head of them,
+came up the walk. The girl proved to be really Minnie. She seemed very
+glad to see Rollo, and she stopped to speak with him while the rest of
+the party went on.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo and Minnie followed closely behind. The commissioner led the way
+round to the side of the church, where there were some other ancient
+buildings, which were formerly a nunnery. Here they found a man who had
+the care of the place. He was a sacristan.<a name="FNanchor_8_8" id="FNanchor_8_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a> He brought a great key,
+and unlocked the church door, and let the party in.</p>
+
+
+<p>The interior of the church was very quaint and queer,&mdash;as in truth the
+interiors of all the old churches are on the banks of the Rhine,&mdash;and
+was adorned with a great many curious old effigies and paintings. After
+waiting a few minutes for the company to look at these, the sacristan
+went to a place in the middle of the church<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span> before the altar, and
+lifted up a great trap door in the floor. When the door was lifted up, a
+flight of steps was seen leading down under ground.</p>
+
+<p>"Where are they going now?" said Minnie.</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose they are going down to see the monks," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>The party went down the stairs, Rollo and Minnie following them. The
+sacristan had two candles in his hands. As soon as he got to the bottom
+of the stairs, he passed along a narrow passage way between two rows of
+open coffins, placed close together side by side, and in each coffin was
+a dead man, his flesh dried to a mummy, his clothes all in tatters, and
+his face, though shrivelled and dried up, still preserving enough of the
+human expression to make the spectacle perfectly horrid. When Rollo and
+Minnie reached the place near enough to see what was there, the
+sacristan was moving his candles about over the coffins, one in each
+hand, so as to show the bodies plainly. At the first glance which Minnie
+obtained of this shocking sight, she uttered a scream, and ran up the
+stairs again as fast as she could go.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo followed her, but somewhat more slowly. When he came out into the
+church, he caught a glimpse of Minnie's dress, as she was just making<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span>
+her escape from the door. Rollo would have followed her, but he was
+afraid of losing his uncle George.</p>
+
+<p>When the party, at length, came up from their visit to the dead monks,
+they went to see the sacred staircase. Rollo went with them. The
+staircase seemed to be at the main entrance to the church: the party had
+gone round to a door in the side where they came in.</p>
+
+<p>The sacred stairs occupied the centre of the hall in which they were
+placed. There were on the sides two plain and common flights of stairs,
+for people to go up and down in the usual way. The sacred stairs in the
+centre could only be ascended and descended on the knees.</p>
+
+<p>The side stairs were separated from the central flight by a solid
+balustrade or wall, not very high, so that people who came to see the
+sacred steps could stand on the side steps and look over. The flight of
+sacred steps was very wide, and was built of a richly variegated marble,
+of brown, red, and yellow colors, intermingled together in the stone;
+and some of the stains were said to have been produced by the blood of
+Christ. Here and there, too, on the different steps of the staircase,
+were to be seen little brass plates let into the stone, beneath which
+were small caskets containing sacred relics of various kinds, such as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span>
+small pieces of wood of the true cross, and fragments of the bones of
+saints and apostles. Neither Mr. George nor Rollo took much interest in
+this exhibition; and so, giving the sacristan a small piece of money,
+they went back to their carriage. As Rollo got into the carriage that he
+had come in, he saw that Minnie was seated in hers, and she nodded her
+head when Rollo's carriage moved away, to bid him good by.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George and Rollo passed one or two other very picturesque and
+venerable looking ruins on the way up the river, but they did not stop
+to go and explore any of them. In one place, too, they rode along a sort
+of terrace, where the view over the river, and over the fields and
+vineyards beyond, was perfectly enchanting. Mr. George said he had never
+before seen so beautiful a view. It was at a place where the road had
+been walled up high along the side of a hill, at some distance from the
+river, so that the view from the carriage, as it moved rapidly along,
+extended over the whole valley. The fields and vineyards, the groves and
+orchards, the broad river, the zigzag paths leading up the mountain
+sides, the steamers and canal boats gliding up and down over the surface
+of the water, and the mountains beyond, with the rocky summit of
+Drachenfels, crowned with its castle, towering<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span> among them, combined to
+make the whole picture appear like a scene of enchantment.</p>
+
+<p>The poet Byron described this view in three stanzas, which have been
+read and admired wherever the English language is spoken, and have made
+the name of Drachenfels more familiar to English and American ears than
+the name of almost any other castle on the Rhine.</p>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap"  style="margin-left: 9em;"><b>Drachenfels.</b></span></p>
+
+<div class="poem"><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">The castled crag of Drachenfels<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Frowns o'er the wide and winding Rhine,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Whose breast of waters broadly swells<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Between the banks which bear the vine;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And hills all rich with blossomed trees,<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">And fields which promise corn and wine,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And scattered cities crowning these,<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Whose far white walls along them shine,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Have strewed a scene which I should see<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">With double joy wert <i>thou</i> with me.<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">And peasant girls with deep blue eyes,<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">And hands which offer early flowers,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Walk smiling o'er this paradise;<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Above, the frequent feudal towers<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Through green fields lift their walls of gray;<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">And many a rock which steeply lowers,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And noble arch in proud decay,<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Look o'er this vale of vintage bowers;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">But one thing want these banks of Rhine&mdash;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Thy gentle hand to clasp in mine!<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span><br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">The river nobly foams and flows,<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">The charm of this enchanted ground,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And all its thousand turns disclose<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Some fresher beauty varying round:<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">The haughtiest breast its wish might bound<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Through life to dwell delighted here;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Nor could on earth a spot be found<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">To nature and to me so dear,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Could thy dear eyes in following mine<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Still sweeten more these banks of Rhine.<br /></span>
+</div></div>
+
+<p>In due time, Mr. George and Rollo arrived at Rolandseck, where they were
+received very politely by the landlord of the inn, and introduced to a
+very pleasant room, the windows of which commanded a fine view both of
+Drachenfels and of the river.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/i093.jpg" width="600" height="524" alt="" title="HORSE DRAWN CARRIAGE" />
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="Chapter_VI" id="Chapter_VI"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter VI.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Roland's Tower.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>"And now," said Mr. George, as soon as the porter had put down his trunk
+and gone out of the room, "the first thing to be thought of is dinner."</p>
+
+<p>Rollo was also ready for a dinner, especially for such excellent little
+dinners of beefsteaks, fried potatoes, nice bread and butter, and
+coffee, as his uncle usually ordered. So, after refreshing themselves a
+few minutes in their room, Mr. George and Rollo went down stairs in
+order to go into the dining room to call for a dinner. As they passed
+through the hall, they saw a door there which opened out upon
+beautifully ornamented grounds behind the house. The land ascended very
+suddenly, it is true, but there were broad gravel paths of easy grade to
+go up by; and there were groves, and copses of shrubbery, and blooming
+flowers, in great abundance, on every hand. On looking up, too, Rollo
+saw several seats, at different elevations, where he supposed there must
+be good views.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>While they were standing at this door, looking out upon the grounds, a
+waiter came by, and they told him what they wished to have for dinner.</p>
+
+<p>"Very well," said the waiter; "and where will you have it? You can have
+it in your room, or in the dining room, or in the garden, just as you
+please."</p>
+
+<p>"Let us have it in the garden," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Mr. George, "in the garden."</p>
+
+<p>So the young gentlemen went out into the garden to choose a table and a
+place, while the waiter went to make arrangements for their dinner.</p>
+
+<p>The part of the garden where the seats and the tables were placed was a
+level terrace, not behind the house, but in a line with it, at the end,
+so that it fronted the road, and commanded a very fine view both of the
+road and of the river, as well as of all the people, and carriages, and
+boats that were passing up and down. This terrace was high up above the
+road, being walled up on that side, as I have already described; and
+there was a parapet in front, to prevent people from falling down. This
+parapet was, however, not so high but that Rollo could look over it very
+conveniently, and see all that was passing in the road and on the river
+below. There was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span> a sort of roof, like an awning, over this place, to
+shelter it from the sun and the rain; and there were trees and trellises
+behind, and at the ends, to enclose it, and give it an air of seclusion.
+The trellises were covered with grapevines, on which many clusters of
+grapes were seen, that had already grown quite large. Numerous flower
+pots, containing a great many brilliant flowers all in bloom, were
+placed in various positions, to enliven and adorn the scene. Some were
+on the tables, some on benches behind them, and there were six of the
+finest of them placed at regular intervals upon the parapet, on the side
+towards the street. These last gave the gardens a very attractive
+appearance as seen outside, by people going by in carriages along the
+road, or in boats on the river.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo and Mr. George chose a table that stood near the parapet, in the
+middle of the space between two of the flower pots, and sitting down
+they amused themselves by looking over the wall until the waiter brought
+them their dinner.<a name="FNanchor_9_9" id="FNanchor_9_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_9_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a> The dinner came at length, and the travellers
+immediately, with excellent appetites, commenced eating it.</p>
+
+<p>"Uncle George," said Rollo, in the middle<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span> of the dinner, "my feet are
+getting pretty lame."</p>
+
+<p>"Are they?" said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "I have walked a great deal lately."</p>
+
+<p>"Then," said Mr. George, "you must let them rest. You must go down to
+the river and bathe them in the cool water after dinner, and not walk
+any more to-night."</p>
+
+<p>"But I want to go up to Roland's Tower," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Mr. George, "perhaps you might do that. You can ride up on
+one of the donkeys."</p>
+
+<p>This plan was accordingly agreed to, and as soon as the dinner was ended
+it was put in execution.</p>
+
+<p>The donkeys that were used for the ascent of the hill to Roland's Tower
+were kept standing, all caparisoned, at the foot of the hill, at the
+entrance to a little lane where the pathway commenced. Mr. George and
+Rollo had seen them standing there when they came along the road. The
+place was very near where they were sitting; so that, after finishing
+their dinner, they had only to walk a few steps through the garden, and
+thence out through a back gate, when they found themselves in the lane,
+and the donkeys and the donkey boys all before them.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Mr. George thought that he should prefer to <i>walk</i> up the mountain; but
+Rollo chose a donkey, and with a little assistance from Mr. George he
+mounted into the seat. At first he was afraid that he might fall; for
+the seat, though there was a sort of back to it, as has already been
+described, to keep persons in, seemed rather unsteady, especially when
+the donkey began to move.</p>
+
+<p>"It will not do much harm if I do fall," said Rollo, "for the donkey is
+not much bigger than a calf."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George, who was accustomed to leave Rollo a great deal to himself on
+all occasions, did not stop in this instance to see him set off, but as
+soon as he had got him installed in his seat, began to walk himself up
+the pathway, with long strides, and was soon hid from view among the
+grapevines, at a turn of the road, leaving Rollo to his own resources
+with the donkey and the donkey boy. At first the donkey would not go;
+but the boy soon compelled him to set out, by whipping him with the
+stick, and away they then went, all three together, scrambling up the
+steep path with a rapidity that made it quite difficult for Rollo to
+keep his seat.</p>
+
+<p>The paths leading up these hill sides on the banks of the Rhine are
+entirely different from any mountain paths, or any country roads, of
+any<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span> sort, to be seen in America. In the first place, there is no waste
+land at the margin of them. Just width enough is allowed for two donkeys
+or mules to pass each other, and then the walls which keep up the
+vineyard terrace on the upper side, and enclose the vine plantings on
+the other, come close to the margin of it, on both sides, leaving not a
+foot to spare. The path is made and finished in the most perfect manner.
+It is gravelled hard, so that the rains may not wash it; and it mounts
+by regular zigzags, with seats or resting-places at the turnings, where
+the traveller can stop and enjoy the view. In fact, the paths are as
+complete and perfect as in the nature of the case it is possible for
+them to be made; and well they may be so, for it is perhaps fifteen
+hundred years since they were laid out; and during this long interval,
+fifty generations of vinedressers have worked upon them to improve them
+and to keep them in order. In fact, it is probable that the roads and
+the mountain paths, both in Switzerland and on the Rhine, are more
+ancient than any thing else we see there, except the brooks and
+cascades, or the hills and mountains themselves.</p>
+
+<p>When Rollo had got up about two thirds the height of the hill, he came
+to the pavilion, which you see in the engraving standing on a
+projecting<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span> pinnacle of the rock, a little below the ruin. There was a
+gateway which led to the pavilion, by a sort of private path; but the
+gate was set open, that people might go in. Rollo dismounted from his
+donkey, and went in. His uncle was already there.</p>
+
+<p>It is wholly impossible to describe the view which presented itself from
+this commanding point, both up and down the river, or to give any idea
+of the impression produced upon the minds of our travellers when they
+stood leaning over the balcony, and gazed down to the water below from
+the dizzy height. The pavilion is built of stone, and is secured in the
+most solid and substantial manner, being very far more perfect in its
+construction than the old towers and castles were, whose remains have
+stood upon these mountains so long. It will probably last, therefore,
+longer than they have, and perhaps to the very end of time.</p>
+
+<p>It stands on a pinnacle of basaltic rock, which here projects so as
+actually to overhang its foundations.</p>
+
+<p>The view both up and down the river is inconceivably beautiful and
+grand.</p>
+
+<p>There was no seat in the pavilion, but there was one against the rocks,
+and under the shades of the trees just behind it; and here Mr. George<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span>
+and Rollo sat down to rest a while, after they had looked out from the
+pavilion itself as long as they desired.</p>
+
+<p>"I believe I'll walk up the rest of the way," said Rollo, "and let the
+donkey stay where he is."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, don't you like riding on the donkey?" asked Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "I like to ride, but he don't seem to like to carry
+me very well. Besides, it is not far now to the top."</p>
+
+<p>The path immediately above the pavilion passed out of the region of the
+vineyards, and entered a little thicket of evergreen trees, through
+which it ascended by short zigzags, very steep, until at length it came
+out upon a smooth, grassy mound, which crowned the summit of the
+elevation; and here suddenly the ruin came into view. It was a single
+ruined arch, standing alone on the brink of the hill. The arch was
+evidently, when first built, of the plainest and rudest construction.
+The stones were of basalt, which is a volcanic rock, very permanent and
+durable in character, and as hard almost as iron. The mortar between the
+stones had crumbled away a good deal, but the stones themselves seemed
+unchanged. Mr. George struck his cane against them, and they returned a
+ringing sound, as if they had been made of metal.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Around this arch were the remains of the ancient wall of the building,
+by means of which it was easy to see that the whole edifice must have
+been of very small dimensions, and that it must have been originally
+constructed in a very rude manner. The arch seems to have been intended
+for a door or a window. Probably they took more pains with the
+construction of the arch than they did with the rest of the edifice,
+using larger and better stones for it, and stronger mortar; and this may
+be the reason why this part has stood so long, while the rest has fallen
+down and gone to decay. In fact, it is generally found that the arches
+of ancient edifices are the parts of the masonry which are the last to
+fall.</p>
+
+<p>The opening in the arch looked down the river. Mr. George took his stand
+upon the line of the wall opposite the Island of Nonnenwerth, and said
+that he supposed there must have been another window there.</p>
+
+<p>"Here is where the old knight must have stood," said he, "to look down
+on the island, and the convent where his lost lady was imprisoned."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "he could look right down upon it from here. I wonder
+whether the nun knew that he was up here."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "there is not the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span> least doubt that she did.
+They found out some way to have an understanding together, you may
+depend."</p>
+
+<p>After lingering about the old ruin as long as they wished, our
+travellers came down the hill again as they went up, except that Rollo
+walked all the way. He was afraid to ride on the donkey going down, for
+fear that he should fall.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo went down to the river side, and taking off his stockings and
+shoes, bathed his feet in the stream. While he was there a great boat
+came by, towed by two horses that walked along the bank. The rope,
+however, by which the horses drew the boat was fastened, not to the side
+of the boat, as is common with us on canals, but to the top of the mast,
+so that it was carried high in the air, and it passed over Rollo's head
+without disturbing him at all. They always have the tow ropes fastened
+to the top of the mast on the Rhine, because the banks are in some
+places so high that a rope lying low would not draw.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo remained on the bank of the river some time, and then he put on
+his shoes and stockings and went up into his room. He found that his
+uncle George was seated at the table, with pen, ink, and paper out, and
+was busy writing letters.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Uncle George," said Rollo, "what shall I do now?"</p>
+
+<p>"Let me think," said Mr. George. Then after a moment's reflection, he
+added, "I should like to have you take a sheet of paper, and draw this
+little table up to the window, and take your seat there, and look out,
+and whenever you see any thing remarkable, write down what it is on the
+paper."</p>
+
+<p>"What shall you do with it when I have got it done?" said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll tell you that when it <i>is</i> done," replied Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"But perhaps I shall not see any thing remarkable," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Then," said Mr. George, "you will not have any thing to write. You will
+in that case only sit and look out of the window."</p>
+
+<p>"Very well," said Rollo, "I will do it. But will it do just as well for
+me to go down to the terrace, and do it there?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "just as well."</p>
+
+<p>So Rollo took out his portfolio and his pocket pen and inkstand, and
+went down to the terrace, and there he sat for nearly two hours watching
+what was going by, and making out his catalogue of the remarkable
+things. At the end of about two hours, Mr. George, having finished his
+letters<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span> came down to see how Rollo was getting along. Rollo showed him
+his list, and Mr. George was quite pleased with it. In the course of the
+evening Rollo made several additions to it; and when at length it was
+completed, it read as follows.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 548px;">
+<img src="images/i105.jpg" width="548" height="600" alt="" title="IN THE WOODS" />
+</div>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="Chapter_VII" id="Chapter_VII"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter VII.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Rollo's List.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p><i>Remarkable Things seen from the Terrace of the Hotel at Rolandseck, by
+Rollo H., Saturday Evening, August 29.</i></p>
+
+<p>1. An elegant steamer, painted green. Her name is the <i>Schiller</i>. She is
+going up the river.</p>
+
+<p>2. Another steamer, the <i>K&oelig;nig</i>. Ladies and gentlemen on the deck,
+under an awning.</p>
+
+<p>3. I can see the ruins of Drachenfels with my spy glass, and the inn
+near the top of the mountain, painted white. I have been trying to find
+the path, to see if I could see any donkeys going up; but I cannot find
+it.</p>
+
+<p>4. A boat with some men and women in it putting off from the landing
+just above here. They are going down the stream. The current carries
+them down very fast. I think they are going over to the island.</p>
+
+<p>No, they are going away down the river.</p>
+
+<p>5. A great steamer coming <i>down</i>, with flags and banners flying.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Now she has gone by, only I can see the smoke from her smoke pipe behind
+the point of land.</p>
+
+<p>6. The nuns are taking a walk under the trees on the island. Some of the
+girls of the school are going with them. The nuns are dressed in black,
+with bonnets partly black and partly white. The girls are dressed in
+pink, all alike. They are laughing and frolicking on the grass, as they
+go along. The nuns walk along quietly. The girls are having an excellent
+good time.</p>
+
+<p>They are walking away down to the end of the island. The walk that they
+are going in is bordered by a row of poplar trees.</p>
+
+<p>7. A procession of pilgrims going up to Remagen. At least, the waiter
+says they are pilgrims. They are in two rows, one on each side of the
+road, so that there is room for the carriages to pass along between
+them. They are dressed very queerly, like peasants. The girls and women
+go first, and the men come afterwards. The women have baskets, with
+something to eat in them, I suppose. The men have nothing. There is one
+man at the head, who carries a crucifix, with a wreath of flowers over
+it, on the top of the pole. They sing as they go along, and keep step to
+the music. First, the women<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span> sing a few words, and then the men sing in
+response. It is a very strange sight.</p>
+
+<p>8. A very swift steamer, with a great many gentlemen and ladies on
+board. It has gone down on the other side of the island.</p>
+
+<p>9. I hear guns firing down the river.</p>
+
+<p>10. A man is going by with a very long and queer-shaped wheelbarrow, and
+there is a dog harnessed to it before to draw, while he pushes it
+behind.</p>
+
+<p>11. More guns firing down the river. A steamer is coming into view, with
+a great many flags and banners flying. The guns that I heard are on
+board that steamer.</p>
+
+<p>The waiter says it is a company of students, from the university at
+Bonn, coming up on a frolic.</p>
+
+<p>12. The steamer with the students is going by. There is a band of music
+on board, playing beautifully.</p>
+
+<p>13. The steamer has stopped just above here, and all the students are
+going on shore.</p>
+
+<p>14. The students have formed into a company on the beach, and they are
+marching up, with banners flying and music playing, to the terrace of a
+hotel, just above here.</p>
+
+<p>15. The steamer has gone away up the river, and left them. There are
+five or six small boats<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span> on the shore at the landing, with boatmen
+standing by them, waiting to be hired. I mean to ask uncle George to let
+me go and take a sail in one of them on Monday.</p>
+
+<p>16. I can see the students by leaning over the parapet and looking
+through my spy glass. They are sitting at the tables under the trees on
+the terrace, smoking pipes and drinking something. They have very funny
+looking caps on.</p>
+
+<p>17. A tow boat coming up the river. It is drawn by two horses, that walk
+along the road. The boat has a roof over it instead of a deck, and it
+looks like a floating house with a family in it.</p>
+
+<p>18. A steamer coming up&mdash;the <i>Wilhelm</i>. She came up the other side of
+the island.</p>
+
+<p>19. A small boat going away from the landing. It is rowed by one man,
+with one oar, which he works near the bow on the starboard side. He has
+set the helm hard a-port, and tied it there, and that keeps his boat
+from being pulled round. I never thought of that way before.</p>
+
+<p>There is a woman and a child in the stern of the boat.</p>
+
+<p>20. There is a man eating his supper on the parapet below me, in front
+of the road. A girl has brought it to him in a basket. The man<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span> seems to
+be a boatman, and I think the girl is his daughter. She has a tin tea
+kettle with something to drink in it, and she pours it out into a mug as
+fast as the man wants it to drink. There is also some bread, which she
+breaks and gives him as fast as he wants it. There is a little child
+standing by, and the man stops now and then to play with her.</p>
+
+<p>Now there is another man that has come and sat down by the side of him;
+and a woman has brought him his supper in a basket. I think it is his
+wife.</p>
+
+<p>21. A long raft is coming down the river. It is very long indeed. It is
+made of logs and boards. There are twenty-two men on it, thirteen at the
+front end, and nine at the back end. They have got two monstrous great
+oars out; one of these oars runs out at the front end of the raft, and
+the other at the back end, and the men are rowing. There are six men
+taking hold of each of these oars and working them, trying to row the
+raft more into the middle of the river.</p>
+
+<p>There is a small house on the middle of the raft, and a fire in a large
+flat box near the door of it. I should think it would set the raft on
+fire. This fire is for cooking, I suppose, for there is a kettle hanging
+over it.</p>
+
+<p>22. Now the students are singing a song.</p>
+
+<p>23. There is a great fleet of large boats<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span> coming up the river, with a
+steamboat at the head of them. They come very slowly.</p>
+
+<p>24. The students have finished their drinking and smoking, and are
+beginning to come out into the road. They are walking about there and
+frolicking.</p>
+
+<p>25. The great fleet of boats have come up so that I can see them. They
+are great canal boats, towed by a steamer. There are seven of them in
+all. The steamer has hard work to get them along against the current. It
+is just as much as she can do.</p>
+
+<p>26. Four of the students are getting into a small boat. One of them has
+a flag. Now they are putting off from the shore. They are going out to
+take a sail.</p>
+
+<p>27. The fleet of boats is now just opposite to the window.</p>
+
+<p>28. A large open carriage, with a family in it, is riding by. There is a
+trunk on behind; so I suppose they are travellers, going to see the
+Rhine.</p>
+
+<p>29. Three of the students are walking by here. One of them&mdash;the middle
+one&mdash;is so tipsy that he cannot walk straight, and the others are taking
+hold of his arms and holding him up. I suppose they are going to see if
+they cannot walk him sober.</p>
+
+<p>They have gone off away down the road.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>30. Here comes an elegant carriage and two outriders. The outriders are
+dressed in a sort of uniform, and they are riding on horseback a little
+way before the carriage. They go very fast. There is a gentleman and a
+lady in the carriage.</p>
+
+<p>Now they have gone by.</p>
+
+<p>31. Several parties of students have gone by, to take a walk down the
+road. Some of them are walking along very steadily, but there are
+several that look pretty tipsy.</p>
+
+<p>Here are three or four of them coming back, riding the donkeys. They are
+singing and laughing, and making a great deal of fun.</p>
+
+<p>32. Here is a family of poor peasants coming down the river. They look
+very poor. The woman has a very queer cap on. She has one child strapped
+across her back, and she is leading another. There is a man and a large
+boy. They have packs on their backs. I wonder if they are not emigrants
+going to America.</p>
+
+<p>33. One of the students has got hurt. I can see him down the road
+limping. There are two other students with him, helping him.</p>
+
+<p>They are going to bring him home. They have taken a cane, and are
+holding it across between them, and he is sitting on it and putting his
+arms about their necks. Each student holds<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span> one end of the cane, and so
+they are bringing him along.</p>
+
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 590px;">
+<img src="images/i113.jpg" width="590" height="600" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE STUDENTS.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<p>The cane has broken, and let the lame student fall down.</p>
+
+<p>They have got another cane, stronger, and now they are carrying him
+again.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Now they are stopping to rest right opposite to this house. They have
+changed hands, and are now carrying him again.</p>
+
+<p>34. Here is a woman coming along up the river drawing a small boat. She
+has a band over her shoulders, and a long line attached to it, and the
+other end of the line is fastened to the mast of the small boat. There
+is a man in the boat steering. I think the man ought to come to the
+shore and draw, and let the woman stay in the boat and steer, for it
+seems very hard work to pull the boat along.</p>
+
+<p>35. A boat with two women in it, and a man to row, is going across the
+river to the Nuns' Island. Now they are landing. The women are walking
+up towards the nunnery, under the trees, and the man is fastening his
+boat.</p>
+
+<p>36. The students are gathering on the landing. I think that, perhaps,
+they are going back to Bonn in small boats. It is beginning to be dark,
+and time for them to go home.<a name="FNanchor_10_10" id="FNanchor_10_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_10_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a> Yes, they are crowding into two or
+three boats. The boats are getting very full. If they are not careful
+they will upset.</p>
+
+
+<p>The boats are pushing off from the shore.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span> There are three boats, with
+two flags flying in each. They are drifting out into the current. The
+students have got one or two oars out, but they are not rowing much. The
+current carries them down fast enough without rowing.</p>
+
+<p>37. I can hear the bells ringing or tolling, away down the river, the
+air is so still. I think it must be the bells of Bonn.</p>
+
+<p>38. The students' boats are all drifting down just opposite our windows.
+They are going sidewise, and backwards, and every way, and are all
+entangled together. The students on board are calling out to one
+another, and laughing, and having a great time. Some of them are trying
+to sing, but the rest will not listen. If they are not very careful they
+will upset some of those boats before they get to Bonn.</p>
+
+<p>39. Here comes a carriage driving slowly down the road, with four
+students in it. Two of them are hanging down their heads and holding
+them with their hands, as if they had dreadful headaches. They look very
+sick. The other two students seem pretty well. I suppose they are going
+in the carriage with the sick ones to take care of them.</p>
+
+<p>It is getting too dark for me to see any more<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="Chapter_VIII" id="Chapter_VIII"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter VIII.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">A Sabbath on the Rhine.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>About eight o'clock the next morning, Mr. George and Rollo went up among
+the gardens behind the hotel, and after ascending for some time, they
+came at length to a seat in a bower which commanded a very fine view,
+and here they sat down.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George took a small Bible out of his pocket, and opened it at the
+book of the Acts, and began to read. He continued to read for half an
+hour or more, and to explain to Rollo what he read about. Rollo was very
+much interested in the stories of what the apostles did in their first
+efforts for planting Christianity, and of the toils and dangers which
+they encountered, and the sufferings which they endured.</p>
+
+<p>At length, after finishing the reading, Mr. George proposed that they
+should go down to breakfast.</p>
+
+<p>So they went down the winding walks again which led to the inn. There
+they found, on the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span> front side of the house, a very pleasant dining
+room, with tables set in it, some large and some small. Mr. George and
+Rollo took their seats at a small front table near a window, where they
+could look out over the water. Here a waiter came to them, and they told
+him what they would have for breakfast.</p>
+
+<p>"I will have a beefsteak," said Mr. George, "and my nephew will have an
+omelet. We should like some fried potatoes too, and some coffee."</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Ja</i>,<a name="FNanchor_11_11" id="FNanchor_11_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_11_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a> monsieur," said the waiter. "Let us see. You will have one
+bifstek, one omelet, two fried potatoes, and two caffys."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Varry well," said the waiter. "It shall be ready in fiveteen minutes."</p>
+
+<p>So the waiter went away.</p>
+
+<p>"We shall want more than two fried potatoes," said Rollo, looking very
+serious.</p>
+
+<p>"O, he means two portions," replied Mr. George; "that is to say, enough
+for two people. He will bring us plenty, you may depend."</p>
+
+<p>Rollo and Mr. George sat by the window in the dining room until the
+breakfast was brought in. Besides the things which they had called for,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span>
+the waiter brought them some rolls of very nice and tender bread, and
+some delicious butter. He also brought a large plate full of fried
+potatoes, and the beefsteak which came for Mr. George was very juicy and
+rich. The omelet which Rollo had chosen for his principal dish was
+excellent too. He made an exchange with Mr. George, giving him a piece
+of his omelet, and taking a part of the steak. Thus they ate their
+breakfast very happily together, looking out the window from time to
+time to see the steamboats and the carriages go by, and to view the
+magnificent scenery of the opposite shores.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll tell you what it is, Rollo," said Mr. George; "people may say what
+they please about the castles and the ruins on the Rhine&mdash;I think that
+the inns and breakfasts on the Rhine are by no means to be despised."</p>
+
+<p>"I think so too," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>When they had nearly finished their breakfast, Mr. George asked the
+waiter what churches there were in the neighborhood. The waiter said
+there was a church on the Island of Nonnenwerth, belonging to the
+convent, and that there was another up the river a few miles, at the
+village of Remagen.</p>
+
+<p>"We might go over to the island this morning, and up to Remagen this
+afternoon," said Mr. George, "only you are too lame to walk so far."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"No, sir," said Rollo, decidedly; "my feet are well to-day. I can walk
+as well as not."</p>
+
+<p>A few minutes after this, the waiter came to tell Mr. George that the
+master of the hotel was himself going over to the convent to attend
+church, and that he and Rollo could go in the same boat if they pleased.
+The boat would go at about a quarter before ten.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George said that he should like this arrangement very much; and
+accordingly, at the appointed time, he and Rollo set out from the inn in
+company with the landlord. They walked along the road a short distance,
+and then went down a flight of steps that led to the landing. Here there
+was a number of boats drawn up upon the beach. One of them had a boatman
+in attendance upon it, waiting for the company that he was to take over
+to the island.</p>
+
+<p>Besides the landlord and his two guests, there were two or three girls
+waiting on the beach, who seemed to be going over too. All these people
+got into the boat, and then the boatman, after embarking himself, pushed
+it off from the shore.</p>
+
+<p>It was a very pleasant summer morning, and Rollo had a delightful sail
+in going over to the island. Mr. George and the landlord talked together
+nearly all the way; but Rollo did not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span> listen much to their
+conversation, as he could not understand the landlord very well,
+notwithstanding that the language which he used was English. He was
+seated next to the girls; but he did not speak to them, as he felt sure
+that they did not know any language but German. So he amused himself
+with looking at the hills on the shore, and at the gardens and vineyards
+which adorned them, and in tracing out the zigzag paths which led up to
+the arbors and summer houses, and to the ancient ruins. He attempted at
+one time to look down into the water by the side of the boat, to see if
+he could see any fishes; but the water of the Rhine is very turbid, and
+he could not see down into it at all.</p>
+
+<p>At length the boat came to the land in a little cove on the side of the
+island, where there was a sandy beach, under the shade of some ancient
+trees. There was a path leading from this place up towards the convent.
+The party in the boat landed, and began to walk up this path. Mr. George
+and the landlord were first, and Rollo came next.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 551px;">
+<img src="images/i121.jpg" width="551" height="600" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE NUN.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<p>The little path that they were walking in came out into another which
+led along among the fields that extended down the island. There was a
+nun coming up this path, leading one of the schoolgirls. It seems they
+had been to take a walk. The nun had her face shaded by a large cap, or
+bonnet, with, a veil over it; and though she looked pale, her
+countenance had a very gentle expression, and was very beautiful. She<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span>
+bowed to the party that was coming up from the boat, and went on before
+them to the church.</p>
+
+
+<p>"I wonder whether she is happy," thought Rollo to himself, "in living on
+this island, a nun. I wish I knew where her father and mother live, and
+how she came to be here, such a beautiful young lady."</p>
+
+<p>This nun was indeed very beautiful, though she was an exception to the
+general rule, for nuns are often very plain.</p>
+
+<p>The church formed a part of the convent building. It was, in fact, only
+a small chapel, built in a wing of the convent, with a little cupola and
+a bell over it. The bell was ringing when the party from the boat went
+up towards the edifice. On entering Rollo found that the room was very
+small. At the upper end was a platform, with an altar and a crucifix at
+the farther end of it. The altar had very tall candles upon it, and
+several bouquets of flowers. The candles were lighted.</p>
+
+<p>Below the platform, in the place where the congregation would usually
+be, there were two rows of seats, like pews, with small benches before
+each seat to kneel upon, and also a support to lean upon in time of
+prayer. These seats were very few, and there were but few people sitting
+on them. The people that were there<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span> seemed to be the servants of the
+convent. Mr. George and Rollo, and the people that came with them, were
+the only strangers. Rollo looked around for the nuns and for the girls
+of the school, but they were nowhere to be seen.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as Rollo had taken his seat, he observed that, though there was
+no minister or priest at the altar, the service was going on. He could
+hear a female voice, which appeared to issue from some place in a
+gallery behind him, out of view, reading what seemed to be verses from
+the Bible, in a very sweet and plaintive tone, and at the close of each
+verse all the people in the congregation below would say something in a
+responding voice together.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you suppose that that is one of the nuns?" whispered Rollo to his
+uncle.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "probably it is."</p>
+
+<p>"This is a Catholic church, is it not?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "almost all the churches on the Rhine are
+Catholic churches; and nunneries are <i>always</i> Catholic."</p>
+
+<p>Rollo said no more, but attended to the service.</p>
+
+<p>There was nothing that was said or done that Rollo could at all
+understand; and yet the scene itself was invested with a certain
+solemnity<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span> which produced a strong and quite salutary impression on his
+mind. By and by a priest, dressed in his pontifical robes, came in by a
+side door, and taking his place before the altar, with an attendant
+kneeling behind him, or by his side, went through a great number of
+ceremonies, of which Rollo understood nothing from beginning to end. Mr.
+George, however, explained the general nature of the performance to him
+that afternoon when they were walking up the river to Remagen, in a
+conversation which I shall relate in due time.</p>
+
+<p>The service was concluded in about an hour, and then the congregation
+was dismissed. All but the party that came in the boat went out by a
+side door which led into the other apartments of the convent. The boat
+party went down to the shore, and getting into the boat were rowed back
+across the water.</p>
+
+<p>After dinner, Mr. George and Rollo set out to walk up the river to
+Remagen, in order to attend church there. It was during this walk that
+they had the conversation I have referred to on the subject of the
+service which they had witnessed in the little chapel at the nunnery.</p>
+
+<p>"You must understand," said Mr. George, "that the nature and design of
+the ceremonies of public worship in a Protestant and in a Catholic<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span>
+church are essentially and totally distinct. The Protestants meet to
+offer up their common prayers and supplications to God, and to listen to
+the instructions which the minister gives them in respect to their
+duties. The Catholics, on the other hand, meet to have a sacrifice
+performed, as an atonement for their sins. The Protestants think that
+all the atonement which is necessary for the sins of the whole world has
+already been made by the sufferings and death of Christ. The Catholics
+think that a new sacrifice must be made for them from time to time by
+the priest; and they come together to kneel before the altar while he
+makes it, in order that they may have a share in the benefits of it.
+Thus the Protestant comes to church to hear something said; the Catholic
+to witness something done. This is one reason, in fact, why the Catholic
+churches may very properly be enormously large. The people who assemble
+in them do not come to hear, so much as to see, or rather to be present
+and know what is going on, and to take part in it in heart.</p>
+
+<p>"The great thing that is done," continued Mr. George, "is the receiving
+of the communion, that is, of the bread and wine of the Lord's supper,
+which they suppose is renewing the sacrifice of Christ, for the benefit
+of those who are present<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span> at the ceremony. Did you see the man who was
+kneeling at the foot of the steps of the altar while the priest was
+performing, and who brought two little silver vessels, out of which he
+poured something into the priest's cup?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo. "The silver vessels were on a little shelf at first,
+at the side of the altar, and he went at the proper time and kneeled
+with them by the side of the priest, until the priest was ready to take
+them."</p>
+
+<p>"One of these vessels," continued Mr. George, "contained wine, the other
+water. When the priest held his large silver cup out to him, the man
+poured some of the wine into it."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo. "And I saw the priest wiping out the cup very
+carefully, with a large white napkin, before he held it out for the
+wine."</p>
+
+<p>"True," said Mr. George. "When he took the wine in his cup, it was
+common wine, in its natural state; but afterwards, by being consecrated
+to the service of the mass, it was changed, they all believe, into the
+blood of Christ. It looked, they knew, just as it did before; but though
+it thus still retained all the appearance of wine, they believe that it
+became really and truly the blood of Christ, and that the priest in
+drinking it would make a sacrifice of Christ<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span> anew for the salvation of
+the souls of those who should witness and join in the ceremony.</p>
+
+<p>"In the same manner a small round piece of bread, shaped like a large
+wafer, when consecrated by the priest's prayers, becomes, they think,
+really and truly the body of Christ; and the priest by eating it
+performs a sacrifice, just as he does by drinking the wine. When he has
+consecrated this wafer, he holds it up for a moment, that the people may
+look upon it; and they, in looking upon it, think they see a portion of
+the true body of Christ, which is about to be offered up by the priest
+as a sacrifice for their sins."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "I remember when he held up the wafer. I did not know
+what it was."</p>
+
+<p>"Did you not see that all the people bowed their heads just then,"
+rejoined Mr. George, "and said something to themselves in a very
+reverent manner."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "but I did not understand what it meant."</p>
+
+<p>"Thus you see," continued Mr. George, "that the essential thing at a
+Catholic service like this, as they regard it, is the eating of the body
+and the drinking of the blood of Jesus Christ, as a new sacrifice for
+the sins of the people who are present and consenting in heart to the
+ceremony.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span> There are a great many subordinate operations and rites. The
+assistant goes back and forth a great many times from one side of the
+altar to the other, stopping to bow and kneel every time he passes the
+crucifix. The priest makes a great deal of ceremony of wiping out the
+cup before he receives the wine. Then there is a long service, which he
+reads in a low voice, and there are many prayers which he offers, and he
+turns to various passages of the Scriptures, and reads portions here and
+there. The people do not hear any thing that he says and does, nor is it
+necessary, according to their ideas of the service, that they should do
+so; for they know very well that the priest is consecrating the bread or
+the wine, and changing it into the body and the blood of Christ, in
+order that it may be ready for the sacrifice. Then, when the wine is
+changed, the priest drinks it in a very solemn manner, raising it to his
+lips three several times, so as to take it in three portions. Then he
+holds the cup out to his assistant again, who pours a little water into
+it from his other vessel; and the priest then, after moving the cup
+round and round, to be sure that the water mixes itself well with the
+wine which was left on the inner service of the cup, drinks that too. He
+does this in order to make sure that no portion of the precious blood
+remains in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span> the cup. He then wipes it out carefully with his napkin, and
+puts it away."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "I saw all those things. And after he had got
+through, he covered the cup with a cloth, embroidered with gold, and
+carried it away."</p>
+
+<p>"And after that," continued Rollo, "the assistant, with an extinguisher
+on the top of a tall pole, put out the candles, and then <i>he</i> went
+away."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, and so the service was concluded.</p>
+
+<p>"Thus you see," continued Mr. George, "that for all that the people come
+for, to such a service as that, it was not necessary that they should
+hear at all. There was not any thing to be <i>said to</i> them. There was
+only something to be <i>done for</i> them; and so long as it was done, and
+done properly, they standing by and consenting, it was not of much
+consequence whether they could see and hear or not. So the priest turned
+his face away from them towards the altar; and when he had any thing to
+say, he spoke the words in a very low and inaudible voice."</p>
+
+<p>"It is impossible," said Rollo, after a short pause, "that the wine
+should become blood, and the wafer flesh, while they yet look just as
+they did before."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span><br /></p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/i130.jpg" width="600" height="381" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE EMIGRANTS.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"True," said Mr. George, "it seems impossible to us, who hear of it for
+the first time, after we have grown up to years of discretion; but that
+does not prevent its being honestly believed by people that have been
+taught to consider it true from their earliest infancy."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you suppose the priests themselves believe it?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "a great many of them undoubtedly do. We find,
+it is true, every where, that the most intelligent and well educated men
+will continue, all their lives, to believe very strange things, provided
+they were taught to believe them when they were very young; and
+provided, also, that their worldly interests are in any way concerned in
+their continuing to believe them."</p>
+
+<p>Just at this time, Rollo's attention was attracted to what seemed to be
+an encampment on the roadside at a little distance before them. It was a
+family of emigrants that were going down the river, and had stopped to
+rest. The horses had been unharnessed, and were eating, and the wagon
+was surrounded with a family consisting of men, women, and children, who
+were sitting on the bank taking their suppers. Rollo wished very much
+that he understood German, so as to go and talk with them. But he did
+not, and so<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span> he contented himself with wishing them <i>guten abend</i>, which
+means good evening, as he went by.</p>
+
+<p>He went on after this, without any farther adventure, to the village,
+and after attending church there, he returned with his uncle down along
+the bank of the river to the hotel.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 508px;">
+<img src="images/i133.jpg" width="508" height="600" alt="" title="ON THE BEACH" />
+</div>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="Chapter_IX" id="Chapter_IX"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter IX.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Ehrenbreitstein.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>The people of the Rhine have not allowed all the old castles to go to
+ruin. Some have been carefully preserved from age to age, and never
+allowed to go out of repair. Others that had gone to decay, or had been
+destroyed in the wars, have been repaired and rebuilt in modern times,
+and are now in better condition than ever.</p>
+
+<p>Some of the strongholds that have thus been restored are now great
+fortresses, held by the governors of the states and kingdoms that border
+on the river; others of them are fitted up as summer residences for the
+persons, whether princes or private people, that happen to own them.
+About midway between the beginning and the end of the mountainous region
+of the Rhine is a place where there are two very important works of this
+kind. One of them is far the largest and most important of all on the
+river. This is the Castle of Ehrenbreitstein. Ehrenbreitstein is not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span>
+only a very strong and important fortification, but it guards a very
+important point.</p>
+
+<p>This point is the place where the River Moselle, one of the principal
+branches of the Rhine, comes in. The valley of the Moselle is a very
+rich and fertile one, and in proportion to its extent is almost as
+valuable as that of the Rhine. The junction of the two rivers is the
+place for defending both of these valleys, and has consequently, in all
+ages of the world, been a very important post. The Romans built a town
+here, in the days of Julius C&aelig;sar, and the town has continued to the
+present day. It is called Coblenz. The Romans named it originally
+<i>Confluentes</i>, which means the <i>confluence</i>; and this name, in the
+course of ages, has gradually become changed to Coblenz.</p>
+
+<p>Coblenz is built on a three-cornered piece of flat land, exactly on the
+point where the two rivers come together. There is a bridge over the
+mouth of the Moselle where it comes into the Rhine, and another over the
+Rhine itself. The bridge over the Moselle is of stone, and was built a
+great many hundred years ago. That over the Rhine is what is called a
+bridge of boats.</p>
+
+<p>A row of large and solid boats is anchored in the river, side by side,
+with their heads up the stream, and then the bridge is made by a
+plat<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span>form which extends across from boat to boat, across the whole
+breadth of the stream.</p>
+
+<p>Near the Coblenz side of the bridge there are two or three lengths of it
+which can be taken out when necessary, in order to let the steamers, or
+rafts, or tow boats, that may be coming up or down the river, pass
+through. Rollo was very much interested, while he remained at Coblenz,
+in looking out from the windows of his hotel, which faced the river, and
+seeing them open this bridge, to let the steamers and vessels pass
+through. A length of the bridge, consisting sometimes of <i>two</i> boats
+with the platform over it, and sometimes of <i>three</i>, would separate from
+the others, and float down the stream until it cleared itself from the
+rest of the bridge, and then would move by some mysterious means to one
+side, and so make an opening. Then, when the steamer, or whatever else
+it was, had passed through, the detached portion of the bridge would
+come back again slowly and carefully to its place.</p>
+
+<p>Of course all the travel on the bridge would be interrupted during this
+operation; but as soon as the connection was again restored, the streams
+of people would immediately begin to move again over the bridge, as
+before.</p>
+
+<p>Across the bridge, on the heights upon the other side, Rollo could see
+the great Castle of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span> Ehrenbreitstein, together with an innumerable
+multitude of walls, parapets, bastions, towers, battlements, and other
+constructions pertaining to such a work.</p>
+
+<p>One day Mr. George and Rollo went over to see this fortress. They were
+stopped a few minutes at the bridge, by a steamer going through. There
+was a large company of soldiers stopped too, part of the garrison of
+Ehrenbreitstein that had been over to attend a parade on the public
+square at Coblenz, and were now going home, so that Rollo was not sorry
+for the detention, as it gave him a fine opportunity to see the
+soldiers, and to examine the Prussian uniform. It consisted of a blue
+frock coat and white trousers, with an elegant brass-mounted helmet for
+a cap.</p>
+
+<p>The way up to the castle was by a long and winding road, built up
+artificially on arches of solid masonry. This road was every where
+overlooked by walls, with portholes and embrasures for cannon, and all
+along it, at short distances, were immense gateways exceedingly massive
+and strong, which could all be shut in time of siege. When Mr. George
+and Rollo reached the top of the castle, they found a great esplanade
+there, surrounded with buildings for barracks, and for the storing of
+arms and provisions. The view<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span> from this esplanade was magnificent
+beyond description. You could see far up and down the River Rhine, and
+far <i>up</i> the Moselle, while all Coblenz, and the two bridges, and the
+town below the castle, and three other immense forts that stood on the
+other side of the river, were directly beneath.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo went into some of the barracks, and also up to the top of the
+buildings. The buildings were all arched over above, and covered with
+earth ten feet deep, with grass growing on the top. The men were mowing
+this grass when Mr. George and Rollo were there. The object of this
+earth on the roofs of the buildings is to prevent the bombshells of the
+enemy from breaking down through the roofs and killing the men.</p>
+
+<p>On the afternoon of the same day that Mr. George and Rollo visited
+Ehrenbreitstein, they went up the river a few miles in a boat to see a
+smaller castle, which has been repaired and changed into a private
+residence. The name of it is Stoltzenfels. They rode up the mountain
+that this castle was built upon on donkeys. The road was very good, but
+the place was so steep that it was necessary to make it twist and turn,
+in winding its way up, in the most extraordinary manner. In one place it
+actually went over itself by an arched bridge thrown across<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span> the ravine.
+In fact, this path was just like a corkscrew.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo was exceedingly delighted with the castle of Stoltzenfels. A man
+who was there conducted him and his uncle, together with a small company
+of other visitors who arrived at the same time, all over it. It would be
+impossible to describe it, there were so many curious courts, and
+towers, and winding passage ways, and little gardens, and terraces, all
+built in a sort of nest among the rocks, of the most irregular and
+wildest character.</p>
+
+<p>The rooms were all beautifully finished and furnished, and they were
+full of old relics of feudal times. The floors were of polished oak, and
+the visitors, when walking over them, wore over their boots and shoes
+great slippers made of felt, which were provided there for the purpose.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 358px;">
+<img src="images/i139.jpg" width="358" height="400" alt="" title="RELIC" />
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="Chapter_X" id="Chapter_X"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter X.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Rollo's Letter.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>At one place where Mr. George and Rollo stopped to spend a night, Rollo
+wrote a letter to Jenny. It was as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p class="author">
+<span class="smcap">St. Goar on the Rhine.</span>}<br />
+<i>Friday Evening.</i>       }<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Dear Jenny</span>: We have got into a very lonely place. I did not know there
+was such a lonely place on the Rhine. The name of it is St. Goar; but
+they pronounce it St. <i>Gwar</i>. The river is shut in closely by the
+mountains on both sides, and also above and below; so that it seems as
+if we were in a very deep valley, with a pond of water in the bottom of
+it.</p>
+
+<p>Away across the river is a long row of white houses, crowded in between
+the edge of the water and the mountain. On the mountain above is an old
+ruined castle, called the Cat. There is another old ruin a few miles
+below, called the Mouse. I can see both of these ruins from my windows.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>There is a little town on this side of the village too. We went out this
+morning to see it. It is very small, and the streets are very narrow. We
+came to the queerest old church you ever saw. It was all entangled up
+with other buildings, and there were so many arches, and flights of
+steps, and various courts all around it, that it was a long time before
+we could find out where the door was.</p>
+
+<p>While we were looking about, a little girl came up and asked us
+something. We supposed she asked us whether we wished to see the church;
+so we said <i>Ja</i>, and then she ran away. Presently we saw a boy coming
+along, and he asked us something, and we said <i>Ja</i>; and then <i>he</i> ran
+away. We did not know what they meant by going away; but the fact was,
+they went to find some men who kept the keys. It seems there are two men
+who keep keys, and the girl went for one and the boy for the other; and
+so, after we had waited about five minutes under an arch which led to an
+old door, <i>two</i> men came with keys to let us in. Uncle George paid them
+both, because he said the second man that came looked disappointed. He
+paid the girl and the boy too; so he had four persons to pay; and when
+we got in, we found that it was nothing but a Protestant church, after
+all. I like the Catholic<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span> churches the best. They are a great deal the
+funniest.</p>
+
+<p>We went to see the Catholic church afterwards. There was a monstrous old
+gallery all on one side of the church, and none on the other. Then there
+was an organ away up in a loft, and all sorts of old images and statues.
+I never saw such an old looking place.</p>
+
+<p>As we walked along the streets, or rather the pathways between the
+houses, we could see the rocks and mountains away up over our heads,
+almost hanging over the town. They are very pretty rocks, being all
+green, with grapevines and bushes.</p>
+
+<p>Close by the town too, up a long and very steep path, is a monstrous old
+ruin. The name of it is Rheinfels. I can see it from the balcony of my
+windows. Besides, uncle George and I went up to it this afternoon. It is
+nothing but old walls, and arches, and dark dungeons, all tumbling down.
+There was a little fence and a gate across the entrance, and the gate
+was locked. But there was a man who asked us something in German; but we
+could see it all just as well without going in; so we said <i>Nein</i>, which
+means no.</p>
+
+<p>They say that a great many years ago the French took this castle, and
+then, to prevent its doing the enemy any good forever afterwards,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span> they
+put a great deal of gunpowder into the cellars, and blew it up. I did
+not care much about the old ruins, but I should have liked very well to
+have seen them blow it up.</p>
+
+<p>The waiter has just come to call us to go out and hear the echo, and so
+I must go. I will tell you about it afterwards.</p>
+
+<p>The man played on a trumpet down on the bank of the river, and we could
+hear the echo from the rocks and mountains on the other side. He also
+fired a gun two or three times. After the gun was fired, for a few
+minutes all was still; but then there came back a sharp crack from the
+other shore, and then a long, rumbling sound from up the river and down
+the river, like a peal of distant thunder.</p>
+
+<p>It is a gloomy place here after all, and I shall be glad when I get out
+of it; for the river is down in the bottom of such a deep gorge, that we
+cannot see out any where. There are some old castles about on the hills,
+and they look pretty enough at a distance; but when you get near them
+they are nothing but old walls all tumbling down. The vineyards are not
+pretty either. They are all on terraces kept up by long stone walls; and
+when you are down on the river, and look up to them, you cannot see any
+thing but the walls, with the edge of the vineyards, like a little
+green<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span> fringe, along on the top. But there is no great loss in this, for
+the vineyards are not pretty when you can see them. They look just like
+fields full of beans growing on short poles.</p>
+
+<p>I shall be glad when we get out of this place; but uncle George says he
+is going to stay here all day to-morrow, to write letters and to bring
+up his journal. But never mind; I can have a pretty good time sitting on
+the steps that go down to the water, and seeing the vessels, and
+steamboats, and rafts go by.</p>
+
+<p class="center">Your affectionate cousin,</p>
+
+<p class="author"><span class="smcap">Rollo.</span></p>
+
+<p>P.S. The Cat and the Mouse used to fight each other in old times, and
+the Mouse used to beat. Was not that funny?</p></blockquote>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<img src="images/i144.jpg" width="400" height="304" alt="" title="SEWING" />
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="Chapter_XI" id="Chapter_XI"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter XI.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Raft.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>The morning after Rollo had finished the letter to Jenny, as recorded in
+the last chapter, his uncle George told him at breakfast time that he
+might amuse himself that day in any way he pleased.</p>
+
+<p>"I shall be busy writing," said Mr. George, "nearly all the morning. It
+is such a still and quiet place here that I think I had better stay and
+finish up my writing. Besides, it must be an economical place, I think,
+and we can stay here a day cheaper than we can farther up the river, at
+the large towns."</p>
+
+<p>"Shall we come to the large towns soon?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied his uncle. "This deep gorge only continues fifteen or
+twenty miles farther, and then we come out into open country, and to the
+region of large towns. You see there is no occasion for any other towns
+in this part of the Rhine than villages of vinedressers, except here<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span>
+and there a little city where a branch river comes in."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Rollo, "I shall be glad when we get out. But I will go down
+to the shore, and play about there for a while."</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly, as soon as Rollo had finished his breakfast, he went down
+to the shore.</p>
+
+<p>The hotel faced the river, though there was a road outside of it,
+between it and the water. From the outer edge of the road there was a
+steep slope, leading down to the water's edge. This slope was paved with
+stones, to prevent the earth from being washed away by the water in
+times of flood. Here and there along this slope were steps leading down
+to the water. At the foot of these steps were boats, and opposite to
+them, in the road, there were boatmen standing in groups here and there,
+ready to take any body across the river that wished to go.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo went down to the shore, and took his seat on the upper step of one
+of the stairways, and began to look about him over the water. There were
+two other boys sitting near by; but Rollo could not talk to them, for
+they knew only German.</p>
+
+<p>Presently one of the boatmen came up to him, and pointing to a boat,
+asked him a question. Rollo did not understand what the man said, but<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span>
+he supposed that he was asking him if he did not wish for a boat. So
+Rollo said <i>Nein</i>, and the man went away.</p>
+
+<p>There was a village across the river, in full view from where Rollo sat.
+This village consisted of a row of white stone houses facing the river,
+and extending along the margin of it, at the foot of the mountains.
+There seemed to be just room for them between the mountains and the
+shore. Among the houses was to be seen, here and there, the spire of an
+antique church, or an old tower, or a ruined wall. After sitting quietly
+on the steps until he had seen two steamers go down, and a fleet of
+canal boats from Holland towed up, Rollo took it into his head that it
+might be a good plan for him to go across the river. So he went in to
+ask his uncle George if he thought it would be safe for him to go.</p>
+
+<p>"You will take a boatman?" said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"And how long shall you wish to be gone?"</p>
+
+<p>"About an hour," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Very well," said Mr. George, "you may go."</p>
+
+<p>So Rollo went down to the shore again, and as he now began to look at
+the boats as if he wished to get into one of them, a man came to him
+again, and asked him the same question. Rollo said <i>Ja</i>. So the man went
+down to his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span> boat, and drew it up to the lowest step of the stairs where
+Rollo was standing. Rollo got in, and taking his seat, pointed over to
+the other side of the river. The man then pushed off. The current was,
+however, very swift, and so the boatman poled the boat far up the stream
+before he would venture to put out into it; and then he was carried down
+a great way in going across.</p>
+
+<p>When they reached the landing on the opposite shore, Rollo asked the
+man, "How much?" He knew what the German was for how much. The man said,
+"Two groschen." So Rollo took the two groschen from his pocket and paid
+him. Two groschen are about five cents.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo walked about in the village where he had landed for nearly half an
+hour; and then, taking another boat on that side, he returned as he had
+come. On his way back he saw a great raft coming down. He immediately
+conceived the idea of taking a little sail on that raft, down the river.
+He wanted to see "how it would seem" to be on such an immense raft, and
+how the men managed it. So he went in to propose the plan to his uncle
+George. He said that he should like to go down the river a little way on
+the raft, and then walk back.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "or you might come up in the next steamer."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"So I might," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"I have no objection," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"How far down may I go?" said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, you had better not go more than ten or fifteen miles," said Mr.
+George, "for the raft goes slowly,&mdash;probably not more than two or three
+miles an hour,&mdash;and it would take you four or five hours, perhaps, to go
+down ten miles. You would, however, come back quick in the steamer. Go
+down stairs and consider the subject carefully, and form your plan
+complete. Consider how you will manage to get on board the raft, and to
+get off again; and where you will stop to take the steamer, and when you
+will get home; and when you have planned it all completely, come to me
+again."</p>
+
+<p>So Rollo went down, and after making various inquiries and calculations,
+he returned in about ten minutes to Mr. George, with the following plan.</p>
+
+<p>"The waiter tells me," said he, "that the captain of the raft will take
+me down as far as I want to go, and set me ashore any where, in his
+boat, for two or three groschen, and that one of the boatmen here will
+take me out to the raft, when she comes by, for two groschen. A good
+place for me to stop would be Boppard, which is about ten or twelve
+miles below here. The raft<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span> will get there about two o'clock. Then there
+will be a steamer coming along by there at three, which will bring up
+here at four, just about dinner time. The waiter says that he will go
+out with me to the raft, and explain it all to the captain, because the
+captain would not understand me, as he only knows German."</p>
+
+<p>"Very well," said Mr. George. "That's a very good plan. Only I advise
+you to make a bargain with the captain to put you ashore any where you
+like. Because you know you may get tired before you have gone so far as
+ten miles.</p>
+
+<p>"In fact," continued Mr. George, "I would not say any thing about the
+distance that you wish to go to the captain. Just make a bargain with
+him to let you go aboard his raft for a little while, and to send you
+ashore whenever you wish to go."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "I will; that will be the best plan. But I am sure
+that I shall want to go as far as ten miles."</p>
+
+<p>So Rollo went to his trunk, and began to unlock it in a hurried manner;
+and when he had opened it, he put his hand down into it at the left hand
+corner, on the front side, which was the place where he always kept his
+fishing line.</p>
+
+<p>"What are you looking for?" said Mr. George.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"My fishing line," replied Rollo; "is not that a good plan?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "an excellent plan."</p>
+
+<p>Rollo had no very definite idea of being able to fish while on the raft,
+but there was a sort of instinct which prompted him always to take his
+fishing line whenever he went on any excursion whatever that was
+connected with the water. Mr. George had a pretty definite idea that he
+would <i>not</i> be able to fish; but still he thought it a good plan for
+Rollo to take the line, for he observed that to have a fishing line in
+his pocket, on such occasions, was always a source of pleasure to a boy,
+even if he did not use it at all.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo, having found his fishing line, shut and locked his trunk, and ran
+down stairs.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as he had gone, Mr. George rose and rang the bell.</p>
+
+<p>Very soon the waiter came to the door.</p>
+
+<p>"This young gentleman who is with me," said Mr. George, "wishes to go on
+board this raft, and sail down the river a little way."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said the waiter. "Rudolf is arranging it for him."</p>
+
+<p>"Very well," said Mr. George. "And now I wish to have you send a
+commissioner secretly to accompany him. The commissioner is to remain on
+the raft as long as Rollo does, and leave it<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span> when he leaves it, and
+keep in sight of him all the time till he gets home, so as to see that
+he does not get into any difficulty."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said the waiter.</p>
+
+<p>"But let the commissioner understand that he is not to let Rollo know
+any thing about his having any charge over him, nor to communicate with
+him in any way, unless some emergency should arise requiring him to
+interpose."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said the waiter, "I will explain it to him."</p>
+
+<p>"And choose a good-natured and careful man to send," continued Mr.
+George; "one that speaks French."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," replied the waiter; and so saying, he disappeared, leaving
+Mr. George to go on with his writing.</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time Rollo had gone down to the shore with the waiter
+Rudolf, and was standing there near a boat which was drawn up at the
+foot of the landing stairs, watching the raft, which was now getting
+pretty near. There was a great company of men at each end of the raft.
+Rollo could see those at the lowest end the plainest. They were standing
+in rows near the end of the raft, and every six of them had an oar.
+There were eight or ten of these oars, all projecting forward, from the
+front end of the raft, and the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span> raftsmen, by working them, seemed to be
+endeavoring to row that end of the raft out farther into the stream. It
+was the same at the farther end of the raft. There was a similar number
+of oarsmen there, and of oars, only those projected behind, just as the
+others did before. There were no oars at all along the sides of the
+raft.</p>
+
+<p>The fact is, that these monstrous rafts are always allowed to float down
+by the current, the men not attempting to hasten them on their way by
+rowing. All that they attempt to do by their labor is to keep the
+immense and unwieldy mass in the middle of the stream. Thus they only
+need oars at the two ends, and the working of them only tends to row the
+raft sidewise, as it were. Sometimes they have to row the ends from left
+to right, and sometimes from right to left, according as the current
+tends to drift the raft towards the left or the right bank of the river.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo did not understand this at first, and accordingly, when he first
+saw these rafts coming with a dense crowd of men at each end, rowing
+vigorously, while there was not a single oar to be seen, nor even any
+place for an oar along the sides, he was very much surprised at the
+spectacle. He thought that the men at the back end of the raft were
+sculling; but what those at the forward end were doing he could not
+imagine.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span> When, however, he came to consider the case, he saw what the
+explanation must be, and so he understood the subject perfectly.</p>
+
+<p>At length, when Rollo saw that the forward end of the raft, in its
+progress down the river, had come nearly opposite to the place where he
+was standing, he got into the boat, and the boatman rowed him out to the
+raft. As soon as they reached the raft Rollo stepped out upon the boards
+and logs. The top of the raft made a very good and smooth floor, being
+covered with boards, and it was high and dry above the water. Rollo
+looked down into the interstices, and saw that that part of the raft
+which was under water was formed of logs and timbers of very large size,
+placed close together side by side, with a layer above crossing the
+layer below. The whole was then covered with a flooring of boards, so
+close and continuous that Rollo had to look for some time before he
+could find any openings where he could look down and see how the raft
+was constructed.</p>
+
+<p>In the middle of the raft were several houses. The houses were made of
+boards, and were of the plainest and simplest construction. Around the
+doors of these houses several women were sitting wherever they could
+find shady places. Some were knitting and some were sewing.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span> There were
+several children there too, amusing themselves in various ways. One was
+skipping a rope. Rudolf conducted Rollo up to one of these families, and
+told the women that he was an American boy, who was travelling with his
+uncle on the Rhine, and seeing this raft going by, had a curiosity to
+come on board of it. The women looked very much pleased when they heard
+this. Some of them had friends in America, and others were thinking of
+going themselves with their husbands; and they immediately began to talk
+very volubly to Rollo, and to ask him questions. But as they spoke
+German, Rollo could not understand what they said.</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time the waiter had gone away to speak to the captain of the
+raft, and to make arrangements for having Rollo put ashore when he had
+sailed long enough upon it. The captain was walking to and fro, upon a
+raised platform, near the middle of the raft. This platform I will
+describe presently. In a few minutes the man returned.</p>
+
+<p>"The captain gives you a good welcome," said he, "and says he wishes he
+could talk English, for he wants to ask you a great many questions about
+America. He says you may stay on the raft as long as you please, and
+when you wish to go ashore, you have only to go and get on board<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span> one of
+the boats, and that will be a signal. He will soon see you there, and
+will send a man to row you to the shore."</p>
+
+<p>Rollo liked this plan very much. So Rudolf, having arranged every thing,
+wished Rollo a "good voyage," and went off in the boat as he came.</p>
+
+<p>Thus Rollo was left alone, as it were, upon the raft; and for a moment
+he felt a little appalled at the idea of going down through such a dark
+and gloomy gorge as the bed of the river here presented to view, on such
+a strange conveyance, and surrounded with so wild and savage a horde of
+men as the raftsmen were,&mdash;especially since, as he supposed, there was
+not a human being on board with whom he could exchange a word of
+conversation. It is true the commissioner whom his uncle George had sent
+was on the raft. He had come out in the same boat with Rollo, and had
+remained when the boat went back to the shore. But Rollo had not noticed
+him particularly. He observed, it is true, that two men came with him to
+the raft, and that only one returned; but he thought it probable that
+the other might be going down the river a little way, or perhaps that he
+belonged to the raft. He had not the least idea that the man had come to
+take charge of <i>him</i>, and so he felt as if he were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span> entirely alone in
+the new and strange scene to which he found himself so suddenly
+transferred.</p>
+
+<p>There were, however, so many things to attract his attention that at
+first he had no time to think much of his loneliness. There was a fire
+burning at a certain part of the raft, not far from the door of one of
+the houses, and he went to see it. As soon as he reached it, the mystery
+in respect to the means of having a fire on such a structure, without
+setting the boards and timbers on fire, was at once solved. Rollo found
+that the fire was built upon a hearth of <i>sand</i>. There was a large box,
+about four feet square and a foot deep, which box was filled with sand,
+and the fire was built in the middle of it. It seemed to Rollo that this
+was a very easy way to make a fireplace, especially as the sand seemed
+to be of a very common kind, such as the raftsmen had probably shovelled
+up somewhere on the shore of the river.</p>
+
+<p>"The very next time I build a raft," said Rollo, "I will have a fire on
+it in exactly that way."</p>
+
+<p>There was a sort of barricade or screen built up on two sides of this
+fire, to keep the wind from blowing the flame and the heat away from the
+kettle that was hung over it. This screen was made of short boards,
+nailed to three posts,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span> that were placed in such a manner as to make,
+when the boards were nailed to them, two short fences, at right angles
+to each other, or like two sides of a high box. The corner of this
+screen was turned towards the wind, and thus the fire was sheltered. A
+pole passed across from one of the posts to the other, and the kettle
+was hung upon the pole.</p>
+
+<p>After examining this fireplace Rollo went to look at the platform where
+the captain had his station. This platform was about six feet high and
+ten feet long; and it was just wide enough for the captain to walk to
+and fro upon it. There was a flight of steps leading up to this platform
+from the floor of the raft, and a little railing on each side of it, to
+keep the captain from falling off while he was walking there.</p>
+
+<p>The object of having this platform raised in this way, was to give the
+captain a more commanding position, so as not only to enable him to
+survey the whole of the raft, and observe how every thing was going on
+upon it, but also to give him a good view of the river below, so that he
+might watch the currents, and see how the raft was drifting, and give
+the necessary orders for working it one way or the other, as might be
+required in order to keep it in the middle of the stream.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Then Rollo went to the forward end of the raft to see the raftsmen row.
+The oars were of monstrous size, as you might well suppose to be the
+case from the fact that each of them required six men to work it. These
+six men all stood in a row along the handle of the oar, which seemed to
+be as large as a small mast. They all pressed down upon the handle of
+the oar so as to raise the blade out of the water, and then walked along
+over the floor of the raft quite a considerable distance. At last they
+stopped, and lifting up their hands, they allowed the blade of the oar
+to go down into the water. Then they turned, and began to push the oar
+with their hands the other way. The outside men had to reach up very
+high, for as the oar was very long, and the blade was now necessarily in
+the water, the end of the handle was raised quite high in the air. The
+men, accordingly, that were nearest the end of the oar, were obliged to
+hold their hands up high, in order to reach it; and they all walked
+along very deliberately, like a platoon of soldiers, pushing the oar
+before them as they advanced. And as each of the other six oars had a
+similar platoon marching with it to and fro, and as all acted in
+concert, and kept time with each other in their motions, the whole
+operation had quite the appearance of a military man&oelig;uvre. Rollo<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span>
+watched it for some time with great satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>After this Rollo walked up and down the raft two or three times, and
+then his attention was attracted by a steamer going by. The steamer cut
+her way through the water with great speed, and the waves made by her
+paddle wheels dashed up against the margin of the raft as if it had been
+along shore.</p>
+
+<p>There was a great number of tourists on board the steamer. Rollo could
+see them very distinctly sitting under the awning on the deck. Some were
+standing by the railing and examining the raft by means of their spy
+glasses or opera glasses. Others were seated at tables, eating late
+breakfasts, in little parties by themselves. The boat glided by very
+swiftly, however, and soon Rollo could see nothing of her but the stern,
+and the foaming wake which her paddle wheels left behind them in the
+water.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as the steamboat had gone by, Rollo began to feel a slight sense
+of loneliness on the raft, which feeling was increased by the sombre
+aspect of the scenery around him. The river was closely shut in by
+mountains on both sides, and between them the raft seemed to be drifting
+slowly down into a dark and gloomy gorge, which, though it might have
+seemed simply sublime to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span> a pleasant party viewing it together from the
+cheerful deck of a steamer, or from a comfortable carriage on the banks,
+was well fitted to awaken an emotion of awe and terror in the mind of a
+boy like Rollo, floating down into it helplessly on an enormous raft,
+with a hundred men, looking more like brigands than any thing else,
+marching solemnly to and fro at either end of it, working prodigious
+oars, with incessant toil, to prevent its being carried upon the rocks
+and dashed to pieces. In fact, Rollo began soon to wish that he was safe
+on shore again.</p>
+
+<p>"I am very thankful," said he to himself, "that I made a bargain with
+the captain to put me ashore whenever I wished to go. I don't believe
+that I shall wish to go more than half way to Boppard."</p>
+
+<p>So saying, Rollo looked anxiously down the river. The mountains looked
+more and more dark and gloomy, and they appeared to shut in before him
+in such a manner that he could not see how it could be possible for such
+an immense raft to twist its way through between them.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't believe I shall wish to go more than a quarter of the way to
+Boppard," said he.</p>
+
+<p>Two or three minutes afterwards, on looking back, he saw the town of St.
+Goar, where he had embarked, gradually disappearing behind a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span> wooded
+promontory which was slowly coming in the way, and cutting it off from
+view.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/i162.jpg" width="600" height="343" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption">ROLLO ON THE RAFT.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>"In fact," said Rollo to himself, "since I am not going all the way to
+Boppard, I had better not go much farther; for I shall have to walk
+back, as the steamer does not stop this side of Boppard. Besides, I have
+seen all that there is on the raft already, and there is no use in
+staying on it any longer."</p>
+
+<p>So he concluded to go at once to the boat, according to the arrangement
+which he had made with the captain. He was afraid that he might have to
+wait some time before the captain would see him; but he did not. The
+captain saw him immediately, and sent a man to row him ashore. <i>Two</i> men
+came, in fact, the commissioner being one of them. But Rollo did not pay
+any particular attention to this circumstance. He did not even observe
+that it was the same man that had come on board with him. Rollo could
+not talk to the oarsman on the way, but on landing he gave him a little
+money,&mdash;about what he thought was proper,&mdash;and then went up into the
+road with a view to go home. The commissioner, in order not to awaken
+any suspicions in Rollo's mind that he was following him, turned away as
+soon as he landed, and walked along the tow path down the stream.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Rollo went slowly home. He had not been more than half an hour on the
+raft, and had not gone down the stream more than a mile; so that in
+three quarters of an hour after he had left his uncle at the hotel he
+found himself drawing near to it again, on his return.</p>
+
+<p>He felt a little ashamed to get back so soon. So he thought that he
+would not go in at once and report himself to his uncle, but would go
+down on the bank of the river, and see if he could find a place to fish
+a little while, until some little time should have elapsed, so as to
+give to the period of his absence a tolerably respectable duration.
+"Uncle George will laugh at me," said he to himself, "if he sees me come
+home so soon."</p>
+
+<p>So Rollo went down to the quay, and taking out his fishing line, he
+began to make arrangements for fishing. He did not, however, feel quite
+at his ease. There seemed to be something a little like artifice in thus
+prolonging his absence in order to make his uncle think that he had gone
+farther down the river than he had been. It was not being quite honest,
+he thought.</p>
+
+<p>"After all," said he to himself, "I'll go and tell uncle George now. I
+shall have a better time fishing if I do. If he chooses to laugh at<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span> me,
+he may. If he is going to do it, I should like to have it over."</p>
+
+<p>So he went into the hotel, and advanced somewhat timidly to the door of
+the room where he had left his uncle writing. He opened the door, and
+looking in, said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Uncle George! I've got back."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George did not seem at all surprised, but looking up a moment from
+his writing, he smiled, and said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Ah! I'm glad to see you safe back again. It is rather lonesome here
+without you. Did you have a pleasant voyage?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "very pleasant. Only I did not go very far. I got
+them to put me ashore about a mile below here."</p>
+
+<p>"That was right," said Mr. George. "You did exactly as I should have
+done myself. In fact you can see all you wish to see on such a raft in
+half an hour."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "I found that I could."</p>
+
+<p>"And I am very glad that you came to tell me," said Mr. George, "as soon
+as you came home."</p>
+
+<p>So Rollo, quite relieved in mind, went down stairs again, and returning
+to the quay, he resumed his fishing.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="Chapter_XII" id="Chapter_XII"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter XII.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Dinner.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>About half past three o'clock Rollo went up to his uncle's room.</p>
+
+<p>"Uncle George," said he, "have not you got almost through with your
+writing?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why," said Mr. George, "are you tired of staying here?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "I am tired of being down in the bottom of such a
+deep valley. I wish you would put away your writing and go on up the
+river till we get out where we can see, and then you may write as much
+as you please."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you wish to go up the river to-night?" asked Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "very much."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George took out his watch.</p>
+
+<p>"Go down and ask the waiter when the next steamer comes along."</p>
+
+<p>Rollo went down, and presently returned with the report that the next
+steamer came by at five o'clock.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"There is a place up the river about two hours' sail, called Bingen,"
+said Mr. George, "where the mountains end. Above that the country is
+open and level, and the river wide. We might go up there, I suppose; but
+what should we do for dinner?"</p>
+
+<p>"We might have dinner on board the steamer," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Very well," said Mr. George; "that's what we will do. You may go and
+tell the waiter to bring me the bill, and then be ready at half past
+four. That will give me an hour more to write."</p>
+
+<p>At half past four Rollo came to tell Mr. George that the steamer was
+coming. The trunk had been previously carried down and put on board a
+small boat, for this was one of the places where the steamers were not
+accustomed to come up to a pier, but received and landed passengers by
+means of small boats that went out to meet them in the middle of the
+river. Such a boat was now ready at the foot of the landing stairs, and
+Mr. George and Rollo got into it.</p>
+
+<p>The boatman waited until the steamer came pretty near, and then he rowed
+out to meet it. He stopped rowing when the boat was opposite to the
+paddle wheel of the steamer, and the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span> steamer stopped her engine at the
+same time. A man who stood on the paddle box threw a rope to the boat,
+and the boatman made this rope fast to a belaying pin that was set for
+the purpose near the bow of the boat. By means of this rope the boat was
+then drawn rapidly up alongside the steamer, at a place directly aft the
+paddle wheel, where there was a little stairway above, and a small
+platform below, both of which, when not in use, were drawn up out of the
+way, but which were always let down when passengers were to come on
+board. As soon as the boat came alongside this apparatus, Rollo and Mr.
+George stepped out upon the platform, and went up the little stairway,
+the hands on board the steamer standing there to help them. In a moment
+more the trunk was passed up, the boat was pushed off, and the paddle
+wheels of the steamer were put in motion; and thus, almost before Rollo
+had time to think what was going on, he found himself comfortably seated
+on a camp stool under the awning, by the side of Mr. George, on the
+quarter deck of the steamer, and sailing swiftly along on his voyage up
+the river.</p>
+
+<p>"What sudden transitions we pass through," said, Mr. George, "in
+travelling on the Rhine!"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "it seems scarcely five<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span> minutes ago that I was
+sitting, all by myself, on the bank of a lonesome river, fishing; and
+now I am on board a steamer, with all this company, and dashing away
+through the water at a great rate."</p>
+
+<p>"True," said Mr. George; "and how quickly we came on board! One minute
+we are creeping along slowly over the water in a little boat, and the
+next, as if by some sort of magic, we find ourselves on the deck of the
+steamer, with the boat drifting away astern."</p>
+
+<p>"How high the mountains are," said Rollo, "along the shores here! Do the
+mountains end at Bingen?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "at Bingen, or soon after that. There the
+country opens, and the banks of the river become level and flat. The
+river widens, and there are a great many islands in it. There we come to
+railroads again too, for where the land is level they can make railroads
+very easily. It would be very difficult to make a railroad here, though
+I believe they are going to do it."</p>
+
+<p>"I should think it would be difficult," said Rollo. "But now, uncle
+George, about our dinner."</p>
+
+<p>"Very well," said Mr. George, "about the dinner." So the two travellers
+held a consultation on this subject, and concluded what to have.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span> A few
+minutes afterwards a waiter came by, carrying a large salver, with some
+coffee and bread and butter upon it, for a gentleman on the deck. Mr.
+George beckoned to this waiter, and when he came to him, he ordered the
+dinner that he and Rollo had agreed upon. It consisted of sausages for
+Rollo, a beefsteak for Mr. George, and fried potatoes for both. After
+that they were to have an omelet and some coffee. The coffee on board
+the Rhine steamers, being made with very rich and pure milk, is
+delicious.</p>
+
+<p>The waiter brought up a small square table to the part of the deck where
+Mr. George and Rollo were sitting, which was under the shady side of the
+awning, and set it for their dinner. In about twenty minutes the dinner
+was ready. The table itself was as neat and nice as possible, and the
+dishes which had been ordered were prepared in the most perfect manner.
+I need not add, I suppose, that Mr. George and Rollo&mdash;it being now so
+late&mdash;were provided with excellent appetites. So they had a very good
+time eating their dinner. While they were eating it they could watch the
+changes in the scenery of the banks, as they glided swiftly along, and
+observe the steamers, tow boats, and other river craft, that passed them
+from time to time.</p>
+
+<p>While they were at dinner, Rollo asked Mr.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span> George about the rafts, and
+where the timber that they were made of came from.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 534px;">
+<img src="images/i172.jpg" width="534" height="600" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption">DINNER ON THE RHINE.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+<p>"Why, you see," said Mr. George, "the River Rhine, in the upper portions
+of it, has a great<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span> many branches which come down from among the
+mountains, where nothing will grow well but timber. So they reserve
+these places for forests, and as fast as the timber gets grown, they cut
+it down, and slide it down the slopes to the nearest stream, and then
+float it along till they come to great streams; and there they form it
+into rafts, and send it down the river to Holland and Belgium, where
+timber does not grow."</p>
+
+<p>"Would not timber grow in Belgium and Holland?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "it would grow very well, but the land is too
+valuable to appropriate it to such a purpose. The whole country below
+Cologne, where we came to the river, is smooth and level, and free from
+stones, so that it is easily ploughed and tilled; and thus grain, and
+flax, and other very valuable crops can be raised upon it. They raise a
+few trees in that part of the country, but not many."</p>
+
+<p>"I never heard of raising trees before," said Rollo, "except apple
+trees, or something like that."</p>
+
+<p>"True," said Mr. George, "because in America, as that is a new country,
+there is an abundance of native forests, where the trees grow wild. But
+you must remember that every foot of land in Europe has been in the
+possession of man, and occupied by him, for two thousand years. There<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span>
+is not a field or a hill, or even a rocky steep on the mountain side,
+which has not had sixty or seventy generations of owners, who have all
+been watching it, and taking care of it, and improving it more or less
+all that time; each one carefully considering what his land can produce
+most profitably, and taking care of it and managing it especially with
+reference to that production. If his land is smooth and level, he
+ploughs it, and cultivates it for grass, or grain, or other plants
+requiring special tillage. If it is in steep slopes, with a warm
+exposure, he terraces it up, and makes vineyards of it. If it is in
+steep slopes, with a cold exposure, then it will do for timber, provided
+there are streams near it, so that he can float the timber away. If
+there are no streams near it, he can use it as pasture ground for sheep
+or cattle; for the wool, or the butter and cheese, which he obtains from
+this kind of farming, can be transported without streams; or, at least,
+such commodities will bear transporting farther before coming to a
+stream than wood or timber. Thus, you see, whatever the land is fit for,
+it has been appropriated to for a great many centuries; and it has all
+been cropped over and over again, even where the crop is a forest of
+trees. If we allow the trees even a hundred years to grow, before they
+are large enough to cut,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span> that would give, in two thousand years, time
+to cut them off and let them grow up again twenty times."</p>
+
+<p>"Here comes a steamer," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>Just then the bow of a steamer came shooting into view, down the river.
+On the forward part of the deck were several soldiers and laborers, with
+women and children that looked like emigrants, and also a huge pile of
+trunks and merchandise covered with a tarpauling. Then came the paddle
+wheels, and then the quarter deck, with a large company of tourists,
+most of whom were looking about very eagerly at the scenery, with guide
+books and glasses in their hands. These were tourists that had been
+travelling in Switzerland, and were coming home by way of the Rhine; and
+as they were now just entering the part of the river where the grand and
+imposing scenery was to be seen,&mdash;though Mr. George and Rollo were just
+leaving it,&mdash;they were full of wonder and admiration at the various
+objects which appeared around them on every side. Rollo had but a very
+brief opportunity to look at these strangers, for the steamer which
+conveyed them passed by very swiftly, and in a moment they were gone.</p>
+
+<p>"How swift!" said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "they go down the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span> stream much faster than they
+go up; for in going down they have the current to help them, but we have
+it to hinder us in going up."</p>
+
+<p>"And does it help just as much as it hinders?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "for any given time. If the current flows two
+miles an hour, it will carry forward a boat that is going <i>with</i> it just
+two miles faster than it would go in still water. And if the boat is
+going <i>against</i> it, it will go just two miles an hour slower.</p>
+
+<p>"Thus, you see," continued Mr. George, "if a steamer had an engine
+capable of driving her twelve miles an hour through the water, in
+navigating a stream that flows <i>two</i> miles an hour, she would go
+<i>fourteen</i> miles an hour in going down, and <i>ten</i> miles an hour in going
+up."</p>
+
+<p>"Then," said Rollo, "it seems that the <i>help</i> of a current is just as
+much as the <i>hinderance</i> of it, and that a river running fast is just as
+good for navigation as if the water were still. Because, you see," he
+added, "that though they lose some headway in going up, they gain it
+just the same in coming down."</p>
+
+<p>"That reasoning seems plausible," replied Mr. George, "but it is not
+sound."</p>
+
+<p>"What do you mean by <i>plausible</i>?" asked Rollo.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Why, it <i>appears</i> to be good, when it really is not so. Reasoning very
+often appears to be good, while there is all the time some latent flaw
+in it which makes the conclusion wrong. Very often something is left out
+of the account which ought to be taken in and calculated for, and that
+is the case here. The truth is, that the current helps the steamer in
+going down just as much as it retards her in coming up <i>for any given
+time</i>; as for instance, for an hour, or for six hours. But we are to
+consider that in accomplishing any given <i>distance</i>, the steamer is
+longer in coming up than she is in going down, and so is exposed to the
+retarding effect of the current longer than she has the benefit of its
+co&ouml;peration.</p>
+
+<p>"For example," continued Mr. George, "suppose the distance from one
+place to another, on a river flowing two miles an hour, is such that it
+takes a steamer three hours to go down and four hours to come up. In
+going down she would be aided how much?"</p>
+
+<p>"Two miles an hour," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"And that makes how much for the whole time going down?" asked Mr.
+George.</p>
+
+<p>"Six miles," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, it takes her <i>four</i> hours to go up," said Mr. George. "How much
+would she be kept back then by the current?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Why, two miles an hour for <i>four</i> hours," said Rollo, "which would make
+eight miles."</p>
+
+<p>"Thus in the double voyage," said Mr. George, "the boat would be helped
+<i>six</i> miles and hindered <i>eight</i>, so that the current would on the whole
+be a serious disadvantage. For a steamer, therefore, which is to be
+navigated equally both ways, the current is an evil.</p>
+
+<p>"But for that sort of navigation which goes only one way, it is a great
+advantage. For instance, the rafts have to come down, but they never
+have to go back again; and so they have the whole advantage of the
+current in bringing them down, without any disadvantage to balance it.</p>
+
+<p>"On the whole," said Mr. George, "I do not see but that the currents of
+great rivers are an advantage, for there is always a much greater
+quantity to come down than to go up. The heavy products that grow on the
+borders of the rivers are to come down, while comparatively little in
+quantity goes up. So the benefit, on the whole, which is produced by the
+flow of the water, may be greater than the injury."</p>
+
+<p>"What do they do with the rafts," said Rollo, "when they get them down
+the river?"</p>
+
+<p>"They break them up," said Mr. George, "and sell the timber in the
+countries near the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span> mouth of the river, where but little timber grows."</p>
+
+<p>By this time, Mr. George and Rollo had finished eating the meats which
+they had ordered for their dinner, and so the waiter came and took away
+the plates, and brought the omelet and the coffee. With the coffee the
+waiter brought two small plates and knives, and some very nice rolls and
+butter. He also brought a plate containing several slices of a kind of
+cake, <i>toasted</i>. This cake was very nice.</p>
+
+<p>While Rollo was eating it he asked his uncle George whether, in case he
+had gone down the river to Boppard, and had not got back until dark, he
+should not have been anxious about him.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Mr. George, "not much. I took precautions against that."</p>
+
+<p>"What precautions?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, I sent a man with you to take care of you," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"You sent a man with me?" repeated Rollo, very much surprised.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, quietly. "As soon as you had gone out of my
+room, to go on board the raft, I called the waiter, and asked him to
+send a commissioner with you, to see that you did not get into any
+difficulty, and to take care of you in case there should be any
+occasion."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Now, uncle George," said Rollo, in a mournful and complaining tone,
+"that was not fair."</p>
+
+<p>"Why not?" asked Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Because," said Rollo, "I wanted to take care of myself."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Mr. George, "you <i>did</i> take care of yourself&mdash;didn't you?
+My plan did not interfere with yours at all&mdash;did it?"</p>
+
+<p>Rollo did not answer, but he looked as if he were not convinced.</p>
+
+<p>"I gave the man special charge," said Mr. George, "not to interfere with
+you in any way, and not even to let you know that I had said any thing
+about you to him, so that you should be left entirely to your own
+resources. And you <i>were</i> so left. You acted in the whole affair just as
+you thought proper, and took care of yourself admirably well. I think
+especially that you were very wise in leaving the raft when you did,
+instead of remaining on board three or four hours longer. But however
+this may be, you acted for yourself throughout. I did not interfere with
+you at all."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Rollo, after a moment's pause, "what you say is very true.
+But it seems to me it was a little artful in you to do that; and you
+always tell me that I must not be artful, but must be perfectly honest
+and open in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span> all that I do. Don't you think you deceived me a little?"</p>
+
+<p>"I do not see that I did," said Mr. George. "When we deceive a person,
+we do it by saying or doing something to give him a false impression, or
+to make him suppose that something is true which is not true. Now, what
+did I do or say to give you any false impression?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, nothing, I suppose," said Rollo, "except sending that man to take
+care of me without letting me know it."</p>
+
+<p>"That was <i>concealing</i> something from you," said Mr. George, "not
+deceiving you. There are a thousand occasions when it is right to
+conceal things from the people around us. That is very different from
+deceiving them. This was a case in which I thought it best to conceal
+what I did, for a time, though I intended to tell you in the end. You
+see, I should not have done my duty, as a guardian intrusted with the
+care of a boy by his father, if I had allowed you to go away from me on
+such a doubtful expedition without some precautions. So I thought it
+best to send the commissioner; but I knew you wished to take care of
+yourself, and so I charged the commissioner to allow you to do so, and
+on no account to interpose, unless some accident, or unforeseen
+emergency, should occur. I told him not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span> even to let you know that he
+was there, so that you might not be embarrassed or restricted at all by
+his presence, or even relieved of any portion of your solicitude. But I
+determined to tell you all about it as soon as it was over, and I was
+fondly imagining that you would praise me for my sagacity in managing
+the business as I did, and also especially for my openness and honesty
+in explaining all to you at last. But instead of that, it seems you
+think I did wrong; so that where I expected compliments and praise, I
+get only censure and condemnation; and I do not know what I shall do."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George said this with a perfectly grave face, and with such a tone
+of mock meekness and despondency, that Rollo burst into a loud laugh.</p>
+
+<p>"If you could think of any suitable punishment for me," continued Mr.
+George, in the same penitent tone, "I would submit to it very
+contentedly; though I do not see myself any suitable way by which I can
+be punished, except perhaps by a fine."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "a fine; you shall be fined, uncle George. There is a
+woman out here that has got some raspberries, in little paper baskets.
+You shall be fined a paper of raspberries."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Mr. George acceded to this proposal. The raspberries were two groschen a
+basket. Mr. George gave Rollo the money, and Rollo, going forward with
+it, bought the raspberries, and he and Mr. George ate them up together.
+They served the double purpose of a punishment for the offence, and of a
+dessert for the dinner.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/i183.jpg" width="600" height="575" alt="" title="WOODLAND SCENE" />
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="Chapter_XIII" id="Chapter_XIII"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter XIII.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Bingen.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>At some places on the Rhine the passengers go on board the steamers and
+land from them in a small boat, as Mr. George and Rollo did at St. Goar.
+At others there is a regular pier for a landing. At all the large towns
+there is a pier,&mdash;in some there are two or three,&mdash;which belong
+severally to the different companies which own the lines of steamers.
+These piers are constructed in a very peculiar manner. They are made by
+means of a large and heavy boat, which is anchored at a short distance
+from the shore, and then a massive platform is built, extending from the
+quay to this boat. The boat, being afloat, rises and falls with the
+river; and thus the end of the platform which rests upon it is kept
+always at the proper level for the landing of the passengers, so that,
+whatever may be the state of the water, they go over on a level plank.
+This is a very convenient arrangement for such a river as the Rhine,
+which rises and falls considerably<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span> at different seasons, on account of
+the variation in the quantity of rain, and in the melting of the snows,
+on the mountains in Switzerland.</p>
+
+<p>Bingen is one of the towns where there is a floating pier of this kind,
+and Mr. George and Rollo were safely landed upon it about eight o'clock.
+It was a very pleasant evening. As they approached the town, before they
+landed, they both walked forward towards the bows of the vessel, to see
+what sort of a place it was where they were going to spend the night.</p>
+
+<p>"It is just like Coblenz," said Mr. George, "only on a small scale."</p>
+
+<p>It was indeed very much like Coblenz in its situation, for it was built
+on a point of land formed between the Rhine and the Nahe, a branch which
+came in here from the westward, just as Coblenz was at the junction of
+the Rhine and the Moselle. There was a bridge across the Moselle, you
+recollect, just at the mouth of it, on the lower side of the town, which
+bridge was made to accommodate the travellers going up and down the
+Rhine on that side. There was just such a bridge across the mouth of the
+Nahe. So that the situation of the town was in all respects very similar
+to that of Coblenz.</p>
+
+<p>Just below the town there was a small green island covered with
+shrubbery, and on the upper<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span> end of the island was a high, square tower,
+standing alone.</p>
+
+<p>"That's must be Bishop Hatto's Tower," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Who was he?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"He was a man that was eaten up by the rats," said Mr. George, "because
+he called the poor people rats, and burned up a great many of them in
+his barn. The story is in the guide book. I will read it to you when we
+get to the hotel."</p>
+
+<p>By this time the boat had glided by the island, and the tower was out of
+view; and very soon afterwards Mr. George and Rollo were landed on the
+floating pier, as I have already said. There were very few people to
+land, and the boat seemed merely to touch the pier and then to glide
+away again.</p>
+
+<p>There were several porters standing by, and they immediately took up the
+passengers' baggage, and carried it away to the hotels, which were all
+very near the river. Rollo and Mr. George were soon comfortably
+established in a room with two beds in it, one in each corner, and a
+large round table near one of the windows. Outside of the other window
+was a balcony, and Rollo immediately went out there, to look at the
+view.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"We have not got quite <i>out</i> yet, uncle George," said he.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo was right, for the bank of the river opposite Bingen was very
+steep and high, and was terraced from top to bottom for vineyards. In
+fact, this part of the river is more celebrated, perhaps, than any other
+for the excellent quality of the grapes which it produces. It is here
+that are situated the famous vineyards of Rudesheim and Johannisberg. In
+fact, the whole country, for miles in extent, is one vast vineyard. The
+separate fields are divided from one another by the terrace walls, which
+run parallel to the river, and by paths formed sometimes by steps, and
+sometimes by zigzags, which ascend and descend from the crest of the
+hills above to the line of the shore. The only buildings to be seen
+among all this vast expanse of walls and terraces are the little
+watchtowers that are erected here and there at commanding points to
+enable the vinegrowers to watch the fruit, when it comes to the time
+of ripening. The laborers who till the fields, and dress the vines, and
+gather the grapes in the season, live all of them in compact villages,
+built at intervals along the shore.</p>
+
+<p>While Rollo was looking at this scene, and wondering how such an immense
+number of walls and terraces could ever have been built, his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span> attention
+was suddenly arrested by hearing a sweet and silvery voice, like that of
+a girl, calling out,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Rollo."</p>
+
+<p>Rollo turned in the direction of the sound, and found that it was Minnie
+speaking to him. She was standing on another balcony, one which opened
+from the chamber next to his. Rollo was very much pleased to see her. He
+thought it very remarkable that he should meet her thus so many times;
+but it was not. Travellers on the Rhine going in the same direction, and
+stopping to see the same things, often meet each other in this way again
+and again.</p>
+
+<p>After talking with Minnie some little time from the balcony, Rollo asked
+her if her mother was there.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Minnie.</p>
+
+<p>"Ask her then," said Rollo, "if you may come down and take a walk with
+me in the garden."</p>
+
+<p>Minnie went in from the balcony, and in a moment returning, she said,
+"Yes," and immediately disappeared again. So Rollo went down, and Minnie
+presently came and met him in the garden.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 497px;">
+<img src="images/i189.jpg" width="497" height="600" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption">MINNIE.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+<p>The garden was a small piece of ground in front of the hotel, between
+the hotel and the river. There was a large gate opening from it towards
+the hotel, and another towards the river.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span> The garden was full of shade
+trees, with pleasant walks winding about among them, and here and there
+a border, or a bed of flowers. There were several carved images placed
+here and there, one of which amused Rollo and Minnie very much, for it
+represented a monkey sitting on a pole and looking at himself in a hand
+looking glass which he held before his face. In the other hand he had a
+parasol.</p>
+
+<p>In the front part of the garden, towards the river, were several tables
+under the trees, where people might take coffee or ices, or they might
+take their dinner there if they chose. In the front of the garden too,
+at the corners, were two summer houses, with tables and chairs in them.
+The sides of these houses that were turned towards the river, and also
+those that were towards the gardens, were open. The other two sides of
+each summer house had walls, on which were painted views of castles and
+other scenery of the Rhine. Over one of the summer houses was a little
+room for a lookout, where there was a very fine prospect up and down the
+river.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo and Minnie rambled about here for some time, examining every thing
+with great attention. They chose one of the pleasantest tables, and sat
+down before it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"This is a nice place," said Minnie. "I propose that you and I come out
+here to-morrow morning and have breakfast, all by ourselves."</p>
+
+<p>"O, we can't do that very well," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes we can," replied Minnie, "just as well as not. I'll plan it all."</p>
+
+<p>Minnie then jumped up and led the way, Rollo following, through the open
+gate towards the river. There was a sort of street outside, and Rollo
+and Minnie stood here for a few minutes to see a steamer go by. Minnie
+then proposed that they should get into a boat that was lying there, and
+take a sail.</p>
+
+<p>"You can row&mdash;can't you?" said she to Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Rollo, "not on such a river as this. See how swift the
+current flows."</p>
+
+<p>"Never mind," said Minnie, "I can. Let us jump into this boat, and have
+a sail."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Rollo, "not for the world. We should be carried off down the
+stream in spite of every thing."</p>
+
+<p>"Never mind," said Minnie; "we should land somewhere, and they would
+send down for us. We should have a great deal of fun."</p>
+
+<p>How far Minnie would have persevered in urging her plan for a venture in
+the boat on<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span> the river I do not know; but the conversation was here
+interrupted by the appearance of Mr. George, who had come down through
+the garden, and just at this instant joined the children on the quay.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/i192.jpg" width="600" height="496" alt="" title="SAILING SHIP" />
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="Chapter_XIV" id="Chapter_XIV"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter XIV.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Ruin in the Garden.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>Mr. George said that he had come to ask Rollo to go and take a walk to
+see an old ruin in the town, and he told Minnie that he should be very
+glad to have her go too, if her mother would be willing.</p>
+
+<p>"O, yes," said Minnie, "she will be willing. I'll go."</p>
+
+<p>"You must go and ask her first," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>So, while Mr. George and Rollo walked slowly up towards the hotel,
+Minnie ran before them to ask her mother.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George explained to Rollo in walking through the garden, that there
+were two ruins that he wished to see while he was at Bingen. One was the
+famous castle of Rheinstein, which stood on the bank of the river, a few
+miles below the town.</p>
+
+<p>"But it is too late to go there to-night," said Mr. George. "We will
+take that for to-morrow.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span> But there is an old ruin back here in the
+village, which I think we can see to-night."</p>
+
+<p>When they reached the door of the hotel, Minnie met them, and said that
+she could go; and so they walked along together.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George groped about a long time among the narrow streets and passage
+ways of the town, to find some way of access to the ruin, but in vain.
+He obtained frequent views of it, and of the rocky hill that it stood
+upon, which was seen here and there, by chance glimpses, rising in
+massive grandeur above the houses of the town; but he could not find any
+way to get to it.</p>
+
+<p>"It is in a private garden," said Mr. George, "I know; but how to find
+the way to it I cannot imagine."</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps it is here," said Minnie.</p>
+
+<p>So saying, Minnie ran up to a gate by the side of the street, which led
+into a very pretty yard, all shaded with trees and shrubbery, and having
+a large and handsome house by the side of it. The gate was shut and
+fastened, but Minnie could look through the bars.</p>
+
+<p>There was a woman standing near one of the doors of the house, and
+Minnie beckoned to her. The woman came immediately down towards the
+gate. Minnie pointed in towards a walk which<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span> seemed to lead back among
+the trees, and said to the woman,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Schloss?</i>"</p>
+
+<p><i>Schloss</i> is the German word for <i>castle</i>. Minnie could not speak
+German; but she knew some words of that language, and the words that she
+did know she was always perfectly ready to use, whenever an occasion
+presented.</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Ja</i>, <i>Ja</i>," said the woman; and immediately she opened the gate. By
+this time Minnie had beckoned Mr. George and Rollo to come up from the
+road, and they all three went in through the gate.</p>
+
+<p>The woman called to a man who was then just coming down out of the
+garden, and said something to him in German. None of our party could
+understand what she said; but they knew from the circumstances of the
+case, and from her actions, that she was saying to him that the
+strangers wished to see the ruins. So, the man leading the way, and the
+three visitors following him, they all went on along a broad gravel walk
+which led up into the garden.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George asked the guide if he could speak English, and he said,
+"<i>Nein.</i>" Then he asked him if he could speak French, and he said,
+"<i>Nein.</i>" He said he could only speak German.</p>
+
+<p>"He can't explain any thing to us, children,"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span> said Mr. George; "we
+shall have to judge for ourselves."</p>
+
+<p>The walk was very shady that led along the garden, and as it was now
+long past eight o'clock, it was nearly dark walking there, though it was
+still pretty light under the open sky. The walk gradually ascended, and
+it soon brought the party to a place where they could see, rising up
+among the trees, fragments of ancient walls of stupendous height. Rollo
+looked up to them with wonder. He even felt a degree of awe, as well as
+wonder, for the strange and uncouth forms of windows and doors, which
+were seen here and there; the embrasures, and the yawning arches which
+appeared below, leading apparently to subterranean dungeons, being all
+dimly seen in the obscurity of the night, suggested to his mind ideas of
+prisoners confined there in ancient times, and wearing out their lives
+in a dreadful and hopeless captivity, or being put to death by horrid
+tortures.</p>
+
+<p>Minnie was still more afraid of these gloomy remains than Rollo. She was
+afraid to look up at them.</p>
+
+<p>"Look up there, Minnie," said Rollo. "See that old broken window with
+iron gratings in the walls."</p>
+
+<p>"No," replied Minnie, "I do not want to see it at all."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>So saying she looked straight down upon the path before her, and walked
+on as fast as possible.</p>
+
+<p>"If I should look up there, I should see some dreadful thing mowing and
+chowing at me," she added.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo laughed, and they all walked on.</p>
+
+<p>Presently the path began to ascend more rapidly, and soon it brought the
+whole party out into the light, on the slope of an elevation which was
+covered with the main body of the ruined castle. The man led the way up
+a steep path, and then up a flight of ancient stone steps built against
+a wall, until he came to an iron gateway. This he unlocked, and the
+whole party went in, or rather went through, for as the roofs were gone
+from the ruins, they were almost as much out of doors after passing
+through the gateway as they were before.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George and the children gazed around upon the confused mass of
+ruined bastions, towers, battlements, and archways, that lay before
+them, with a feeling of awe which it is impossible to describe. The
+grass waved and flowers bloomed on the tops of the walls, on the sills
+of the windows, and on every projecting cornice, or angle, where a seed
+could have lodged. In many places thick clusters of herbage were seen<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span>
+growing luxuriantly from crumbling interstices of the stones in the
+perpendicular face of the masonry, fifty feet from the ground. Large
+trees were growing on what had formerly been the floors of the halls, or
+of the chambers, and tall grass waved there, ready for the scythe.</p>
+
+<p>There was one tower which still had a roof upon it. A steep flight of
+stone steps led up to a door in this tower. The door was under a deep
+archway. The guide led the way up this stairway, and unlocking the door,
+admitted his party into the tower.</p>
+
+<p>They found themselves, when they had entered, in a small, square room.
+It occupied the whole extent of the tower on that story, and yet it was
+very small. This room was in good condition, having been carefully
+preserved, and was now the only remaining room of the whole castle which
+was not dismantled and in ruins. But this room, though still shut in
+from the weather, and protected in a measure from further decay,
+presented an appearance of age wholly indescribable. The door where the
+party had come in was on one side of it, and there was a window on the
+opposite side, leading out to a little stone balcony. On the other two
+sides were two antique cabinets of carved oak, most aged and venerable
+in appearance, and of the most quaint<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span> construction. The walls and the
+floor were of stone. In the middle of the floor, however, was a heavy
+trap door. The guide lifted up this door by means of a ponderous ring of
+rusty iron, and let Mr. George and the children look down. It was a dark
+and dismal dungeon.</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Prison,</i>" said the guide.</p>
+
+<p>This, it seemed, was the only English word that he could speak.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, speaking to Rollo and Minnie. "He means that
+this was the prison of the castle."</p>
+
+<p>The guide shut down the trap door, and the children, after gazing around
+upon the room a few minutes longer, were glad to go away.</p>
+
+<p>Just before reaching the hotel on their way home, Rollo told Minnie that
+he and Mr. George were going down the next day to see Rheinstein, a
+beautiful castle down the river, and he asked her if she would not like
+to go too.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George was walking on before them at this time, and he did not hear
+this conversation.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Minnie, "I believe not. It makes me afraid to go and see
+these old ruins."</p>
+
+<p>"But this one that we are going to see is not an old ruin," said Rollo.
+"It has been all made over again as good as new, and is full of
+beautiful rooms and beautiful furniture. Besides, it<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span> stands out in a
+good clear place on the bank of the river, and you will not be afraid at
+all. I mean to ask uncle George if I may ask you to go."</p>
+
+<p>That evening, in reflecting on the adventures of the day, Rollo wondered
+that Minnie, who seemed to have so much courage about going out in a
+boat on the water, and in clambering about into all sorts of dangerous
+places, should be so afraid of old ruins; but the fact is, that people
+are in nothing more inconsistent than in their fears.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/i200.jpg" width="600" height="593" alt="" title="CHILDREN PLAYING" />
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="Chapter_XV" id="Chapter_XV"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter XV.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Rheinstein.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>Rollo determined to ask his uncle George at breakfast if he might invite
+Minnie to accompany them on their visit to the castle of Rheinstein. He
+was sorry, however, when he came to reflect a little, that he had not
+first asked his uncle George, before mentioning the subject to Minnie at
+all.</p>
+
+<p>"For," said he to himself, "if there <i>should</i> be any difficulty or
+objection to prevent her going with us, then I shall have to go and tell
+her that I can't invite her, after all; and that would be worse than not
+to have said any thing about it."</p>
+
+<p>When, at length, Rollo and Mr. George were seated at table at breakfast,
+Rollo asked his uncle if he was willing that Minnie should go with them
+to the castle.</p>
+
+<p>"I told her," said he, "last night, that we were going, and I said I
+intended to ask you if she might go with us. But I thought afterwards
+that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span> it would have been better to have spoken about it to you first."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "that would be much the best mode generally,
+though in this case it makes no difference, for I shall be very glad to
+have Minnie go."</p>
+
+<p>So Rollo immediately after breakfast went to renew his invitation to
+Minnie, and about an hour afterwards the party set out on their
+excursion. They went in a fine open barouche with two horses, which Mr.
+George selected from several that were standing near the hotel, waiting
+to be hired. Mr. George took the back seat, and Rollo and Minnie sat
+together on the front seat. Thus they rode through the streets of the
+town, and over the old stone bridge which led across the Nahe near its
+junction with the Rhine.</p>
+
+<p>From the bridge Rollo could see the little green island on which stood
+Bishop Hatto's Tower.</p>
+
+<p>"There is Bishop Hatto's Tower," said Rollo, "and you promised, uncle
+George, to tell me the story of it."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Mr. George, "I will tell it to you now."</p>
+
+<p>So Mr. George began to relate the story as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"There was a famine coming on at one time during Bishop Hatto's life,
+and the people were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span> becoming very destitute, though the bishop's
+granaries were well supplied with corn. The poor flocked and crowded
+around his door. At last the bishop appointed a time when, he told them,
+they should have food for the winter, if they would repair to his great
+barn. Young and old, from far and near, did so, and when the barn could
+hold no more, he made fast the door, and set fire to it, and burned them
+all. He then returned to his palace, congratulating himself that the
+country was rid of the 'rats,' as he called them. He ate a good supper,
+went to bed, and slept like an innocent man; but he never slept again.
+In the morning, when he entered a room where hung his picture, he found
+it entirely eaten by rats. Presently a man came and told him that the
+rats had entirely consumed his corn; and while the man was telling him
+this, another man came running, pale as death, to tell him that ten
+thousand rats were coming. 'I'll go to my tower on the Rhine,' said the
+bishop; ''tis the safest place in Germany.' He immediately hastened to
+the shore, and crossed to his tower, and very carefully barred all the
+doors and windows. After he had retired for the night, he had hardly
+closed his eyes, when he heard a fearful scream. He started up, and saw
+the cat sitting by his pillow, screaming with fear of the army of rats<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span>
+that were approaching. They had swum over the river, climbed the shore,
+and were scaling the walls of his tower by thousands. The bishop, half
+dead with fright, fell on his knees, and began counting his beads. The
+rats soon gained the room, fell upon the bishop, and in a short time
+nothing was left of him but his bones.</p>
+
+<p>"There is an account of it in poetry too, in my book," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Read it to us," said Minnie.</p>
+
+<p>So Mr. George opened his book, and read the account in poetry, as
+follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap"  style="margin-left: 9em;"><b>Bishop Hatto.</b></span></p>
+
+<div class="poem"><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">The summer and autumn had been so wet,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">That in winter the corn was growing yet;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">'Twas a piteous sight to see all around<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">The grain lie rotting on the ground.<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">Every day the starving poor<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Crowded around Bishop Hatto's door,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">For he had a plentiful last year's store;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And all the neighborhood could tell<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">His granaries were furnished well.<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">At last Bishop Hatto appointed a day<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">To quiet the poor without delay:<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">He bade them to his great barn repair,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And they should have food for the winter there.<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">Rejoiced at such tidings good to hear,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">The poor folk flocked from far and near;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">The great barn was full as it could hold<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Of women and children, and young and old.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span><br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">Then, when they saw it could hold no more,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Bishop Hatto he made fast the door;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And while for mercy on Christ they call,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">He set fire to the barn, and burned them all.<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">"I' faith 'tis an excellent bonfire!" quoth he,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">"And the country is greatly obliged to me<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">For ridding it, in these times forlorn,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Of rats that only consume the corn."<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">So then to his palace returned he,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And he sat down to supper merrily,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And he slept that night like an innocent man;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">But Bishop Hatto never slept again.<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">In the morning, as he entered the hall<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Where his picture hung against the wall,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">A sweat like death all o'er him came,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">For the rats had eaten it out of the frame.<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">As he looked there came a man from his farm;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">He had a countenance white with alarm.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">"My lord, I opened your granaries this morn,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And the rats had eaten all your corn."<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">Another came running presently,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And he was pale as pale could be:<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">"Fly, my lord bishop, fly," quoth he;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">"Ten thousand rats are coming this way;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">The Lord forgive you for yesterday."<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">"I'll go to my tower on the Rhine," replied he,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">"'Tis the safest place in Germany;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">The walls are high, and the shores are steep,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And the stream is strong, and the water deep."<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">Bishop Hatto fearfully hastened away,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And he crossed the Rhine without delay,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And reached his tower, and barred with care<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">All the windows, doors, and loopholes there.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span><br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">He laid him down and closed his eyes;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">But soon a scream made him arise.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">He started, and saw two eyes of flame<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">On his pillow, from whence the screaming came.<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">He listened and looked: it was only the cat:<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">But the bishop he grew more fearful for that;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">For she sat screaming, mad with fear<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">At the army of rats that were drawing near.<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">For they have swum over the river so deep,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And they have climbed the shores so steep,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And now by thousands up they crawl<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">To the holes and windows in the wall.<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">Down on his knees the bishop fell,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And faster and faster his beads did he tell,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">As louder and louder, drawing near,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">The saw of their teeth without he could hear.<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">And in at the windows, and in at the door,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And through the walls by thousands they pour,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And down through the ceiling and up through the floor,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">From the right and the left, from behind and before,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">From within and without, from above and below;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And all at once at the bishop they go.<br /></span>
+</div><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">They have whetted their teeth against the stones,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">And now they pick the bishop's bones;<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">They gnawed the flesh from every limb,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">For they were sent to do judgment on him.<br /></span>
+</div></div>
+
+<p>"I'm glad they ate him up," said Minnie, as soon as Mr. George had
+finished reading the poetry. "I am very glad indeed."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "so am I."</p>
+
+<p>"What a pleasant ride this is!" said Rollo,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span> after a little pause. It
+was, indeed, a delightful ride. The road was carried along the bank of
+the river a short distance above the level of the water. It was very
+hard, and smooth, and level; and on the side of it opposite to the
+water, the land rose abruptly in a steep ascent, which was covered with
+forest trees. At the distance of about a mile before them, down the
+river, they could see the towers and battlements of the castle which
+they were going to visit, rising among the tops of the trees, on a
+projecting promontory.</p>
+
+<p>"I like the ride very much," said Rollo; "but I don't care much about
+the castle. I'm tired of castles."</p>
+
+<p>"So am I," said Mr. George; "but this is different from the rest. This
+is a castle restored."</p>
+
+<p>"What do you mean by that?" said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, nearly all the old castles on the Rhine," replied Mr. George,
+"have been abandoned, and have gone to decay; or else, if they have been
+repaired or rebuilt, they have been finished and furnished in the
+fashion of modern times. But this castle of Rheinstein, which we are now
+going to see, has been restored, as nearly as possible, to its ancient
+condition. The rooms, and the courts, and the towers, and battlements
+are all arranged as they used to be in former ages; and the furniture
+contained within is of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span> ancient fashion. The chairs, and tables, and
+cabinets, and all the other articles, are such as the barons used when
+the castles on the Rhine were inhabited."</p>
+
+<p>"Where do they get such things nowadays?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Some of the furniture which they have in this castle," said Mr. George,
+"originally belonged there, and has been kept there all the time, for
+hundreds of years. When they repaired and rebuilt the castle, they
+repaired this furniture too, and put it in perfect order. Some other
+furniture they bought from other old castles which the owners did not
+intend to repair, and some they had made new, after the ancient
+patterns. But here we are, close under the castle."</p>
+
+<p>A few minutes after this, the carriage stopped in the road at the
+entrance to a broad, gravelled pathway, which diverged from the road
+directly under the castle walls, and began to ascend at once through the
+woods in zigzags. Mr. George and his party got out, and began to go up.
+The carriage, in the mean time, went on a few steps farther, to a smooth
+and level place by the roadside, under the shade of some trees, there to
+await the return of the party from their visit to the castle above.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Now, children," said Mr. George, "we will see how you can stand hard
+climbing."</p>
+
+<p>Rollo and Minnie looked up, and they could see the walls and battlements
+of the castle, resting upon and crowning the crags and precipices of the
+rock, far above their heads.</p>
+
+<p>The road, or rather the pathway,&mdash;for it was not wide enough for a
+carriage, and was besides too steep, and turned too many sharp corners
+for wheels,&mdash;was very smooth and hard, and the children ascended it
+without any difficulty. They stopped frequently to look up, for at every
+turn there was some new view of the walls or battlements, or towers
+above, or of the crags and precipices of the rock on which the various
+constructions of masonry rested. The cliffs and precipices in many
+places overhung the path, and seemed ready to fall. In fact, in one
+place, an immense mass had cracked off, and was all ready to come down,
+but was retained in its place by a heavy iron chain, which passed around
+it, and was secured by clamps and staples to the more solid portion of
+the rock behind it. Rollo and Minnie looked up to this cliff, as they
+passed beneath it, with something like a feeling of terror.</p>
+
+<p>"I should not like to have that rock come down upon our heads," said
+Minnie.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"No," said Rollo, "nor I; but I should like to see it come down if we
+were out of the way."</p>
+
+<p>At length the road, after many winding zigzags and convolutions, came
+out upon a gravelled area in front of a great iron gate at an angle
+between two towers.</p>
+
+<p>A man came from a courtyard within, and opened a small gate, which
+formed a part of the great one. He seemed to be a servant. Mr. George
+asked him in French if they could come in and see the castle. The man
+smiled and shook his head, but at the same time opened the door wide,
+and stood on one side, as if to make way for them to come in.</p>
+
+<p>"He says no," whispered Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"No," replied Mr. George, "his <i>no</i> means that he does not understand
+us; but he wishes us to come in."</p>
+
+<p>As Mr. George said these words, he passed through the gate, leading
+Minnie by the hand, and followed by Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>The man shut the gate after them, and then began to say something to
+them, very fluently and earnestly, pointing at the same time to a door
+which opened upon a gallery that extended along the wall of a tower near
+by. As soon as he had finished what seemed to be some sort of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span>
+explanation, he left the party standing in the court, and returned to
+his work.</p>
+
+<p>"He says," remarked Mr. George, "that there is a man coming to show us
+the castle."</p>
+
+<p>"How do you know?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"I know by the signs that he made," replied Mr. George. "Besides, I
+heard him say <i>schloss-vogt</i>."</p>
+
+<p>"What is <i>schloss-vogt</i>?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"That was the ancient name for the officer who kept the keys of a
+castle," replied Mr. George, "and in restoring this castle they thought
+they would re&euml;stablish the old office. So they call the man who keeps
+the keys the <i>schloss-vogt</i>."</p>
+
+<p>In a few minutes the <i>schloss-vogt</i> came. He was dressed in the ancient
+costume. He wore a black velvet frock coat, and green velvet cap, both
+made in a very antique and curious fashion, after the pattern of those
+worn, in ancient days, by the officers who had the custody of the keys
+in the baronial castles.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>schloss-vogt</i> conducted his visitors all over the edifice that was
+under his charge. It would be impossible to describe the variety of
+halls, corridors, courts, towers, ramparts, and battlements which Rollo
+and Minnie were led to see. They went from one to another, until they
+were at length completely bewildered with the in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span>tricacy, as well as
+dazzled by the magnificence, of the place. There were suites of most
+beautiful apartments, with polished floors, and painted walls, and
+furniture of the most curious and antique description. The chairs, the
+tables, the cabinets, and the beds of these rooms were all of the
+strangest forms; and though they were of very elaborate and splendid
+workmanship, being richly carved and inlaid with mosaic work, and often
+ornamented with mountings of silver, they all wore a very antique and
+venerable air, which was extremely imposing. The rooms were of all
+shapes and sizes, and were arranged and connected with each other in the
+most odd and singular fashion, as the external walls which enclosed them
+were extremely irregular in plan, being conformed in a great measure to
+the shape of the rocks on which the castle was founded. The
+<i>schloss-vogt</i> was continually leading his party, as he guided them
+through the rooms, into some unexpected and curious place&mdash;a little
+cabinet, built on an angle of the wall; a winding staircase, opening
+suddenly in a corner, and leading up to a watchtower, or down to a
+court; a balcony overhanging a precipice, and commanding a most
+magnificent view up and down the river; or some other curious nook or
+corner, which in the snugness and coziness of its seclu<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span>sion, and the
+beauty of its adornments, filled the hearts of Rollo and Minnie with
+delight.</p>
+
+<p>There were a great many specimens of ancient arms and armor, hung up in
+various halls in the castle, all of the most quaint and curious forms,
+but yet of the most elaborate and beautiful workmanship. There were
+swords, and daggers, and bows and arrows, and spurs, and shields, and
+coats of mail, and every other species of weapons, offensive and
+defensive, that the warriors of the middle ages were accustomed to use.
+Rollo was most interested in the bows and arrows. They were of great
+size, and were made in a style of workmanship, and ornamented with
+mountings and decorations, which Rollo had never dreamed of seeing in
+bows and arrows. Among the other articles of armor, the <i>schloss-vogt</i>
+showed the party a <i>gauntlet</i>, as it is called; that is, an iron glove,
+which was worn in ancient times to defend the hand from the cuts of
+swords and sabres. The inside of the glove&mdash;I mean the part which
+covered the inside of the hand&mdash;was of leather; but the back was formed
+of iron scales made to slide over each other, so as to allow the hand to
+open and shut freely, without making any opening in the iron. Mr. George
+tried this glove on, and so, in fact, did Rollo and Minnie. They were
+all surprised to find how<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span> well it fitted to the hand, and how freely
+the fingers could be moved while it was on. The <i>schloss-vogt</i> said that
+a man could write with it; and Mr. George placed his hand, with the
+glove upon it, in the proper position for writing, and then moved his
+fingers to and fro, as if there had been a pen between them.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said he, "I think I could write with it very well."</p>
+
+<p>All the furniture of the rooms was of a very quaint and curious
+description, while yet it was very rich and magnificent. There were
+elegant bedsteads of carved ebony surmounted with silken curtains and
+canopies of the most gorgeous description. There were cabinets inlaid
+with silver and pearl, and elegant cameos and mosaics, and a profusion
+of other such articles, all of which Rollo had very little time to
+examine, as the <i>schloss-vogt</i> led the party forward from one room to
+another without much delay.</p>
+
+<p>The rooms themselves, in respect to form and arrangement, were almost as
+curious as the articles which they contained. Every one seemed different
+from the rest. You were constantly coming into the strangest and most
+unexpected places. There were cabinets, and wide halls, and intricate
+winding corridors, and open courts, and vaulted passages, and balconies,
+paved below and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span> arched over above. At one place there was a light iron
+staircase built on the outside of a round tower, and as the tower itself
+was built on the pinnacle of an overhanging rock, you seemed, in
+ascending the staircase, to be poised in the air, with the rocks that
+lined the shore of the river beneath your feet, hundreds of feet below.</p>
+
+<p>After rambling about the castle for half an hour, the party returned to
+the gate where they had come in, and the <i>schloss-vogt</i> bade them good
+by. He gave Minnie a little bouquet of flowers as she came away. They
+were flowers which he had gathered for her, one by one, from the plants
+growing in the various balconies, and in little parterres in the
+courtyards, which they passed in going about the castle. Minnie was very
+much pleased with this bouquet.</p>
+
+<p>"I mean to press some of the flowers," said she, "and keep them for a
+souvenir."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "I'll help you press them. I've got a pressing
+apparatus at home."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Minnie, in a tone of great satisfaction. "And then, when
+they are pressed, I'll give you one of them."</p>
+
+<p>So the party went down the zigzag path till they came to the main road
+at the bank of the river, and there getting into their carriage again,
+they rode home to the hotel.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="Conclusion" id="Conclusion"></a><span class="smcap">Conclusion.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>Our travellers had now passed through all that portion of the Rhine
+which contains the castles and the romantic scenery. Above Bingen the
+valley of the Rhine widens; that is, the mountains, instead of crowding
+in close to the river, recede from it many miles, enclosing a broad and
+level, but very fertile plain, through the midst of which the river
+flows between low banks, and with endless meanderings. The level country
+through which the river thus flows is inexpressibly beautiful, being
+divided into magnificent fields, and cultivated every where like a
+garden. It presents to the view a broad expanse of the richest verdure
+and beauty, but it cannot be seen from the steamboats on the river.
+Travellers are, accordingly, accustomed to leave the river at Mayence, a
+short distance above Bingen, and to go on up to Strasbourg by the
+railway. This was the plan which Mr. George and Rollo pursued.</p>
+
+<p>From Strasbourg, Mr. George took passage for Paris by a railway train
+which left Stras<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span>bourg in the afternoon, so that they travelled all
+night. This was Rollo's plan. He wished to see how "it would seem," he
+said, to be travelling in the cars at midnight.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/i217.jpg" width="600" height="462" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE NIGHT JOURNEY.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>He, however, fell asleep soon after dark, and slept soundly all the
+way.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span></p>
+
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+
+<h3>FOOTNOTES</h3>
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> The stage coaches on the continent of Europe are called
+<i>diligences</i>.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> Pronounced <i>nine</i>.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_3" id="Footnote_3_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> The <i>w</i> is pronounced like <i>v</i>.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_4" id="Footnote_4_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> Pronounced <i>fenniger</i>.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_5_5" id="Footnote_5_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> These chapels are recesses or alcoves along the side of the
+church, fitted up and furnished with altars, crucifixes, confessionals,
+paintings, images, and other sacred emblems connected with the ritual of
+the Catholic worship. They are usually raised a step or two above the
+floor of the church, and are separated from it by an ornamented railing,
+with a gate in the middle of it.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_6_6" id="Footnote_6_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> The words are pronounced as they are spelled, except that
+the <i>g</i> in <i>Gebirgen</i> is hard.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_7_7" id="Footnote_7_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> The reader must be very careful to get the idea right in
+his mind in respect to which way is <i>up</i> on the Rhine. The river flows
+north. Of course, in looking on the map, what is <i>down</i> on the page is
+<i>up</i> in respect to the flow of the river.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_8_8" id="Footnote_8_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a> A sacristan is an officer who has charge of the sacred
+utensils and other property of the church, and who shows them to
+visitors.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_9_9" id="Footnote_9_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a> For a view of this part of the river see frontispiece.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_10_10" id="Footnote_10_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a> This Rollo wrote in the latter part of the evening, in his
+room.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_11_11" id="Footnote_11_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a> Pronounced <i>yah</i>.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<blockquote><h2>TAGGARD &amp; THOMPSON PUBLISH THE FOLLOWING POPULAR JUVENILE BOOKS.</h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Rollo's Tour in Europe.</span></h3>
+
+<blockquote><p>Ten volumes, 16mo, cloth. Being a new series of Rollo Books. By <span class="smcap">Rev.
+Jacob Abbott</span>. Beautifully illustrated. Rollo on the Atlantic&mdash;Rollo in
+Paris&mdash;Rollo in Switzerland&mdash;Rollo on the Rhine&mdash;Rollo in London&mdash;Rollo
+in Scotland&mdash;Rollo in Geneva&mdash;Rollo in Holland&mdash;Rollo in Naples&mdash;Rollo
+in Rome. Price per vol. 50 cts.</p></blockquote>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">My Uncle Toby's Library.</span></h4>
+
+<p>By <span class="smcap">Francis Forrester, Esq.</span>, consisting of twelve volumes, elegantly
+bound, and illustrated with upwards of SIXTY beautiful engravings. Each
+book is printed in large and splendid type, upon superior paper. Price
+per vol. 25 cts.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">The Summer House Stories.</span></h4>
+
+<p>By the author of "Daisy," "Violet," &amp;c. Elegantly illustrated by
+Billings. Six volumes. Price per vol. 63 cts.</p>
+
+<p>This series is designed to sketch attractively and simply the wonders of
+reptile and insect existences, the changes of trees, rocks, rivers,
+clouds, and winds. This is done by a family of children writing letters,
+both playful and serious, which are addressed to all children whom the
+books may reach.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">The Martin and Nellie Stories.</span></h4>
+
+<p>By <span class="smcap">Josephine Franklin</span>. Twelve volumes, 16mo, cloth. Illustrated by
+Billings and others. Price per vol. 50 cts.</p>
+
+<p>The object of these stories is the inculcation, in a quiet, simple way,
+of the principles of good nature, kindness, and integrity among
+children. They consist of the usual pathetic and mirthful incidents that
+constitute boy and girl life.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">The Glen Morris Stories.</span></h4>
+
+<p>By <span class="smcap">Francis Forrester</span>, author of "My Uncle Toby's Library." Five vols.
+16mo, cloth. Beautifully illustrated. Price per vol. 63 cts.</p>
+
+<p>The purpose of the "Glen Morris Stories" is to sow the seed of pure,
+noble, manly character in the mind of our great nation's childhood. They
+exhibit the virtues and vices of childhood, not in prosy, unreadable
+precepts, but in a series of characters which move before the
+imagination, as living beings do before the senses.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Pictures From the History of the Swiss.</span></h4>
+
+<p>One volume, 16mo. Price 67 cts.</p>
+
+<p>A very instructive and entertaining Juvenile, designed for children from
+ten to fifteen years of age.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Pictures From the History of Spain.</span></h4>
+
+<p>By the author of "Pictures from the History of the Swiss." A new volume
+just published. Price 67 cts.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Life and Adventures of Whitenose Woodchuck.</span></h4>
+
+<p>One volume, 16mo. Price 38 cts.</p>
+
+<p>Intended especially for younger children, and illustrated with numerous
+engravings, by Billings.</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>In addition to the above, B. &amp; T. publish a great variety of Toy and
+Juvenile Books, suited to the wants of children of all ages.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span></p>
+</blockquote>
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<h3>AN INTERESTING BOOK FOR SCHOLARS.</h3>
+
+<h4>The Boys have long desired such a Book.</h4>
+
+
+<h2>THE UNIVERSAL SPEAKER:</h2>
+<h4>CONTAINING A COLLECTION OF<br />
+SPEECHES, DIALOGUES, AND RECITATIONS,<br />
+ADAPTED TO THE USE OF SCHOOLS, ACADEMIES, AND<br />
+SOCIAL CIRCLES.</h4>
+
+
+<p class="center">Edited by N. A. Calkins and W. T. Adams.</p>
+
+<p>The excellences of this work consist, in part, of its entire
+originality, of its more than usual adaptation to the wants of our High
+Schools and Academies, and of the systematic arrangement of its
+selections for declamation and for elocutionary practice. Those in Part
+Second were prepared by Prof. WM. RUSSELL, the eminent elocutionist,
+expressly for this work. The publishers feel assured that in presenting
+this work to Teachers and Scholars, they are offering them no revision
+of old matter with which they have long been familiar, but an original
+work, full of new, interesting, and instructive pieces, for the varied
+purposes for which it is designed.</p>
+
+<h4>In 1 vol. 12mo. Price $1.</h4>
+
+<blockquote><p>The instructions in declamation are so complete and accompanied by such
+ample illustrations relative to position and gestures of the student,
+that the "Universal Speaker" needs only to be seen to become what its
+name indicates&mdash;universal.&mdash;Rochester Repository.</p>
+
+<p>The pieces are judiciously selected, and the book is very attractive in
+its appearance&mdash;Connecticut School Journal.</p>
+
+<p>We find, upon close inspection, that the work contains much fresh
+matter, which will be acceptable to schools and students, particularly
+in the department of dialogues of which there is a great dearth of
+really good and FIT matter in most speakers.&mdash;United States Journal.</p>
+
+<p>They are all school-like, the dialogues being illustrative of scenes in
+common life, including some first-rate conversations pertinent to
+school-room duties and trials. The speeches are brief and energetic. It
+will meet with favor.&mdash;R. I. Schoolmaster.</p>
+
+<p>The selection has been made with a great deal of foresight and taste, by
+men who are highly esteemed as elocutionists, writers, or teachers. The
+notation, the directions and cuts appended to the pieces, will be found
+useful to those who use them.&mdash;Mass. Teacher.</p>
+
+<p>Looking it over hastily, we notice many admirable selections from the
+best authors, and as the book is entirely fresh, the matter never having
+appeared in previous readers or speakers, it cannot fail to be a welcome
+addition to the books of its class.&mdash;Springfield Republican.</p>
+
+<p>In this they have succeeded, and have also been fortunate in the
+selection. The book contains a larger number of dialogues than any we
+have seen, and they are mostly relative to school children and school
+affairs.&mdash;Penn. School Journal.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span></p>
+</blockquote>
+
+<hr style="width: 6%;" />
+
+<h3>INSTRUCTION AND AMUSEMENT.</h3>
+
+<h3>PICTURES</h3>
+
+<h4>FROM THE</h4>
+
+<h2>HISTORY OF THE SWISS.</h2>
+
+<p class="center">In 1 vol. 16mo. 262 pages. Price 75 cents.</p>
+
+<h4>WITH CHARACTERISTIC ILLUSTRATIONS,</h4>
+
+<h4>DESIGNED BY HAMMETT BILLINGS.</h4>
+
+<p>It is not generally known that the early history of the Swiss abounds in
+the most thrilling and interesting stories, of which that of Wm. Tell
+shooting the apple from the head of his son, by order of the tyrant
+Gessler, so familiar to every child, is but a specimen. The present
+volume, while it introduces the youthful reader to many of the scenes
+through which the brave Swiss passed in recovering their liberty, also
+narrates many stories of peculiar interest and romance, every way equal
+to that of Tell. Among these we may name,</p>
+
+
+<ul class="none"><li>The Thievish Raven, and the Mischief he caused.</li>
+
+<li>How the Wives and Daughters of Zurich saved the City.</li>
+
+<li>How the City of Lucerne was saved by a Boy.</li>
+
+<li>The Baker's Apprentice.</li>
+
+<li>How a Wooden Figure raised Troops in the Valois.</li>
+
+<li>Little Roza's Offering.</li>
+
+<li>A Little Theft, and what happened in consequence.</li>
+
+<li>The Angel of the Camp.</li></ul>
+
+
+
+<p>With twenty-one other similar stories.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span></p>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<h3>A NEW SERIES OF JUVENILES.</h3>
+
+<h2>THE SUMMER-HOUSE SERIES.</h2>
+
+<h4>BY THE AUTHOR OF "VIOLET," "DAISY," ETC.</h4>
+
+<p>The first volume of what the publishers sincerely believe will be the
+most popular series of Juvenile Books yet issued, is now ready, entitled</p>
+
+<h3>OUR SUMMER-HOUSE, AND WHAT WAS SAID AND DONE IN IT.</h3>
+
+<p class="center">In 1 vol. 16mo. Price 62 cents.</p>
+
+<p class="center">Handsomely Illustrated by HAMMETT BILLINGS.</p>
+
+<p>From the author's Preface:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>"The Summer-House Series of children's books, of which the present
+volume is the first, is an attempt to sketch attractively and simply the
+wonders of reptile and insect existence, the changes of trees, rocks,
+rivers, clouds and winds.</p>
+
+<p>"To this end a family of intelligent children, of various ages, collected
+in a garden summer-house, are supposed to write letters and stories,
+sometimes playful, sometimes serious, addressing them to all children
+whom the books may reach.</p>
+
+<p>"The author has hoped, by thus awakening the quick imagination and ready
+sympathies of the young, to lead them to use their own eyes, and hearts,
+and hands, in that plentiful harvest-field of life, where 'the reapers
+indeed are few.'"</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>Among the stories in the present volume are the following:&mdash;</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Bessie's Garden.</b></p>
+
+<p>One of the most touching and affecting stories we have read for many a
+day.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>The Lancers.</b></p>
+
+<p>A most humorous story, with a never-to-be-forgotten moral, inculcating
+contentment.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>The Working Fairies.</b></p>
+
+<p>In this story Industry is held up for attainment, and Idleness receives
+a severe rebuke. The style and language, though perfectly intelligible
+to children, are worthy of a Beecher.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>The Princess.</b></p>
+
+<p>A story of wrong and suffering.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>Little Red-Head.</b></p>
+
+<p>A true story of a bird.</p>
+
+
+<p><b>The Little Preacher.</b></p>
+
+<p>A sweet story, introducing bird and insect life, and conveying more
+truth and instruction to children, than can be found in a dozen ordinary
+sermons.</p>
+
+<p class="center">TAGGARD &amp; THOMPSON, Publishers,</p>
+
+<p class="center">29 CORNHILL, BOSTON.</p></blockquote>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr class="full" />
+<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROLLO ON THE RHINE***</p>
+<p>******* This file should be named 22511-h.txt or 22511-h.zip *******</p>
+<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br />
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/2/5/1/22511">http://www.gutenberg.org/2/2/5/1/22511</a></p>
+<p>Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.</p>
+
+<p>Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.</p>
+
+
+
+<pre>
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/license">http://www.gutenberg.org/license)</a>.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's
+eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII,
+compressed (zipped), HTML and others.
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over
+the old filename and etext number.  The replaced older file is renamed.
+VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
+new filenames and etext numbers.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org">http://www.gutenberg.org</a>
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000,
+are filed in directories based on their release date.  If you want to
+download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular
+search system you may utilize the following addresses and just
+download by the etext year.
+
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/</a>
+
+    (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99,
+     98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90)
+
+EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are
+filed in a different way.  The year of a release date is no longer part
+of the directory path.  The path is based on the etext number (which is
+identical to the filename).  The path to the file is made up of single
+digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename.  For
+example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/2/3/10234
+
+or filename 24689 would be found at:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/4/6/8/24689
+
+An alternative method of locating eBooks:
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL</a>
+
+*** END: FULL LICENSE ***
+</pre>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i003.jpg b/22511-h/images/i003.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94b573c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i003.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i004.jpg b/22511-h/images/i004.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb704d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i004.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i011.jpg b/22511-h/images/i011.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4af1dc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i011.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i018.jpg b/22511-h/images/i018.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f185fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i018.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i030.jpg b/22511-h/images/i030.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f4c176
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i030.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i050.jpg b/22511-h/images/i050.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93bc457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i050.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i058.jpg b/22511-h/images/i058.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae29652
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i058.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i062.jpg b/22511-h/images/i062.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f83675
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i062.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i072.jpg b/22511-h/images/i072.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2eb6344
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i072.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i093.jpg b/22511-h/images/i093.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2197e91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i093.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i105.jpg b/22511-h/images/i105.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bae6f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i105.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i113.jpg b/22511-h/images/i113.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dcc75e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i113.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i121.jpg b/22511-h/images/i121.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09d82d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i121.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i130.jpg b/22511-h/images/i130.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cad811c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i130.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i133.jpg b/22511-h/images/i133.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..180c7a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i133.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i139.jpg b/22511-h/images/i139.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40f1021
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i139.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i144.jpg b/22511-h/images/i144.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7adb4ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i144.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i162.jpg b/22511-h/images/i162.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..396cb63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i162.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i172.jpg b/22511-h/images/i172.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83d1ffc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i172.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i183.jpg b/22511-h/images/i183.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d11d3be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i183.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i189.jpg b/22511-h/images/i189.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f56c770
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i189.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i192.jpg b/22511-h/images/i192.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad9cc34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i192.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i200.jpg b/22511-h/images/i200.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f71e568
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i200.jpg
diff --git a/22511-h/images/i217.jpg b/22511-h/images/i217.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1022af9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-h/images/i217.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/f001.png b/22511-page-images/f001.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..958c032
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/f001.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/f002.png b/22511-page-images/f002.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e52de9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/f002.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/f003.jpg b/22511-page-images/f003.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e453d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/f003.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/f004.jpg b/22511-page-images/f004.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..632538f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/f004.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/f005.png b/22511-page-images/f005.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..512d01d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/f005.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/f006.png b/22511-page-images/f006.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27d5fd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/f006.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/f007.png b/22511-page-images/f007.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2af914d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/f007.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/f008.png b/22511-page-images/f008.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6986c43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/f008.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/f009.jpg b/22511-page-images/f009.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30f6806
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/f009.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p013.png b/22511-page-images/p013.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aac021a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p013.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p014.png b/22511-page-images/p014.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3b3145
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p014.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p015.png b/22511-page-images/p015.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1898ae9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p015.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p016.png b/22511-page-images/p016.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..185935b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p016.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p017.png b/22511-page-images/p017.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19fcf40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p017.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p018.png b/22511-page-images/p018.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69d6fb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p018.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p019-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p019-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..843b962
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p019-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p019.png b/22511-page-images/p019.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e7a129
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p019.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p020.png b/22511-page-images/p020.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d76a20a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p020.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p021.png b/22511-page-images/p021.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..275d4b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p021.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p022.png b/22511-page-images/p022.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..284e470
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p022.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p023.png b/22511-page-images/p023.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0e76f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p023.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p024.png b/22511-page-images/p024.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b61aa96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p024.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p025.png b/22511-page-images/p025.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad09920
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p025.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p026.png b/22511-page-images/p026.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0c7669
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p026.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p027.png b/22511-page-images/p027.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24acf05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p027.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p028.png b/22511-page-images/p028.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a566e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p028.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p029.png b/22511-page-images/p029.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b083818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p029.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p030.png b/22511-page-images/p030.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5665471
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p030.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p031-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p031-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06ec535
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p031-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p031.png b/22511-page-images/p031.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55cab7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p031.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p032.png b/22511-page-images/p032.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9c06dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p032.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p033.png b/22511-page-images/p033.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..132b972
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p033.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p034.png b/22511-page-images/p034.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2ee533
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p034.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p035.png b/22511-page-images/p035.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9061d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p035.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p036.png b/22511-page-images/p036.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64f0976
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p036.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p037.png b/22511-page-images/p037.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..803fd2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p037.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p038.png b/22511-page-images/p038.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b260abf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p038.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p039.png b/22511-page-images/p039.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9817d63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p039.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p040.png b/22511-page-images/p040.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8aa92b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p040.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p041.png b/22511-page-images/p041.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b6ab76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p041.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p042.png b/22511-page-images/p042.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7778cc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p042.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p043.png b/22511-page-images/p043.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a239aef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p043.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p044.png b/22511-page-images/p044.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d7514b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p044.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p045.png b/22511-page-images/p045.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8104b53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p045.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p046.png b/22511-page-images/p046.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40bd626
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p046.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p047.png b/22511-page-images/p047.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e0b07f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p047.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p048.png b/22511-page-images/p048.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de76f3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p048.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p049.png b/22511-page-images/p049.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0d4648
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p049.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p050.png b/22511-page-images/p050.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b82dc05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p050.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p051-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p051-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15c2d9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p051-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p051.png b/22511-page-images/p051.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3a67dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p051.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p052.png b/22511-page-images/p052.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9c702d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p052.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p053.png b/22511-page-images/p053.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc2eb52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p053.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p054.png b/22511-page-images/p054.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5a9eb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p054.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p055.png b/22511-page-images/p055.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1608bb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p055.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p056.png b/22511-page-images/p056.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2873457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p056.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p057.png b/22511-page-images/p057.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef81e42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p057.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p058.png b/22511-page-images/p058.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d0fd00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p058.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p059-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p059-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a2268a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p059-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p059.png b/22511-page-images/p059.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2e484c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p059.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p060.png b/22511-page-images/p060.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4dc17aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p060.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p061.png b/22511-page-images/p061.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f8169e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p061.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p062.png b/22511-page-images/p062.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d21bee6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p062.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p063.jpg b/22511-page-images/p063.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..842663e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p063.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p065.png b/22511-page-images/p065.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c88fe0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p065.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p066.png b/22511-page-images/p066.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a403ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p066.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p067.png b/22511-page-images/p067.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8d950e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p067.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p068.png b/22511-page-images/p068.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3be5777
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p068.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p069.png b/22511-page-images/p069.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f4d4b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p069.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p070.png b/22511-page-images/p070.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..600c3f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p070.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p071.png b/22511-page-images/p071.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47c19c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p071.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p072.png b/22511-page-images/p072.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb526d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p072.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p073.jpg b/22511-page-images/p073.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f492ff2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p073.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p075.png b/22511-page-images/p075.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef06729
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p075.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p076.png b/22511-page-images/p076.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac23285
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p076.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p077.png b/22511-page-images/p077.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22185fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p077.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p078.png b/22511-page-images/p078.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6e1f18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p078.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p079.png b/22511-page-images/p079.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a660122
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p079.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p080.png b/22511-page-images/p080.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a825243
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p080.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p081.png b/22511-page-images/p081.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fe06c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p081.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p082.png b/22511-page-images/p082.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ab50b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p082.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p083.png b/22511-page-images/p083.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aff343b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p083.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p084.png b/22511-page-images/p084.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..525a69e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p084.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p085.png b/22511-page-images/p085.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16df418
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p085.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p086.png b/22511-page-images/p086.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22e33f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p086.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p087.png b/22511-page-images/p087.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..260e6a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p087.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p088.png b/22511-page-images/p088.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9def175
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p088.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p089.png b/22511-page-images/p089.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6ab2e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p089.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p090.png b/22511-page-images/p090.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f620b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p090.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p091.png b/22511-page-images/p091.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..867f371
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p091.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p092.png b/22511-page-images/p092.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53dd255
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p092.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p093.png b/22511-page-images/p093.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46e37cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p093.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p094-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p094-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb68d06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p094-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p094.png b/22511-page-images/p094.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58ef569
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p094.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p095.png b/22511-page-images/p095.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03036a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p095.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p096.png b/22511-page-images/p096.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fc3041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p096.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p097.png b/22511-page-images/p097.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31ec9a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p097.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p098.png b/22511-page-images/p098.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd91b27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p098.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p099.png b/22511-page-images/p099.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90c6fff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p099.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p100.png b/22511-page-images/p100.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b04318
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p100.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p101.png b/22511-page-images/p101.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59625d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p101.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p102.png b/22511-page-images/p102.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e93b35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p102.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p103.png b/22511-page-images/p103.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca10023
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p103.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p104.png b/22511-page-images/p104.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82bafbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p104.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p105.png b/22511-page-images/p105.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0340061
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p105.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p106-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p106-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec75e40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p106-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p106.png b/22511-page-images/p106.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03f39cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p106.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p107.png b/22511-page-images/p107.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b30aa46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p107.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p108.png b/22511-page-images/p108.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31fbba1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p108.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p109.png b/22511-page-images/p109.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4804d49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p109.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p110.png b/22511-page-images/p110.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..421c827
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p110.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p111.png b/22511-page-images/p111.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..873e020
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p111.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p112.png b/22511-page-images/p112.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..716510b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p112.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p113.png b/22511-page-images/p113.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8111a9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p113.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p114-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p114-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acd4214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p114-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p114.png b/22511-page-images/p114.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9548b05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p114.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p115.png b/22511-page-images/p115.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62b3296
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p115.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p116.png b/22511-page-images/p116.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..777ea5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p116.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p117.png b/22511-page-images/p117.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fac5ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p117.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p118.png b/22511-page-images/p118.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce7552a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p118.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p119.png b/22511-page-images/p119.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b81a248
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p119.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p120.png b/22511-page-images/p120.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5a281f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p120.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p121.png b/22511-page-images/p121.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53a419f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p121.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p122-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p122-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1538ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p122-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p122.png b/22511-page-images/p122.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a23f689
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p122.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p123.png b/22511-page-images/p123.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51f59c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p123.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p124.png b/22511-page-images/p124.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64ed564
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p124.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p125.png b/22511-page-images/p125.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfc706d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p125.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p126.png b/22511-page-images/p126.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97ae832
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p126.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p127.png b/22511-page-images/p127.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2261b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p127.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p128.png b/22511-page-images/p128.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3defb2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p128.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p129.png b/22511-page-images/p129.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f287fbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p129.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p130.png b/22511-page-images/p130.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..935835c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p130.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p131.jpg b/22511-page-images/p131.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d611257
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p131.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p133.png b/22511-page-images/p133.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..298d8d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p133.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p134-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p134-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4e7710
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p134-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p134.png b/22511-page-images/p134.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..200e0fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p134.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p135.png b/22511-page-images/p135.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e863d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p135.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p136.png b/22511-page-images/p136.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f4c520
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p136.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p137.png b/22511-page-images/p137.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfa6537
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p137.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p138.png b/22511-page-images/p138.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48fa157
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p138.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p139.png b/22511-page-images/p139.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb1c3ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p139.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p140-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p140-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f90bae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p140-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p140.png b/22511-page-images/p140.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..925df93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p140.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p141.png b/22511-page-images/p141.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52bf2f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p141.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p142.png b/22511-page-images/p142.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc17cf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p142.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p143.png b/22511-page-images/p143.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5dd6ab1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p143.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p144.png b/22511-page-images/p144.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..244def8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p144.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p145-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p145-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a95d8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p145-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p145.png b/22511-page-images/p145.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f42014
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p145.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p146.png b/22511-page-images/p146.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4274648
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p146.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p147.png b/22511-page-images/p147.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b8f136
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p147.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p148.png b/22511-page-images/p148.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87bcf1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p148.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p149.png b/22511-page-images/p149.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a53dff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p149.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p150.png b/22511-page-images/p150.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..003d678
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p150.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p151.png b/22511-page-images/p151.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..729b479
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p151.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p152.png b/22511-page-images/p152.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..736cfa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p152.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p153.png b/22511-page-images/p153.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f2d4fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p153.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p154.png b/22511-page-images/p154.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fade607
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p154.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p155.png b/22511-page-images/p155.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf821b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p155.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p156.png b/22511-page-images/p156.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..349824c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p156.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p157.png b/22511-page-images/p157.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5f842b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p157.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p158.png b/22511-page-images/p158.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..189c970
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p158.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p159.png b/22511-page-images/p159.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a23ef6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p159.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p160.png b/22511-page-images/p160.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fd158b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p160.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p161.png b/22511-page-images/p161.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a9114c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p161.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p162.png b/22511-page-images/p162.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a772f51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p162.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p163.jpg b/22511-page-images/p163.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9661954
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p163.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p165.png b/22511-page-images/p165.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3504de7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p165.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p166.png b/22511-page-images/p166.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f3d693
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p166.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p167.png b/22511-page-images/p167.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25511bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p167.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p168.png b/22511-page-images/p168.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ff0cf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p168.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p169.png b/22511-page-images/p169.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02b2ed2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p169.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p170.png b/22511-page-images/p170.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d31b91a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p170.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p171.png b/22511-page-images/p171.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91605dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p171.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p172.png b/22511-page-images/p172.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a7c019
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p172.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p173-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p173-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2913107
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p173-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p173.png b/22511-page-images/p173.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd4ebb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p173.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p174.png b/22511-page-images/p174.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea76b1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p174.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p175.png b/22511-page-images/p175.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f66960
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p175.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p176.png b/22511-page-images/p176.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b3d0b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p176.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p177.png b/22511-page-images/p177.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4baa22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p177.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p178.png b/22511-page-images/p178.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0b9757
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p178.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p179.png b/22511-page-images/p179.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0213e7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p179.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p180.png b/22511-page-images/p180.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8444e0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p180.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p181.png b/22511-page-images/p181.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9216a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p181.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p182.png b/22511-page-images/p182.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc8118d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p182.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p183.png b/22511-page-images/p183.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..487c25e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p183.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p184-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p184-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..659d023
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p184-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p184.png b/22511-page-images/p184.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b5a884
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p184.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p185.png b/22511-page-images/p185.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7689b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p185.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p186.png b/22511-page-images/p186.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1ff071
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p186.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p187.png b/22511-page-images/p187.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec06715
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p187.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p188.png b/22511-page-images/p188.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..632a400
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p188.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p189.png b/22511-page-images/p189.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5a9698
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p189.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p190-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p190-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d493bda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p190-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p190.png b/22511-page-images/p190.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a59a5c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p190.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p191.png b/22511-page-images/p191.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3f7d77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p191.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p192.png b/22511-page-images/p192.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f9a09f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p192.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p193-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p193-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d6292d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p193-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p193.png b/22511-page-images/p193.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f1c6f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p193.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p194.png b/22511-page-images/p194.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6551a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p194.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p195.png b/22511-page-images/p195.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b8babc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p195.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p196.png b/22511-page-images/p196.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..562a996
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p196.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p197.png b/22511-page-images/p197.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b45364c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p197.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p198.png b/22511-page-images/p198.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc2ff0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p198.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p199.png b/22511-page-images/p199.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a3bfc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p199.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p200.png b/22511-page-images/p200.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac0d0a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p200.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p201-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p201-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d13809
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p201-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p201.png b/22511-page-images/p201.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c3de7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p201.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p202.png b/22511-page-images/p202.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbf8f26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p202.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p203.png b/22511-page-images/p203.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e354cbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p203.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p204.png b/22511-page-images/p204.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58d2468
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p204.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p205.png b/22511-page-images/p205.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1c1558
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p205.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p206.png b/22511-page-images/p206.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62350cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p206.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p207.png b/22511-page-images/p207.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f07923e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p207.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p208.png b/22511-page-images/p208.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9403c4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p208.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p209.png b/22511-page-images/p209.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4504b8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p209.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p210.png b/22511-page-images/p210.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89a3b30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p210.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p211.png b/22511-page-images/p211.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0529961
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p211.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p212.png b/22511-page-images/p212.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf4f37f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p212.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p213.png b/22511-page-images/p213.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd99e07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p213.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p214.png b/22511-page-images/p214.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..390340f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p214.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p215.png b/22511-page-images/p215.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3adfedf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p215.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p216.png b/22511-page-images/p216.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfcca86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p216.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p217.png b/22511-page-images/p217.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e2e5c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p217.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p218-image.jpg b/22511-page-images/p218-image.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0ec886
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p218-image.jpg
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p218.png b/22511-page-images/p218.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dff5bf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p218.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p219.png b/22511-page-images/p219.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b950a0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p219.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p220.png b/22511-page-images/p220.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f519b64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p220.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p221.png b/22511-page-images/p221.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c27e6eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p221.png
diff --git a/22511-page-images/p222.png b/22511-page-images/p222.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3455780
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511-page-images/p222.png
diff --git a/22511.txt b/22511.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..756f2ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5243 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, Rollo on the Rhine, by Jacob Abbott
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: Rollo on the Rhine
+
+
+Author: Jacob Abbott
+
+
+
+Release Date: September 5, 2007  [eBook #22511]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROLLO ON THE RHINE***
+
+
+E-text prepared by D. Alexander, Janet Blenkinship, and the Project
+Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team (https://www.pgdp.net) from
+digital material generously made available by Internet Archive/American
+Libraries (http://www.archive.org/details/americana)
+
+
+
+oeNote: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
+      file which includes the original illustrations.
+      See 22511-h.htm or 22511-h.zip:
+      (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/2/5/1/22511/22511-h/22511-h.htm)
+      or
+      (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/2/5/1/22511/22511-h.zip)
+
+
+      Images of the original pages are available through
+      Internet Archive/American Libraries. See
+      http://www.archive.org/details/rollorhine00abborich
+
+
+
+
+
+ROLLO ON THE RHINE,
+
+by
+
+JACOB ABBOTT.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Boston:
+Published By Taggard And Thompson
+M DCCC LXIV.
+
+Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1855, by
+Jacob Abbott,
+in the Clerk's Office of the District Court
+of the District of Massachusetts
+
+Stereotyped at the
+Boston Stereotype Foundry
+
+Riverside, Cambridge: Printed by H. O. Houghton
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: ROLANDSECK AND DRACHENFELS.--See chap. 5]
+
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+ROLLO'S TOUR IN EUROPE.
+
+
+ORDER OF THE VOLUMES
+
+  ROLLO ON THE ATLANTIC.
+  ROLLO IN PARIS.
+  ROLLO IN SWITZERLAND.
+  ROLLO IN LONDON.
+  ROLLO ON THE RHINE.
+  ROLLO IN SCOTLAND.
+  ROLLO IN GENEVA.
+  ROLLO IN HOLLAND.
+  ROLLO IN NAPLES.
+  ROLLO IN ROME.
+
+
+PRINCIPAL PERSONS OF THE STORY.
+
+  ROLLO; twelve years of age.
+
+  MR. and MRS. HOLIDAY; Rollo's father and mother, travelling in
+  Europe.
+
+  THANNY; Rollo's younger brother.
+
+  JANE; Rollo's cousin, adopted by Mr. and Mrs. Holiday.
+
+  MR. GEORGE; a young gentleman, Rollo's uncle.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+  CHAPTER                                            PAGE
+
+     I.--THE APPROACH TO COLOGNE,                      13
+
+    II.--THE UNFINISHED CATHEDRAL,                     28
+
+   III.--THE GALLERIES,                                44
+
+    IV.--TRAVELLING ON THE RHINE,                      60
+
+     V.--THE SIEBEN GEBIRGEN,                          77
+
+    VI.--ROLAND'S TOWER,                               95
+
+   VII.--ROLLO'S LIST,                                107
+
+  VIII.--A SABBATH ON THE RHINE,                      117
+
+    IX.--EHRENBREITSTEIN,                             135
+
+     X.--ROLLO'S LETTER,                              141
+
+    XI.--THE RAFT,                                    146
+
+   XII.--DINNER,                                      168
+
+  XIII.--BINGEN,                                      185
+
+  XIV.--THE RUIN IN THE GARDEN,                       194
+
+  XV.--RHEINSTEIN,                                    202
+
+  CONCLUSION.                                         219
+
+
+ENGRAVINGS.
+
+  PAGE
+
+  ROLANDSECK AND DRACHENFELS.               FRONTISPIECE.
+
+  THE RIDE,                                            12
+
+  COLOGNE IN SIGHT,                                    19
+
+  THE BEGGAR,                                          31
+
+  MINNIE'S ROGUERY,                                    51
+
+  TOWING,                                              63
+
+  DONKEY RIDING,                                       75
+
+  THE STUDENTS,                                       114
+
+  THE NUN,                                            122
+
+  THE EMIGRANTS,                                      132
+
+  ROLLO ON THE RAFT,                                  163
+
+  DINNER ON THE RHINE,                                173
+
+  MINNIE,                                             190
+
+  THE NIGHT JOURNEY,                                  218
+
+
+[Illustration: RIDE.--See chap. 15.]
+
+
+
+
+ROLLO ON THE RHINE.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+THE APPROACH TO COLOGNE.
+
+
+If a man were to be raised in a balloon high enough above the continent
+of Europe to survey the whole of it at one view, he would see the land
+gradually rising from the borders of the sea on every side, towards a
+portion near the centre, where he would behold a vast region of
+mountainous country, with torrents of water running down the slopes and
+through the valleys of it, while the summits were tipped with perpetual
+snow. The central part of this mass of mountains forms what is called
+Switzerland, the eastern part is the Tyrol, and the western Savoy. But
+though the men who live on these mountains have thus made three
+countries out of them, the whole region is in nature one. It constitutes
+one mighty mass of mountainous land, which is lifted up so high into the
+air that all the summits rise into the regions of intense and perpetual
+cold, and so condense continually, from the atmosphere, inexhaustible
+quantities of rain and snow.
+
+The water which falls upon this mountainous region must of course find
+its way to the sea. In doing so the thousands of smaller torrents unite
+with each other into larger and larger streams, until at length they
+make four mighty rivers--the largest and most celebrated in Europe. All
+the streams of the southern slopes of the mountains form one great
+river, which flows east into the Adriatic. This river is the Po. On the
+western side the thousands of mountain torrents combine and form the
+Rhone, which, making a great bend, turns to the southward, and flows
+into the Mediterranean. On the eastern side the water can find no escape
+till it has traversed the whole continent to the eastward, and reached
+the Black Sea. This stream is the Danube. And finally, on the north the
+immense number of cascades and torrents which come out from the
+glaciers, or pour down the ravines, or meander through the valleys, or
+issue from the lakes, of the northern slope of the mountains, combine at
+Basle, and flow north across the whole continent, nearly six hundred
+miles, to the North Sea. This river is the Rhine.
+
+All this, which I have thus been explaining, may be seen very clearly
+if you turn to any map of Europe, and find the mountainous region in the
+centre, and then trace the courses of the four great rivers, as I have
+described them.
+
+It would seem that the country through which the River Rhine now flows
+was at first very uneven, presenting valleys and broad depressions,
+which the waters of the river filled, thus forming great shallow lakes,
+that extended over very considerable tracts of country. In process of
+time, however, these lakes became filled with the sediment which was
+brought down by the river, and thus great flat plains of very rich and
+level land were formed. At every inundation of the river, of course,
+these plains, or intervals, as they are sometimes called, would be
+overflowed, and fresh deposits would be laid upon them; so that in the
+course of ages the surface of them would rise several feet above the
+ordinary level of the river. In fact they would continue to rise in this
+way until they were out of the reach of the highest inundations.
+
+Immense plains of the most fertile land, which seem to have been formed
+in this way, exist at the present time along the banks of the Rhine at
+various places. These plains are all very highly cultivated, and are
+rich and beautiful beyond description. To see them, however, it is
+necessary to travel over them in a diligence, or post chaise, or by
+railway trains; for in sailing up and down the river, along the margin
+of them, in a steam-boat, you are not high enough to overlook them. You
+see nothing all the way, in these places, but a low, green bank on each
+side of the river, with a fringe of trees and shrubbery along the margin
+of it.
+
+For about one hundred miles of its course, however, near the central
+portion of it, the river flows through a very wild and mountainous
+district of country, or rather through a district which was once wild,
+though now, even in the steepest slopes and declivities, it is
+cultivated like a garden. The reason why these mountainous regions are
+so highly cultivated is because the soil and climate are such that they
+produce the best and most delicious grapes in the world. They have
+consequently, from time immemorial, been inhabited by a dense
+population. Every foot of ground where there is room for a vine to grow
+is valuable, and where the slope was originally steep and rocky, the
+peasants of former ages have gathered out the rocks and stones, and
+built walls of them to terrace up the land. The villages of these
+peasants, too, are seen every where nestling in the valleys, and
+clinging to the sides of the hills, while the summits of almost all the
+elevations are crowned with the ruins of old feudal castles built by
+barons, or chiefs, or kings, or military bishops of ancient times,
+famous in history. This picturesque portion of the river, which extends
+from Bonn, a little above Cologne, to Mayence,--which towns you will
+readily find on almost any map of Europe,--was the part which Mr. George
+and Rollo particularly desired to see. When they left Switzerland they
+intended to come down the river, and see the scenery in descending. But
+Mr. George met some friends of his on the frontier, who persuaded him to
+make a short tour with them in Germany, and so come to the Rhine at
+Cologne.
+
+"We can then," said he to Rollo, "go _up_ the river, and see it in
+ascending, which I think is the best way. When we get through all the
+fine scenery,--which we shall do at Mayence,-we can then go up to
+Strasbourg, and take the railroad there for Paris--the same way that we
+came."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I shall like that."
+
+Rollo liked it simply because it would make the journey longer.
+
+When at length, at the end of the tour in Germany, our travellers were
+approaching Cologne on the Rhine, Rollo began to look out, some miles
+before they reached it, to watch for the first appearance of the town.
+He had been riding in the coupe of the diligence[1] with his uncle; but
+now, in order that he might see better, he had changed his place, and
+taken a seat on the banquette. The banquette is a seat on the top of the
+coach, and though it is covered above, it is open in front, and so it
+affords an excellent view. Mr. George remained in the coupe, being very
+much interested in reading his guide book.
+
+[Footnote 1: The stage coaches on the continent of Europe are called
+_diligences_.]
+
+At length Rollo called out to tell his uncle that the city was in view.
+The windows of the coupe were open, so that by leaning over and looking
+down he could speak to his uncle without any difficulty.
+
+Mr. George was so busy reading his guide book that he paid little
+attention to what Rollo said.
+
+"Uncle George," said Rollo, calling louder, "I can see the city; and in
+the midst of it is a church with a great square tower, and something
+very singular on the top of it."
+
+Mr. George still continued his reading.
+
+"There is a spire on the top of the church," continued Rollo, "but it is
+bent down on one side entirely, as if it had half blown over."
+
+"O, no," said Mr. George, still continuing to read.
+
+"It really is," said Rollo. "I wish you would look, uncle George. It is
+something very singular indeed."
+
+[Illustration: COLOGNE IN SIGHT.]
+
+Mr. George yielded at length to these importunities, and looked out. The
+country around in every direction was one vast plain, covered with
+fields of grain, luxuriant and beautiful beyond description. It was
+without any fences or other divisions except such as were produced by
+different kinds of cultivation, so that the view extended interminably
+in almost every direction. There were rows and copses of trees here and
+there, giving variety and life to the view, and from among them were
+sometimes to be seen the spires of distant villages. In the distance,
+too, in the direction in which Rollo pointed, lay the town of Cologne.
+The roofs of the houses extended over a very wide area, and among them
+there was seen a dark square tower, very high, and crowned, as Rollo had
+said, with what seemed to be a spire, only it was bent over half way;
+and there it lay at an angle at which no spire could possibly stand.
+
+"What can it mean?" asked Rollo.
+
+"I am sure I do not know," said Mr. George.
+
+Next to Rollo, on the banquette, was seated a young man, who had mounted
+up there about an hour before, though Rollo had not yet spoken to him.
+Rollo now, however, turned to him, and asked him, in English, if he
+spoke English.
+
+The young man smiled and shook his head, implying that he did not
+understand.
+
+Rollo then asked him, in French, if he spoke French.
+
+The young man said, "_Nein_."[2]
+
+[Footnote 2: Pronounced _nine_.]
+
+Rollo knew that _nein_ was the German word for _no_, and he presumed
+that the language of his fellow-traveller was German. So he pointed to
+the steeple, and asked,--
+
+"_Was ist das?_"
+
+This phrase, _Was[3] ist das?_ is the German of What is that? Rollo knew
+very little of German, but he had learned this question long before,
+having had occasion to ask it a great many times. It is true he seldom
+or never could understand the answers he got to it, but that did not
+prevent him from asking it continually whenever there was occasion. He
+said it was some satisfaction to find that the people could understand
+his question, even if he could not understand what they said in reply to
+it.
+
+[Footnote 3: The _w_ is pronounced like _v_.]
+
+The man immediately commenced an earnest explanation; but Rollo could
+not understand one word of it, from beginning to end.
+
+The truth of the case was, that the supposed leaning spire, which Rollo
+saw, was in reality a monstrous _crane_ that was mounted on one of the
+towers of the celebrated unfinished cathedral at Cologne. This cathedral
+was commenced about six hundred years ago, and was meant to be the
+grandest edifice of the kind in the world. They laid out the plan of it
+five hundred feet long, and two hundred and fifty feet wide, and
+designed to carry up the towers and spires five hundred feet high. You
+can see now how long this church was to be by going out into the road,
+or to any other smooth and level place, and there measuring off two
+hundred and fifty paces by walking. The pace--that is, the _long
+step_--of a boy of ten or twelve years old is probably about two feet.
+That of a full grown man is reckoned at three feet. So that by walking
+off, _by long steps_, till you have counted two hundred and fifty of
+them, you can see how long this church was to be; and then by turning a
+corner and measuring one hundred and twenty-five paces in a line at
+right angles to the first, you will see how wide it was to be. To walk
+entirely round such an area as this would be nearly a third of a mile.
+
+The church was laid out and begun, and during the whole generation of
+the workmen that began it, the building was prosecuted with all the
+means and money that could be procured; and when that generation passed
+away, the next continued the work, until, at length, in about a hundred
+years it was so far advanced that a portion of it could have a roof put
+over it, and be consecrated as a church. They still went on, for one or
+two centuries more, until they had carried up the walls to a
+considerable height in many parts, and had raised one of the towers to
+an elevation of about a hundred and fifty feet. When the work had
+advanced thus far the government of Holland, in the course of some of
+the wars in which they were engaged, closed the mouth of the Rhine, so
+that the ships of Cologne could no more go up and down to get out to
+sea. This they could easily do, for the country of Holland is situated
+at the mouth of the Rhine, and the Dutch government was at that time
+extremely powerful. They had strong fleets and great fortresses at the
+mouth of the river, and thus they could easily control the navigation of
+it. Thus the merchants of Cologne could no more import goods from
+foreign lands for other people to come there and buy, but the
+inhabitants were obliged to send to Holland to purchase what they
+required for themselves. The town, therefore, declined greatly in wealth
+and prosperity, and no more money could be raised for carrying on the
+work of the cathedral.
+
+At the time when the work was interrupted the builders were engaged
+chiefly on one of the towers, which they had carried up about one
+hundred and fifty feet. The stones which were used for this tower were
+very large, and in order to hoist them up the workmen used a monstrous
+crane, which was reared on the summit of it. This crane was made of
+timbers rising obliquely from a revolving platform in the centre, and
+meeting in a point which projected beyond the wall in such a manner that
+a chain from the end of it, hanging freely, would descend to the ground.
+The stones which were to go up were then fastened to this chain, and
+hoisted up by machinery. When they were raised high enough, that is,
+just above the edge of the wall, the whole crane was turned round upon
+its platform, in such a manner as to bring the stone in over the wall;
+and then it was let down into the place which had been prepared to
+receive it.
+
+When the work on the cathedral was suspended on account of the want of
+funds, the men left this crane on the top of the tower, because they
+hoped to be able to resume the work again before long. But years and
+generations passed, and the prospect did not mend; and at last the old
+crane, which in its lofty position was exposed to all the storms and
+tempests of the sky, of course began gradually to decay. It is true it
+was protected as much as possible by a sort of casing made around it, to
+shelter it from the weather; but notwithstanding this, in the course of
+several centuries it became so unsound that there began to be danger
+that it might fall. The authorities of the town, therefore, decided to
+take it down, intending to postpone putting up a new one until the work
+of finishing the cathedral should be resumed, if indeed it ever should
+be resumed.
+
+The people of the town were very sorry to see the crane taken down. It
+had stood there, like a leaning spire, upon the top of the cathedral,
+from their earliest childhood, and from the earliest childhood, in fact,
+of their fathers and grandfathers before them. Besides, the taking down
+of the crane seemed to be, in some sense, an indication that the thought
+of ever finishing the cathedral was abandoned. This made them still more
+uneasy, and a short time afterwards a tremendous thunder storm occurred,
+and this the people considered as an expression of the displeasure of
+Heaven at the impiety of forsaking such a work, and as a warning to them
+to put up the crane again. So a new crane was made, and mounted on the
+tower as before, and being encased and enclosed like the other, it had
+at a distance the appearance of a leaning spire, and it was this which
+had attracted Rollo's attention in his approach to Cologne.
+
+Within a few years, on account of the opening again of the navigation of
+the Rhine, and other causes, the city of Cologne, with all the
+surrounding country, has been returning to its former prosperity, and
+the plan of finishing the cathedral has been resumed. The government of
+Prussia takes a great interest in the undertaking, and the kings and
+princes of other countries in Germany make contributions to it. A
+society has been organized, too, to collect funds for this purpose all
+over Europe. More than a million of dollars have already been raised,
+and the work of completing the cathedral has been resumed in good
+earnest, and is now rapidly going on.
+
+All this Rollo's fellow-traveller attempted to explain to him; but as he
+spoke in German, Rollo did not understand him.
+
+When Mr. George and Rollo reached their hotel, and had got fairly
+established in their room, Mr. George took his cane and prepared to "go
+exploring," as he called it.
+
+"Well, Rollo," said he, "what shall we go to see first?"
+
+"I want to go and see the cathedral," replied Rollo.
+
+"The cathedral?" said Mr. George. "I am surprised at that. You don't
+usually care much about churches."
+
+"But this does not look much like a church," said Rollo. "I saw the end
+of it as we came into the town. It looks like a range of cliffs rising
+high into the air, with grass and bushes growing on the top of them,
+and wolves and bears reaching out their heads and looking down."
+
+Mr. George complied with Rollo's request, and went to see the cathedral
+first. The adventures which the travellers met with on the excursion
+will be described in the next chapter.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+THE UNFINISHED CATHEDRAL.
+
+
+As soon as Mr. George and Rollo issued from the door of their hotel into
+the street, which was very narrow and without sidewalks, so that they
+were obliged to walk in the middle of it, a young man, plainly but
+neatly dressed, came up to them from behind, and said something to them
+in German. He was what is called a commissioner, and he was coming to
+offer to act as their guide in seeing the town.
+
+Nearly all the travelling on the Rhine is _pleasure_ travelling. The
+strangers consequently, who arrive at any town or city by the steamboats
+and by railway, come, almost all of them, for the purpose of seeing the
+churches and castles, and other wonders of the place, and not to
+transact business; and in every town there is a great number of persons
+whose employment it is to act as guides in showing these things. These
+men hover about the doors of the hotels, and gather in front of all the
+celebrated churches, and in all public places where travellers are
+expected to go; and as soon as they see a gentleman, or a party of
+gentlemen and ladies, coming out of their hotel, or approaching any
+place of public interest, they immediately come up to them, and offer
+their services. Sometimes their services are valuable, and the traveller
+is very ready to avail himself of them, especially when in any
+particular town there is a great deal to see, and he has but little time
+to see it. At other times, however, it is much pleasanter to go alone to
+the remarkable places, as a map of the city will enable any one to find
+them very easily, and the guide book explains them in a much more
+satisfactory manner than any of these commissioners can do it.
+
+The commissioners generally speak French, English, and German, and after
+trying one of these tongues upon the strangers whom they accost, and
+finding that they are not understood, they try another and another until
+they succeed.
+
+The commissioner in this case addressed Mr. George first in German. Mr.
+George said, "_Nein_," meaning no, and walked on.
+
+The commissioner followed by his side, and began to talk in French,
+enumerating the various churches and other objects of interest in
+Cologne, and offering to go and show them.
+
+"No," said Mr. George, "I am acquainted with the town, and I have no
+need of a guide."
+
+Mr. George had studied the map and the guide book, until he knew the
+town quite well enough for all his purposes.
+
+"You speak English, perhaps," said the commissioner, and then proceeded
+to repeat what he had said before, in broken English. He supposed that
+Mr. George and Rollo were English people, and that they would be more
+likely to engage him as a guide, if they found that he could explain the
+wonders to them in their own language.
+
+Mr. George said, "No, no, I do not wish for a guide."
+
+"Dere is die churts of St. Ursula," said the commissioner, persisting,
+"and die grand towers of die gross St. Martin, which is vare bu'ful."
+
+Mr. George finding that refusals did no good, determined to take no
+further notice of the commissioner, and so began to talk to Rollo,
+walking on all the time. The commissioner continued for some time to
+enumerate the churches and other public buildings, which he could show
+the strangers if they would but put themselves under his guidance; but
+when at length he found that they would not listen to him, he went away.
+
+[Illustration: THE BEGGAR.]
+
+Very soon an old beggar man came limping along on a crutch, with a
+countenance haggard and miserable, and, advancing to them, held out his
+cap for alms. Mr. George, who thought it was not best to give to beggars
+in the streets, was going on without regarding him; but the man hobbled
+on by the side of the strangers, and seemed about to be as pertinacious
+as the commissioner. They went on so for a little distance, when at
+length, just as the man was about giving up in despair, Rollo put his
+hand in his pocket, and feeling among the money there, happened to bring
+up a small copper coin, which he at once and instinctively dropped into
+the beggar's cap. He performed the movement a little slyly, so that Mr.
+George did not see him. This he was able to do from the fact that the
+beggar was on _his_ side, and not on Mr. George's, and, moreover, a
+little behind.
+
+As soon as the man received the coin, he took it, put the cap on his
+head, and fell back out of view.
+
+"I am glad he is gone," said Mr. George; "I was afraid he would follow
+us half through the town."
+
+Rollo laughed.
+
+"What is it?" said Mr. George. "What makes you laugh?"
+
+"Why, the fact is," said Rollo, "I gave him a batz."
+
+"Ah!" said Mr. George.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "or something like a batz, that I had in my pocket."
+
+A batz is a small Swiss coin, of the value of a fifth of a cent. Rollo
+had become familiar with this money in the course of his travels in
+Switzerland, but he did not yet know the names of the Prussian coins.
+The money which he gave the beggar was really what they called a
+_pfennige_.[4]
+
+[Footnote 4: Pronounced _fenniger_.]
+
+Rollo supposed that his uncle would not quite approve of his giving the
+beggar this money; but as he never liked to have any secrecy or
+concealment in what he did, he preferred to tell him. This is always the
+best way.
+
+As soon as the beggar had gone, another commissioner came to offer his
+services. This time, however, Mr. George, after once telling the man
+that he did not wish for his services, took no further notice of him;
+and so he soon went away.
+
+The streets of Cologne are exceedingly narrow, and there are no
+sidewalks--or scarcely any. In one place Mr. George and Rollo passed
+through a street which was so narrow, that, standing in the middle and
+extending his hands, Mr. George could touch the buildings at the same
+time on each side. And yet it seemed that carriages were accustomed to
+pass through this street, as it was paved regularly, like the rest, and
+had smooth stones laid on each side of it for wheels to run in, with
+grooves, which seemed to have been worn in them by the wheels that had
+passed there.
+
+The reason why the streets are so narrow in these old towns is, that in
+the ancient times, when they were laid out, there were no wheeled
+carriages in use, and the streets were only intended for foot
+passengers. When, at length, carriages came into use, the houses were
+all built, and so the streets could not easily be widened.
+
+Our travellers at length reached a large, open square, on the farther
+side of which the immense mass of the cathedral was seen rising, like a
+gray and venerable ruin. The wall which formed the front of it, and
+which terminated above in the unfinished mason work of the towers, was
+very irregular in its outline on the top, having remained just as it was
+left when the builders stopped their work upon it, five hundred years
+ago. The whole front of this wall, having been formed apparently of
+clusters of Gothic columns, which had become darkened, and corroded, and
+moss-covered by time, appeared very much, as Rollo had said, like a
+range of cliffs--the resemblance being greatly increased by the green
+fringe of foliage with which the irregular outline of the top was
+adorned. It may seem strange that such a vegetation as this could arise
+and be sustained at such a vast elevation. But ancient ruins are almost
+always found to be thus covered with plants which grow upon them, even
+at a very great height above the ground, with a luxuriance which is
+very surprising to those who witness this phenomenon for the first time.
+The process is this: Mosses and lichens begin to grow first on the
+stones and in the mortar. The roots of these plants strike in, and
+assisted by the sun and rain, they gradually disintegrate a portion of
+the masonry, which, in process of time, forms a soil sufficient for the
+seeds of other plants, brought by the wind, or dropped by birds, to take
+root in. At first these plants do not always come to maturity; but when
+they die and decay, they help to increase the soil, and to make a better
+bed for the seeds that are to come afterwards. Thus, in the course of
+centuries, the upper surfaces of old walls and towers become quite
+fertile in grass and weeds, and sometimes in shrubbery. I once gathered
+sprigs from quite a large rosebush which I found growing several hundred
+feet above the ground, on one of the towers of the cathedral of
+Strasbourg. It was as flourishing a rosebush as I should wish to see in
+any gentleman's garden.
+
+What Rollo meant by the bears and wolves which he said he saw looking
+down from these cliff-like towers, were great stone figures of these
+animals, that projected from various angles and cornices here and there,
+to serve as waterspouts.
+
+There was an immense door of entrance to the church, at the end of a
+very deep, arched recess in the middle of the wall, and Mr. George and
+Rollo went up to it to go in. They were met at the door by another
+commissioner, who offered his services to show them the church. Mr.
+George declined this offer, and went in.
+
+The feeling of amazement and awe which the aspect of the interior of the
+cathedral first awakened in the minds of our travellers was for a moment
+interrupted by a man in a quaint costume, who came up to them, holding a
+large silver salver in his hand, with money in it. He said something to
+Mr. George and Rollo in German. They did not understand what he said;
+but his action showed that he was taking up a contribution, for
+something or other, from the visitors who came to see the church. Mr.
+George paid no attention to him, but walked on.
+
+On looking above and around them, our travellers found themselves in the
+midst of a sort of forest of monstrous stone columns, which towered to a
+vast height above their heads, and there were lost in vaults and arches
+of the most stupendous magnificence and grandeur. The floor was of
+stone, being formed of square flags, all cracked and corroded by time.
+Along the sides of the church were various chapels, all adorned with
+great paintings, and containing altars richly furnished with silver
+lamps, and glittering paraphernalia of all kinds. Parties of ladies and
+gentlemen, strangers from all lands, were walking to and fro at leisure
+about the floor, looking at the paintings, or gazing up into the vaulted
+roofs, or studying out the inscriptions on the monuments and sculptures
+which meet the eye on every hand.
+
+All this was in the body of the church, or the _nave_, as it is called,
+which is in fact only the vestibule to the more imposing magnificence of
+what is beyond, in the ambulatory and in the choir. Mr. George and Rollo
+advanced in this direction, and at length they came to a vast screen
+made of a very lofty palisade of iron. They approached a door in the
+centre of the screen, and looking through between the iron bars, they
+beheld a scene of grandeur and magnificence wholly indescribable. The
+carved oak stalls, the gorgeously decorated altar, the immense
+candlesticks with candles twenty feet high, and the lofty ceiling with
+its splendid frescoes, formed a spectacle so imposing that they both
+gazed at it for some moments in silent wonder.
+
+"I wish we could get in," said Rollo.
+
+"I wish so too," said Mr. George; "but I suppose that this is a sort of
+sacred place."
+
+A moment after this, while Mr. George and Rollo were looking through
+this grating, a sudden sound of music burst upon their ears. It was
+produced evidently by an organ and a choir of singers, and it seemed to
+come from far above their heads. The sound was at once deepened in
+volume by the reverberation of the vaults and arches of the cathedral,
+and at the same time softened in tone, so that the effect was
+inconceivably solemn.
+
+"Hark!" said Mr. George.
+
+"Where does that music come from?" said Rollo.
+
+"Hark!" repeated Mr. George.
+
+So Mr. George and Rollo stood still and listened almost breathlessly to
+the music, until it ceased.
+
+"That was good music," said Rollo.
+
+Mr. George made a sort of inarticulate exclamation, which seemed to
+imply that he had no words to express the emotion which the music
+awakened in his mind, and walked slowly away.
+
+Presently they came to a place on one side, where there was a great iron
+gate or door in the screen, which seemed to be ajar.
+
+"Here's a door open," said Mr. George; "let us go in here."
+
+Rollo shrank back a little. "I'm afraid they will not let us go in
+here," said he. "It looks like a private place."
+
+Rollo was always very particular, in all his travels, to avoid every
+thing like intrusion. He would never go where it seemed to him doubtful
+whether it was proper to go. By this means he saved himself from a great
+many awkward predicaments that persons who act on a contrary principle
+often get themselves into while travelling. Mr. George was not quite so
+particular.
+
+"It looks rather private," said Mr. George; "but if they do not wish us
+to go in, they must keep the door shut."
+
+So he pushed the great iron gate open, and walked in. Rollo followed
+him, though somewhat timidly.
+
+They passed between a row of chapels[5] on one side, and a high, carved
+partition on the other, which seemed to separate them from the choir,
+until, at length, they came to the end of the partition, where there was
+a gate that led directly into the choir. Mr. George _turned in_,
+followed by Rollo, and they found themselves standing in the midst of a
+scene of gorgeous magnificence which it is utterly impossible to
+describe.
+
+[Footnote 5: These chapels are recesses or alcoves along the side of the
+church, fitted up and furnished with altars, crucifixes, confessionals,
+paintings, images, and other sacred emblems connected with the ritual of
+the Catholic worship. They are usually raised a step or two above the
+floor of the church, and are separated from it by an ornamented railing,
+with a gate in the middle of it.]
+
+"That is where the music came from that we heard," said Rollo, pointing
+upward.
+
+Mr. George looked up where Rollo had pointed, and there he saw a gallery
+at a great elevation above them, with a choir of singers in front, and
+an enormous organ towering to a great height towards the vaulted roof
+behind. The choir was separated from the body of the church by ranges of
+columns above, and by richly-carved and ornamental screens and railings
+below. The ceilings were beautifully painted in fresco, and here and
+there were to be seen lofty windows of stained glass, antique and
+venerable in form, and indescribably rich and gorgeous in coloring.
+
+After gazing about upon this scene for a few minutes with great
+admiration and awe, Rollo called his uncle's attention to a discovery
+which he suddenly made.
+
+"See," said he; "uncle George, there is a congregation."
+
+So saying, Rollo pointed across the choir to a sort of gateway, which
+was opposite to the side on which they came in, and where, through the
+spaces which opened between the great columns that intervened, a
+congregation were seen assembled. They were in a chapel which was
+situated in that part of the church. The chapel itself was full, and a
+great many persons were seated in the various spaces rear. Mr. George
+and Rollo walked across the choir, and joined this congregation by
+taking a position near a pillar, where they could see what was going on.
+
+At a corner near a little gateway in a railing, where the people
+appeared to come in, there was a woman sitting with a brush in her hand.
+The brush was wet with holy water. The people, as they came in,--for a
+few came in after Rollo and Mr. George arrived at the place,--touched
+their fingers to this brush, to wet them, and then crossed themselves
+with the holy water.
+
+At the altar was a priest dressed in splendid pontificals. He was
+standing with his back to the people. There was a great number of
+immensely tall candlesticks on each side of him, and a great many other
+glittering emblems. The priest was dressed in garments richly
+embroidered with gold. There was a boy behind him dressed also in a very
+singular manner. The priest and the boy went through with a great
+variety of performances before the altar, none of which Rollo could at
+all understand. From time to time the boy would ring a little bell, and
+the organ and the choir of singers in the lofty gallery would begin to
+play and sing; and then, after a short time, the music would cease, and
+the priest and the boy would go on with their performances as before.
+
+Presently Rollo heard a sound of marching along the paved floor, and
+looking into the choir whence the sounds proceeded, he saw a procession
+formed of boys, with a priest, bearing some glittering sacred utensils
+of silver in his hands, at the head of them. The boys were all dressed
+alike. The dress consisted of a long crimson robe with a white frock
+over it, which came down below the waist, and a crimson cape over the
+frock, which covered the shoulders. Thus they were red above and below,
+and white in the middle.
+
+One of these boys had a censer in his hands, and another had a little
+bell; and as they came along you could see the censer swinging in the
+air, and the volumes of fragrant smoke rising from it, and you could
+hear the tinkling of the little bell. The priest advanced to the altar
+before which the audience were sitting, and there, while the censer was
+waving and the smoke was ascending, he performed various ceremonies
+which Rollo could not at all understand, but which seemed to interest
+the congregation very much, for they bowed continually, and crossed
+themselves, and seemed impressed with a very deep solemnity.
+
+Presently, when the ceremony was completed, the procession returned into
+the choir, the priest at the head of it, just as it came.
+
+When the procession had passed away, Mr. George made a sign for Rollo to
+follow him, and then walked along out through the gate where the woman
+was sitting with the holy water. She held out the brush to Mr. George
+and Rollo as they passed, but they did not take it.
+
+"What ridiculous mummeries!" said Rollo, in a low tone, as soon as they
+had got out of the hearing of the congregation.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "they seem so to us; but I have a certain
+respect for all those ceremonies, since they are meant to be the worship
+of God."
+
+"I thought it was the worship of images," said Rollo. "Did not you see
+the images?"
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "I saw them; and perhaps we can make it out that
+those rites are, in reality, the worship of images; but they are not
+_meant_ for that. They are _meant_ for the worship of God."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+THE GALLERIES.
+
+
+"I want to get up upon the towers," said Rollo, "if we can."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "but I want first to go and see the tomb of the
+three kings."
+
+"What is that?" asked Rollo.
+
+"I will show you," said Mr. George. So saying, Mr. George led the way,
+and Rollo followed, along what is called the _ambulatory_, which is a
+broad space that extends all around the head of the cross in the
+cathedral churches of Europe, between the screen of the choir on one
+side and the ranges of chapels on the other. The ambulatory is usually
+very grand and imposing in the effect which it produces on the mind of
+the visitor, on account of the immense columns which border it, the
+loftiness of the vaulted roof, which forms a sort of sky over it above,
+and by the elaborate carvings and sculptures of the screen on one side,
+and the gorgeous decorations of the chapels on the other. Then all along
+the floor there are sculptured monuments of ancient warriors armed to
+the teeth in marble representations of iron and steel, while the walls
+are adorned with rich paintings of immense magnitude, representing
+scenes in the life of the Savior. There seemed to Mr. George some
+incongruity between the reverence evinced for the teachings and example
+of Jesus, in the pictures above, and the honor paid to the barbarous
+valor of the fighting old barons, in the monuments and effigies which
+occupied the pavement below.
+
+At length, at the head of the cross, exactly opposite to the centre of
+the high altar, which faced the choir, in the place which seemed to be
+the special place of honor, Mr. George pointed to a small, square
+enclosure, or sort of projecting closet, which was richly carved and
+gilded, and adorned with a variety of ancient inscriptions.
+
+"There," said Mr. George, "that must be the tomb of the three kings.
+That is the sepulchre which contains, as they pretend, the skulls of the
+three wise men of the east, who came to Bethlehem to worship Jesus the
+night on which he was born."
+
+"How came they here?" asked Rollo.
+
+"They were at Milan about six or eight hundred years ago," said Mr.
+George, "and they were plundered from the church there by a great
+general, and given to the Archbishop of Cologne, and he put them in this
+church. They have been here ever since, and they are prized very highly
+indeed. They are set round with gold and precious stones, and have the
+names of the men marked on them in letters formed of rubies."
+
+"Can we see them?" asked Rollo. As he said this he climbed up upon a
+little step, and attempted to look through a gilded grating in the front
+of the coffer which contained the rubies.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "but we must pay the sacristan for showing them
+to us. We can ask him about them when we come down from the galleries."
+
+"And besides," continued Mr. George, "the guide book says that under the
+floor of the church, just in front of the tomb of the three kings, the
+heart of Mary de Medicis is buried. That must be the place."
+
+So saying, Mr. George pointed to a large, square flagstone, which looked
+somewhat different from the others around it. Rollo gazed a moment at
+the stone, and then said,--
+
+"I suppose so; but I don't care much about these things, uncle George.
+Let us go up into the towers."
+
+"Very well," said Mr. George, "we will go and see if we can find the
+way."
+
+So our travellers went on along the ambulatory, and thence into the
+aisles and nave of the church, stopping, however, every few minutes to
+gaze at some gorgeously decorated altar, or large and beautiful
+painting, or quaint old effigy, or at some monument, or inscription, or
+antique and time-worn sculpture. There were a great many other parties
+of visitors, consisting of ladies and gentlemen, and sometimes children,
+rambling about the church at the same time. Rollo observed, as he passed
+these groups, that some were talking French, some German, and some
+English. Here and there, too, Rollo passed plain-looking people, dressed
+like peasants, who were kneeling before some altar or crucifix, saying
+their prayers or counting their beads, and wearing a very devout and
+solemn air. Some of these persons took no notice of Mr. George and Rollo
+as they passed them; but others would follow them with their eyes,
+scrutinizing their dress and appearance very closely until they got by,
+though they continued all the time to move their lips and utter
+inarticulate murmurings.
+
+"I don't think those girls are attending much to their prayers," said
+Rollo.
+
+"I'm afraid the girls in the Protestant churches in America do not
+attend to them much better," said Mr. George. "There is a great deal of
+time spent in seeing how people are dressed by worshippers in other
+churches than the Roman Catholic."
+
+At length Rollo caught a view of the man who had held the plate for a
+contribution, at the time when he and Mr. George came in at the church
+door. He was walking to and fro, with his plate in his hand, in a
+distant portion of the church. Rollo immediately offered to go to him,
+and ask how he and Mr. George were to get to the towers. So he left Mr.
+George looking at a great painting, and walked off in that direction.
+
+Just before Rollo came to the man, his attention was attracted by a girl
+of about twelve or thirteen years of age, who was strolling about the
+church at a little distance before him, swinging her bonnet in her hand.
+She was very pretty, and her dark eyes shone with a very brilliant, but
+somewhat roguish expression. She stopped when she saw Rollo coming, and
+eyed him with a mingled look of curiosity and pleasure.
+
+Rollo, observing that this young lady appeared not to be particularly
+afraid of him, thought he would accost her.
+
+"Do you speak French?" said he in French, as he was walking slowly by
+her. He supposed from her appearance that she was a French girl, and so
+he spoke to her in that language.
+
+The girl replied, not in French, but in English,--
+
+"Yes, and English too."
+
+"How did you know that I spoke English?" said Rollo, speaking now in
+English himself.
+
+"By your looks," said the girl.
+
+"What is your name?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Tell me your name first," said the girl.
+
+"My name is Rollo," said Rollo.
+
+"And mine," replied the stranger, "is Minnie."
+
+"Do you see that man out there," said Minnie, immediately after telling
+her name, "who is gathering the donations? Come and see what a play I
+will play him."
+
+Minnie was a French girl, and so, though she had learned English, she
+did not speak it quite according to the established usage.
+
+So she walked along towards the contribution man, wearing a very grave
+and demure expression of countenance as she went. Rollo kept by her
+side. As soon as they came near, the man held out his plate, hoping to
+receive a contribution from them. But as the plate already contained
+money which had been put in by former contributors, the action was
+precisely as if the man were offering money to the children, instead of
+asking it of them. So Minnie put forth her hand, and making a courtesy,
+took one of the pieces of money that were in the plate, pretending to
+suppose that the man meant to give it to her, and said at the same time,
+in French,--
+
+"I am very much obliged to you, sir. It is just what I wanted."
+
+The man immediately exclaimed, "_Nein nein!_" which is the German for
+No! no! and then went on saying something in a very earnest tone, and
+holding out his hand for Minnie to give him back the money. Minnie did
+so, and then, looking up at Rollo with a very arch and roguish
+expression of countenance, she turned round and skipped away over the
+stone pavement, until she was lost from view behind an enormous column.
+Rollo saw her afterwards walking about with a gentleman and lady, the
+party to which she belonged.
+
+Rollo then asked the man who held the plate what he should do to get up
+into the towers. He asked this question in French, and the man replied
+in French that he must go "to the Swiss, and the Swiss would give him a
+ticket.
+
+"Where shall I find the Swiss?" asked Rollo.
+
+The man pointed to a distant part of the church, where a number of
+people were going in through a great iron gateway.
+
+"You will find him there somewhere," said the man, "and you will know
+him by his red dress."
+
+[Illustration: MINNIE'S ROGUERY.]
+
+So Rollo went and reported to his uncle George, and they together went
+in pursuit of the Swiss. They soon came to the great gate; and just
+inside of it they saw a man dressed in a long red gown which came down
+to his ankles. This proved to be what they called the Swiss. On making
+known to him what they wanted, this man gave them a ticket,--they paying
+him the usual fee for it,--and then went and found a guide who was to
+show them up into the galleries.
+
+The guide, taking them under his charge, led them outside the church,
+and then conducted them to a door leading into a small round tower,
+which was built at an angle of the wall. This tower, though small in
+size, was as high as the church, and it contained a spiral staircase of
+stone, which conducted up into the upper parts of the edifice. Mr.
+George and Rollo, however, found that they could not go up to the towers
+but only to what were called the galleries. But it proved in the end
+that they had quite enough of climbing and of walking along upon dizzy
+heights, in visiting these galleries, and Rollo was very willing to come
+down again when he had walked round the upper one of them, without
+ascending to the towers.
+
+There were three of these galleries. The first was an inner one; that
+is, it was inside the church. The two others were outside. The party was
+obliged to ascend to a vast height before they reached the first
+gallery. This gallery was a very narrow passage, barely wide enough for
+one person to walk in, which extended all around the choir, with a solid
+wall on one side, and arches through which they could look down into the
+church below on the other. After walking along for several hundred feet,
+listening to the swelling sounds of the music, which, coming from the
+organ and choir below, echoed grandly and solemnly among the vaults and
+arches above them, until they reached the centre of the curve at the
+head of the cross, Mr. George and Rollo stopped, and leaned over the
+stone parapet, and looked down. The parapet was very high and very
+thick, and Rollo had to climb up a little upon it before he could see
+over.
+
+They gazed for a few minutes in silence, completely overwhelmed with the
+dizzy grandeur of the view. It is always impossible to convey by words
+any idea of the impression produced upon the mind by looking down from
+any great height upon scenes of magnificence or of beauty; but it would
+be doubly impossible in such a case as this. Far below them in front,
+they could see the choir of singers in the singing gallery, with the
+organ behind them. The distance was, however, so great that they could
+not distinguish the faces of the singers, or even their persons. Then at
+a vast distance, lower still, was the floor of the choir, paved
+beautifully in mosaic, and with little dots of men and women, slowly
+creeping, like insects, over the surface of it. At a distance, through
+the spaces between the columns, a part of the congregation could be
+seen, with the women and children at the margin of it, kneeling on the
+praying chairs, and a little red spot near a gate, which Rollo thought
+must be the Swiss. The whole of the interior of the choir, which they
+looked down into as you would look down into a valley from the summit of
+a mountain, was so magnificently decorated with paintings, mosaics, and
+frescoes, and enriched with columns, monuments, sculptures, and
+carvings, and there were, moreover, so many railings, and screens, and
+stalls, and canopies, and altars, to serve as furnishing for the vast
+interior, that the whole view presented the appearance of a scene of
+enchantment.
+
+Mr. George said it was the most imposing spectacle that he ever saw.
+
+After this, the guide led our two travellers up about a hundred feet
+higher still, till they came to the first outer gallery; and the scene
+which presented itself to view here would be still more difficult to
+describe than the other. The gallery was very narrow, like the one
+within, and it led through a perfect maze of columns, pinnacles,
+arches, turrets, flying buttresses, and other constructions pertaining
+to the exterior architecture of the church. It was like walking on a
+mountain in the midst of a forest of stone. The analogy was increased by
+the monstrous forms of bears, lions, tigers, boars, and other wild and
+ferocious beasts, which projected from the eaves every where to convey
+the water that came down from rains, out to a distance from the walls of
+the building. These images had deep grooves cut along their backs for
+the water to flow in. These grooves led to the mouths of the animals,
+and they were invisible to persons looking up from below, so that to
+observers on the ground each animal appeared perfect in his form, and
+was seen stretching out the whole length of his body from the cornices
+of the building, and pouring out the water from his mouth.
+
+From these outer galleries Rollo could not only see the pinnacles, and
+turrets, and flying buttresses, of the part of the church which was
+finished, but he could also observe the immense works of scaffolding and
+machinery erected around the part which was now in progress. Men were at
+work hoisting up immense stones, and moving them along by a railway to
+the places on the walls where they were destined to go. The yard, too,
+on one side, far, far down, was covered with blocks, some rough, and
+others already carved and sculptured, and ready to go up. The towers
+were in view too, with the monstrous crane leaning over from the summit
+of one of them; but there seemed to be no way of getting to them but by
+crossing long scaffoldings where the masons were now at work. This Rollo
+would have had no wish to do, even if the guide had proposed to conduct
+him.
+
+So, after spending half an hour in surveying the magnificent prospect
+which opened every where around them over the surrounding country, and
+in scrutinizing the details of the architecture near, the sculptures,
+the masonry, the painted windows, the massive piers, and the buttresses
+hanging by magic, as it were, in the air, and all the other wonders of
+the maze of architectural constructions which surrounded them, the party
+began their descent.
+
+"I am glad they are going to finish it," said Rollo to Mr. George, as
+they were walking round and round, and round and round, in the little
+turret, going down the stairs. "The next time we come here, perhaps, it
+will be done."
+
+"They expect it will take twenty years to finish it," said Mr. George.
+
+"Twenty years!" repeated Rollo, surprised.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "and about four millions of dollars. Why, when
+they first determined that they would attempt to finish it, it took
+fifteen years to make the repairs which were necessary in the old work,
+before they could begin any of the new. And now, at the rate that they
+are going on, it will take twenty years to finish it. For my part, I do
+not know whether we ought to be glad to have it finished or not, on
+account of the immense cost. It seems as if that money could be better
+expended."
+
+"Perhaps it could," said Rollo. "But every body that comes here to see
+it gets a great deal of pleasure; and as an immense number of people
+will come, I think the amount of the pleasure will be very great in
+all."
+
+"That is true," said Mr. George, "and that is the right way to consider
+it; but let us make the calculation in the same way that we made the
+calculation about the gold chain that you were going to buy in London.
+If we suppose that the church was half done when they left off the work,
+and that it will now cost four millions of dollars to finish it, that
+will make eight millions of dollars in all. Now, what is the interest of
+eight millions of dollars, say at three per cent.?"
+
+Rollo began to calculate it in his mind; but before he had got through,
+Mr. George said that it was two hundred and forty thousand dollars a
+year.
+
+"That," said Mr. George, "is equal, with a proper allowance for repairs,
+to, say a thousand dollars per day. Now, do you think that the people
+who will come here to see it will get pleasure enough from it to amount
+in all to a thousand dollars a day?"
+
+"I don't know," said Rollo, doubtfully. "I'd give one dollar, I know, to
+see it."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "so would I; and I do not know but that there
+would be three hundred thousand to come in a year, including all the
+great occasions that would bring out immense assemblages from all the
+surrounding country."
+
+"At any rate, I hope they will finish it," said Rollo.
+
+"So do I," said Mr. George.
+
+"And I mean to put a little in the man's plate when I go down," said
+Rollo, "and then I shall have a share in it."
+
+"I will too," said Mr. George.
+
+Accordingly, as they passed by the man when they were leaving the
+church, Mr. George put a franc into his plate, and Rollo half a franc.
+Just at the time that they put their money in, the party that Minnie
+belonged to came by, and the gentleman put in a silver coin called a
+thaler, which is worth about seventy-five cents; so that Rollo had the
+satisfaction of seeing that one of the four millions of dollars was
+raised on the spot.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+TRAVELLING ON THE RHINE.
+
+
+The steamboats and hotels, and all the arrangements made for the
+accommodation of travellers on the Rhine, are entirely different from
+those of any American river, partly for the reason that so very large a
+portion of the travelling there is pleasure travelling. The boats are
+smaller, and they go more frequently. The company is more select. They
+sit upon the deck, under the awnings, all the day, looking at their
+guide books, and maps, and panoramas of the river, and studying out the
+names and history of the villages, and castles, and ruined towers, which
+they pass on the way. The hotels are large and very elegant. They are
+built on the banks of the river, or wherever there is the finest view,
+and the dining room is always placed in the best part of the house, the
+windows from it commanding views of the mountains, or overlooking the
+water, so that in sitting at table to eat your breakfast, or your
+dinner, you have before you all the time some charming view. Then there
+is usually connected with the dining room, and opening from it, some
+garden or terrace, raised above the road and the river, with seats and
+little tables there, shaded by trees, or sheltered by bowers, where
+ladies and gentlemen can sit, when the weather is pleasant, and read, or
+drink their tea or coffee, or explore, with an opera glass, or a spy
+glass, the scenery around. They can see the towers and castles across
+the river, and follow the little paths leading in zigzag lines up among
+the vineyards to the watchtowers, and pavilions, and belvideres, that
+are built on the pinnacles of the rocks, or on the summits of the lower
+mountains.
+
+The hotels and inns, even in the smallest villages, are very nice and
+elegant in all their interior arrangements. These small villages consist
+usually of a crowded collection of the most quaint and queer-looking
+houses, or rather huts, of stone, with an antique and venerable-looking
+church in the midst of them, looking still more quaint and queer than
+the houses. The hotels, however, in these villages, or rather on the
+borders of them,--for the hotels are often built on the open ground
+beyond the town, where there is room for gardens and walks, and raised
+terraces around them,--are palaces in comparison with the dwellings of
+the inhabitants. And well they may be, for the villagers are almost all
+laborers of a very humble class--boatmen, who get their living by plying
+boats up and down the river; vinedressers, who cultivate the vineyards
+of the neighboring hills; or hostlers and coachmen, who take care of the
+carriages and of the horses employed in the traffic of the river. A
+great number of horses are employed; for not only are the carriages of
+such persons as choose to travel on the Rhine by land, or to make
+excursions on the banks of the river, drawn by them, but almost all the
+boats, except the steamboats that go up the river, are _towed_ up by
+these animals. To enable them to do this, a regular tow path has been
+formed all the way up the river, on the left bank, and boats of all
+shapes and sizes are continually to be seen going up, drawn, like canal
+boats in America, by horses--and sometimes even by men. Once I saw some
+boys drawing up a small boat in this way. It seems they had been going
+down the stream to take a sail, or perhaps to convey a traveller down;
+and now they were coming up again, drawing their boat by walking along
+the bank, the current being so rapid that it is much easier to draw a
+boat up than it is to row it. The boys had a long line attached to the
+mast of their boat, and both of them were drawing upon this line by
+means of broad bands, forming a sort of harness, which were passed
+over their shoulders.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+Now, the small villages that I was speaking of are formed almost
+exclusively of the dwellings of the various classes which I have
+described, while the hotels or inns that are built on the margins of
+them are intended, not as they would be in America, for the
+accommodation of the people of the same class, but for travellers of
+wealth, and rank, and distinction, who come from all quarters of the
+world to explore the beauties and study the antiquities of the Rhine.
+Thus the inns, however small and secluded they may be, and however
+retired and solitary the places in which they stand, are always very
+nice, and even elegant, in their interior arrangements. The chambers are
+furnished and arranged in the prettiest possible manner. Handsome open
+carriages and pretty boats are ready to convey visitors on any excursion
+which they may desire to make in the neighborhood, and the table is
+provided with almost as many delicacies and niceties as you can have in
+Paris.
+
+The roads along the banks of the Rhine, too, are absolutely perfect.
+Well they may be so in fact, for workmen have been constantly employed
+in making and perfecting them for nearly two thousand years. Julius
+Caesar worked upon them. Charlemagne worked upon them. Frederic the
+Great worked upon them. Napoleon worked upon them. They are walled up
+wherever necessary on the side towards the river; the rock is cut away
+on the side towards the land; valleys have been filled up; hill sides
+have been terraced, and ravines bridged over; until the road, though
+passing along the margin of a very mountainous region, is almost as
+level as a railway throughout the whole of its course. And as it is
+macadamized throughout, and is kept in the most perfect condition, it is
+always, in wet weather as well as dry, as firm, and hard, and smooth as
+a floor.
+
+With such roads and such carriages on the land, and such pretty
+steamboats as they have upon the water, it would be very pleasant going
+up through the highlands of the Rhine, if there were nothing but the
+natural scenery to attract the eye of the traveller. But besides the
+quaint and ancient villages, and the curious old churches which adorn
+them,--villages which sometimes line the margin of the water, and
+sometimes cling to the slopes of the hills, or nestle in the higher
+valleys,--there are other still stronger attractions, in the castles,
+towers, and palaces, which are seen scattered every where on the river
+banks, adorning every prominent and commanding position along the
+shores, and crowning, in many cases, the summits of the hills. Many of
+these castles and towers, though built originally hundreds of years ago,
+are still kept in repair and inhabited, some being used as the summer
+residences of princes, or of private men of fortune, and others, being
+armed with cannon and garrisoned with soldiers, are held as strongholds
+by the kings, or dukes, or electors, in whose dominions they lie. There
+are a great many of them, however, that have been allowed to go to
+decay; and the ruins of these still stand, presenting to the eye of the
+traveller who gazes up to them from the deck of the steamer, or from his
+seat in his carriage, or who climbs up to visit them more closely, by
+means of the zigzag paths which lead to them, very interesting relics
+and memorials of ancient times. The ruins are generally on very lofty
+summits, and they usually occupy the most commanding positions, so that
+the view from them up and down the river is almost always very grand.
+The castles were built by the dukes, and barons, and other feudal
+chieftains of the middle ages, and they are placed in these commanding
+positions in order that the chieftains who lived in them might watch the
+river, and the roads leading along the banks of it, and come down with a
+troop of their followers to exact what they called tribute, but what
+those who had to pay it called plunder, from the merchants or travellers
+whom they saw from the windows of their watchtowers, passing up and
+down.
+
+In fact these men were really robbers; being just like any other
+robbers, excepting that they restricted themselves to some rule and
+system in their plunderings, such as an enlightened regard for their own
+interest required. If, when they found a vessel laden with merchandise,
+or a company of travellers coming down the river, they had robbed them
+of every thing they possessed, the river and the roads would soon have
+been entirely abandoned, and their occupation would have been gone. In
+order to avoid this result, they were accustomed to content themselves
+with a certain portion of the value which the traveller was carrying;
+and they called the money which they exacted a tribute, or tax, paid for
+the privilege of passing through their dominions. They kept continual
+watch in their lofty castles, both up and down the river, to see who
+came by, and then, descending with a sufficient force to render
+resistance useless, they would take what they pretended to consider
+their due, and retreat with it to their almost inaccessible fastnesses,
+where they were safe from all pursuers.
+
+They often had wars with one another; and in the progress of these wars
+the weaker chieftains became, in the course of time, subjected to the
+stronger, and thus two or more small dominions would often become united
+into one. These amalgamations went on continually; and as they advanced,
+the condition of the cultivator of the ground, and of the peaceful
+merchant or traveller, was improved, for the rules and regulations for
+the collection of the tribute became more fixed and settled, and men
+knew more and more what they could calculate upon, and could regulate
+their business accordingly. Arrangements were made, too, to collect a
+regular tax from the cultivators of the ground; and just so far as these
+arrangements were matured, and the produce of the plunder, or the
+tribute, or the tax, or whatever we call it, increased, just so far it
+became for the interest of the chieftains that the cultivation of the
+land and the traffic on the river should be increased, and should be
+protected from all depredations but their own. Thus a system of law grew
+up, and arrangements for preserving public order, for promoting the
+general industry, and rules and regulations for the collection of the
+tribute, until at length, when all these arrangements were matured, and
+the multitude of petty chieftains became combined under one great
+chieftain ruling over the whole, and collecting the revenue for his
+subordinates, we find a great kingdom as the result, in which the
+descendants of the ancient marauders that lived in castles on the hills,
+under the name of princes and nobles, collect the means of enabling
+themselves to live in idleness and luxury out of the avails of the labor
+of the agriculturists, the merchants, and the manufacturers, by a
+combined and concerted arrangement, and a regular system of rents,
+taxes, and tolls, instead of by irregular forrays and depredations, as
+in former years.
+
+When any one of these nobles is questioned as to the nature of his claim
+to the enjoyment of so large a portion of the produce of the land,
+without doing any thing to earn or deserve it, he says that it is a
+_vested right_; that is, that he has a right to claim and take a certain
+portion of the proceeds of the toil of the _present_ generation of
+laborers, because his forefathers claimed and took a similar portion
+from theirs. And the one monarch, whose ancestors succeeded in
+overpowering or crowding out the others, claims his right to rule on the
+same ground. Thus, in the progress of ages, by a strange commutation,
+robbery and plunder, when systematized, and extended, and established on
+a permanent basis, become legitimacy, and the divine right of kings.
+
+In America there is no such division of the fruits of industry between
+those who do the work and a class of idle nobles, and soldiers, and
+priests, who do nothing but consume the proceeds of it. There every man
+possesses the full fruit of his labor, except so far as he himself joins
+with his fellow-citizens in setting apart a portion for the purposes of
+public and general utility. This is the reason why such immense numbers
+of laboring men are every year leaving Germany and emigrating to
+America.
+
+But to return to the Rhine. Of course, just so fast and so far as the
+smaller chieftains were conquered and dispossessed, and the country came
+into the hands of a smaller number of greater princes, the old castles
+became useless. Besides, when rules and laws, instead of surprises and
+violence, became the means by which contributions were levied, it was no
+longer necessary to have strongholds on high hills to come down from,
+when a vessel or a traveller was coming by, and to retreat to with the
+booty when the plunder had been taken. A great number of these old
+castles have, therefore, gone to decay; for they were generally built
+too high on the hills and rocks to be convenient as dwellings for
+peaceable men. A few of the largest and strongest of them were retained
+as fortresses; and those that were retained have been greatly enlarged
+and strengthened in their defences in modern times, so that some of them
+are now the greatest and strongest fortresses in the world. Others, that
+were built in tolerably accessible situations, or which commanded an
+unusually beautiful view, were retained and kept in repair, and are used
+now as the summer residences of wealthy men. The rest were suffered
+gradually to go to decay, and the ruins and remains of them are seen
+crowning almost every remarkable height all along the river. Some of
+these ruins are still in a very good state of preservation, so that in
+going up to explore them you can make out very easily the whole original
+plan of the edifice. You can find the turret, with the remains of the
+stairs which led up to the watchtower, and the kitchen, and the hall,
+and the armory, and the stables. In others, there is nothing to be seen
+but a confused mass of unintelligible ruins; and in others still, every
+thing is gone, except, perhaps, some single arch or gateway, which
+stands among a mass of shapeless mounds, the last remaining relic of the
+edifice it once adorned, and itself tottering, perhaps, on the brink of
+its precipitous foundation, as if just ready to fall.
+
+[Illustration: DONKEY RIDING.]
+
+These old ruins are visited every year by thousands of persons who come
+from every part of the world to see them. These visitors arrive every
+year in such numbers that the steamboats, both going up and coming down,
+and all the hotels, and thousands of carriages, which are perpetually
+plying to and fro along the shores on both sides of the river, are
+constantly filled with them. A great many people merely pass up or down
+the river in a steamer, in a day and a night, and only see the ruins and
+the other scenery by gazing at them from the deck of the vessel. But in
+this case they get no idea whatever of the Rhine. It is necessary to
+travel slowly, to stop frequently at the towns on the bank, to make
+excursions along the shores and into the interior, and to ascend to the
+sites of the ruins, and to other elevated points, so as to view the
+valley and the stream meandering through it from above, or you obtain no
+correct idea whatever of travelling on the Rhine.
+
+The work of ascending to the old ruins would be a very arduous and
+difficult one for all but the young and robust, were it not for the
+assistance that is afforded by the donkeys that are kept at the foot of
+every remarkable hill that travellers might be supposed desirous to
+ascend. These donkeys have a sort of chair fitted upon them, that is, a
+saddle, flat upon the top, and guarded all around one side by a sort of
+back, like the back of a chair. The trappings are covered with some
+kind of scarlet cloth, so that the troop of donkeys standing together
+under the shade of the trees, at the foot of the hill which they are to
+ascend, make a very gay appearance. The donkeys look very small to bear
+so heavy a load as a full grown person; but they are very strong, and
+they carry their burden quite easily, especially as the distance is not
+very great. For these mountains of the Rhine, celebrated as they are for
+the romantic grandeur which they impart to the scenery, are, after all,
+seldom more than a few hundred feet high. There is also, almost always,
+an excellent path leading up to them. It winds usually by zigzags
+through the groves of trees, or between gardens and vineyards, in a very
+delightful manner, so that the ascent in going up any of these hills
+would make a very pleasant excursion even without the ruins on the top.
+
+Such, in its general features, is the mountainous region of the Rhine,
+as it appears to the travellers who go to visit it at the present day;
+and it was this region that Rollo and Mr. George were now going to
+explore.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+THE SIEBEN GEBIRGEN.
+
+
+The word _Sieben_ means _seven_, and _Gebirgen_ means _mountains_.[6]
+Thus the _Sieben Gebirgen_ is the Seven Mountains. It is the name given
+to a mountainous mass of land which rises into seven or more principal
+peaks, just at the entrance of the romantic part of the Rhine. The
+highest of these mountains is the celebrated Drachenfels, which has a
+ruined castle on the top of it, and an inn for the accommodation of
+travellers just below. The Seven Mountains and Drachenfels are on the
+east bank of the river. Opposite to them on the left bank are some other
+remarkable mountains, crowned also with celebrated ruins. The river
+flows between these highlands as through a gateway. They form, in fact,
+the commencement of the mountainous region of the Rhine, in ascending
+the river from Cologne.[7]
+
+[Footnote 6: The words are pronounced as they are spelled, except that
+the _g_ in _Gebirgen_ is hard.]
+
+[Footnote 7: The reader must be very careful to get the idea right in
+his mind in respect to which way is _up_ on the Rhine. The river flows
+north. Of course, in looking on the map, what is _down_ on the page is
+_up_ in respect to the flow of the river.]
+
+The large town next below where these mountains commence is Bonn, which
+is, perhaps, thirty or forty miles above Cologne. The country up as far
+as Bonn from Cologne is pretty level, and a railroad has been made
+there. At Bonn the mountains begin, and the railroad has accordingly not
+been yet carried any farther. Mr. George and Rollo went up to Bonn by
+the railroad.
+
+Mr. George wished to stop at Bonn for half a day to visit a celebrated
+university that is there. The buildings of this university were formerly
+a palace; but they were afterwards given up to the use of the
+university, which subsequently became one of the most distinguished
+seminaries of learning in Europe. Mr. George wished to visit this
+university. He had letters of introduction to some of the professors. He
+wished also to see the library and the cabinets of natural history that
+were there. He invited Rollo to go with him, but Rollo concluded not to
+go. He would have liked to have seen the library very well, and the
+cabinets, but he was rather afraid of the professors.
+
+So, while Mr. George went to visit the literary institution, Rollo
+amused himself by rambling about the town, and looking at the quaint
+old churches, and the houses, and the fortifications, and in strolling
+along the quay, by the shore of the river, to see the steamers and tow
+boats go up and down.
+
+At length he went to the hotel. The hotel was just without the gates,
+near the river. There was a garden between the hotel and the river, with
+a terrace at the margin of it, overlooking the water, where there were
+tables and chairs ready for any person who might choose to take coffee
+or any other refreshments there. Mr. George's room was on this side of
+the hotel, and being pretty high it overlooked the gardens, and the
+terrace, and the river, and afforded a charming view. Up the river, on
+the other side, about three or four miles off, the Sieben Gebirgen were
+plainly to be seen, the summits of them tipped with ancient ruins.
+
+After Rollo had been sitting there about half an hour, Mr. George came
+home. It was then about one o'clock.
+
+"Well, Rollo," said he, "we are going up the river. I have engaged the
+landlord to send us up in a carriage to some pleasant place on the bank
+of the river among the mountains, where we can spend the Sabbath."
+
+"Why, what day is it?" asked Rollo.
+
+"It is Saturday," replied Mr. George.
+
+Rollo was quite surprised to find that it was Saturday. In fact, in
+travelling on the Rhine, as there is so little to mark or distinguish
+one day from another, we almost always soon lose our reckoning.
+
+"What is the name of the place where we are going?" asked Rollo.
+
+"I don't know," replied Mr. George. "I cannot understand very well. He
+is going to send us somewhere. How it will turn out I cannot tell. We
+must trust to the fortune of war."
+
+Mr. George often called the luck that befell him in travelling the
+fortune of war. "If we were contented," he would say, "to travel over
+and over again in places that we know, then we could make some
+calculations, and could know beforehand, in most cases, where we were
+going and how we should come out. But in travelling in new and strange
+places we cannot tell at all, especially when there is no language that
+we can communicate well with the people in. So we have to trust to the
+fortune of war."
+
+Mr. George, however, determined to make one more effort to find out
+where he was going; and so, when the carriage came to the door, and he
+and Rollo were about to get into it, he asked the porter of the
+house--who was the man that "spoke English"--what the name of the place
+was where they were going to stop.
+
+"Yes, sare," replied the man. "You will stop. You will go to Poppensdorf
+and to Kreitzberg, and then you will go to Gottesberg, and then you will
+go to Rolandseck, where there is a boat that will take you to
+Drachenfels, or to Koenigswinter."
+
+He said all this with so strong a German accent, and pronounced the
+barbarous words with so foreign an intonation, that no trace or
+impression whatever was left by them on Mr. George's ear.
+
+"But which is the place," asked Mr. George, speaking very deliberately
+and plainly,--"which is the place where we are to be left by the
+carriage to stay on Sunday? Is it Rolandseck or Koenigswinter?"
+
+"Yes, sare," said the porter, making a very polite bow. "Yes, sare, you
+will go to Rolandseck, and to Kreitzberg, and to Gottesberg, and if you
+please you can stop at Poppensdorf."
+
+"Very well," said Mr. George. "Tell him to drive on."
+
+This is a tolerably fair specimen of the success to which travellers,
+and the porters, and waiters, who "speak English," attain to, in their
+attempts to understand one another. In fact, the attempts of these
+domestic linguists to _speak_ English are sometimes still more
+unfortunate than their attempts to understand it. One of them, in
+talking to Mr. George, said "No, yes," for no, sir. Another told Rollo
+that the dinner would be ready in _fiveteen_ minutes, and a very worthy
+landlord, in commenting on the pleasant weather, said that the time was
+very _agregable_. So a waiter said one day that the _bifstek_ was just
+coming up out of the _kriken_. He meant kitchen.
+
+The place where the porter, who engaged the carriage for Mr. George,
+intended to leave him, was really Rolandseck. Rolandseck is the name of
+a ruined arch, the remains of an ancient tower which may be seen in the
+engraving a little farther on, upon the height of land on the left side
+of the view. The lofty ruin on the right, farther in the distance, is
+Drachenfels. At the foot of Drachenfels, a little farther down the
+river,--and we are looking down the river in the engraving,--is a town
+called Koenigswinter, which is the place that people usually set out
+from to ascend the mountain, a great number of donkeys being kept there
+for that purpose. Beneath the tower of Rolandseck, near the margin of
+the water, is a row of three or four houses, two of which are hotels.
+The land rises so suddenly from the river here, that there is barely
+room for the road and the houses between the water and the hill. In
+fact, the road itself is terraced up with a wall ten or fifteen feet
+high towards the water, and the houses in the same manner from the road.
+You enter them, indeed, from the level of the road; but you are
+immediately obliged to ascend a staircase to reach the principal floor
+of the house, which is ten or fifteen feet above the road, and the
+gardens of the house are on terraces raised to that height by a wall.
+Thus from the gardens and terraces you look down fifteen feet over a
+wall to the road, and from the road you look down fifteen feet over a
+wall to the water. Along the outer margin of the road is a broad stone
+wall or parapet, flat at the top and about three feet high. All this you
+can see represented in the engraving.
+
+In the middle of the river, opposite to the hotels, is a very beautiful
+island with a nunnery upon it. This island is called Nonnenwerth. Now,
+in regard to all these castles and churches, and other sacred edifices
+on the Rhine, there is almost always some old legend or romantic tale,
+which has come down through succeeding generations from ancient times,
+and which adds very much to the interest of the locality where the
+incidents occurred. The tale in respect to Rolandseck and Nonnenwerth is
+this: Roland was the nephew of the great monarch and conqueror,
+Charlemagne. He became engaged to the daughter of the chieftain who
+lived in Drachenfels, the ruins of which you see in the engraving
+crowning the hill on the right bank of the river, some little distance
+down the stream. In a battle in which he was engaged, he killed his
+intended father-in-law by accident, being deceived by the darkness of
+the night, and thinking that he was striking an enemy instead of a
+friend. After this, he could not be married to his intended bride, the
+etiquette of those days forbidding that a warrior should marry one whose
+father he had slain. The maiden, in her grief and despair, betook
+herself to the nunnery on the island near her father's castle, and
+Roland, since he could not be permitted to visit her there, built a
+tower on the nearest pinnacle of the opposite shore, in order that he
+might live there, and at least comfort himself with a sight of the
+building where his beloved was confined. The story is, however, that the
+unhappy nun lived but a short time. Roland himself, however, continued
+to live in his tower, a lonely hermit, for many years.
+
+Another version of this legend is, that the maiden was led to go to the
+convent and consecrate herself as a nun, on account of a false report
+which she had heard, that Roland himself was killed in the battle, and
+that when she learned that he was still alive, it was too late for her
+to be released from her vows. However this may be, Roland retired to
+this lofty tower, in order to be as near her as possible, and to be able
+to look down upon the dwelling where she lived. How well he could do
+this you can easily see by observing how finely the ruined tower on the
+top of the hill commands a view of the river and of the island, as well
+as of the nunnery itself, imbosomed in the trees.
+
+A little below the ruin of Roland's Tower you see a pavilion on a point
+of the rock, which, though somewhat lower in respect to elevation,
+projects farther towards the stream, and consequently commands a finer
+view. This pavilion has been erected very lately by a gentleman who
+lives in one of the houses at the margin of the road, and who owns the
+vineyards that cover the slope of the hill. The road to it leads up
+among these vineyards through the gentleman's grounds, but he leaves it
+open in order that visitors who ascend up to Roland's Tower may go to
+the pavilion on the way, and enjoy the view.
+
+It was to one of these hotels at Rolandseck that the porter at Bonn had
+arranged to send Mr. George, as the pleasantest place that was near to
+spend the Sabbath in. He could not have made a better selection.
+
+The ride, too, in the carriage from Bonn up to Rolandseck, was
+delightful. Nothing could be more enchanting than the scenery which was
+presented to view on every hand. The carriage, like all the other
+private carriages used for travellers on the Rhine, was an open
+barouche, and when the top was down it afforded an entirely unobstructed
+view. The day was pleasant, and yet the sun was so obscured with clouds
+that it was not warm, and Rollo stood up in the carriage nearly all the
+way, supporting himself there by taking hold of the back of the driver's
+seat, and looking about him on every side, uttering continual
+exclamations of wonder and delight. He attempted once or twice to talk
+with the driver, trying him in French and English; but the driver
+understood nothing but German, and so the conversation soon settled down
+to an occasional _Was ist das?_ from Rollo, and a long reply to the
+question from the driver, not a word of which Rollo was able to
+understand.
+
+They passed out of Bonn by means of a most singular avenue. It was
+formed of a very broad space in the centre, which seemed, by its place,
+to have been intended for the road way; but instead of being a road way,
+it was covered with a rich growth of grass, like a mowing field. On
+each side of this green were two rows of trees, which bordered a sort of
+wide sidewalk, of which there were two, one on each side of the road.
+These side passages were the carriage ways.
+
+"See, uncle George," said Rollo. "The road has all grown up to grass,
+and we are riding on the sidewalk."
+
+The carriage passed on, and when it reached the end of the avenue, it
+came to a beautiful and extensive edifice, standing in the midst of
+groves and gardens, which was formerly a chateau, but is now used for a
+museum of natural history. Here were arranged the cabinets which Mr.
+George had been to see that morning. Passing this place, the carriage
+gradually ascended a long hill, on the summit of which, half concealed
+by groves of trees, was an ancient-looking church. Mr. George had seen
+this hill before from the windows of the hotel, and knew it must be the
+Kreitzberg.
+
+"He is taking us to the Kreitzberg," said Mr. George.
+
+"What is that famous for?" asked Rollo.
+
+"It is an ancient church, on the top of a high hill," said Mr. George,
+"where there is a flight of stairs made to imitate those that Jesus
+ascended at Jerusalem, when he went to Pilate's judgment hall. Nobody
+is allowed to go up or down these stairs except on their knees.
+
+"Then, besides," continued Mr. George, looking along the page of his
+guide book as he spoke, "the air is so dry up at the top of this high
+hill, that the bodies of the old monks, who were buried there hundreds
+of years ago, did not corrupt, but they dried up and turned into a sort
+of natural mummies; and there they lie now under the church, in open
+coffins, in full view."
+
+"Let us go down and see them," said Rollo.
+
+What Mr. George said was true; and these things are but a specimen of
+the strange and curious legends and tales that are told to the
+traveller, and of the extraordinary relics and wonders that are
+exhibited to his view, in the old churches and monasteries, which are
+almost as numerous as the castles, on the Rhine. The carriage, after
+ascending a long time, stopped at a gate by the way side, whence a long,
+straight road led up to the church, which stood on the very summit of
+the hill. Mr. George and Rollo got out and walked up. When they drew
+near to the church, they turned round to admire the splendor of the
+landscape, and to see if the carriage was still waiting for them below.
+They saw that the carriage still stood there, and that there was another
+one there too, and that a party of ladies and gentlemen were descending
+from it to come up and see the church. There was a little girl in this
+party.
+
+"I should not wonder if that was Minnie," said Rollo.
+
+In a short time this party, with a commissioner at the head of them,
+came up the walk. The girl proved to be really Minnie. She seemed very
+glad to see Rollo, and she stopped to speak with him while the rest of
+the party went on.
+
+Rollo and Minnie followed closely behind. The commissioner led the way
+round to the side of the church, where there were some other ancient
+buildings, which were formerly a nunnery. Here they found a man who had
+the care of the place. He was a sacristan.[8] He brought a great key,
+and unlocked the church door, and let the party in.
+
+[Footnote 8: A sacristan is an officer who has charge of the sacred
+utensils and other property of the church, and who shows them to
+visitors.]
+
+The interior of the church was very quaint and queer,--as in truth the
+interiors of all the old churches are on the banks of the Rhine,--and
+was adorned with a great many curious old effigies and paintings. After
+waiting a few minutes for the company to look at these, the sacristan
+went to a place in the middle of the church before the altar, and
+lifted up a great trap door in the floor. When the door was lifted up, a
+flight of steps was seen leading down under ground.
+
+"Where are they going now?" said Minnie.
+
+"I suppose they are going down to see the monks," said Rollo.
+
+The party went down the stairs, Rollo and Minnie following them. The
+sacristan had two candles in his hands. As soon as he got to the bottom
+of the stairs, he passed along a narrow passage way between two rows of
+open coffins, placed close together side by side, and in each coffin was
+a dead man, his flesh dried to a mummy, his clothes all in tatters, and
+his face, though shrivelled and dried up, still preserving enough of the
+human expression to make the spectacle perfectly horrid. When Rollo and
+Minnie reached the place near enough to see what was there, the
+sacristan was moving his candles about over the coffins, one in each
+hand, so as to show the bodies plainly. At the first glance which Minnie
+obtained of this shocking sight, she uttered a scream, and ran up the
+stairs again as fast as she could go.
+
+Rollo followed her, but somewhat more slowly. When he came out into the
+church, he caught a glimpse of Minnie's dress, as she was just making
+her escape from the door. Rollo would have followed her, but he was
+afraid of losing his uncle George.
+
+When the party, at length, came up from their visit to the dead monks,
+they went to see the sacred staircase. Rollo went with them. The
+staircase seemed to be at the main entrance to the church: the party had
+gone round to a door in the side where they came in.
+
+The sacred stairs occupied the centre of the hall in which they were
+placed. There were on the sides two plain and common flights of stairs,
+for people to go up and down in the usual way. The sacred stairs in the
+centre could only be ascended and descended on the knees.
+
+The side stairs were separated from the central flight by a solid
+balustrade or wall, not very high, so that people who came to see the
+sacred steps could stand on the side steps and look over. The flight of
+sacred steps was very wide, and was built of a richly variegated marble,
+of brown, red, and yellow colors, intermingled together in the stone;
+and some of the stains were said to have been produced by the blood of
+Christ. Here and there, too, on the different steps of the staircase,
+were to be seen little brass plates let into the stone, beneath which
+were small caskets containing sacred relics of various kinds, such as
+small pieces of wood of the true cross, and fragments of the bones of
+saints and apostles. Neither Mr. George nor Rollo took much interest in
+this exhibition; and so, giving the sacristan a small piece of money,
+they went back to their carriage. As Rollo got into the carriage that he
+had come in, he saw that Minnie was seated in hers, and she nodded her
+head when Rollo's carriage moved away, to bid him good by.
+
+Mr. George and Rollo passed one or two other very picturesque and
+venerable looking ruins on the way up the river, but they did not stop
+to go and explore any of them. In one place, too, they rode along a sort
+of terrace, where the view over the river, and over the fields and
+vineyards beyond, was perfectly enchanting. Mr. George said he had never
+before seen so beautiful a view. It was at a place where the road had
+been walled up high along the side of a hill, at some distance from the
+river, so that the view from the carriage, as it moved rapidly along,
+extended over the whole valley. The fields and vineyards, the groves and
+orchards, the broad river, the zigzag paths leading up the mountain
+sides, the steamers and canal boats gliding up and down over the surface
+of the water, and the mountains beyond, with the rocky summit of
+Drachenfels, crowned with its castle, towering among them, combined to
+make the whole picture appear like a scene of enchantment.
+
+The poet Byron described this view in three stanzas, which have been
+read and admired wherever the English language is spoken, and have made
+the name of Drachenfels more familiar to English and American ears than
+the name of almost any other castle on the Rhine.
+
+
+DRACHENFELS.
+
+    The castled crag of Drachenfels
+      Frowns o'er the wide and winding Rhine,
+    Whose breast of waters broadly swells
+      Between the banks which bear the vine;
+    And hills all rich with blossomed trees,
+      And fields which promise corn and wine,
+    And scattered cities crowning these,
+      Whose far white walls along them shine,
+    Have strewed a scene which I should see
+    With double joy wert _thou_ with me.
+
+    And peasant girls with deep blue eyes,
+      And hands which offer early flowers,
+    Walk smiling o'er this paradise;
+      Above, the frequent feudal towers
+    Through green fields lift their walls of gray;
+      And many a rock which steeply lowers,
+    And noble arch in proud decay,
+      Look o'er this vale of vintage bowers;
+    But one thing want these banks of Rhine--
+    Thy gentle hand to clasp in mine!
+
+    The river nobly foams and flows,
+      The charm of this enchanted ground,
+    And all its thousand turns disclose
+      Some fresher beauty varying round:
+    The haughtiest breast its wish might bound
+      Through life to dwell delighted here;
+    Nor could on earth a spot be found
+      To nature and to me so dear,
+    Could thy dear eyes in following mine
+    Still sweeten more these banks of Rhine.
+
+In due time, Mr. George and Rollo arrived at Rolandseck, where they were
+received very politely by the landlord of the inn, and introduced to a
+very pleasant room, the windows of which commanded a fine view both of
+Drachenfels and of the river.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+ROLAND'S TOWER.
+
+
+"And now," said Mr. George, as soon as the porter had put down his trunk
+and gone out of the room, "the first thing to be thought of is dinner."
+
+Rollo was also ready for a dinner, especially for such excellent little
+dinners of beefsteaks, fried potatoes, nice bread and butter, and
+coffee, as his uncle usually ordered. So, after refreshing themselves a
+few minutes in their room, Mr. George and Rollo went down stairs in
+order to go into the dining room to call for a dinner. As they passed
+through the hall, they saw a door there which opened out upon
+beautifully ornamented grounds behind the house. The land ascended very
+suddenly, it is true, but there were broad gravel paths of easy grade to
+go up by; and there were groves, and copses of shrubbery, and blooming
+flowers, in great abundance, on every hand. On looking up, too, Rollo
+saw several seats, at different elevations, where he supposed there must
+be good views.
+
+While they were standing at this door, looking out upon the grounds, a
+waiter came by, and they told him what they wished to have for dinner.
+
+"Very well," said the waiter; "and where will you have it? You can have
+it in your room, or in the dining room, or in the garden, just as you
+please."
+
+"Let us have it in the garden," said Rollo.
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, "in the garden."
+
+So the young gentlemen went out into the garden to choose a table and a
+place, while the waiter went to make arrangements for their dinner.
+
+The part of the garden where the seats and the tables were placed was a
+level terrace, not behind the house, but in a line with it, at the end,
+so that it fronted the road, and commanded a very fine view both of the
+road and of the river, as well as of all the people, and carriages, and
+boats that were passing up and down. This terrace was high up above the
+road, being walled up on that side, as I have already described; and
+there was a parapet in front, to prevent people from falling down. This
+parapet was, however, not so high but that Rollo could look over it very
+conveniently, and see all that was passing in the road and on the river
+below. There was a sort of roof, like an awning, over this place, to
+shelter it from the sun and the rain; and there were trees and trellises
+behind, and at the ends, to enclose it, and give it an air of seclusion.
+The trellises were covered with grapevines, on which many clusters of
+grapes were seen, that had already grown quite large. Numerous flower
+pots, containing a great many brilliant flowers all in bloom, were
+placed in various positions, to enliven and adorn the scene. Some were
+on the tables, some on benches behind them, and there were six of the
+finest of them placed at regular intervals upon the parapet, on the side
+towards the street. These last gave the gardens a very attractive
+appearance as seen outside, by people going by in carriages along the
+road, or in boats on the river.
+
+Rollo and Mr. George chose a table that stood near the parapet, in the
+middle of the space between two of the flower pots, and sitting down
+they amused themselves by looking over the wall until the waiter brought
+them their dinner.[9] The dinner came at length, and the travellers
+immediately, with excellent appetites, commenced eating it.
+
+[Footnote 9: For a view of this part of the river see frontispiece.]
+
+"Uncle George," said Rollo, in the middle of the dinner, "my feet are
+getting pretty lame."
+
+"Are they?" said Mr. George.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I have walked a great deal lately."
+
+"Then," said Mr. George, "you must let them rest. You must go down to
+the river and bathe them in the cool water after dinner, and not walk
+any more to-night."
+
+"But I want to go up to Roland's Tower," said Rollo.
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, "perhaps you might do that. You can ride up on
+one of the donkeys."
+
+This plan was accordingly agreed to, and as soon as the dinner was ended
+it was put in execution.
+
+The donkeys that were used for the ascent of the hill to Roland's Tower
+were kept standing, all caparisoned, at the foot of the hill, at the
+entrance to a little lane where the pathway commenced. Mr. George and
+Rollo had seen them standing there when they came along the road. The
+place was very near where they were sitting; so that, after finishing
+their dinner, they had only to walk a few steps through the garden, and
+thence out through a back gate, when they found themselves in the lane,
+and the donkeys and the donkey boys all before them.
+
+Mr. George thought that he should prefer to _walk_ up the mountain; but
+Rollo chose a donkey, and with a little assistance from Mr. George he
+mounted into the seat. At first he was afraid that he might fall; for
+the seat, though there was a sort of back to it, as has already been
+described, to keep persons in, seemed rather unsteady, especially when
+the donkey began to move.
+
+"It will not do much harm if I do fall," said Rollo, "for the donkey is
+not much bigger than a calf."
+
+Mr. George, who was accustomed to leave Rollo a great deal to himself on
+all occasions, did not stop in this instance to see him set off, but as
+soon as he had got him installed in his seat, began to walk himself up
+the pathway, with long strides, and was soon hid from view among the
+grapevines, at a turn of the road, leaving Rollo to his own resources
+with the donkey and the donkey boy. At first the donkey would not go;
+but the boy soon compelled him to set out, by whipping him with the
+stick, and away they then went, all three together, scrambling up the
+steep path with a rapidity that made it quite difficult for Rollo to
+keep his seat.
+
+The paths leading up these hill sides on the banks of the Rhine are
+entirely different from any mountain paths, or any country roads, of
+any sort, to be seen in America. In the first place, there is no waste
+land at the margin of them. Just width enough is allowed for two donkeys
+or mules to pass each other, and then the walls which keep up the
+vineyard terrace on the upper side, and enclose the vine plantings on
+the other, come close to the margin of it, on both sides, leaving not a
+foot to spare. The path is made and finished in the most perfect manner.
+It is gravelled hard, so that the rains may not wash it; and it mounts
+by regular zigzags, with seats or resting-places at the turnings, where
+the traveller can stop and enjoy the view. In fact, the paths are as
+complete and perfect as in the nature of the case it is possible for
+them to be made; and well they may be so, for it is perhaps fifteen
+hundred years since they were laid out; and during this long interval,
+fifty generations of vinedressers have worked upon them to improve them
+and to keep them in order. In fact, it is probable that the roads and
+the mountain paths, both in Switzerland and on the Rhine, are more
+ancient than any thing else we see there, except the brooks and
+cascades, or the hills and mountains themselves.
+
+When Rollo had got up about two thirds the height of the hill, he came
+to the pavilion, which you see in the engraving standing on a
+projecting pinnacle of the rock, a little below the ruin. There was a
+gateway which led to the pavilion, by a sort of private path; but the
+gate was set open, that people might go in. Rollo dismounted from his
+donkey, and went in. His uncle was already there.
+
+It is wholly impossible to describe the view which presented itself from
+this commanding point, both up and down the river, or to give any idea
+of the impression produced upon the minds of our travellers when they
+stood leaning over the balcony, and gazed down to the water below from
+the dizzy height. The pavilion is built of stone, and is secured in the
+most solid and substantial manner, being very far more perfect in its
+construction than the old towers and castles were, whose remains have
+stood upon these mountains so long. It will probably last, therefore,
+longer than they have, and perhaps to the very end of time.
+
+It stands on a pinnacle of basaltic rock, which here projects so as
+actually to overhang its foundations.
+
+The view both up and down the river is inconceivably beautiful and
+grand.
+
+There was no seat in the pavilion, but there was one against the rocks,
+and under the shades of the trees just behind it; and here Mr. George
+and Rollo sat down to rest a while, after they had looked out from the
+pavilion itself as long as they desired.
+
+"I believe I'll walk up the rest of the way," said Rollo, "and let the
+donkey stay where he is."
+
+"Why, don't you like riding on the donkey?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I like to ride, but he don't seem to like to carry
+me very well. Besides, it is not far now to the top."
+
+The path immediately above the pavilion passed out of the region of the
+vineyards, and entered a little thicket of evergreen trees, through
+which it ascended by short zigzags, very steep, until at length it came
+out upon a smooth, grassy mound, which crowned the summit of the
+elevation; and here suddenly the ruin came into view. It was a single
+ruined arch, standing alone on the brink of the hill. The arch was
+evidently, when first built, of the plainest and rudest construction.
+The stones were of basalt, which is a volcanic rock, very permanent and
+durable in character, and as hard almost as iron. The mortar between the
+stones had crumbled away a good deal, but the stones themselves seemed
+unchanged. Mr. George struck his cane against them, and they returned a
+ringing sound, as if they had been made of metal.
+
+Around this arch were the remains of the ancient wall of the building,
+by means of which it was easy to see that the whole edifice must have
+been of very small dimensions, and that it must have been originally
+constructed in a very rude manner. The arch seems to have been intended
+for a door or a window. Probably they took more pains with the
+construction of the arch than they did with the rest of the edifice,
+using larger and better stones for it, and stronger mortar; and this may
+be the reason why this part has stood so long, while the rest has fallen
+down and gone to decay. In fact, it is generally found that the arches
+of ancient edifices are the parts of the masonry which are the last to
+fall.
+
+The opening in the arch looked down the river. Mr. George took his stand
+upon the line of the wall opposite the Island of Nonnenwerth, and said
+that he supposed there must have been another window there.
+
+"Here is where the old knight must have stood," said he, "to look down
+on the island, and the convent where his lost lady was imprisoned."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "he could look right down upon it from here. I wonder
+whether the nun knew that he was up here."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "there is not the least doubt that she did.
+They found out some way to have an understanding together, you may
+depend."
+
+After lingering about the old ruin as long as they wished, our
+travellers came down the hill again as they went up, except that Rollo
+walked all the way. He was afraid to ride on the donkey going down, for
+fear that he should fall.
+
+Rollo went down to the river side, and taking off his stockings and
+shoes, bathed his feet in the stream. While he was there a great boat
+came by, towed by two horses that walked along the bank. The rope,
+however, by which the horses drew the boat was fastened, not to the side
+of the boat, as is common with us on canals, but to the top of the mast,
+so that it was carried high in the air, and it passed over Rollo's head
+without disturbing him at all. They always have the tow ropes fastened
+to the top of the mast on the Rhine, because the banks are in some
+places so high that a rope lying low would not draw.
+
+Rollo remained on the bank of the river some time, and then he put on
+his shoes and stockings and went up into his room. He found that his
+uncle George was seated at the table, with pen, ink, and paper out, and
+was busy writing letters.
+
+"Uncle George," said Rollo, "what shall I do now?"
+
+"Let me think," said Mr. George. Then after a moment's reflection, he
+added, "I should like to have you take a sheet of paper, and draw this
+little table up to the window, and take your seat there, and look out,
+and whenever you see any thing remarkable, write down what it is on the
+paper."
+
+"What shall you do with it when I have got it done?" said Rollo.
+
+"I'll tell you that when it _is_ done," replied Mr. George.
+
+"But perhaps I shall not see any thing remarkable," said Rollo.
+
+"Then," said Mr. George, "you will not have any thing to write. You will
+in that case only sit and look out of the window."
+
+"Very well," said Rollo, "I will do it. But will it do just as well for
+me to go down to the terrace, and do it there?"
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "just as well."
+
+So Rollo took out his portfolio and his pocket pen and inkstand, and
+went down to the terrace, and there he sat for nearly two hours watching
+what was going by, and making out his catalogue of the remarkable
+things. At the end of about two hours, Mr. George, having finished his
+letters came down to see how Rollo was getting along. Rollo showed him
+his list, and Mr. George was quite pleased with it. In the course of the
+evening Rollo made several additions to it; and when at length it was
+completed, it read as follows.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+ROLLO'S LIST.
+
+
+_Remarkable Things seen from the Terrace of the Hotel at Rolandseck, by
+Rollo H., Saturday Evening, August 29._
+
+1. An elegant steamer, painted green. Her name is the _Schiller_. She is
+going up the river.
+
+2. Another steamer, the _Koenig_. Ladies and gentlemen on the deck,
+under an awning.
+
+3. I can see the ruins of Drachenfels with my spy glass, and the inn
+near the top of the mountain, painted white. I have been trying to find
+the path, to see if I could see any donkeys going up; but I cannot find
+it.
+
+4. A boat with some men and women in it putting off from the landing
+just above here. They are going down the stream. The current carries
+them down very fast. I think they are going over to the island.
+
+No, they are going away down the river.
+
+5. A great steamer coming _down_, with flags and banners flying.
+
+Now she has gone by, only I can see the smoke from her smoke pipe behind
+the point of land.
+
+6. The nuns are taking a walk under the trees on the island. Some of the
+girls of the school are going with them. The nuns are dressed in black,
+with bonnets partly black and partly white. The girls are dressed in
+pink, all alike. They are laughing and frolicking on the grass, as they
+go along. The nuns walk along quietly. The girls are having an excellent
+good time.
+
+They are walking away down to the end of the island. The walk that they
+are going in is bordered by a row of poplar trees.
+
+7. A procession of pilgrims going up to Remagen. At least, the waiter
+says they are pilgrims. They are in two rows, one on each side of the
+road, so that there is room for the carriages to pass along between
+them. They are dressed very queerly, like peasants. The girls and women
+go first, and the men come afterwards. The women have baskets, with
+something to eat in them, I suppose. The men have nothing. There is one
+man at the head, who carries a crucifix, with a wreath of flowers over
+it, on the top of the pole. They sing as they go along, and keep step to
+the music. First, the women sing a few words, and then the men sing in
+response. It is a very strange sight.
+
+8. A very swift steamer, with a great many gentlemen and ladies on
+board. It has gone down on the other side of the island.
+
+9. I hear guns firing down the river.
+
+10. A man is going by with a very long and queer-shaped wheelbarrow, and
+there is a dog harnessed to it before to draw, while he pushes it
+behind.
+
+11. More guns firing down the river. A steamer is coming into view, with
+a great many flags and banners flying. The guns that I heard are on
+board that steamer.
+
+The waiter says it is a company of students, from the university at
+Bonn, coming up on a frolic.
+
+12. The steamer with the students is going by. There is a band of music
+on board, playing beautifully.
+
+13. The steamer has stopped just above here, and all the students are
+going on shore.
+
+14. The students have formed into a company on the beach, and they are
+marching up, with banners flying and music playing, to the terrace of a
+hotel, just above here.
+
+15. The steamer has gone away up the river, and left them. There are
+five or six small boats on the shore at the landing, with boatmen
+standing by them, waiting to be hired. I mean to ask uncle George to let
+me go and take a sail in one of them on Monday.
+
+16. I can see the students by leaning over the parapet and looking
+through my spy glass. They are sitting at the tables under the trees on
+the terrace, smoking pipes and drinking something. They have very funny
+looking caps on.
+
+17. A tow boat coming up the river. It is drawn by two horses, that walk
+along the road. The boat has a roof over it instead of a deck, and it
+looks like a floating house with a family in it.
+
+18. A steamer coming up--the _Wilhelm_. She came up the other side of
+the island.
+
+19. A small boat going away from the landing. It is rowed by one man,
+with one oar, which he works near the bow on the starboard side. He has
+set the helm hard a-port, and tied it there, and that keeps his boat
+from being pulled round. I never thought of that way before.
+
+There is a woman and a child in the stern of the boat.
+
+20. There is a man eating his supper on the parapet below me, in front
+of the road. A girl has brought it to him in a basket. The man seems to
+be a boatman, and I think the girl is his daughter. She has a tin tea
+kettle with something to drink in it, and she pours it out into a mug as
+fast as the man wants it to drink. There is also some bread, which she
+breaks and gives him as fast as he wants it. There is a little child
+standing by, and the man stops now and then to play with her.
+
+Now there is another man that has come and sat down by the side of him;
+and a woman has brought him his supper in a basket. I think it is his
+wife.
+
+21. A long raft is coming down the river. It is very long indeed. It is
+made of logs and boards. There are twenty-two men on it, thirteen at the
+front end, and nine at the back end. They have got two monstrous great
+oars out; one of these oars runs out at the front end of the raft, and
+the other at the back end, and the men are rowing. There are six men
+taking hold of each of these oars and working them, trying to row the
+raft more into the middle of the river.
+
+There is a small house on the middle of the raft, and a fire in a large
+flat box near the door of it. I should think it would set the raft on
+fire. This fire is for cooking, I suppose, for there is a kettle hanging
+over it.
+
+22. Now the students are singing a song.
+
+23. There is a great fleet of large boats coming up the river, with a
+steamboat at the head of them. They come very slowly.
+
+24. The students have finished their drinking and smoking, and are
+beginning to come out into the road. They are walking about there and
+frolicking.
+
+25. The great fleet of boats have come up so that I can see them. They
+are great canal boats, towed by a steamer. There are seven of them in
+all. The steamer has hard work to get them along against the current. It
+is just as much as she can do.
+
+26. Four of the students are getting into a small boat. One of them has
+a flag. Now they are putting off from the shore. They are going out to
+take a sail.
+
+27. The fleet of boats is now just opposite to the window.
+
+28. A large open carriage, with a family in it, is riding by. There is a
+trunk on behind; so I suppose they are travellers, going to see the
+Rhine.
+
+29. Three of the students are walking by here. One of them--the middle
+one--is so tipsy that he cannot walk straight, and the others are taking
+hold of his arms and holding him up. I suppose they are going to see if
+they cannot walk him sober.
+
+They have gone off away down the road.
+
+30. Here comes an elegant carriage and two outriders. The outriders are
+dressed in a sort of uniform, and they are riding on horseback a little
+way before the carriage. They go very fast. There is a gentleman and a
+lady in the carriage.
+
+Now they have gone by.
+
+31. Several parties of students have gone by, to take a walk down the
+road. Some of them are walking along very steadily, but there are
+several that look pretty tipsy.
+
+Here are three or four of them coming back, riding the donkeys. They are
+singing and laughing, and making a great deal of fun.
+
+32. Here is a family of poor peasants coming down the river. They look
+very poor. The woman has a very queer cap on. She has one child strapped
+across her back, and she is leading another. There is a man and a large
+boy. They have packs on their backs. I wonder if they are not emigrants
+going to America.
+
+33. One of the students has got hurt. I can see him down the road
+limping. There are two other students with him, helping him.
+
+They are going to bring him home. They have taken a cane, and are
+holding it across between them, and he is sitting on it and putting his
+arms about their necks. Each student holds one end of the cane, and so
+they are bringing him along.
+
+[Illustration: THE STUDENTS.]
+
+The cane has broken, and let the lame student fall down.
+
+They have got another cane, stronger, and now they are carrying him
+again.
+
+Now they are stopping to rest right opposite to this house. They have
+changed hands, and are now carrying him again.
+
+34. Here is a woman coming along up the river drawing a small boat. She
+has a band over her shoulders, and a long line attached to it, and the
+other end of the line is fastened to the mast of the small boat. There
+is a man in the boat steering. I think the man ought to come to the
+shore and draw, and let the woman stay in the boat and steer, for it
+seems very hard work to pull the boat along.
+
+35. A boat with two women in it, and a man to row, is going across the
+river to the Nuns' Island. Now they are landing. The women are walking
+up towards the nunnery, under the trees, and the man is fastening his
+boat.
+
+36. The students are gathering on the landing. I think that, perhaps,
+they are going back to Bonn in small boats. It is beginning to be dark,
+and time for them to go home.[10] Yes, they are crowding into two or
+three boats. The boats are getting very full. If they are not careful
+they will upset.
+
+[Footnote 10: This Rollo wrote in the latter part of the evening, in his
+room.]
+
+The boats are pushing off from the shore. There are three boats, with
+two flags flying in each. They are drifting out into the current. The
+students have got one or two oars out, but they are not rowing much. The
+current carries them down fast enough without rowing.
+
+37. I can hear the bells ringing or tolling, away down the river, the
+air is so still. I think it must be the bells of Bonn.
+
+38. The students' boats are all drifting down just opposite our windows.
+They are going sidewise, and backwards, and every way, and are all
+entangled together. The students on board are calling out to one
+another, and laughing, and having a great time. Some of them are trying
+to sing, but the rest will not listen. If they are not very careful they
+will upset some of those boats before they get to Bonn.
+
+39. Here comes a carriage driving slowly down the road, with four
+students in it. Two of them are hanging down their heads and holding
+them with their hands, as if they had dreadful headaches. They look very
+sick. The other two students seem pretty well. I suppose they are going
+in the carriage with the sick ones to take care of them.
+
+It is getting too dark for me to see any more
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+A SABBATH ON THE RHINE.
+
+
+About eight o'clock the next morning, Mr. George and Rollo went up among
+the gardens behind the hotel, and after ascending for some time, they
+came at length to a seat in a bower which commanded a very fine view,
+and here they sat down.
+
+Mr. George took a small Bible out of his pocket, and opened it at the
+book of the Acts, and began to read. He continued to read for half an
+hour or more, and to explain to Rollo what he read about. Rollo was very
+much interested in the stories of what the apostles did in their first
+efforts for planting Christianity, and of the toils and dangers which
+they encountered, and the sufferings which they endured.
+
+At length, after finishing the reading, Mr. George proposed that they
+should go down to breakfast.
+
+So they went down the winding walks again which led to the inn. There
+they found, on the front side of the house, a very pleasant dining
+room, with tables set in it, some large and some small. Mr. George and
+Rollo took their seats at a small front table near a window, where they
+could look out over the water. Here a waiter came to them, and they told
+him what they would have for breakfast.
+
+"I will have a beefsteak," said Mr. George, "and my nephew will have an
+omelet. We should like some fried potatoes too, and some coffee."
+
+"_Ja_,[11] monsieur," said the waiter. "Let us see. You will have one
+bifstek, one omelet, two fried potatoes, and two caffys."
+
+[Footnote 11: Pronounced _yah_.]
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George.
+
+"Varry well," said the waiter. "It shall be ready in fiveteen minutes."
+
+So the waiter went away.
+
+"We shall want more than two fried potatoes," said Rollo, looking very
+serious.
+
+"O, he means two portions," replied Mr. George; "that is to say, enough
+for two people. He will bring us plenty, you may depend."
+
+Rollo and Mr. George sat by the window in the dining room until the
+breakfast was brought in. Besides the things which they had called for,
+the waiter brought them some rolls of very nice and tender bread, and
+some delicious butter. He also brought a large plate full of fried
+potatoes, and the beefsteak which came for Mr. George was very juicy and
+rich. The omelet which Rollo had chosen for his principal dish was
+excellent too. He made an exchange with Mr. George, giving him a piece
+of his omelet, and taking a part of the steak. Thus they ate their
+breakfast very happily together, looking out the window from time to
+time to see the steamboats and the carriages go by, and to view the
+magnificent scenery of the opposite shores.
+
+"I'll tell you what it is, Rollo," said Mr. George; "people may say what
+they please about the castles and the ruins on the Rhine--I think that
+the inns and breakfasts on the Rhine are by no means to be despised."
+
+"I think so too," said Rollo.
+
+When they had nearly finished their breakfast, Mr. George asked the
+waiter what churches there were in the neighborhood. The waiter said
+there was a church on the Island of Nonnenwerth, belonging to the
+convent, and that there was another up the river a few miles, at the
+village of Remagen.
+
+"We might go over to the island this morning, and up to Remagen this
+afternoon," said Mr. George, "only you are too lame to walk so far."
+
+"No, sir," said Rollo, decidedly; "my feet are well to-day. I can walk
+as well as not."
+
+A few minutes after this, the waiter came to tell Mr. George that the
+master of the hotel was himself going over to the convent to attend
+church, and that he and Rollo could go in the same boat if they pleased.
+The boat would go at about a quarter before ten.
+
+Mr. George said that he should like this arrangement very much; and
+accordingly, at the appointed time, he and Rollo set out from the inn in
+company with the landlord. They walked along the road a short distance,
+and then went down a flight of steps that led to the landing. Here there
+was a number of boats drawn up upon the beach. One of them had a boatman
+in attendance upon it, waiting for the company that he was to take over
+to the island.
+
+Besides the landlord and his two guests, there were two or three girls
+waiting on the beach, who seemed to be going over too. All these people
+got into the boat, and then the boatman, after embarking himself, pushed
+it off from the shore.
+
+It was a very pleasant summer morning, and Rollo had a delightful sail
+in going over to the island. Mr. George and the landlord talked together
+nearly all the way; but Rollo did not listen much to their
+conversation, as he could not understand the landlord very well,
+notwithstanding that the language which he used was English. He was
+seated next to the girls; but he did not speak to them, as he felt sure
+that they did not know any language but German. So he amused himself
+with looking at the hills on the shore, and at the gardens and vineyards
+which adorned them, and in tracing out the zigzag paths which led up to
+the arbors and summer houses, and to the ancient ruins. He attempted at
+one time to look down into the water by the side of the boat, to see if
+he could see any fishes; but the water of the Rhine is very turbid, and
+he could not see down into it at all.
+
+At length the boat came to the land in a little cove on the side of the
+island, where there was a sandy beach, under the shade of some ancient
+trees. There was a path leading from this place up towards the convent.
+The party in the boat landed, and began to walk up this path. Mr. George
+and the landlord were first, and Rollo came next.
+
+[Illustration: THE NUN.]
+
+The little path that they were walking in came out into another which
+led along among the fields that extended down the island. There was a
+nun coming up this path, leading one of the schoolgirls. It seems they
+had been to take a walk. The nun had her face shaded by a large cap, or
+bonnet, with, a veil over it; and though she looked pale, her
+countenance had a very gentle expression, and was very beautiful. She
+bowed to the party that was coming up from the boat, and went on before
+them to the church.
+
+"I wonder whether she is happy," thought Rollo to himself, "in living on
+this island, a nun. I wish I knew where her father and mother live, and
+how she came to be here, such a beautiful young lady."
+
+This nun was indeed very beautiful, though she was an exception to the
+general rule, for nuns are often very plain.
+
+The church formed a part of the convent building. It was, in fact, only
+a small chapel, built in a wing of the convent, with a little cupola and
+a bell over it. The bell was ringing when the party from the boat went
+up towards the edifice. On entering Rollo found that the room was very
+small. At the upper end was a platform, with an altar and a crucifix at
+the farther end of it. The altar had very tall candles upon it, and
+several bouquets of flowers. The candles were lighted.
+
+Below the platform, in the place where the congregation would usually
+be, there were two rows of seats, like pews, with small benches before
+each seat to kneel upon, and also a support to lean upon in time of
+prayer. These seats were very few, and there were but few people sitting
+on them. The people that were there seemed to be the servants of the
+convent. Mr. George and Rollo, and the people that came with them, were
+the only strangers. Rollo looked around for the nuns and for the girls
+of the school, but they were nowhere to be seen.
+
+As soon as Rollo had taken his seat, he observed that, though there was
+no minister or priest at the altar, the service was going on. He could
+hear a female voice, which appeared to issue from some place in a
+gallery behind him, out of view, reading what seemed to be verses from
+the Bible, in a very sweet and plaintive tone, and at the close of each
+verse all the people in the congregation below would say something in a
+responding voice together.
+
+"Do you suppose that that is one of the nuns?" whispered Rollo to his
+uncle.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "probably it is."
+
+"This is a Catholic church, is it not?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "almost all the churches on the Rhine are
+Catholic churches; and nunneries are _always_ Catholic."
+
+Rollo said no more, but attended to the service.
+
+There was nothing that was said or done that Rollo could at all
+understand; and yet the scene itself was invested with a certain
+solemnity which produced a strong and quite salutary impression on his
+mind. By and by a priest, dressed in his pontifical robes, came in by a
+side door, and taking his place before the altar, with an attendant
+kneeling behind him, or by his side, went through a great number of
+ceremonies, of which Rollo understood nothing from beginning to end. Mr.
+George, however, explained the general nature of the performance to him
+that afternoon when they were walking up the river to Remagen, in a
+conversation which I shall relate in due time.
+
+The service was concluded in about an hour, and then the congregation
+was dismissed. All but the party that came in the boat went out by a
+side door which led into the other apartments of the convent. The boat
+party went down to the shore, and getting into the boat were rowed back
+across the water.
+
+After dinner, Mr. George and Rollo set out to walk up the river to
+Remagen, in order to attend church there. It was during this walk that
+they had the conversation I have referred to on the subject of the
+service which they had witnessed in the little chapel at the nunnery.
+
+"You must understand," said Mr. George, "that the nature and design of
+the ceremonies of public worship in a Protestant and in a Catholic
+church are essentially and totally distinct. The Protestants meet to
+offer up their common prayers and supplications to God, and to listen to
+the instructions which the minister gives them in respect to their
+duties. The Catholics, on the other hand, meet to have a sacrifice
+performed, as an atonement for their sins. The Protestants think that
+all the atonement which is necessary for the sins of the whole world has
+already been made by the sufferings and death of Christ. The Catholics
+think that a new sacrifice must be made for them from time to time by
+the priest; and they come together to kneel before the altar while he
+makes it, in order that they may have a share in the benefits of it.
+Thus the Protestant comes to church to hear something said; the Catholic
+to witness something done. This is one reason, in fact, why the Catholic
+churches may very properly be enormously large. The people who assemble
+in them do not come to hear, so much as to see, or rather to be present
+and know what is going on, and to take part in it in heart.
+
+"The great thing that is done," continued Mr. George, "is the receiving
+of the communion, that is, of the bread and wine of the Lord's supper,
+which they suppose is renewing the sacrifice of Christ, for the benefit
+of those who are present at the ceremony. Did you see the man who was
+kneeling at the foot of the steps of the altar while the priest was
+performing, and who brought two little silver vessels, out of which he
+poured something into the priest's cup?"
+
+"Yes," said Rollo. "The silver vessels were on a little shelf at first,
+at the side of the altar, and he went at the proper time and kneeled
+with them by the side of the priest, until the priest was ready to take
+them."
+
+"One of these vessels," continued Mr. George, "contained wine, the other
+water. When the priest held his large silver cup out to him, the man
+poured some of the wine into it."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo. "And I saw the priest wiping out the cup very
+carefully, with a large white napkin, before he held it out for the
+wine."
+
+"True," said Mr. George. "When he took the wine in his cup, it was
+common wine, in its natural state; but afterwards, by being consecrated
+to the service of the mass, it was changed, they all believe, into the
+blood of Christ. It looked, they knew, just as it did before; but though
+it thus still retained all the appearance of wine, they believe that it
+became really and truly the blood of Christ, and that the priest in
+drinking it would make a sacrifice of Christ anew for the salvation of
+the souls of those who should witness and join in the ceremony.
+
+"In the same manner a small round piece of bread, shaped like a large
+wafer, when consecrated by the priest's prayers, becomes, they think,
+really and truly the body of Christ; and the priest by eating it
+performs a sacrifice, just as he does by drinking the wine. When he has
+consecrated this wafer, he holds it up for a moment, that the people may
+look upon it; and they, in looking upon it, think they see a portion of
+the true body of Christ, which is about to be offered up by the priest
+as a sacrifice for their sins."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I remember when he held up the wafer. I did not know
+what it was."
+
+"Did you not see that all the people bowed their heads just then,"
+rejoined Mr. George, "and said something to themselves in a very
+reverent manner."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "but I did not understand what it meant."
+
+"Thus you see," continued Mr. George, "that the essential thing at a
+Catholic service like this, as they regard it, is the eating of the body
+and the drinking of the blood of Jesus Christ, as a new sacrifice for
+the sins of the people who are present and consenting in heart to the
+ceremony. There are a great many subordinate operations and rites. The
+assistant goes back and forth a great many times from one side of the
+altar to the other, stopping to bow and kneel every time he passes the
+crucifix. The priest makes a great deal of ceremony of wiping out the
+cup before he receives the wine. Then there is a long service, which he
+reads in a low voice, and there are many prayers which he offers, and he
+turns to various passages of the Scriptures, and reads portions here and
+there. The people do not hear any thing that he says and does, nor is it
+necessary, according to their ideas of the service, that they should do
+so; for they know very well that the priest is consecrating the bread or
+the wine, and changing it into the body and the blood of Christ, in
+order that it may be ready for the sacrifice. Then, when the wine is
+changed, the priest drinks it in a very solemn manner, raising it to his
+lips three several times, so as to take it in three portions. Then he
+holds the cup out to his assistant again, who pours a little water into
+it from his other vessel; and the priest then, after moving the cup
+round and round, to be sure that the water mixes itself well with the
+wine which was left on the inner service of the cup, drinks that too. He
+does this in order to make sure that no portion of the precious blood
+remains in the cup. He then wipes it out carefully with his napkin, and
+puts it away."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I saw all those things. And after he had got
+through, he covered the cup with a cloth, embroidered with gold, and
+carried it away."
+
+"And after that," continued Rollo, "the assistant, with an extinguisher
+on the top of a tall pole, put out the candles, and then _he_ went
+away."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, and so the service was concluded.
+
+"Thus you see," continued Mr. George, "that for all that the people come
+for, to such a service as that, it was not necessary that they should
+hear at all. There was not any thing to be _said to_ them. There was
+only something to be _done for_ them; and so long as it was done, and
+done properly, they standing by and consenting, it was not of much
+consequence whether they could see and hear or not. So the priest turned
+his face away from them towards the altar; and when he had any thing to
+say, he spoke the words in a very low and inaudible voice."
+
+"It is impossible," said Rollo, after a short pause, "that the wine
+should become blood, and the wafer flesh, while they yet look just as
+they did before."
+
+[Illustration: THE EMIGRANTS.]
+
+"True," said Mr. George, "it seems impossible to us, who hear of it for
+the first time, after we have grown up to years of discretion; but that
+does not prevent its being honestly believed by people that have been
+taught to consider it true from their earliest infancy."
+
+"Do you suppose the priests themselves believe it?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "a great many of them undoubtedly do. We find,
+it is true, every where, that the most intelligent and well educated men
+will continue, all their lives, to believe very strange things, provided
+they were taught to believe them when they were very young; and
+provided, also, that their worldly interests are in any way concerned in
+their continuing to believe them."
+
+Just at this time, Rollo's attention was attracted to what seemed to be
+an encampment on the roadside at a little distance before them. It was a
+family of emigrants that were going down the river, and had stopped to
+rest. The horses had been unharnessed, and were eating, and the wagon
+was surrounded with a family consisting of men, women, and children, who
+were sitting on the bank taking their suppers. Rollo wished very much
+that he understood German, so as to go and talk with them. But he did
+not, and so he contented himself with wishing them _guten abend_, which
+means good evening, as he went by.
+
+He went on after this, without any farther adventure, to the village,
+and after attending church there, he returned with his uncle down along
+the bank of the river to the hotel.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+EHRENBREITSTEIN.
+
+
+The people of the Rhine have not allowed all the old castles to go to
+ruin. Some have been carefully preserved from age to age, and never
+allowed to go out of repair. Others that had gone to decay, or had been
+destroyed in the wars, have been repaired and rebuilt in modern times,
+and are now in better condition than ever.
+
+Some of the strongholds that have thus been restored are now great
+fortresses, held by the governors of the states and kingdoms that border
+on the river; others of them are fitted up as summer residences for the
+persons, whether princes or private people, that happen to own them.
+About midway between the beginning and the end of the mountainous region
+of the Rhine is a place where there are two very important works of this
+kind. One of them is far the largest and most important of all on the
+river. This is the Castle of Ehrenbreitstein. Ehrenbreitstein is not
+only a very strong and important fortification, but it guards a very
+important point.
+
+This point is the place where the River Moselle, one of the principal
+branches of the Rhine, comes in. The valley of the Moselle is a very
+rich and fertile one, and in proportion to its extent is almost as
+valuable as that of the Rhine. The junction of the two rivers is the
+place for defending both of these valleys, and has consequently, in all
+ages of the world, been a very important post. The Romans built a town
+here, in the days of Julius Caesar, and the town has continued to the
+present day. It is called Coblenz. The Romans named it originally
+_Confluentes_, which means the _confluence_; and this name, in the
+course of ages, has gradually become changed to Coblenz.
+
+Coblenz is built on a three-cornered piece of flat land, exactly on the
+point where the two rivers come together. There is a bridge over the
+mouth of the Moselle where it comes into the Rhine, and another over the
+Rhine itself. The bridge over the Moselle is of stone, and was built a
+great many hundred years ago. That over the Rhine is what is called a
+bridge of boats.
+
+A row of large and solid boats is anchored in the river, side by side,
+with their heads up the stream, and then the bridge is made by a
+platform which extends across from boat to boat, across the whole
+breadth of the stream.
+
+Near the Coblenz side of the bridge there are two or three lengths of it
+which can be taken out when necessary, in order to let the steamers, or
+rafts, or tow boats, that may be coming up or down the river, pass
+through. Rollo was very much interested, while he remained at Coblenz,
+in looking out from the windows of his hotel, which faced the river, and
+seeing them open this bridge, to let the steamers and vessels pass
+through. A length of the bridge, consisting sometimes of _two_ boats
+with the platform over it, and sometimes of _three_, would separate from
+the others, and float down the stream until it cleared itself from the
+rest of the bridge, and then would move by some mysterious means to one
+side, and so make an opening. Then, when the steamer, or whatever else
+it was, had passed through, the detached portion of the bridge would
+come back again slowly and carefully to its place.
+
+Of course all the travel on the bridge would be interrupted during this
+operation; but as soon as the connection was again restored, the streams
+of people would immediately begin to move again over the bridge, as
+before.
+
+Across the bridge, on the heights upon the other side, Rollo could see
+the great Castle of Ehrenbreitstein, together with an innumerable
+multitude of walls, parapets, bastions, towers, battlements, and other
+constructions pertaining to such a work.
+
+One day Mr. George and Rollo went over to see this fortress. They were
+stopped a few minutes at the bridge, by a steamer going through. There
+was a large company of soldiers stopped too, part of the garrison of
+Ehrenbreitstein that had been over to attend a parade on the public
+square at Coblenz, and were now going home, so that Rollo was not sorry
+for the detention, as it gave him a fine opportunity to see the
+soldiers, and to examine the Prussian uniform. It consisted of a blue
+frock coat and white trousers, with an elegant brass-mounted helmet for
+a cap.
+
+The way up to the castle was by a long and winding road, built up
+artificially on arches of solid masonry. This road was every where
+overlooked by walls, with portholes and embrasures for cannon, and all
+along it, at short distances, were immense gateways exceedingly massive
+and strong, which could all be shut in time of siege. When Mr. George
+and Rollo reached the top of the castle, they found a great esplanade
+there, surrounded with buildings for barracks, and for the storing of
+arms and provisions. The view from this esplanade was magnificent
+beyond description. You could see far up and down the River Rhine, and
+far _up_ the Moselle, while all Coblenz, and the two bridges, and the
+town below the castle, and three other immense forts that stood on the
+other side of the river, were directly beneath.
+
+Rollo went into some of the barracks, and also up to the top of the
+buildings. The buildings were all arched over above, and covered with
+earth ten feet deep, with grass growing on the top. The men were mowing
+this grass when Mr. George and Rollo were there. The object of this
+earth on the roofs of the buildings is to prevent the bombshells of the
+enemy from breaking down through the roofs and killing the men.
+
+On the afternoon of the same day that Mr. George and Rollo visited
+Ehrenbreitstein, they went up the river a few miles in a boat to see a
+smaller castle, which has been repaired and changed into a private
+residence. The name of it is Stoltzenfels. They rode up the mountain
+that this castle was built upon on donkeys. The road was very good, but
+the place was so steep that it was necessary to make it twist and turn,
+in winding its way up, in the most extraordinary manner. In one place it
+actually went over itself by an arched bridge thrown across the ravine.
+In fact, this path was just like a corkscrew.
+
+Rollo was exceedingly delighted with the castle of Stoltzenfels. A man
+who was there conducted him and his uncle, together with a small company
+of other visitors who arrived at the same time, all over it. It would be
+impossible to describe it, there were so many curious courts, and
+towers, and winding passage ways, and little gardens, and terraces, all
+built in a sort of nest among the rocks, of the most irregular and
+wildest character.
+
+The rooms were all beautifully finished and furnished, and they were
+full of old relics of feudal times. The floors were of polished oak, and
+the visitors, when walking over them, wore over their boots and shoes
+great slippers made of felt, which were provided there for the purpose.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+ROLLO'S LETTER.
+
+
+At one place where Mr. George and Rollo stopped to spend a night, Rollo
+wrote a letter to Jenny. It was as follows:--
+
+                                           ST. GOAR ON THE RHINE.}
+                                                _Friday Evening._}
+
+DEAR JENNY: We have got into a very lonely place. I did not know there
+was such a lonely place on the Rhine. The name of it is St. Goar; but
+they pronounce it St. _Gwar_. The river is shut in closely by the
+mountains on both sides, and also above and below; so that it seems as
+if we were in a very deep valley, with a pond of water in the bottom of
+it.
+
+Away across the river is a long row of white houses, crowded in between
+the edge of the water and the mountain. On the mountain above is an old
+ruined castle, called the Cat. There is another old ruin a few miles
+below, called the Mouse. I can see both of these ruins from my windows.
+
+There is a little town on this side of the village too. We went out this
+morning to see it. It is very small, and the streets are very narrow. We
+came to the queerest old church you ever saw. It was all entangled up
+with other buildings, and there were so many arches, and flights of
+steps, and various courts all around it, that it was a long time before
+we could find out where the door was.
+
+While we were looking about, a little girl came up and asked us
+something. We supposed she asked us whether we wished to see the church;
+so we said _Ja_, and then she ran away. Presently we saw a boy coming
+along, and he asked us something, and we said _Ja_; and then _he_ ran
+away. We did not know what they meant by going away; but the fact was,
+they went to find some men who kept the keys. It seems there are two men
+who keep keys, and the girl went for one and the boy for the other; and
+so, after we had waited about five minutes under an arch which led to an
+old door, _two_ men came with keys to let us in. Uncle George paid them
+both, because he said the second man that came looked disappointed. He
+paid the girl and the boy too; so he had four persons to pay; and when
+we got in, we found that it was nothing but a Protestant church, after
+all. I like the Catholic churches the best. They are a great deal the
+funniest.
+
+We went to see the Catholic church afterwards. There was a monstrous old
+gallery all on one side of the church, and none on the other. Then there
+was an organ away up in a loft, and all sorts of old images and statues.
+I never saw such an old looking place.
+
+As we walked along the streets, or rather the pathways between the
+houses, we could see the rocks and mountains away up over our heads,
+almost hanging over the town. They are very pretty rocks, being all
+green, with grapevines and bushes.
+
+Close by the town too, up a long and very steep path, is a monstrous old
+ruin. The name of it is Rheinfels. I can see it from the balcony of my
+windows. Besides, uncle George and I went up to it this afternoon. It is
+nothing but old walls, and arches, and dark dungeons, all tumbling down.
+There was a little fence and a gate across the entrance, and the gate
+was locked. But there was a man who asked us something in German; but we
+could see it all just as well without going in; so we said _Nein_, which
+means no.
+
+They say that a great many years ago the French took this castle, and
+then, to prevent its doing the enemy any good forever afterwards, they
+put a great deal of gunpowder into the cellars, and blew it up. I did
+not care much about the old ruins, but I should have liked very well to
+have seen them blow it up.
+
+The waiter has just come to call us to go out and hear the echo, and so
+I must go. I will tell you about it afterwards.
+
+The man played on a trumpet down on the bank of the river, and we could
+hear the echo from the rocks and mountains on the other side. He also
+fired a gun two or three times. After the gun was fired, for a few
+minutes all was still; but then there came back a sharp crack from the
+other shore, and then a long, rumbling sound from up the river and down
+the river, like a peal of distant thunder.
+
+It is a gloomy place here after all, and I shall be glad when I get out
+of it; for the river is down in the bottom of such a deep gorge, that we
+cannot see out any where. There are some old castles about on the hills,
+and they look pretty enough at a distance; but when you get near them
+they are nothing but old walls all tumbling down. The vineyards are not
+pretty either. They are all on terraces kept up by long stone walls; and
+when you are down on the river, and look up to them, you cannot see any
+thing but the walls, with the edge of the vineyards, like a little
+green fringe, along on the top. But there is no great loss in this, for
+the vineyards are not pretty when you can see them. They look just like
+fields full of beans growing on short poles.
+
+I shall be glad when we get out of this place; but uncle George says he
+is going to stay here all day to-morrow, to write letters and to bring
+up his journal. But never mind; I can have a pretty good time sitting on
+the steps that go down to the water, and seeing the vessels, and
+steamboats, and rafts go by.
+
+                           Your affectionate cousin,
+                                                 ROLLO.
+
+P.S. The Cat and the Mouse used to fight each other in old times, and
+the Mouse used to beat. Was not that funny?
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+THE RAFT.
+
+
+The morning after Rollo had finished the letter to Jenny, as recorded in
+the last chapter, his uncle George told him at breakfast time that he
+might amuse himself that day in any way he pleased.
+
+"I shall be busy writing," said Mr. George, "nearly all the morning. It
+is such a still and quiet place here that I think I had better stay and
+finish up my writing. Besides, it must be an economical place, I think,
+and we can stay here a day cheaper than we can farther up the river, at
+the large towns."
+
+"Shall we come to the large towns soon?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Yes," replied his uncle. "This deep gorge only continues fifteen or
+twenty miles farther, and then we come out into open country, and to the
+region of large towns. You see there is no occasion for any other towns
+in this part of the Rhine than villages of vinedressers, except here
+and there a little city where a branch river comes in."
+
+"Well," said Rollo, "I shall be glad when we get out. But I will go down
+to the shore, and play about there for a while."
+
+Accordingly, as soon as Rollo had finished his breakfast, he went down
+to the shore.
+
+The hotel faced the river, though there was a road outside of it,
+between it and the water. From the outer edge of the road there was a
+steep slope, leading down to the water's edge. This slope was paved with
+stones, to prevent the earth from being washed away by the water in
+times of flood. Here and there along this slope were steps leading down
+to the water. At the foot of these steps were boats, and opposite to
+them, in the road, there were boatmen standing in groups here and there,
+ready to take any body across the river that wished to go.
+
+Rollo went down to the shore, and took his seat on the upper step of one
+of the stairways, and began to look about him over the water. There were
+two other boys sitting near by; but Rollo could not talk to them, for
+they knew only German.
+
+Presently one of the boatmen came up to him, and pointing to a boat,
+asked him a question. Rollo did not understand what the man said, but
+he supposed that he was asking him if he did not wish for a boat. So
+Rollo said _Nein_, and the man went away.
+
+There was a village across the river, in full view from where Rollo sat.
+This village consisted of a row of white stone houses facing the river,
+and extending along the margin of it, at the foot of the mountains.
+There seemed to be just room for them between the mountains and the
+shore. Among the houses was to be seen, here and there, the spire of an
+antique church, or an old tower, or a ruined wall. After sitting quietly
+on the steps until he had seen two steamers go down, and a fleet of
+canal boats from Holland towed up, Rollo took it into his head that it
+might be a good plan for him to go across the river. So he went in to
+ask his uncle George if he thought it would be safe for him to go.
+
+"You will take a boatman?" said Mr. George.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo.
+
+"And how long shall you wish to be gone?"
+
+"About an hour," said Rollo.
+
+"Very well," said Mr. George, "you may go."
+
+So Rollo went down to the shore again, and as he now began to look at
+the boats as if he wished to get into one of them, a man came to him
+again, and asked him the same question. Rollo said _Ja_. So the man went
+down to his boat, and drew it up to the lowest step of the stairs where
+Rollo was standing. Rollo got in, and taking his seat, pointed over to
+the other side of the river. The man then pushed off. The current was,
+however, very swift, and so the boatman poled the boat far up the stream
+before he would venture to put out into it; and then he was carried down
+a great way in going across.
+
+When they reached the landing on the opposite shore, Rollo asked the
+man, "How much?" He knew what the German was for how much. The man said,
+"Two groschen." So Rollo took the two groschen from his pocket and paid
+him. Two groschen are about five cents.
+
+Rollo walked about in the village where he had landed for nearly half an
+hour; and then, taking another boat on that side, he returned as he had
+come. On his way back he saw a great raft coming down. He immediately
+conceived the idea of taking a little sail on that raft, down the river.
+He wanted to see "how it would seem" to be on such an immense raft, and
+how the men managed it. So he went in to propose the plan to his uncle
+George. He said that he should like to go down the river a little way on
+the raft, and then walk back.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "or you might come up in the next steamer."
+
+"So I might," said Rollo.
+
+"I have no objection," said Mr. George.
+
+"How far down may I go?" said Rollo.
+
+"Why, you had better not go more than ten or fifteen miles," said Mr.
+George, "for the raft goes slowly,--probably not more than two or three
+miles an hour,--and it would take you four or five hours, perhaps, to go
+down ten miles. You would, however, come back quick in the steamer. Go
+down stairs and consider the subject carefully, and form your plan
+complete. Consider how you will manage to get on board the raft, and to
+get off again; and where you will stop to take the steamer, and when you
+will get home; and when you have planned it all completely, come to me
+again."
+
+So Rollo went down, and after making various inquiries and calculations,
+he returned in about ten minutes to Mr. George, with the following plan.
+
+"The waiter tells me," said he, "that the captain of the raft will take
+me down as far as I want to go, and set me ashore any where, in his
+boat, for two or three groschen, and that one of the boatmen here will
+take me out to the raft, when she comes by, for two groschen. A good
+place for me to stop would be Boppard, which is about ten or twelve
+miles below here. The raft will get there about two o'clock. Then there
+will be a steamer coming along by there at three, which will bring up
+here at four, just about dinner time. The waiter says that he will go
+out with me to the raft, and explain it all to the captain, because the
+captain would not understand me, as he only knows German."
+
+"Very well," said Mr. George. "That's a very good plan. Only I advise
+you to make a bargain with the captain to put you ashore any where you
+like. Because you know you may get tired before you have gone so far as
+ten miles.
+
+"In fact," continued Mr. George, "I would not say any thing about the
+distance that you wish to go to the captain. Just make a bargain with
+him to let you go aboard his raft for a little while, and to send you
+ashore whenever you wish to go."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I will; that will be the best plan. But I am sure
+that I shall want to go as far as ten miles."
+
+So Rollo went to his trunk, and began to unlock it in a hurried manner;
+and when he had opened it, he put his hand down into it at the left hand
+corner, on the front side, which was the place where he always kept his
+fishing line.
+
+"What are you looking for?" said Mr. George.
+
+"My fishing line," replied Rollo; "is not that a good plan?"
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "an excellent plan."
+
+Rollo had no very definite idea of being able to fish while on the raft,
+but there was a sort of instinct which prompted him always to take his
+fishing line whenever he went on any excursion whatever that was
+connected with the water. Mr. George had a pretty definite idea that he
+would _not_ be able to fish; but still he thought it a good plan for
+Rollo to take the line, for he observed that to have a fishing line in
+his pocket, on such occasions, was always a source of pleasure to a boy,
+even if he did not use it at all.
+
+Rollo, having found his fishing line, shut and locked his trunk, and ran
+down stairs.
+
+As soon as he had gone, Mr. George rose and rang the bell.
+
+Very soon the waiter came to the door.
+
+"This young gentleman who is with me," said Mr. George, "wishes to go on
+board this raft, and sail down the river a little way."
+
+"Yes, sir," said the waiter. "Rudolf is arranging it for him."
+
+"Very well," said Mr. George. "And now I wish to have you send a
+commissioner secretly to accompany him. The commissioner is to remain on
+the raft as long as Rollo does, and leave it when he leaves it, and
+keep in sight of him all the time till he gets home, so as to see that
+he does not get into any difficulty."
+
+"Yes, sir," said the waiter.
+
+"But let the commissioner understand that he is not to let Rollo know
+any thing about his having any charge over him, nor to communicate with
+him in any way, unless some emergency should arise requiring him to
+interpose."
+
+"Yes, sir," said the waiter, "I will explain it to him."
+
+"And choose a good-natured and careful man to send," continued Mr.
+George; "one that speaks French."
+
+"Yes, sir," replied the waiter; and so saying, he disappeared, leaving
+Mr. George to go on with his writing.
+
+In the mean time Rollo had gone down to the shore with the waiter
+Rudolf, and was standing there near a boat which was drawn up at the
+foot of the landing stairs, watching the raft, which was now getting
+pretty near. There was a great company of men at each end of the raft.
+Rollo could see those at the lowest end the plainest. They were standing
+in rows near the end of the raft, and every six of them had an oar.
+There were eight or ten of these oars, all projecting forward, from the
+front end of the raft, and the raftsmen, by working them, seemed to be
+endeavoring to row that end of the raft out farther into the stream. It
+was the same at the farther end of the raft. There was a similar number
+of oarsmen there, and of oars, only those projected behind, just as the
+others did before. There were no oars at all along the sides of the
+raft.
+
+The fact is, that these monstrous rafts are always allowed to float down
+by the current, the men not attempting to hasten them on their way by
+rowing. All that they attempt to do by their labor is to keep the
+immense and unwieldy mass in the middle of the stream. Thus they only
+need oars at the two ends, and the working of them only tends to row the
+raft sidewise, as it were. Sometimes they have to row the ends from left
+to right, and sometimes from right to left, according as the current
+tends to drift the raft towards the left or the right bank of the river.
+
+Rollo did not understand this at first, and accordingly, when he first
+saw these rafts coming with a dense crowd of men at each end, rowing
+vigorously, while there was not a single oar to be seen, nor even any
+place for an oar along the sides, he was very much surprised at the
+spectacle. He thought that the men at the back end of the raft were
+sculling; but what those at the forward end were doing he could not
+imagine. When, however, he came to consider the case, he saw what the
+explanation must be, and so he understood the subject perfectly.
+
+At length, when Rollo saw that the forward end of the raft, in its
+progress down the river, had come nearly opposite to the place where he
+was standing, he got into the boat, and the boatman rowed him out to the
+raft. As soon as they reached the raft Rollo stepped out upon the boards
+and logs. The top of the raft made a very good and smooth floor, being
+covered with boards, and it was high and dry above the water. Rollo
+looked down into the interstices, and saw that that part of the raft
+which was under water was formed of logs and timbers of very large size,
+placed close together side by side, with a layer above crossing the
+layer below. The whole was then covered with a flooring of boards, so
+close and continuous that Rollo had to look for some time before he
+could find any openings where he could look down and see how the raft
+was constructed.
+
+In the middle of the raft were several houses. The houses were made of
+boards, and were of the plainest and simplest construction. Around the
+doors of these houses several women were sitting wherever they could
+find shady places. Some were knitting and some were sewing. There were
+several children there too, amusing themselves in various ways. One was
+skipping a rope. Rudolf conducted Rollo up to one of these families, and
+told the women that he was an American boy, who was travelling with his
+uncle on the Rhine, and seeing this raft going by, had a curiosity to
+come on board of it. The women looked very much pleased when they heard
+this. Some of them had friends in America, and others were thinking of
+going themselves with their husbands; and they immediately began to talk
+very volubly to Rollo, and to ask him questions. But as they spoke
+German, Rollo could not understand what they said.
+
+In the mean time the waiter had gone away to speak to the captain of the
+raft, and to make arrangements for having Rollo put ashore when he had
+sailed long enough upon it. The captain was walking to and fro, upon a
+raised platform, near the middle of the raft. This platform I will
+describe presently. In a few minutes the man returned.
+
+"The captain gives you a good welcome," said he, "and says he wishes he
+could talk English, for he wants to ask you a great many questions about
+America. He says you may stay on the raft as long as you please, and
+when you wish to go ashore, you have only to go and get on board one of
+the boats, and that will be a signal. He will soon see you there, and
+will send a man to row you to the shore."
+
+Rollo liked this plan very much. So Rudolf, having arranged every thing,
+wished Rollo a "good voyage," and went off in the boat as he came.
+
+Thus Rollo was left alone, as it were, upon the raft; and for a moment
+he felt a little appalled at the idea of going down through such a dark
+and gloomy gorge as the bed of the river here presented to view, on such
+a strange conveyance, and surrounded with so wild and savage a horde of
+men as the raftsmen were,--especially since, as he supposed, there was
+not a human being on board with whom he could exchange a word of
+conversation. It is true the commissioner whom his uncle George had sent
+was on the raft. He had come out in the same boat with Rollo, and had
+remained when the boat went back to the shore. But Rollo had not noticed
+him particularly. He observed, it is true, that two men came with him to
+the raft, and that only one returned; but he thought it probable that
+the other might be going down the river a little way, or perhaps that he
+belonged to the raft. He had not the least idea that the man had come to
+take charge of _him_, and so he felt as if he were entirely alone in
+the new and strange scene to which he found himself so suddenly
+transferred.
+
+There were, however, so many things to attract his attention that at
+first he had no time to think much of his loneliness. There was a fire
+burning at a certain part of the raft, not far from the door of one of
+the houses, and he went to see it. As soon as he reached it, the mystery
+in respect to the means of having a fire on such a structure, without
+setting the boards and timbers on fire, was at once solved. Rollo found
+that the fire was built upon a hearth of _sand_. There was a large box,
+about four feet square and a foot deep, which box was filled with sand,
+and the fire was built in the middle of it. It seemed to Rollo that this
+was a very easy way to make a fireplace, especially as the sand seemed
+to be of a very common kind, such as the raftsmen had probably shovelled
+up somewhere on the shore of the river.
+
+"The very next time I build a raft," said Rollo, "I will have a fire on
+it in exactly that way."
+
+There was a sort of barricade or screen built up on two sides of this
+fire, to keep the wind from blowing the flame and the heat away from the
+kettle that was hung over it. This screen was made of short boards,
+nailed to three posts, that were placed in such a manner as to make,
+when the boards were nailed to them, two short fences, at right angles
+to each other, or like two sides of a high box. The corner of this
+screen was turned towards the wind, and thus the fire was sheltered. A
+pole passed across from one of the posts to the other, and the kettle
+was hung upon the pole.
+
+After examining this fireplace Rollo went to look at the platform where
+the captain had his station. This platform was about six feet high and
+ten feet long; and it was just wide enough for the captain to walk to
+and fro upon it. There was a flight of steps leading up to this platform
+from the floor of the raft, and a little railing on each side of it, to
+keep the captain from falling off while he was walking there.
+
+The object of having this platform raised in this way, was to give the
+captain a more commanding position, so as not only to enable him to
+survey the whole of the raft, and observe how every thing was going on
+upon it, but also to give him a good view of the river below, so that he
+might watch the currents, and see how the raft was drifting, and give
+the necessary orders for working it one way or the other, as might be
+required in order to keep it in the middle of the stream.
+
+Then Rollo went to the forward end of the raft to see the raftsmen row.
+The oars were of monstrous size, as you might well suppose to be the
+case from the fact that each of them required six men to work it. These
+six men all stood in a row along the handle of the oar, which seemed to
+be as large as a small mast. They all pressed down upon the handle of
+the oar so as to raise the blade out of the water, and then walked along
+over the floor of the raft quite a considerable distance. At last they
+stopped, and lifting up their hands, they allowed the blade of the oar
+to go down into the water. Then they turned, and began to push the oar
+with their hands the other way. The outside men had to reach up very
+high, for as the oar was very long, and the blade was now necessarily in
+the water, the end of the handle was raised quite high in the air. The
+men, accordingly, that were nearest the end of the oar, were obliged to
+hold their hands up high, in order to reach it; and they all walked
+along very deliberately, like a platoon of soldiers, pushing the oar
+before them as they advanced. And as each of the other six oars had a
+similar platoon marching with it to and fro, and as all acted in
+concert, and kept time with each other in their motions, the whole
+operation had quite the appearance of a military manoeuvre. Rollo
+watched it for some time with great satisfaction.
+
+After this Rollo walked up and down the raft two or three times, and
+then his attention was attracted by a steamer going by. The steamer cut
+her way through the water with great speed, and the waves made by her
+paddle wheels dashed up against the margin of the raft as if it had been
+along shore.
+
+There was a great number of tourists on board the steamer. Rollo could
+see them very distinctly sitting under the awning on the deck. Some were
+standing by the railing and examining the raft by means of their spy
+glasses or opera glasses. Others were seated at tables, eating late
+breakfasts, in little parties by themselves. The boat glided by very
+swiftly, however, and soon Rollo could see nothing of her but the stern,
+and the foaming wake which her paddle wheels left behind them in the
+water.
+
+As soon as the steamboat had gone by, Rollo began to feel a slight sense
+of loneliness on the raft, which feeling was increased by the sombre
+aspect of the scenery around him. The river was closely shut in by
+mountains on both sides, and between them the raft seemed to be drifting
+slowly down into a dark and gloomy gorge, which, though it might have
+seemed simply sublime to a pleasant party viewing it together from the
+cheerful deck of a steamer, or from a comfortable carriage on the banks,
+was well fitted to awaken an emotion of awe and terror in the mind of a
+boy like Rollo, floating down into it helplessly on an enormous raft,
+with a hundred men, looking more like brigands than any thing else,
+marching solemnly to and fro at either end of it, working prodigious
+oars, with incessant toil, to prevent its being carried upon the rocks
+and dashed to pieces. In fact, Rollo began soon to wish that he was safe
+on shore again.
+
+"I am very thankful," said he to himself, "that I made a bargain with
+the captain to put me ashore whenever I wished to go. I don't believe
+that I shall wish to go more than half way to Boppard."
+
+So saying, Rollo looked anxiously down the river. The mountains looked
+more and more dark and gloomy, and they appeared to shut in before him
+in such a manner that he could not see how it could be possible for such
+an immense raft to twist its way through between them.
+
+"I don't believe I shall wish to go more than a quarter of the way to
+Boppard," said he.
+
+Two or three minutes afterwards, on looking back, he saw the town of St.
+Goar, where he had embarked, gradually disappearing behind a wooded
+promontory which was slowly coming in the way, and cutting it off from
+view.
+
+[Illustration: ROLLO ON THE RAFT.]
+
+"In fact," said Rollo to himself, "since I am not going all the way to
+Boppard, I had better not go much farther; for I shall have to walk
+back, as the steamer does not stop this side of Boppard. Besides, I have
+seen all that there is on the raft already, and there is no use in
+staying on it any longer."
+
+So he concluded to go at once to the boat, according to the arrangement
+which he had made with the captain. He was afraid that he might have to
+wait some time before the captain would see him; but he did not. The
+captain saw him immediately, and sent a man to row him ashore. _Two_ men
+came, in fact, the commissioner being one of them. But Rollo did not pay
+any particular attention to this circumstance. He did not even observe
+that it was the same man that had come on board with him. Rollo could
+not talk to the oarsman on the way, but on landing he gave him a little
+money,--about what he thought was proper,--and then went up into the
+road with a view to go home. The commissioner, in order not to awaken
+any suspicions in Rollo's mind that he was following him, turned away as
+soon as he landed, and walked along the tow path down the stream.
+
+Rollo went slowly home. He had not been more than half an hour on the
+raft, and had not gone down the stream more than a mile; so that in
+three quarters of an hour after he had left his uncle at the hotel he
+found himself drawing near to it again, on his return.
+
+He felt a little ashamed to get back so soon. So he thought that he
+would not go in at once and report himself to his uncle, but would go
+down on the bank of the river, and see if he could find a place to fish
+a little while, until some little time should have elapsed, so as to
+give to the period of his absence a tolerably respectable duration.
+"Uncle George will laugh at me," said he to himself, "if he sees me come
+home so soon."
+
+So Rollo went down to the quay, and taking out his fishing line, he
+began to make arrangements for fishing. He did not, however, feel quite
+at his ease. There seemed to be something a little like artifice in thus
+prolonging his absence in order to make his uncle think that he had gone
+farther down the river than he had been. It was not being quite honest,
+he thought.
+
+"After all," said he to himself, "I'll go and tell uncle George now. I
+shall have a better time fishing if I do. If he chooses to laugh at me,
+he may. If he is going to do it, I should like to have it over."
+
+So he went into the hotel, and advanced somewhat timidly to the door of
+the room where he had left his uncle writing. He opened the door, and
+looking in, said,--
+
+"Uncle George! I've got back."
+
+Mr. George did not seem at all surprised, but looking up a moment from
+his writing, he smiled, and said,--
+
+"Ah! I'm glad to see you safe back again. It is rather lonesome here
+without you. Did you have a pleasant voyage?"
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "very pleasant. Only I did not go very far. I got
+them to put me ashore about a mile below here."
+
+"That was right," said Mr. George. "You did exactly as I should have
+done myself. In fact you can see all you wish to see on such a raft in
+half an hour."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I found that I could."
+
+"And I am very glad that you came to tell me," said Mr. George, "as soon
+as you came home."
+
+So Rollo, quite relieved in mind, went down stairs again, and returning
+to the quay, he resumed his fishing.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+DINNER.
+
+
+About half past three o'clock Rollo went up to his uncle's room.
+
+"Uncle George," said he, "have not you got almost through with your
+writing?"
+
+"Why," said Mr. George, "are you tired of staying here?"
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I am tired of being down in the bottom of such a
+deep valley. I wish you would put away your writing and go on up the
+river till we get out where we can see, and then you may write as much
+as you please."
+
+"Do you wish to go up the river to-night?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "very much."
+
+Mr. George took out his watch.
+
+"Go down and ask the waiter when the next steamer comes along."
+
+Rollo went down, and presently returned with the report that the next
+steamer came by at five o'clock.
+
+"There is a place up the river about two hours' sail, called Bingen,"
+said Mr. George, "where the mountains end. Above that the country is
+open and level, and the river wide. We might go up there, I suppose; but
+what should we do for dinner?"
+
+"We might have dinner on board the steamer," said Rollo.
+
+"Very well," said Mr. George; "that's what we will do. You may go and
+tell the waiter to bring me the bill, and then be ready at half past
+four. That will give me an hour more to write."
+
+At half past four Rollo came to tell Mr. George that the steamer was
+coming. The trunk had been previously carried down and put on board a
+small boat, for this was one of the places where the steamers were not
+accustomed to come up to a pier, but received and landed passengers by
+means of small boats that went out to meet them in the middle of the
+river. Such a boat was now ready at the foot of the landing stairs, and
+Mr. George and Rollo got into it.
+
+The boatman waited until the steamer came pretty near, and then he rowed
+out to meet it. He stopped rowing when the boat was opposite to the
+paddle wheel of the steamer, and the steamer stopped her engine at the
+same time. A man who stood on the paddle box threw a rope to the boat,
+and the boatman made this rope fast to a belaying pin that was set for
+the purpose near the bow of the boat. By means of this rope the boat was
+then drawn rapidly up alongside the steamer, at a place directly aft the
+paddle wheel, where there was a little stairway above, and a small
+platform below, both of which, when not in use, were drawn up out of the
+way, but which were always let down when passengers were to come on
+board. As soon as the boat came alongside this apparatus, Rollo and Mr.
+George stepped out upon the platform, and went up the little stairway,
+the hands on board the steamer standing there to help them. In a moment
+more the trunk was passed up, the boat was pushed off, and the paddle
+wheels of the steamer were put in motion; and thus, almost before Rollo
+had time to think what was going on, he found himself comfortably seated
+on a camp stool under the awning, by the side of Mr. George, on the
+quarter deck of the steamer, and sailing swiftly along on his voyage up
+the river.
+
+"What sudden transitions we pass through," said, Mr. George, "in
+travelling on the Rhine!"
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "it seems scarcely five minutes ago that I was
+sitting, all by myself, on the bank of a lonesome river, fishing; and
+now I am on board a steamer, with all this company, and dashing away
+through the water at a great rate."
+
+"True," said Mr. George; "and how quickly we came on board! One minute
+we are creeping along slowly over the water in a little boat, and the
+next, as if by some sort of magic, we find ourselves on the deck of the
+steamer, with the boat drifting away astern."
+
+"How high the mountains are," said Rollo, "along the shores here! Do the
+mountains end at Bingen?"
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "at Bingen, or soon after that. There the
+country opens, and the banks of the river become level and flat. The
+river widens, and there are a great many islands in it. There we come to
+railroads again too, for where the land is level they can make railroads
+very easily. It would be very difficult to make a railroad here, though
+I believe they are going to do it."
+
+"I should think it would be difficult," said Rollo. "But now, uncle
+George, about our dinner."
+
+"Very well," said Mr. George, "about the dinner." So the two travellers
+held a consultation on this subject, and concluded what to have. A few
+minutes afterwards a waiter came by, carrying a large salver, with some
+coffee and bread and butter upon it, for a gentleman on the deck. Mr.
+George beckoned to this waiter, and when he came to him, he ordered the
+dinner that he and Rollo had agreed upon. It consisted of sausages for
+Rollo, a beefsteak for Mr. George, and fried potatoes for both. After
+that they were to have an omelet and some coffee. The coffee on board
+the Rhine steamers, being made with very rich and pure milk, is
+delicious.
+
+The waiter brought up a small square table to the part of the deck where
+Mr. George and Rollo were sitting, which was under the shady side of the
+awning, and set it for their dinner. In about twenty minutes the dinner
+was ready. The table itself was as neat and nice as possible, and the
+dishes which had been ordered were prepared in the most perfect manner.
+I need not add, I suppose, that Mr. George and Rollo--it being now so
+late--were provided with excellent appetites. So they had a very good
+time eating their dinner. While they were eating it they could watch the
+changes in the scenery of the banks, as they glided swiftly along, and
+observe the steamers, tow boats, and other river craft, that passed them
+from time to time.
+
+While they were at dinner, Rollo asked Mr. George about the rafts, and
+where the timber that they were made of came from.
+
+[Illustration: DINNER ON THE RHINE.]
+
+"Why, you see," said Mr. George, "the River Rhine, in the upper portions
+of it, has a great many branches which come down from among the
+mountains, where nothing will grow well but timber. So they reserve
+these places for forests, and as fast as the timber gets grown, they cut
+it down, and slide it down the slopes to the nearest stream, and then
+float it along till they come to great streams; and there they form it
+into rafts, and send it down the river to Holland and Belgium, where
+timber does not grow."
+
+"Would not timber grow in Belgium and Holland?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "it would grow very well, but the land is too
+valuable to appropriate it to such a purpose. The whole country below
+Cologne, where we came to the river, is smooth and level, and free from
+stones, so that it is easily ploughed and tilled; and thus grain, and
+flax, and other very valuable crops can be raised upon it. They raise a
+few trees in that part of the country, but not many."
+
+"I never heard of raising trees before," said Rollo, "except apple
+trees, or something like that."
+
+"True," said Mr. George, "because in America, as that is a new country,
+there is an abundance of native forests, where the trees grow wild. But
+you must remember that every foot of land in Europe has been in the
+possession of man, and occupied by him, for two thousand years. There
+is not a field or a hill, or even a rocky steep on the mountain side,
+which has not had sixty or seventy generations of owners, who have all
+been watching it, and taking care of it, and improving it more or less
+all that time; each one carefully considering what his land can produce
+most profitably, and taking care of it and managing it especially with
+reference to that production. If his land is smooth and level, he
+ploughs it, and cultivates it for grass, or grain, or other plants
+requiring special tillage. If it is in steep slopes, with a warm
+exposure, he terraces it up, and makes vineyards of it. If it is in
+steep slopes, with a cold exposure, then it will do for timber, provided
+there are streams near it, so that he can float the timber away. If
+there are no streams near it, he can use it as pasture ground for sheep
+or cattle; for the wool, or the butter and cheese, which he obtains from
+this kind of farming, can be transported without streams; or, at least,
+such commodities will bear transporting farther before coming to a
+stream than wood or timber. Thus, you see, whatever the land is fit for,
+it has been appropriated to for a great many centuries; and it has all
+been cropped over and over again, even where the crop is a forest of
+trees. If we allow the trees even a hundred years to grow, before they
+are large enough to cut, that would give, in two thousand years, time
+to cut them off and let them grow up again twenty times."
+
+"Here comes a steamer," said Rollo.
+
+Just then the bow of a steamer came shooting into view, down the river.
+On the forward part of the deck were several soldiers and laborers, with
+women and children that looked like emigrants, and also a huge pile of
+trunks and merchandise covered with a tarpauling. Then came the paddle
+wheels, and then the quarter deck, with a large company of tourists,
+most of whom were looking about very eagerly at the scenery, with guide
+books and glasses in their hands. These were tourists that had been
+travelling in Switzerland, and were coming home by way of the Rhine; and
+as they were now just entering the part of the river where the grand and
+imposing scenery was to be seen,--though Mr. George and Rollo were just
+leaving it,--they were full of wonder and admiration at the various
+objects which appeared around them on every side. Rollo had but a very
+brief opportunity to look at these strangers, for the steamer which
+conveyed them passed by very swiftly, and in a moment they were gone.
+
+"How swift!" said Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "they go down the stream much faster than they
+go up; for in going down they have the current to help them, but we have
+it to hinder us in going up."
+
+"And does it help just as much as it hinders?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "for any given time. If the current flows two
+miles an hour, it will carry forward a boat that is going _with_ it just
+two miles faster than it would go in still water. And if the boat is
+going _against_ it, it will go just two miles an hour slower.
+
+"Thus, you see," continued Mr. George, "if a steamer had an engine
+capable of driving her twelve miles an hour through the water, in
+navigating a stream that flows _two_ miles an hour, she would go
+_fourteen_ miles an hour in going down, and _ten_ miles an hour in going
+up."
+
+"Then," said Rollo, "it seems that the _help_ of a current is just as
+much as the _hinderance_ of it, and that a river running fast is just as
+good for navigation as if the water were still. Because, you see," he
+added, "that though they lose some headway in going up, they gain it
+just the same in coming down."
+
+"That reasoning seems plausible," replied Mr. George, "but it is not
+sound."
+
+"What do you mean by _plausible_?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Why, it _appears_ to be good, when it really is not so. Reasoning very
+often appears to be good, while there is all the time some latent flaw
+in it which makes the conclusion wrong. Very often something is left out
+of the account which ought to be taken in and calculated for, and that
+is the case here. The truth is, that the current helps the steamer in
+going down just as much as it retards her in coming up _for any given
+time_; as for instance, for an hour, or for six hours. But we are to
+consider that in accomplishing any given _distance_, the steamer is
+longer in coming up than she is in going down, and so is exposed to the
+retarding effect of the current longer than she has the benefit of its
+cooperation.
+
+"For example," continued Mr. George, "suppose the distance from one
+place to another, on a river flowing two miles an hour, is such that it
+takes a steamer three hours to go down and four hours to come up. In
+going down she would be aided how much?"
+
+"Two miles an hour," said Rollo.
+
+"And that makes how much for the whole time going down?" asked Mr.
+George.
+
+"Six miles," said Rollo.
+
+"Now, it takes her _four_ hours to go up," said Mr. George. "How much
+would she be kept back then by the current?"
+
+"Why, two miles an hour for _four_ hours," said Rollo, "which would make
+eight miles."
+
+"Thus in the double voyage," said Mr. George, "the boat would be helped
+_six_ miles and hindered _eight_, so that the current would on the whole
+be a serious disadvantage. For a steamer, therefore, which is to be
+navigated equally both ways, the current is an evil.
+
+"But for that sort of navigation which goes only one way, it is a great
+advantage. For instance, the rafts have to come down, but they never
+have to go back again; and so they have the whole advantage of the
+current in bringing them down, without any disadvantage to balance it.
+
+"On the whole," said Mr. George, "I do not see but that the currents of
+great rivers are an advantage, for there is always a much greater
+quantity to come down than to go up. The heavy products that grow on the
+borders of the rivers are to come down, while comparatively little in
+quantity goes up. So the benefit, on the whole, which is produced by the
+flow of the water, may be greater than the injury."
+
+"What do they do with the rafts," said Rollo, "when they get them down
+the river?"
+
+"They break them up," said Mr. George, "and sell the timber in the
+countries near the mouth of the river, where but little timber grows."
+
+By this time, Mr. George and Rollo had finished eating the meats which
+they had ordered for their dinner, and so the waiter came and took away
+the plates, and brought the omelet and the coffee. With the coffee the
+waiter brought two small plates and knives, and some very nice rolls and
+butter. He also brought a plate containing several slices of a kind of
+cake, _toasted_. This cake was very nice.
+
+While Rollo was eating it he asked his uncle George whether, in case he
+had gone down the river to Boppard, and had not got back until dark, he
+should not have been anxious about him.
+
+"No," said Mr. George, "not much. I took precautions against that."
+
+"What precautions?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Why, I sent a man with you to take care of you," said Mr. George.
+
+"You sent a man with me?" repeated Rollo, very much surprised.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, quietly. "As soon as you had gone out of my
+room, to go on board the raft, I called the waiter, and asked him to
+send a commissioner with you, to see that you did not get into any
+difficulty, and to take care of you in case there should be any
+occasion."
+
+"Now, uncle George," said Rollo, in a mournful and complaining tone,
+"that was not fair."
+
+"Why not?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"Because," said Rollo, "I wanted to take care of myself."
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, "you _did_ take care of yourself--didn't you?
+My plan did not interfere with yours at all--did it?"
+
+Rollo did not answer, but he looked as if he were not convinced.
+
+"I gave the man special charge," said Mr. George, "not to interfere with
+you in any way, and not even to let you know that I had said any thing
+about you to him, so that you should be left entirely to your own
+resources. And you _were_ so left. You acted in the whole affair just as
+you thought proper, and took care of yourself admirably well. I think
+especially that you were very wise in leaving the raft when you did,
+instead of remaining on board three or four hours longer. But however
+this may be, you acted for yourself throughout. I did not interfere with
+you at all."
+
+"Well," said Rollo, after a moment's pause, "what you say is very true.
+But it seems to me it was a little artful in you to do that; and you
+always tell me that I must not be artful, but must be perfectly honest
+and open in all that I do. Don't you think you deceived me a little?"
+
+"I do not see that I did," said Mr. George. "When we deceive a person,
+we do it by saying or doing something to give him a false impression, or
+to make him suppose that something is true which is not true. Now, what
+did I do or say to give you any false impression?"
+
+"Why, nothing, I suppose," said Rollo, "except sending that man to take
+care of me without letting me know it."
+
+"That was _concealing_ something from you," said Mr. George, "not
+deceiving you. There are a thousand occasions when it is right to
+conceal things from the people around us. That is very different from
+deceiving them. This was a case in which I thought it best to conceal
+what I did, for a time, though I intended to tell you in the end. You
+see, I should not have done my duty, as a guardian intrusted with the
+care of a boy by his father, if I had allowed you to go away from me on
+such a doubtful expedition without some precautions. So I thought it
+best to send the commissioner; but I knew you wished to take care of
+yourself, and so I charged the commissioner to allow you to do so, and
+on no account to interpose, unless some accident, or unforeseen
+emergency, should occur. I told him not even to let you know that he
+was there, so that you might not be embarrassed or restricted at all by
+his presence, or even relieved of any portion of your solicitude. But I
+determined to tell you all about it as soon as it was over, and I was
+fondly imagining that you would praise me for my sagacity in managing
+the business as I did, and also especially for my openness and honesty
+in explaining all to you at last. But instead of that, it seems you
+think I did wrong; so that where I expected compliments and praise, I
+get only censure and condemnation; and I do not know what I shall do."
+
+Mr. George said this with a perfectly grave face, and with such a tone
+of mock meekness and despondency, that Rollo burst into a loud laugh.
+
+"If you could think of any suitable punishment for me," continued Mr.
+George, in the same penitent tone, "I would submit to it very
+contentedly; though I do not see myself any suitable way by which I can
+be punished, except perhaps by a fine."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "a fine; you shall be fined, uncle George. There is a
+woman out here that has got some raspberries, in little paper baskets.
+You shall be fined a paper of raspberries."
+
+Mr. George acceded to this proposal. The raspberries were two groschen a
+basket. Mr. George gave Rollo the money, and Rollo, going forward with
+it, bought the raspberries, and he and Mr. George ate them up together.
+They served the double purpose of a punishment for the offence, and of a
+dessert for the dinner.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+BINGEN.
+
+
+At some places on the Rhine the passengers go on board the steamers and
+land from them in a small boat, as Mr. George and Rollo did at St. Goar.
+At others there is a regular pier for a landing. At all the large towns
+there is a pier,--in some there are two or three,--which belong
+severally to the different companies which own the lines of steamers.
+These piers are constructed in a very peculiar manner. They are made by
+means of a large and heavy boat, which is anchored at a short distance
+from the shore, and then a massive platform is built, extending from the
+quay to this boat. The boat, being afloat, rises and falls with the
+river; and thus the end of the platform which rests upon it is kept
+always at the proper level for the landing of the passengers, so that,
+whatever may be the state of the water, they go over on a level plank.
+This is a very convenient arrangement for such a river as the Rhine,
+which rises and falls considerably at different seasons, on account of
+the variation in the quantity of rain, and in the melting of the snows,
+on the mountains in Switzerland.
+
+Bingen is one of the towns where there is a floating pier of this kind,
+and Mr. George and Rollo were safely landed upon it about eight o'clock.
+It was a very pleasant evening. As they approached the town, before they
+landed, they both walked forward towards the bows of the vessel, to see
+what sort of a place it was where they were going to spend the night.
+
+"It is just like Coblenz," said Mr. George, "only on a small scale."
+
+It was indeed very much like Coblenz in its situation, for it was built
+on a point of land formed between the Rhine and the Nahe, a branch which
+came in here from the westward, just as Coblenz was at the junction of
+the Rhine and the Moselle. There was a bridge across the Moselle, you
+recollect, just at the mouth of it, on the lower side of the town, which
+bridge was made to accommodate the travellers going up and down the
+Rhine on that side. There was just such a bridge across the mouth of the
+Nahe. So that the situation of the town was in all respects very similar
+to that of Coblenz.
+
+Just below the town there was a small green island covered with
+shrubbery, and on the upper end of the island was a high, square tower,
+standing alone.
+
+"That's must be Bishop Hatto's Tower," said Mr. George.
+
+"Who was he?" asked Rollo.
+
+"He was a man that was eaten up by the rats," said Mr. George, "because
+he called the poor people rats, and burned up a great many of them in
+his barn. The story is in the guide book. I will read it to you when we
+get to the hotel."
+
+By this time the boat had glided by the island, and the tower was out of
+view; and very soon afterwards Mr. George and Rollo were landed on the
+floating pier, as I have already said. There were very few people to
+land, and the boat seemed merely to touch the pier and then to glide
+away again.
+
+There were several porters standing by, and they immediately took up the
+passengers' baggage, and carried it away to the hotels, which were all
+very near the river. Rollo and Mr. George were soon comfortably
+established in a room with two beds in it, one in each corner, and a
+large round table near one of the windows. Outside of the other window
+was a balcony, and Rollo immediately went out there, to look at the
+view.
+
+"We have not got quite _out_ yet, uncle George," said he.
+
+Rollo was right, for the bank of the river opposite Bingen was very
+steep and high, and was terraced from top to bottom for vineyards. In
+fact, this part of the river is more celebrated, perhaps, than any other
+for the excellent quality of the grapes which it produces. It is here
+that are situated the famous vineyards of Rudesheim and Johannisberg. In
+fact, the whole country, for miles in extent, is one vast vineyard. The
+separate fields are divided from one another by the terrace walls, which
+run parallel to the river, and by paths formed sometimes by steps, and
+sometimes by zigzags, which ascend and descend from the crest of the
+hills above to the line of the shore. The only buildings to be seen
+among all this vast expanse of walls and terraces are the little
+watchtowers that are erected here and there at commanding points to
+enable the vinegrowers to watch the fruit, when it comes to the time
+of ripening. The laborers who till the fields, and dress the vines, and
+gather the grapes in the season, live all of them in compact villages,
+built at intervals along the shore.
+
+While Rollo was looking at this scene, and wondering how such an immense
+number of walls and terraces could ever have been built, his attention
+was suddenly arrested by hearing a sweet and silvery voice, like that of
+a girl, calling out,--
+
+"Rollo."
+
+Rollo turned in the direction of the sound, and found that it was Minnie
+speaking to him. She was standing on another balcony, one which opened
+from the chamber next to his. Rollo was very much pleased to see her. He
+thought it very remarkable that he should meet her thus so many times;
+but it was not. Travellers on the Rhine going in the same direction, and
+stopping to see the same things, often meet each other in this way again
+and again.
+
+After talking with Minnie some little time from the balcony, Rollo asked
+her if her mother was there.
+
+"Yes," said Minnie.
+
+"Ask her then," said Rollo, "if you may come down and take a walk with
+me in the garden."
+
+Minnie went in from the balcony, and in a moment returning, she said,
+"Yes," and immediately disappeared again. So Rollo went down, and Minnie
+presently came and met him in the garden.
+
+[Illustration: MINNIE.]
+
+The garden was a small piece of ground in front of the hotel, between
+the hotel and the river. There was a large gate opening from it towards
+the hotel, and another towards the river. The garden was full of shade
+trees, with pleasant walks winding about among them, and here and there
+a border, or a bed of flowers. There were several carved images placed
+here and there, one of which amused Rollo and Minnie very much, for it
+represented a monkey sitting on a pole and looking at himself in a hand
+looking glass which he held before his face. In the other hand he had a
+parasol.
+
+In the front part of the garden, towards the river, were several tables
+under the trees, where people might take coffee or ices, or they might
+take their dinner there if they chose. In the front of the garden too,
+at the corners, were two summer houses, with tables and chairs in them.
+The sides of these houses that were turned towards the river, and also
+those that were towards the gardens, were open. The other two sides of
+each summer house had walls, on which were painted views of castles and
+other scenery of the Rhine. Over one of the summer houses was a little
+room for a lookout, where there was a very fine prospect up and down the
+river.
+
+Rollo and Minnie rambled about here for some time, examining every thing
+with great attention. They chose one of the pleasantest tables, and sat
+down before it.
+
+"This is a nice place," said Minnie. "I propose that you and I come out
+here to-morrow morning and have breakfast, all by ourselves."
+
+"O, we can't do that very well," said Rollo.
+
+"Yes we can," replied Minnie, "just as well as not. I'll plan it all."
+
+Minnie then jumped up and led the way, Rollo following, through the open
+gate towards the river. There was a sort of street outside, and Rollo
+and Minnie stood here for a few minutes to see a steamer go by. Minnie
+then proposed that they should get into a boat that was lying there, and
+take a sail.
+
+"You can row--can't you?" said she to Rollo.
+
+"No," said Rollo, "not on such a river as this. See how swift the
+current flows."
+
+"Never mind," said Minnie, "I can. Let us jump into this boat, and have
+a sail."
+
+"No," said Rollo, "not for the world. We should be carried off down the
+stream in spite of every thing."
+
+"Never mind," said Minnie; "we should land somewhere, and they would
+send down for us. We should have a great deal of fun."
+
+How far Minnie would have persevered in urging her plan for a venture in
+the boat on the river I do not know; but the conversation was here
+interrupted by the appearance of Mr. George, who had come down through
+the garden, and just at this instant joined the children on the quay.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+THE RUIN IN THE GARDEN.
+
+
+Mr. George said that he had come to ask Rollo to go and take a walk to
+see an old ruin in the town, and he told Minnie that he should be very
+glad to have her go too, if her mother would be willing.
+
+"O, yes," said Minnie, "she will be willing. I'll go."
+
+"You must go and ask her first," said Mr. George.
+
+So, while Mr. George and Rollo walked slowly up towards the hotel,
+Minnie ran before them to ask her mother.
+
+Mr. George explained to Rollo in walking through the garden, that there
+were two ruins that he wished to see while he was at Bingen. One was the
+famous castle of Rheinstein, which stood on the bank of the river, a few
+miles below the town.
+
+"But it is too late to go there to-night," said Mr. George. "We will
+take that for to-morrow. But there is an old ruin back here in the
+village, which I think we can see to-night."
+
+When they reached the door of the hotel, Minnie met them, and said that
+she could go; and so they walked along together.
+
+Mr. George groped about a long time among the narrow streets and passage
+ways of the town, to find some way of access to the ruin, but in vain.
+He obtained frequent views of it, and of the rocky hill that it stood
+upon, which was seen here and there, by chance glimpses, rising in
+massive grandeur above the houses of the town; but he could not find any
+way to get to it.
+
+"It is in a private garden," said Mr. George, "I know; but how to find
+the way to it I cannot imagine."
+
+"Perhaps it is here," said Minnie.
+
+So saying, Minnie ran up to a gate by the side of the street, which led
+into a very pretty yard, all shaded with trees and shrubbery, and having
+a large and handsome house by the side of it. The gate was shut and
+fastened, but Minnie could look through the bars.
+
+There was a woman standing near one of the doors of the house, and
+Minnie beckoned to her. The woman came immediately down towards the
+gate. Minnie pointed in towards a walk which seemed to lead back among
+the trees, and said to the woman,--
+
+"_Schloss?_"
+
+_Schloss_ is the German word for _castle_. Minnie could not speak
+German; but she knew some words of that language, and the words that she
+did know she was always perfectly ready to use, whenever an occasion
+presented.
+
+"_Ja_, _Ja_," said the woman; and immediately she opened the gate. By
+this time Minnie had beckoned Mr. George and Rollo to come up from the
+road, and they all three went in through the gate.
+
+The woman called to a man who was then just coming down out of the
+garden, and said something to him in German. None of our party could
+understand what she said; but they knew from the circumstances of the
+case, and from her actions, that she was saying to him that the
+strangers wished to see the ruins. So, the man leading the way, and the
+three visitors following him, they all went on along a broad gravel walk
+which led up into the garden.
+
+Mr. George asked the guide if he could speak English, and he said,
+"_Nein._" Then he asked him if he could speak French, and he said,
+"_Nein._" He said he could only speak German.
+
+"He can't explain any thing to us, children," said Mr. George; "we
+shall have to judge for ourselves."
+
+The walk was very shady that led along the garden, and as it was now
+long past eight o'clock, it was nearly dark walking there, though it was
+still pretty light under the open sky. The walk gradually ascended, and
+it soon brought the party to a place where they could see, rising up
+among the trees, fragments of ancient walls of stupendous height. Rollo
+looked up to them with wonder. He even felt a degree of awe, as well as
+wonder, for the strange and uncouth forms of windows and doors, which
+were seen here and there; the embrasures, and the yawning arches which
+appeared below, leading apparently to subterranean dungeons, being all
+dimly seen in the obscurity of the night, suggested to his mind ideas of
+prisoners confined there in ancient times, and wearing out their lives
+in a dreadful and hopeless captivity, or being put to death by horrid
+tortures.
+
+Minnie was still more afraid of these gloomy remains than Rollo. She was
+afraid to look up at them.
+
+"Look up there, Minnie," said Rollo. "See that old broken window with
+iron gratings in the walls."
+
+"No," replied Minnie, "I do not want to see it at all."
+
+So saying she looked straight down upon the path before her, and walked
+on as fast as possible.
+
+"If I should look up there, I should see some dreadful thing mowing and
+chowing at me," she added.
+
+Rollo laughed, and they all walked on.
+
+Presently the path began to ascend more rapidly, and soon it brought the
+whole party out into the light, on the slope of an elevation which was
+covered with the main body of the ruined castle. The man led the way up
+a steep path, and then up a flight of ancient stone steps built against
+a wall, until he came to an iron gateway. This he unlocked, and the
+whole party went in, or rather went through, for as the roofs were gone
+from the ruins, they were almost as much out of doors after passing
+through the gateway as they were before.
+
+Mr. George and the children gazed around upon the confused mass of
+ruined bastions, towers, battlements, and archways, that lay before
+them, with a feeling of awe which it is impossible to describe. The
+grass waved and flowers bloomed on the tops of the walls, on the sills
+of the windows, and on every projecting cornice, or angle, where a seed
+could have lodged. In many places thick clusters of herbage were seen
+growing luxuriantly from crumbling interstices of the stones in the
+perpendicular face of the masonry, fifty feet from the ground. Large
+trees were growing on what had formerly been the floors of the halls, or
+of the chambers, and tall grass waved there, ready for the scythe.
+
+There was one tower which still had a roof upon it. A steep flight of
+stone steps led up to a door in this tower. The door was under a deep
+archway. The guide led the way up this stairway, and unlocking the door,
+admitted his party into the tower.
+
+They found themselves, when they had entered, in a small, square room.
+It occupied the whole extent of the tower on that story, and yet it was
+very small. This room was in good condition, having been carefully
+preserved, and was now the only remaining room of the whole castle which
+was not dismantled and in ruins. But this room, though still shut in
+from the weather, and protected in a measure from further decay,
+presented an appearance of age wholly indescribable. The door where the
+party had come in was on one side of it, and there was a window on the
+opposite side, leading out to a little stone balcony. On the other two
+sides were two antique cabinets of carved oak, most aged and venerable
+in appearance, and of the most quaint construction. The walls and the
+floor were of stone. In the middle of the floor, however, was a heavy
+trap door. The guide lifted up this door by means of a ponderous ring of
+rusty iron, and let Mr. George and the children look down. It was a dark
+and dismal dungeon.
+
+"_Prison,_" said the guide.
+
+This, it seemed, was the only English word that he could speak.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, speaking to Rollo and Minnie. "He means that
+this was the prison of the castle."
+
+The guide shut down the trap door, and the children, after gazing around
+upon the room a few minutes longer, were glad to go away.
+
+Just before reaching the hotel on their way home, Rollo told Minnie that
+he and Mr. George were going down the next day to see Rheinstein, a
+beautiful castle down the river, and he asked her if she would not like
+to go too.
+
+Mr. George was walking on before them at this time, and he did not hear
+this conversation.
+
+"No," said Minnie, "I believe not. It makes me afraid to go and see
+these old ruins."
+
+"But this one that we are going to see is not an old ruin," said Rollo.
+"It has been all made over again as good as new, and is full of
+beautiful rooms and beautiful furniture. Besides, it stands out in a
+good clear place on the bank of the river, and you will not be afraid at
+all. I mean to ask uncle George if I may ask you to go."
+
+That evening, in reflecting on the adventures of the day, Rollo wondered
+that Minnie, who seemed to have so much courage about going out in a
+boat on the water, and in clambering about into all sorts of dangerous
+places, should be so afraid of old ruins; but the fact is, that people
+are in nothing more inconsistent than in their fears.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+RHEINSTEIN.
+
+
+Rollo determined to ask his uncle George at breakfast if he might invite
+Minnie to accompany them on their visit to the castle of Rheinstein. He
+was sorry, however, when he came to reflect a little, that he had not
+first asked his uncle George, before mentioning the subject to Minnie at
+all.
+
+"For," said he to himself, "if there _should_ be any difficulty or
+objection to prevent her going with us, then I shall have to go and tell
+her that I can't invite her, after all; and that would be worse than not
+to have said any thing about it."
+
+When, at length, Rollo and Mr. George were seated at table at breakfast,
+Rollo asked his uncle if he was willing that Minnie should go with them
+to the castle.
+
+"I told her," said he, "last night, that we were going, and I said I
+intended to ask you if she might go with us. But I thought afterwards
+that it would have been better to have spoken about it to you first."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "that would be much the best mode generally,
+though in this case it makes no difference, for I shall be very glad to
+have Minnie go."
+
+So Rollo immediately after breakfast went to renew his invitation to
+Minnie, and about an hour afterwards the party set out on their
+excursion. They went in a fine open barouche with two horses, which Mr.
+George selected from several that were standing near the hotel, waiting
+to be hired. Mr. George took the back seat, and Rollo and Minnie sat
+together on the front seat. Thus they rode through the streets of the
+town, and over the old stone bridge which led across the Nahe near its
+junction with the Rhine.
+
+From the bridge Rollo could see the little green island on which stood
+Bishop Hatto's Tower.
+
+"There is Bishop Hatto's Tower," said Rollo, "and you promised, uncle
+George, to tell me the story of it."
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, "I will tell it to you now."
+
+So Mr. George began to relate the story as follows:--
+
+"There was a famine coming on at one time during Bishop Hatto's life,
+and the people were becoming very destitute, though the bishop's
+granaries were well supplied with corn. The poor flocked and crowded
+around his door. At last the bishop appointed a time when, he told them,
+they should have food for the winter, if they would repair to his great
+barn. Young and old, from far and near, did so, and when the barn could
+hold no more, he made fast the door, and set fire to it, and burned them
+all. He then returned to his palace, congratulating himself that the
+country was rid of the 'rats,' as he called them. He ate a good supper,
+went to bed, and slept like an innocent man; but he never slept again.
+In the morning, when he entered a room where hung his picture, he found
+it entirely eaten by rats. Presently a man came and told him that the
+rats had entirely consumed his corn; and while the man was telling him
+this, another man came running, pale as death, to tell him that ten
+thousand rats were coming. 'I'll go to my tower on the Rhine,' said the
+bishop; ''tis the safest place in Germany.' He immediately hastened to
+the shore, and crossed to his tower, and very carefully barred all the
+doors and windows. After he had retired for the night, he had hardly
+closed his eyes, when he heard a fearful scream. He started up, and saw
+the cat sitting by his pillow, screaming with fear of the army of rats
+that were approaching. They had swum over the river, climbed the shore,
+and were scaling the walls of his tower by thousands. The bishop, half
+dead with fright, fell on his knees, and began counting his beads. The
+rats soon gained the room, fell upon the bishop, and in a short time
+nothing was left of him but his bones.
+
+"There is an account of it in poetry too, in my book," said Mr. George.
+
+"Read it to us," said Minnie.
+
+So Mr. George opened his book, and read the account in poetry, as
+follows:--
+
+BISHOP HATTO.
+
+    The summer and autumn had been so wet,
+    That in winter the corn was growing yet;
+    'Twas a piteous sight to see all around
+    The grain lie rotting on the ground.
+
+    Every day the starving poor
+    Crowded around Bishop Hatto's door,
+    For he had a plentiful last year's store;
+    And all the neighborhood could tell
+    His granaries were furnished well.
+
+    At last Bishop Hatto appointed a day
+    To quiet the poor without delay:
+    He bade them to his great barn repair,
+    And they should have food for the winter there.
+
+    Rejoiced at such tidings good to hear,
+    The poor folk flocked from far and near;
+    The great barn was full as it could hold
+    Of women and children, and young and old.
+
+    Then, when they saw it could hold no more,
+    Bishop Hatto he made fast the door;
+    And while for mercy on Christ they call,
+    He set fire to the barn, and burned them all.
+
+    "I' faith 'tis an excellent bonfire!" quoth he,
+    "And the country is greatly obliged to me
+    For ridding it, in these times forlorn,
+    Of rats that only consume the corn."
+
+    So then to his palace returned he,
+    And he sat down to supper merrily,
+    And he slept that night like an innocent man;
+    But Bishop Hatto never slept again.
+
+    In the morning, as he entered the hall
+    Where his picture hung against the wall,
+    A sweat like death all o'er him came,
+    For the rats had eaten it out of the frame.
+
+    As he looked there came a man from his farm;
+    He had a countenance white with alarm.
+    "My lord, I opened your granaries this morn,
+    And the rats had eaten all your corn."
+
+    Another came running presently,
+    And he was pale as pale could be:
+    "Fly, my lord bishop, fly," quoth he;
+    "Ten thousand rats are coming this way;
+    The Lord forgive you for yesterday."
+
+    "I'll go to my tower on the Rhine," replied he,
+    "'Tis the safest place in Germany;
+    The walls are high, and the shores are steep,
+    And the stream is strong, and the water deep."
+
+    Bishop Hatto fearfully hastened away,
+    And he crossed the Rhine without delay,
+    And reached his tower, and barred with care
+    All the windows, doors, and loopholes there.
+
+    He laid him down and closed his eyes;
+    But soon a scream made him arise.
+    He started, and saw two eyes of flame
+    On his pillow, from whence the screaming came.
+
+    He listened and looked: it was only the cat:
+    But the bishop he grew more fearful for that;
+    For she sat screaming, mad with fear
+    At the army of rats that were drawing near.
+
+    For they have swum over the river so deep,
+    And they have climbed the shores so steep,
+    And now by thousands up they crawl
+    To the holes and windows in the wall.
+
+    Down on his knees the bishop fell,
+    And faster and faster his beads did he tell,
+    As louder and louder, drawing near,
+    The saw of their teeth without he could hear.
+
+    And in at the windows, and in at the door,
+    And through the walls by thousands they pour,
+    And down through the ceiling and up through the floor,
+    From the right and the left, from behind and before,
+    From within and without, from above and below;
+    And all at once at the bishop they go.
+
+    They have whetted their teeth against the stones,
+    And now they pick the bishop's bones;
+    They gnawed the flesh from every limb,
+    For they were sent to do judgment on him.
+
+"I'm glad they ate him up," said Minnie, as soon as Mr. George had
+finished reading the poetry. "I am very glad indeed."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "so am I."
+
+"What a pleasant ride this is!" said Rollo, after a little pause. It
+was, indeed, a delightful ride. The road was carried along the bank of
+the river a short distance above the level of the water. It was very
+hard, and smooth, and level; and on the side of it opposite to the
+water, the land rose abruptly in a steep ascent, which was covered with
+forest trees. At the distance of about a mile before them, down the
+river, they could see the towers and battlements of the castle which
+they were going to visit, rising among the tops of the trees, on a
+projecting promontory.
+
+"I like the ride very much," said Rollo; "but I don't care much about
+the castle. I'm tired of castles."
+
+"So am I," said Mr. George; "but this is different from the rest. This
+is a castle restored."
+
+"What do you mean by that?" said Rollo.
+
+"Why, nearly all the old castles on the Rhine," replied Mr. George,
+"have been abandoned, and have gone to decay; or else, if they have been
+repaired or rebuilt, they have been finished and furnished in the
+fashion of modern times. But this castle of Rheinstein, which we are now
+going to see, has been restored, as nearly as possible, to its ancient
+condition. The rooms, and the courts, and the towers, and battlements
+are all arranged as they used to be in former ages; and the furniture
+contained within is of the ancient fashion. The chairs, and tables, and
+cabinets, and all the other articles, are such as the barons used when
+the castles on the Rhine were inhabited."
+
+"Where do they get such things nowadays?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Some of the furniture which they have in this castle," said Mr. George,
+"originally belonged there, and has been kept there all the time, for
+hundreds of years. When they repaired and rebuilt the castle, they
+repaired this furniture too, and put it in perfect order. Some other
+furniture they bought from other old castles which the owners did not
+intend to repair, and some they had made new, after the ancient
+patterns. But here we are, close under the castle."
+
+A few minutes after this, the carriage stopped in the road at the
+entrance to a broad, gravelled pathway, which diverged from the road
+directly under the castle walls, and began to ascend at once through the
+woods in zigzags. Mr. George and his party got out, and began to go up.
+The carriage, in the mean time, went on a few steps farther, to a smooth
+and level place by the roadside, under the shade of some trees, there to
+await the return of the party from their visit to the castle above.
+
+"Now, children," said Mr. George, "we will see how you can stand hard
+climbing."
+
+Rollo and Minnie looked up, and they could see the walls and battlements
+of the castle, resting upon and crowning the crags and precipices of the
+rock, far above their heads.
+
+The road, or rather the pathway,--for it was not wide enough for a
+carriage, and was besides too steep, and turned too many sharp corners
+for wheels,--was very smooth and hard, and the children ascended it
+without any difficulty. They stopped frequently to look up, for at every
+turn there was some new view of the walls or battlements, or towers
+above, or of the crags and precipices of the rock on which the various
+constructions of masonry rested. The cliffs and precipices in many
+places overhung the path, and seemed ready to fall. In fact, in one
+place, an immense mass had cracked off, and was all ready to come down,
+but was retained in its place by a heavy iron chain, which passed around
+it, and was secured by clamps and staples to the more solid portion of
+the rock behind it. Rollo and Minnie looked up to this cliff, as they
+passed beneath it, with something like a feeling of terror.
+
+"I should not like to have that rock come down upon our heads," said
+Minnie.
+
+"No," said Rollo, "nor I; but I should like to see it come down if we
+were out of the way."
+
+At length the road, after many winding zigzags and convolutions, came
+out upon a gravelled area in front of a great iron gate at an angle
+between two towers.
+
+A man came from a courtyard within, and opened a small gate, which
+formed a part of the great one. He seemed to be a servant. Mr. George
+asked him in French if they could come in and see the castle. The man
+smiled and shook his head, but at the same time opened the door wide,
+and stood on one side, as if to make way for them to come in.
+
+"He says no," whispered Rollo.
+
+"No," replied Mr. George, "his _no_ means that he does not understand
+us; but he wishes us to come in."
+
+As Mr. George said these words, he passed through the gate, leading
+Minnie by the hand, and followed by Rollo.
+
+The man shut the gate after them, and then began to say something to
+them, very fluently and earnestly, pointing at the same time to a door
+which opened upon a gallery that extended along the wall of a tower near
+by. As soon as he had finished what seemed to be some sort of
+explanation, he left the party standing in the court, and returned to
+his work.
+
+"He says," remarked Mr. George, "that there is a man coming to show us
+the castle."
+
+"How do you know?" asked Rollo.
+
+"I know by the signs that he made," replied Mr. George. "Besides, I
+heard him say _schloss-vogt_."
+
+"What is _schloss-vogt_?" asked Rollo.
+
+"That was the ancient name for the officer who kept the keys of a
+castle," replied Mr. George, "and in restoring this castle they thought
+they would reestablish the old office. So they call the man who keeps
+the keys the _schloss-vogt_."
+
+In a few minutes the _schloss-vogt_ came. He was dressed in the ancient
+costume. He wore a black velvet frock coat, and green velvet cap, both
+made in a very antique and curious fashion, after the pattern of those
+worn, in ancient days, by the officers who had the custody of the keys
+in the baronial castles.
+
+The _schloss-vogt_ conducted his visitors all over the edifice that was
+under his charge. It would be impossible to describe the variety of
+halls, corridors, courts, towers, ramparts, and battlements which Rollo
+and Minnie were led to see. They went from one to another, until they
+were at length completely bewildered with the intricacy, as well as
+dazzled by the magnificence, of the place. There were suites of most
+beautiful apartments, with polished floors, and painted walls, and
+furniture of the most curious and antique description. The chairs, the
+tables, the cabinets, and the beds of these rooms were all of the
+strangest forms; and though they were of very elaborate and splendid
+workmanship, being richly carved and inlaid with mosaic work, and often
+ornamented with mountings of silver, they all wore a very antique and
+venerable air, which was extremely imposing. The rooms were of all
+shapes and sizes, and were arranged and connected with each other in the
+most odd and singular fashion, as the external walls which enclosed them
+were extremely irregular in plan, being conformed in a great measure to
+the shape of the rocks on which the castle was founded. The
+_schloss-vogt_ was continually leading his party, as he guided them
+through the rooms, into some unexpected and curious place--a little
+cabinet, built on an angle of the wall; a winding staircase, opening
+suddenly in a corner, and leading up to a watchtower, or down to a
+court; a balcony overhanging a precipice, and commanding a most
+magnificent view up and down the river; or some other curious nook or
+corner, which in the snugness and coziness of its seclusion, and the
+beauty of its adornments, filled the hearts of Rollo and Minnie with
+delight.
+
+There were a great many specimens of ancient arms and armor, hung up in
+various halls in the castle, all of the most quaint and curious forms,
+but yet of the most elaborate and beautiful workmanship. There were
+swords, and daggers, and bows and arrows, and spurs, and shields, and
+coats of mail, and every other species of weapons, offensive and
+defensive, that the warriors of the middle ages were accustomed to use.
+Rollo was most interested in the bows and arrows. They were of great
+size, and were made in a style of workmanship, and ornamented with
+mountings and decorations, which Rollo had never dreamed of seeing in
+bows and arrows. Among the other articles of armor, the _schloss-vogt_
+showed the party a _gauntlet_, as it is called; that is, an iron glove,
+which was worn in ancient times to defend the hand from the cuts of
+swords and sabres. The inside of the glove--I mean the part which
+covered the inside of the hand--was of leather; but the back was formed
+of iron scales made to slide over each other, so as to allow the hand to
+open and shut freely, without making any opening in the iron. Mr. George
+tried this glove on, and so, in fact, did Rollo and Minnie. They were
+all surprised to find how well it fitted to the hand, and how freely
+the fingers could be moved while it was on. The _schloss-vogt_ said that
+a man could write with it; and Mr. George placed his hand, with the
+glove upon it, in the proper position for writing, and then moved his
+fingers to and fro, as if there had been a pen between them.
+
+"Yes," said he, "I think I could write with it very well."
+
+All the furniture of the rooms was of a very quaint and curious
+description, while yet it was very rich and magnificent. There were
+elegant bedsteads of carved ebony surmounted with silken curtains and
+canopies of the most gorgeous description. There were cabinets inlaid
+with silver and pearl, and elegant cameos and mosaics, and a profusion
+of other such articles, all of which Rollo had very little time to
+examine, as the _schloss-vogt_ led the party forward from one room to
+another without much delay.
+
+The rooms themselves, in respect to form and arrangement, were almost as
+curious as the articles which they contained. Every one seemed different
+from the rest. You were constantly coming into the strangest and most
+unexpected places. There were cabinets, and wide halls, and intricate
+winding corridors, and open courts, and vaulted passages, and balconies,
+paved below and arched over above. At one place there was a light iron
+staircase built on the outside of a round tower, and as the tower itself
+was built on the pinnacle of an overhanging rock, you seemed, in
+ascending the staircase, to be poised in the air, with the rocks that
+lined the shore of the river beneath your feet, hundreds of feet below.
+
+After rambling about the castle for half an hour, the party returned to
+the gate where they had come in, and the _schloss-vogt_ bade them good
+by. He gave Minnie a little bouquet of flowers as she came away. They
+were flowers which he had gathered for her, one by one, from the plants
+growing in the various balconies, and in little parterres in the
+courtyards, which they passed in going about the castle. Minnie was very
+much pleased with this bouquet.
+
+"I mean to press some of the flowers," said she, "and keep them for a
+souvenir."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "I'll help you press them. I've got a pressing
+apparatus at home."
+
+"Well," said Minnie, in a tone of great satisfaction. "And then, when
+they are pressed, I'll give you one of them."
+
+So the party went down the zigzag path till they came to the main road
+at the bank of the river, and there getting into their carriage again,
+they rode home to the hotel.
+
+
+
+
+CONCLUSION.
+
+
+Our travellers had now passed through all that portion of the Rhine
+which contains the castles and the romantic scenery. Above Bingen the
+valley of the Rhine widens; that is, the mountains, instead of crowding
+in close to the river, recede from it many miles, enclosing a broad and
+level, but very fertile plain, through the midst of which the river
+flows between low banks, and with endless meanderings. The level country
+through which the river thus flows is inexpressibly beautiful, being
+divided into magnificent fields, and cultivated every where like a
+garden. It presents to the view a broad expanse of the richest verdure
+and beauty, but it cannot be seen from the steamboats on the river.
+Travellers are, accordingly, accustomed to leave the river at Mayence, a
+short distance above Bingen, and to go on up to Strasbourg by the
+railway. This was the plan which Mr. George and Rollo pursued.
+
+From Strasbourg, Mr. George took passage for Paris by a railway train
+which left Strasbourg in the afternoon, so that they travelled all
+night. This was Rollo's plan. He wished to see how "it would seem," he
+said, to be travelling in the cars at midnight.
+
+[Illustration: THE NIGHT JOURNEY.]
+
+He, however, fell asleep soon after dark, and slept soundly all the
+way.
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+TAGGARD & THOMPSON PUBLISH THE FOLLOWING POPULAR JUVENILE BOOKS.
+
+ROLLO'S TOUR IN EUROPE.
+
+Ten volumes, 16mo, cloth. Being a new series of Rollo Books. By REV.
+JACOB ABBOTT. Beautifully illustrated. Rollo on the Atlantic--Rollo in
+Paris--Rollo in Switzerland--Rollo on the Rhine--Rollo in London--Rollo
+in Scotland--Rollo in Geneva--Rollo in Holland--Rollo in Naples--Rollo
+in Rome. Price per vol. 50 cts.
+
+
+MY UNCLE TOBY'S LIBRARY.
+
+By FRANCIS FORRESTER, ESQ., consisting of twelve volumes, elegantly
+bound, and illustrated with upwards of SIXTY beautiful engravings. Each
+book is printed in large and splendid type, upon superior paper. Price
+per vol. 25 cts.
+
+
+THE SUMMER HOUSE STORIES.
+
+By the author of "Daisy," "Violet," &c. Elegantly illustrated by
+Billings. Six volumes. Price per vol. 63 cts.
+
+This series is designed to sketch attractively and simply the wonders of
+reptile and insect existences, the changes of trees, rocks, rivers,
+clouds, and winds. This is done by a family of children writing letters,
+both playful and serious, which are addressed to all children whom the
+books may reach.
+
+
+THE MARTIN AND NELLIE STORIES.
+
+By JOSEPHINE FRANKLIN. Twelve volumes, 16mo, cloth. Illustrated by
+Billings and others. Price per vol. 50 cts.
+
+The object of these stories is the inculcation, in a quiet, simple way,
+of the principles of good nature, kindness, and integrity among
+children. They consist of the usual pathetic and mirthful incidents that
+constitute boy and girl life.
+
+
+THE GLEN MORRIS STORIES.
+
+By FRANCIS FORRESTER, author of "My Uncle Toby's Library." Five vols.
+16mo, cloth. Beautifully illustrated. Price per vol. 63 cts.
+
+The purpose of the "Glen Morris Stories" is to sow the seed of pure,
+noble, manly character in the mind of our great nation's childhood. They
+exhibit the virtues and vices of childhood, not in prosy, unreadable
+precepts, but in a series of characters which move before the
+imagination, as living beings do before the senses.
+
+
+PICTURES FROM THE HISTORY OF THE SWISS.
+
+One volume, 16mo. Price 67 cts.
+
+A very instructive and entertaining Juvenile, designed for children from
+ten to fifteen years of age.
+
+
+PICTURES FROM THE HISTORY OF SPAIN.
+
+By the author of "Pictures from the History of the Swiss." A new volume
+just published. Price 67 cts.
+
+
+LIFE AND ADVENTURES OF WHITENOSE WOODCHUCK.
+
+One volume, 16mo. Price 38 cts.
+
+Intended especially for younger children, and illustrated with numerous
+engravings, by Billings.
+
+In addition to the above, B. & T. publish a great variety of Toy and
+Juvenile Books, suited to the wants of children of all ages.
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+AN INTERESTING BOOK FOR SCHOLARS.
+
+The Boys have long desired such a Book.
+
+THE UNIVERSAL SPEAKER:
+CONTAINING A COLLECTION OF
+SPEECHES, DIALOGUES, AND RECITATIONS,
+ADAPTED TO THE USE OF SCHOOLS, ACADEMIES, AND
+SOCIAL CIRCLES.
+
+Edited by N. A. Calkins and W. T. Adams.
+
+The excellences of this work consist, in part, of its entire
+originality, of its more than usual adaptation to the wants of our High
+Schools and Academies, and of the systematic arrangement of its
+selections for declamation and for elocutionary practice. Those in Part
+Second were prepared by Prof. WM. RUSSELL, the eminent elocutionist,
+expressly for this work. The publishers feel assured that in presenting
+this work to Teachers and Scholars, they are offering them no revision
+of old matter with which they have long been familiar, but an original
+work, full of new, interesting, and instructive pieces, for the varied
+purposes for which it is designed.
+
+In 1 vol. 12mo. Price $1.
+
+The instructions in declamation are so complete and accompanied by such
+ample illustrations relative to position and gestures of the student,
+that the "Universal Speaker" needs only to be seen to become what its
+name indicates--universal.--Rochester Repository.
+
+The pieces are judiciously selected, and the book is very attractive in
+its appearance--Connecticut School Journal.
+
+We find, upon close inspection, that the work contains much fresh
+matter, which will be acceptable to schools and students, particularly
+in the department of dialogues of which there is a great dearth of
+really good and FIT matter in most speakers.--United States Journal.
+
+They are all school-like, the dialogues being illustrative of scenes in
+common life, including some first-rate conversations pertinent to
+school-room duties and trials. The speeches are brief and energetic. It
+will meet with favor.--R. I. Schoolmaster.
+
+The selection has been made with a great deal of foresight and taste, by
+men who are highly esteemed as elocutionists, writers, or teachers. The
+notation, the directions and cuts appended to the pieces, will be found
+useful to those who use them.--Mass. Teacher.
+
+Looking it over hastily, we notice many admirable selections from the
+best authors, and as the book is entirely fresh, the matter never having
+appeared in previous readers or speakers, it cannot fail to be a welcome
+addition to the books of its class.--Springfield Republican.
+
+In this they have succeeded, and have also been fortunate in the
+selection. The book contains a larger number of dialogues than any we
+have seen, and they are mostly relative to school children and school
+affairs.--Penn. School Journal.
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+INSTRUCTION AND AMUSEMENT.
+
+PICTURES
+
+FROM THE
+
+HISTORY OF THE SWISS.
+
+In 1 vol. 16mo. 262 pages. Price 75 cents.
+
+WITH CHARACTERISTIC ILLUSTRATIONS,
+
+DESIGNED BY HAMMETT BILLINGS.
+
+It is not generally known that the early history of the Swiss abounds in
+the most thrilling and interesting stories, of which that of Wm. Tell
+shooting the apple from the head of his son, by order of the tyrant
+Gessler, so familiar to every child, is but a specimen. The present
+volume, while it introduces the youthful reader to many of the scenes
+through which the brave Swiss passed in recovering their liberty, also
+narrates many stories of peculiar interest and romance, every way equal
+to that of Tell. Among these we may name,
+
+The Thievish Raven, and the Mischief he caused.
+
+How the Wives and Daughters of Zurich saved the City.
+
+How the City of Lucerne was saved by a Boy.
+
+The Baker's Apprentice.
+
+How a Wooden Figure raised Troops in the Valois.
+
+Little Roza's Offering.
+
+A Little Theft, and what happened in consequence.
+
+The Angel of the Camp.
+
+With twenty-one other similar stories.
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+A NEW SERIES OF JUVENILES.
+
+THE SUMMER-HOUSE SERIES.
+
+BY THE AUTHOR OF "VIOLET," "DAISY," ETC.
+
+The first volume of what the publishers sincerely believe will be the
+most popular series of Juvenile Books yet issued, is now ready, entitled
+
+OUR SUMMER-HOUSE, AND WHAT WAS SAID AND DONE IN IT.
+
+In 1 vol. 16mo. Price 62 cents.
+
+Handsomely Illustrated by HAMMETT BILLINGS.
+
+From the author's Preface:--
+
+"The Summer-House Series of children's books, of which the present
+volume is the first, is an attempt to sketch attractively and simply the
+wonders of reptile and insect existence, the changes of trees, rocks,
+rivers, clouds and winds.
+
+"To this end a family of intelligent children, of various ages, collected
+in a garden summer-house, are supposed to write letters and stories,
+sometimes playful, sometimes serious, addressing them to all children
+whom the books may reach.
+
+"The author has hoped, by thus awakening the quick imagination and ready
+sympathies of the young, to lead them to use their own eyes, and hearts,
+and hands, in that plentiful harvest-field of life, where 'the reapers
+indeed are few.'"
+
+Among the stories in the present volume are the following:--
+
+
+Bessie's Garden.
+
+One of the most touching and affecting stories we have read for many a
+day.
+
+
+The Lancers.
+
+A most humorous story, with a never-to-be-forgotten moral, inculcating
+contentment.
+
+
+The Working Fairies.
+
+In this story Industry is held up for attainment, and Idleness receives
+a severe rebuke. The style and language, though perfectly intelligible
+to children, are worthy of a Beecher.
+
+
+The Princess.
+
+A story of wrong and suffering.
+
+
+Little Red-Head.
+
+A true story of a bird.
+
+
+The Little Preacher.
+
+A sweet story, introducing bird and insect life, and conveying more
+truth and instruction to children, than can be found in a dozen ordinary
+sermons.
+
+TAGGARD & THOMPSON, Publishers,
+
+29 CORNHILL, BOSTON.
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROLLO ON THE RHINE***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 22511.txt or 22511.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/2/5/1/22511
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/22511.zip b/22511.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f29d23a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22511.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bce776
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #22511 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/22511)